Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1487/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1487/ en-US All rights reserved Thu, 02 Jan 2025 01:35:29 GMT Thu, 02 Jan 2025 01:35:29 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1487/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1487/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1487/ thebookvoice.com no Prof. Kellen Stark bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1487/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211273 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Paradox: Harness the Energy of Competing Ideas to Uncover Radically Innovative Solutions Author: Deborah Schroeder-Saulnier Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Should your company pursue global expansion or mine local opportunities? Take risks to grow dramatically or protect your current stability? Seek to maximize sales or the bottom line? We're so often faced with apparent paradoxes: continuity and change, conservatism and progressiveness, predictability and chaos. In business, inherent tensions are mistakenly viewed as problems to be resolved once the 'correct' answer is found. But when we consider only one direction--either A or B--we only see part of the picture. The strongest and most innovative solutions are frequently realized not through either/or decisionmaking, but by pursuing two contrasting options at the same time. Taking leadersers through the same steps she's used to help Fortune 500 companies such as Scottrade, Georgia-Pacific, and Boeing, Deborah Schroeder-Saulnier reveals a dynamic critical-thinking process anyone can use to define the strategic tensions within his or her organization, identify the potential of seemingly conflicting options, and develop action steps to maximize the benefits of each. Complete with examples of companies that achieved a competitive advantage with this breakthrough strategy, The Power of Paradox will help you face chronic challenges with confidence and uncover unexpected and infinitely better solutions. Deborah Schroeder-Saulnier Tue, 01 Apr 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211273 thebookvoice.com 5:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Paradox: Harness the Energy of Competing Ideas to Uncover Radically Innovative Solutions Author: Deborah Schroeder-Saulnier Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Should your company pursue global expansion or mine local opportunities? Take risks to grow dramatically or protect your current stability? Seek to maximize sales or the bottom line? We're so often faced with apparent paradoxes: continuity and change, conservatism and progressiveness, predictability and chaos. In business, inherent tensions are mistakenly viewed as problems to be resolved once the 'correct' answer is found. But when we consider only one direction--either A or B--we only see part of the picture. The strongest and most innovative solutions are frequently realized not through either/or decisionmaking, but by pursuing two contrasting options at the same time. Taking leadersers through the same steps she's used to help Fortune 500 companies such as Scottrade, Georgia-Pacific, and Boeing, Deborah Schroeder-Saulnier reveals a dynamic critical-thinking process anyone can use to define the strategic tensions within his or her organization, identify the potential of seemingly conflicting options, and develop action steps to maximize the benefits of each. Complete with examples of companies that achieved a competitive advantage with this breakthrough strategy, The Power of Paradox will help you face chronic challenges with confidence and uncover unexpected and infinitely better solutions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Paradox: Harness the Energy of Competing Ideas to Uncover Radically Innovative Solutions Author: Deborah Schroeder-Saulnier Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Should your company pursue global expansion or mine local opportunities? Take risks to grow dramatically or protect your current stability? Seek to maximize sales or the bottom line? We're so often faced with apparent paradoxes: continuity and change, conservatism and progressiveness, predictability and chaos. In business, inherent tensions are mistakenly viewed as problems to be resolved once the 'correct' answer is found. But when we consider only one direction--either A or B--we only see part of the picture. The strongest and most innovative solutions are frequently realized not through either/or decisionmaking, but by pursuing two contrasting options at the same time. Taking leadersers through the same steps she's used to help Fortune 500 companies such as Scottrade, Georgia-Pacific, and Boeing, Deborah Schroeder-Saulnier reveals a dynamic critical-thinking process anyone can use to define the strategic tensions within his or her organization, identify the potential of seemingly conflicting options, and develop action steps to maximize the benefits of each. Complete with examples of companies that achieved a competitive advantage with this breakthrough strategy, The Power of Paradox will help you face chronic challenges with confidence and uncover unexpected and infinitely better solutions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211158 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Story: How to Combine Story and Action to Transform Your Business Author: Ty Montague Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 14, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today’s most successful businesses are storydoers. They create products and services that, from the very beginning, are manifestations of an authentic and meaningful story—one told primarily through action, not advertising. In True Story, creative executive Ty Montague argues that any business, regardless of size or industry, can embrace the principles of storydoing. Indeed, our best-run companies—from small start-ups to global conglomerates—organize around a coherent narrative that is then broadcast through every action they take (from product design to customer service to marketing). Montague shows why storydoing firms are nimble, more adaptive to change, and more efficiently run businesses. Ty Montague Wed, 14 May 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211158 thebookvoice.com 6:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Story: How to Combine Story and Action to Transform Your Business Author: Ty Montague Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 14, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today’s most successful businesses are storydoers. They create products and services that, from the very beginning, are manifestations of an authentic and meaningful story—one told primarily through action, not advertising. In True Story, creative executive Ty Montague argues that any business, regardless of size or industry, can embrace the principles of storydoing. Indeed, our best-run companies—from small start-ups to global conglomerates—organize around a coherent narrative that is then broadcast through every action they take (from product design to customer service to marketing). Montague shows why storydoing firms are nimble, more adaptive to change, and more efficiently run businesses. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Story: How to Combine Story and Action to Transform Your Business Author: Ty Montague Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 14, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today’s most successful businesses are storydoers. They create products and services that, from the very beginning, are manifestations of an authentic and meaningful story—one told primarily through action, not advertising. In True Story, creative executive Ty Montague argues that any business, regardless of size or industry, can embrace the principles of storydoing. Indeed, our best-run companies—from small start-ups to global conglomerates—organize around a coherent narrative that is then broadcast through every action they take (from product design to customer service to marketing). Montague shows why storydoing firms are nimble, more adaptive to change, and more efficiently run businesses. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211155 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Solution Revolution: How Business, Government, and Social Enterprises Are Teaming Up to Solve Society’s Toughest Problems Author: William Eggers, Paul MacMillan Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: World hunger. Climate change. Crumbling infrastructure. It’s clear that in today’s era of fiscal constraints and political gridlock the government alone can no longer tackle these and other towering social problems. What’s required is a new, more collaborative and productive economic system. The Solution Revolution brings hope—revealing a new economy where players from across the spectrum of business, government, philanthropy, and social enterprise converge to solve big problems and create public value. By erasing public-private sector boundaries, the solution economy is unlocking trillions of dollars in social benefit and commercial value. Where tough societal problems persist, new problem solvers are crowdfunding, ridesharing, app-developing, or impact-investing to design innovative new solutions for seemingly intractable problems. Providing low-cost health care, fighting poverty, creating renewable energy, and preventing obesity are just a few of the tough challenges that also represent tremendous opportunities for those at the vanguard of this movement. Government cannot handle alone the huge challenges facing our global society—and it shouldn’t. We need a different economic paradigm that can flexibly draw on resources, combine efforts, and create value, while improving the lives of citizens. The Solution Revolution shows the way. William Eggers, Paul MacMillan Wed, 30 Apr 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211155 thebookvoice.com 8:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Solution Revolution: How Business, Government, and Social Enterprises Are Teaming Up to Solve Society’s Toughest Problems Author: William Eggers, Paul MacMillan Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: World hunger. Climate change. Crumbling infrastructure. It’s clear that in today’s era of fiscal constraints and political gridlock the government alone can no longer tackle these and other towering social problems. What’s required is a new, more collaborative and productive economic system. The Solution Revolution brings hope—revealing a new economy where players from across the spectrum of business, government, philanthropy, and social enterprise converge to solve big problems and create public value. By erasing public-private sector boundaries, the solution economy is unlocking trillions of dollars in social benefit and commercial value. Where tough societal problems persist, new problem solvers are crowdfunding, ridesharing, app-developing, or impact-investing to design innovative new solutions for seemingly intractable problems. Providing low-cost health care, fighting poverty, creating renewable energy, and preventing obesity are just a few of the tough challenges that also represent tremendous opportunities for those at the vanguard of this movement. Government cannot handle alone the huge challenges facing our global society—and it shouldn’t. We need a different economic paradigm that can flexibly draw on resources, combine efforts, and create value, while improving the lives of citizens. The Solution Revolution shows the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Solution Revolution: How Business, Government, and Social Enterprises Are Teaming Up to Solve Society’s Toughest Problems Author: William Eggers, Paul MacMillan Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: World hunger. Climate change. Crumbling infrastructure. It’s clear that in today’s era of fiscal constraints and political gridlock the government alone can no longer tackle these and other towering social problems. What’s required is a new, more collaborative and productive economic system. The Solution Revolution brings hope—revealing a new economy where players from across the spectrum of business, government, philanthropy, and social enterprise converge to solve big problems and create public value. By erasing public-private sector boundaries, the solution economy is unlocking trillions of dollars in social benefit and commercial value. Where tough societal problems persist, new problem solvers are crowdfunding, ridesharing, app-developing, or impact-investing to design innovative new solutions for seemingly intractable problems. Providing low-cost health care, fighting poverty, creating renewable energy, and preventing obesity are just a few of the tough challenges that also represent tremendous opportunities for those at the vanguard of this movement. Government cannot handle alone the huge challenges facing our global society—and it shouldn’t. We need a different economic paradigm that can flexibly draw on resources, combine efforts, and create value, while improving the lives of citizens. The Solution Revolution shows the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211153 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conscious Capitalism: Liberating the Heroic Spirit of Business Author: John Mackey, Raj Sisodia Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller, Whole Foods Market cofounder John Mackey and professor and Conscious Capitalism, Inc. cofounder Raj Sisodia argue for the inherent good of both business and capitalism. Featuring some of today’s best-known and most successful companies, they illustrate how these two forces can—and do—work most powerfully to create value for all stakeholders, including customers, employees, suppliers, investors, society, and the environment. Conscious Capitalism helps us better understand how companies such as Southwest Airlines, Costco, UPS, Panera, Patagonia, Google, The Container Store, and many others, use four specific tenets—higher purpose, stakeholder integration, conscious leadership, and conscious culture and management—to build strong businesses, advance capitalism toward its highest potential, and foster a more positive environment for all of us. John Mackey, Raj Sisodia Wed, 30 Apr 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211153 thebookvoice.com 11:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conscious Capitalism: Liberating the Heroic Spirit of Business Author: John Mackey, Raj Sisodia Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller, Whole Foods Market cofounder John Mackey and professor and Conscious Capitalism, Inc. cofounder Raj Sisodia argue for the inherent good of both business and capitalism. Featuring some of today’s best-known and most successful companies, they illustrate how these two forces can—and do—work most powerfully to create value for all stakeholders, including customers, employees, suppliers, investors, society, and the environment. Conscious Capitalism helps us better understand how companies such as Southwest Airlines, Costco, UPS, Panera, Patagonia, Google, The Container Store, and many others, use four specific tenets—higher purpose, stakeholder integration, conscious leadership, and conscious culture and management—to build strong businesses, advance capitalism toward its highest potential, and foster a more positive environment for all of us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conscious Capitalism: Liberating the Heroic Spirit of Business Author: John Mackey, Raj Sisodia Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller, Whole Foods Market cofounder John Mackey and professor and Conscious Capitalism, Inc. cofounder Raj Sisodia argue for the inherent good of both business and capitalism. Featuring some of today’s best-known and most successful companies, they illustrate how these two forces can—and do—work most powerfully to create value for all stakeholders, including customers, employees, suppliers, investors, society, and the environment. Conscious Capitalism helps us better understand how companies such as Southwest Airlines, Costco, UPS, Panera, Patagonia, Google, The Container Store, and many others, use four specific tenets—higher purpose, stakeholder integration, conscious leadership, and conscious culture and management—to build strong businesses, advance capitalism toward its highest potential, and foster a more positive environment for all of us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211133 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Google Speaks: Secrets of the Worlds Greatest Billionaire Entrepreneurs, Sergey Brin and Larry Page Author: Janet Lowe Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In many ways, Google is the prototype of a successful twenty-first century company. It uses technology in new ways to make information universally accessible; promotes a corporate culture that encourages creativity among its employees; and takes its role as a corporate citizen very seriously, investing in green initiatives and developing the largest corporate foundation in the US. Following in the footsteps of her bestselling Warren Buffett Speaks —written in a conversational style that successfully captures the essence of these business leaders—Janet Lowe reveals the amazing story behind one of the most important new companies of our time by exploring the people and philosophies that have made Google a global phenomenon in less than 15 years. She offers an engaging look at how its founders transformed their vision of a better Internet search engine into a business colossus with about $16 billion in annual revenue. Lowe discusses the values that drive Brin and Page—both living fairly modest lives despite each having a net worth of over $15.9 billion—and details how they have created a culture that fosters fun, yet keeps Google at the forefront of technology through relentless R&D investments and imaginative partnerships with organizations such as NASA. Examining Google’s breakthrough business strategies which transformed online advertising and changed the way we look at corporate responsibility and employee relations, we see why Google may be a harbinger of where corporate America is headed. Also addressed are controversies surrounding Google, such as copyright infringement, antitrust concerns and personal privacy. What started out as a university research project conducted by Sergey Brin and Larry Page has ended up revolutionizing the world. Google Speaks shows you how their drive and determination have allowed them to create one of today’s most powerful companies. Janet Lowe Tue, 28 Apr 2009 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211133 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Google Speaks: Secrets of the Worlds Greatest Billionaire Entrepreneurs, Sergey Brin and Larry Page Author: Janet Lowe Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In many ways, Google is the prototype of a successful twenty-first century company. It uses technology in new ways to make information universally accessible; promotes a corporate culture that encourages creativity among its employees; and takes its role as a corporate citizen very seriously, investing in green initiatives and developing the largest corporate foundation in the US. Following in the footsteps of her bestselling Warren Buffett Speaks —written in a conversational style that successfully captures the essence of these business leaders—Janet Lowe reveals the amazing story behind one of the most important new companies of our time by exploring the people and philosophies that have made Google a global phenomenon in less than 15 years. She offers an engaging look at how its founders transformed their vision of a better Internet search engine into a business colossus with about $16 billion in annual revenue. Lowe discusses the values that drive Brin and Page—both living fairly modest lives despite each having a net worth of over $15.9 billion—and details how they have created a culture that fosters fun, yet keeps Google at the forefront of technology through relentless R&D investments and imaginative partnerships with organizations such as NASA. Examining Google’s breakthrough business strategies which transformed online advertising and changed the way we look at corporate responsibility and employee relations, we see why Google may be a harbinger of where corporate America is headed. Also addressed are controversies surrounding Google, such as copyright infringement, antitrust concerns and personal privacy. What started out as a university research project conducted by Sergey Brin and Larry Page has ended up revolutionizing the world. Google Speaks shows you how their drive and determination have allowed them to create one of today’s most powerful companies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Google Speaks: Secrets of the Worlds Greatest Billionaire Entrepreneurs, Sergey Brin and Larry Page Author: Janet Lowe Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In many ways, Google is the prototype of a successful twenty-first century company. It uses technology in new ways to make information universally accessible; promotes a corporate culture that encourages creativity among its employees; and takes its role as a corporate citizen very seriously, investing in green initiatives and developing the largest corporate foundation in the US. Following in the footsteps of her bestselling Warren Buffett Speaks —written in a conversational style that successfully captures the essence of these business leaders—Janet Lowe reveals the amazing story behind one of the most important new companies of our time by exploring the people and philosophies that have made Google a global phenomenon in less than 15 years. She offers an engaging look at how its founders transformed their vision of a better Internet search engine into a business colossus with about $16 billion in annual revenue. Lowe discusses the values that drive Brin and Page—both living fairly modest lives despite each having a net worth of over $15.9 billion—and details how they have created a culture that fosters fun, yet keeps Google at the forefront of technology through relentless R&D investments and imaginative partnerships with organizations such as NASA. Examining Google’s breakthrough business strategies which transformed online advertising and changed the way we look at corporate responsibility and employee relations, we see why Google may be a harbinger of where corporate America is headed. Also addressed are controversies surrounding Google, such as copyright infringement, antitrust concerns and personal privacy. What started out as a university research project conducted by Sergey Brin and Larry Page has ended up revolutionizing the world. Google Speaks shows you how their drive and determination have allowed them to create one of today’s most powerful companies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210392 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tilt: Shifting Your Strategy from Products to Customers Author: Niraj Dawar Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Shift your strategy downstream. Why do your customers buy from you rather than from your competitors? If you think the answer is your superior products, think again. Products are important, of course. For decades, businesses sought competitive advantage almost exclusively in activities related to new product creation. They won by building bigger factories, by finding cheaper raw materials or labor, or by coming up with more efficient ways to move and store inventory—and by inventing exciting new products that competitors could not replicate. But these sources of competitive advantage are being irreversibly leveled by globalization and technology. Today, competitors can rapidly decipher and deploy the recipe for your product’s secret sauce and use it against you. “Upstream,” product-related advantages are rapidly eroding. This does not mean that competitive advantage is a thing of the past. Rather, its center has shifted. As marketing professor Niraj Dawar compellingly argues, advantage is now found “downstream,” where companies interact with customers in the marketplace. Tilt will help you grasp the global nature of this downstream shift and its profound implications for your strategy and your organization. With vivid examples from around the world, ranging across industries and sectors, Dawar shows how companies are reorienting their strategies around customer interactions to create and capture unique value. And he demonstrates how, unlike product-related advantage, this value is cumulative, continuously building over time. In an increasingly customer-centered world marketplace, let Tilt serve as your guide to shifting your strategy downstream—and achieving enduring competitive advantage. Niraj Dawar Tue, 01 Apr 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210392 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tilt: Shifting Your Strategy from Products to Customers Author: Niraj Dawar Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Shift your strategy downstream. Why do your customers buy from you rather than from your competitors? If you think the answer is your superior products, think again. Products are important, of course. For decades, businesses sought competitive advantage almost exclusively in activities related to new product creation. They won by building bigger factories, by finding cheaper raw materials or labor, or by coming up with more efficient ways to move and store inventory—and by inventing exciting new products that competitors could not replicate. But these sources of competitive advantage are being irreversibly leveled by globalization and technology. Today, competitors can rapidly decipher and deploy the recipe for your product’s secret sauce and use it against you. “Upstream,” product-related advantages are rapidly eroding. This does not mean that competitive advantage is a thing of the past. Rather, its center has shifted. As marketing professor Niraj Dawar compellingly argues, advantage is now found “downstream,” where companies interact with customers in the marketplace. Tilt will help you grasp the global nature of this downstream shift and its profound implications for your strategy and your organization. With vivid examples from around the world, ranging across industries and sectors, Dawar shows how companies are reorienting their strategies around customer interactions to create and capture unique value. And he demonstrates how, unlike product-related advantage, this value is cumulative, continuously building over time. In an increasingly customer-centered world marketplace, let Tilt serve as your guide to shifting your strategy downstream—and achieving enduring competitive advantage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tilt: Shifting Your Strategy from Products to Customers Author: Niraj Dawar Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Shift your strategy downstream. Why do your customers buy from you rather than from your competitors? If you think the answer is your superior products, think again. Products are important, of course. For decades, businesses sought competitive advantage almost exclusively in activities related to new product creation. They won by building bigger factories, by finding cheaper raw materials or labor, or by coming up with more efficient ways to move and store inventory—and by inventing exciting new products that competitors could not replicate. But these sources of competitive advantage are being irreversibly leveled by globalization and technology. Today, competitors can rapidly decipher and deploy the recipe for your product’s secret sauce and use it against you. “Upstream,” product-related advantages are rapidly eroding. This does not mean that competitive advantage is a thing of the past. Rather, its center has shifted. As marketing professor Niraj Dawar compellingly argues, advantage is now found “downstream,” where companies interact with customers in the marketplace. Tilt will help you grasp the global nature of this downstream shift and its profound implications for your strategy and your organization. With vivid examples from around the world, ranging across industries and sectors, Dawar shows how companies are reorienting their strategies around customer interactions to create and capture unique value. And he demonstrates how, unlike product-related advantage, this value is cumulative, continuously building over time. In an increasingly customer-centered world marketplace, let Tilt serve as your guide to shifting your strategy downstream—and achieving enduring competitive advantage. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210384 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil Author: Christine Bader Narrator: Christine Bader, Rose Itzcovitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There is an invisible army of people deep inside the world’s biggest and best-known companies, pushing for safer and more responsible practices. They are trying to prevent the next Rana Plaza factory collapse, the next Deepwater Horizon explosion, the next Foxconn labor abuses. Obviously, they don’t always succeed. Christine Bader was one of those people. She loved BP and then-CEO John Browne’s lofty rhetoric on climate change and human rights -- until a string of fatal BP accidents, Browne’s abrupt resignation under a cloud of scandal, and the start of Tony Hayward’s tenure as chief executive, which would end with the Deepwater Horizon disaster. Bader’s story of working deep inside the belly of the beast is unique in its details, but not in its themes: of feeling like an outsider both inside the company (accused of being a closet activist) and out (assumed to be a corporate shill); of getting mixed messages from senior management; of being frustrated with corporate life but committed to pushing for change from within. The Evolution of a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil is based on Bader’s experience with BP and then with a United Nations effort to prevent and address human rights abuses linked to business. Using her story as its skeleton, Bader weaves in the stories of other “Corporate Idealists” working inside some of the world's biggest and best-known companies. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Christine Bader Tue, 01 Apr 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210384 thebookvoice.com 6:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil Author: Christine Bader Narrator: Christine Bader, Rose Itzcovitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There is an invisible army of people deep inside the world’s biggest and best-known companies, pushing for safer and more responsible practices. They are trying to prevent the next Rana Plaza factory collapse, the next Deepwater Horizon explosion, the next Foxconn labor abuses. Obviously, they don’t always succeed. Christine Bader was one of those people. She loved BP and then-CEO John Browne’s lofty rhetoric on climate change and human rights -- until a string of fatal BP accidents, Browne’s abrupt resignation under a cloud of scandal, and the start of Tony Hayward’s tenure as chief executive, which would end with the Deepwater Horizon disaster. Bader’s story of working deep inside the belly of the beast is unique in its details, but not in its themes: of feeling like an outsider both inside the company (accused of being a closet activist) and out (assumed to be a corporate shill); of getting mixed messages from senior management; of being frustrated with corporate life but committed to pushing for change from within. The Evolution of a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil is based on Bader’s experience with BP and then with a United Nations effort to prevent and address human rights abuses linked to business. Using her story as its skeleton, Bader weaves in the stories of other “Corporate Idealists” working inside some of the world's biggest and best-known companies. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil Author: Christine Bader Narrator: Christine Bader, Rose Itzcovitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There is an invisible army of people deep inside the world’s biggest and best-known companies, pushing for safer and more responsible practices. They are trying to prevent the next Rana Plaza factory collapse, the next Deepwater Horizon explosion, the next Foxconn labor abuses. Obviously, they don’t always succeed. Christine Bader was one of those people. She loved BP and then-CEO John Browne’s lofty rhetoric on climate change and human rights -- until a string of fatal BP accidents, Browne’s abrupt resignation under a cloud of scandal, and the start of Tony Hayward’s tenure as chief executive, which would end with the Deepwater Horizon disaster. Bader’s story of working deep inside the belly of the beast is unique in its details, but not in its themes: of feeling like an outsider both inside the company (accused of being a closet activist) and out (assumed to be a corporate shill); of getting mixed messages from senior management; of being frustrated with corporate life but committed to pushing for change from within. The Evolution of a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil is based on Bader’s experience with BP and then with a United Nations effort to prevent and address human rights abuses linked to business. Using her story as its skeleton, Bader weaves in the stories of other “Corporate Idealists” working inside some of the world's biggest and best-known companies. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210381 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exceptional Service, Exceptional Profit: The Secrets of Building a Five-Star Customer Service Organization Author: Leonardo Inghilleri, Micah Solomon Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Filled with treasure and big ideas, this book will help you become exceptional.' - SETH GODIN In a tight market, your most powerful growth engine and your best protection from competitive inroads is this: put every thing you can into cultivating true customer loyalty. Loyal customers are less sensitive to price competition, more forgiving of small glitches, and, ultimately, become 'walking billboards' who will happily promote your brand. In Exceptional Service, Exceptional Profit insiders Leonardo Inghilleri and Micah Solomon reveal the secrets of providing online and offline customer service so superior it nearly guarantees loyalty. Their anticipatory customer service approach was first developed at The Ritz-Carlton as well as at Solomon's entertainment and technology company Oasis, and has since proven itself in countless companies around the globe from luxury giant BVLGARI to value-sensitive auto parts leader Carquest, and everywhere in between. Now, readers can take the techniques that minted money for these brands and apply them directly to their own businesses. As Ken Blanchard writes, 'Leonardo and Micah's philosophies, rules, and winning examples of service excellence will make you want to implement their suggestions immediately in your own organization.' Filled with detailed, behind-the-scenes examples, the book unlocks a new level of customer relationship that leaves your competitors in the dust, your customers coming back day after day, and your bottom line looking better than it ever has before. Honors received: * A Jack Covert Selection * CEO Refresher Top Ten Best Business Book of the Year * 800-CEO-READ Business Book of the Year Awards Shortlist winner * Philadelphia Bulletin 'Must Read' business book * Book of the Month, Las Vegas Women's REALTOR® * DearReader.com Business Book Club Selection * Shanghai Daily Press #1 U.S. Business Book Leonardo Inghilleri, Micah Solomon Tue, 01 Apr 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210381 thebookvoice.com 5:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exceptional Service, Exceptional Profit: The Secrets of Building a Five-Star Customer Service Organization Author: Leonardo Inghilleri, Micah Solomon Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Filled with treasure and big ideas, this book will help you become exceptional.' - SETH GODIN In a tight market, your most powerful growth engine and your best protection from competitive inroads is this: put every thing you can into cultivating true customer loyalty. Loyal customers are less sensitive to price competition, more forgiving of small glitches, and, ultimately, become 'walking billboards' who will happily promote your brand. In Exceptional Service, Exceptional Profit insiders Leonardo Inghilleri and Micah Solomon reveal the secrets of providing online and offline customer service so superior it nearly guarantees loyalty. Their anticipatory customer service approach was first developed at The Ritz-Carlton as well as at Solomon's entertainment and technology company Oasis, and has since proven itself in countless companies around the globe from luxury giant BVLGARI to value-sensitive auto parts leader Carquest, and everywhere in between. Now, readers can take the techniques that minted money for these brands and apply them directly to their own businesses. As Ken Blanchard writes, 'Leonardo and Micah's philosophies, rules, and winning examples of service excellence will make you want to implement their suggestions immediately in your own organization.' Filled with detailed, behind-the-scenes examples, the book unlocks a new level of customer relationship that leaves your competitors in the dust, your customers coming back day after day, and your bottom line looking better than it ever has before. Honors received: * A Jack Covert Selection * CEO Refresher Top Ten Best Business Book of the Year * 800-CEO-READ Business Book of the Year Awards Shortlist winner * Philadelphia Bulletin 'Must Read' business book * Book of the Month, Las Vegas Women's REALTOR® * DearReader.com Business Book Club Selection * Shanghai Daily Press #1 U.S. Business Book Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exceptional Service, Exceptional Profit: The Secrets of Building a Five-Star Customer Service Organization Author: Leonardo Inghilleri, Micah Solomon Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Filled with treasure and big ideas, this book will help you become exceptional.' - SETH GODIN In a tight market, your most powerful growth engine and your best protection from competitive inroads is this: put every thing you can into cultivating true customer loyalty. Loyal customers are less sensitive to price competition, more forgiving of small glitches, and, ultimately, become 'walking billboards' who will happily promote your brand. In Exceptional Service, Exceptional Profit insiders Leonardo Inghilleri and Micah Solomon reveal the secrets of providing online and offline customer service so superior it nearly guarantees loyalty. Their anticipatory customer service approach was first developed at The Ritz-Carlton as well as at Solomon's entertainment and technology company Oasis, and has since proven itself in countless companies around the globe from luxury giant BVLGARI to value-sensitive auto parts leader Carquest, and everywhere in between. Now, readers can take the techniques that minted money for these brands and apply them directly to their own businesses. As Ken Blanchard writes, 'Leonardo and Micah's philosophies, rules, and winning examples of service excellence will make you want to implement their suggestions immediately in your own organization.' Filled with detailed, behind-the-scenes examples, the book unlocks a new level of customer relationship that leaves your competitors in the dust, your customers coming back day after day, and your bottom line looking better than it ever has before. Honors received: * A Jack Covert Selection * CEO Refresher Top Ten Best Business Book of the Year * 800-CEO-READ Business Book of the Year Awards Shortlist winner * Philadelphia Bulletin 'Must Read' business book * Book of the Month, Las Vegas Women's REALTOR® * DearReader.com Business Book Club Selection * Shanghai Daily Press #1 U.S. Business Book https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209918 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom Titans: Secrets of Success from Entrepreneurs Who Rose to the Top Author: William J. Ferguson Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Becoming a successful entrepreneur takes energy and drive. Less than 20 percent make it beyond the first three years. Achieving the next level, the status of business titan — the upper echelon of leadership — takes an unrelenting commitment to turn an idea into a plan, a plan into a startup venture, and a venture into a successful business. The chances of getting to the top are slim at best, relying on a particular set of skills and attributes. In The Wisdom of Titans, William Ferguson shares how 10 famous titans, from Bill Marriott to Julia Stewart, made it to the top, for every entrepreneur to learn from and follow. The book describes the challenges of leading service organizations, in particular, where managing and motivating thousands of people can make or break the business. The book provides advice for those just starting out as well as business leaders looking to take their enterprise to the next level. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. William J. Ferguson Sat, 01 Mar 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209918 thebookvoice.com 5:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom Titans: Secrets of Success from Entrepreneurs Who Rose to the Top Author: William J. Ferguson Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Becoming a successful entrepreneur takes energy and drive. Less than 20 percent make it beyond the first three years. Achieving the next level, the status of business titan — the upper echelon of leadership — takes an unrelenting commitment to turn an idea into a plan, a plan into a startup venture, and a venture into a successful business. The chances of getting to the top are slim at best, relying on a particular set of skills and attributes. In The Wisdom of Titans, William Ferguson shares how 10 famous titans, from Bill Marriott to Julia Stewart, made it to the top, for every entrepreneur to learn from and follow. The book describes the challenges of leading service organizations, in particular, where managing and motivating thousands of people can make or break the business. The book provides advice for those just starting out as well as business leaders looking to take their enterprise to the next level. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom Titans: Secrets of Success from Entrepreneurs Who Rose to the Top Author: William J. Ferguson Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Becoming a successful entrepreneur takes energy and drive. Less than 20 percent make it beyond the first three years. Achieving the next level, the status of business titan — the upper echelon of leadership — takes an unrelenting commitment to turn an idea into a plan, a plan into a startup venture, and a venture into a successful business. The chances of getting to the top are slim at best, relying on a particular set of skills and attributes. In The Wisdom of Titans, William Ferguson shares how 10 famous titans, from Bill Marriott to Julia Stewart, made it to the top, for every entrepreneur to learn from and follow. The book describes the challenges of leading service organizations, in particular, where managing and motivating thousands of people can make or break the business. The book provides advice for those just starting out as well as business leaders looking to take their enterprise to the next level. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208893 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Knock Your Socks Off Service Author: David Zielinski, John Bush, Chip R. Bell, Ron Zemke Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today's customers demand service that isn't just beyond the norm, but makes its mark in their minds and in their hearts. This updated edition of Managing Knock Your Socks Off Service provides listeners with up-to-the-minute advice on how they can create world-class service both in their operations and through their people, whether they work with customers face-to-face, on the phone, or in e-space. Revamped with new examples, stories, and research, this audiobook gives readers practical, proven ways to: Find and retain service-oriented people Get to know customers intimately Build a service vision Train and coach Create and maintain a service-management process that aligns people, systems, and customers Involve and empower employees Recognize and reward good performance Filled with examples from service standard-setters, such as Fed-Ex, QVC, and others, Managing Knock Your Socks Off Service shows how to create great service on a day-to-day, real-time, every-time basis. David Zielinski, John Bush, Chip R. Bell, Ron Zemke Fri, 01 Aug 2008 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208893 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Knock Your Socks Off Service Author: David Zielinski, John Bush, Chip R. Bell, Ron Zemke Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today's customers demand service that isn't just beyond the norm, but makes its mark in their minds and in their hearts. This updated edition of Managing Knock Your Socks Off Service provides listeners with up-to-the-minute advice on how they can create world-class service both in their operations and through their people, whether they work with customers face-to-face, on the phone, or in e-space. Revamped with new examples, stories, and research, this audiobook gives readers practical, proven ways to: Find and retain service-oriented people Get to know customers intimately Build a service vision Train and coach Create and maintain a service-management process that aligns people, systems, and customers Involve and empower employees Recognize and reward good performance Filled with examples from service standard-setters, such as Fed-Ex, QVC, and others, Managing Knock Your Socks Off Service shows how to create great service on a day-to-day, real-time, every-time basis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Knock Your Socks Off Service Author: David Zielinski, John Bush, Chip R. Bell, Ron Zemke Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today's customers demand service that isn't just beyond the norm, but makes its mark in their minds and in their hearts. This updated edition of Managing Knock Your Socks Off Service provides listeners with up-to-the-minute advice on how they can create world-class service both in their operations and through their people, whether they work with customers face-to-face, on the phone, or in e-space. Revamped with new examples, stories, and research, this audiobook gives readers practical, proven ways to: Find and retain service-oriented people Get to know customers intimately Build a service vision Train and coach Create and maintain a service-management process that aligns people, systems, and customers Involve and empower employees Recognize and reward good performance Filled with examples from service standard-setters, such as Fed-Ex, QVC, and others, Managing Knock Your Socks Off Service shows how to create great service on a day-to-day, real-time, every-time basis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208478 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sous Chef: 24 Hours on the Line Author: Michael Gibney Narrator: Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 25, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST NONFICTION BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY TIME The back must slave to feed the belly. . . . In this urgent and unique book, chef Michael Gibney uses twenty-four hours to animate the intricate camaraderie and culinary choreography in an upscale New York restaurant kitchen. Here readers will find all the details, in rapid-fire succession, of what it takes to deliver an exceptional plate of food—the journey to excellence by way of exhaustion.   Told in second-person narrative, Sous Chef is an immersive, adrenaline-fueled run that offers a fly-on-the-wall perspective on the food service industry, allowing readers to briefly inhabit the hidden world behind the kitchen doors, in real time. This exhilarating account provides regular diners and food enthusiasts alike a detailed insider’s perspective, while offering fledgling professional cooks an honest picture of what the future holds, ultimately giving voice to the hard work and dedication around which chefs have built their careers.   In a kitchen where the highest standards are upheld and one misstep can result in disaster, Sous Chef conjures a greater appreciation for the thought, care, and focus that go into creating memorable and delicious fare. With grit, wit, and remarkable prose, Michael Gibney renders a beautiful and raw account of this demanding and sometimes overlooked profession, offering a nuanced perspective on the craft and art of food and service. Includes a bonus PDF with a glossary and supplemental graphics   Praise for Sous Chef   “This is excellent writing—excellent!—and it is thrilling to see a debut author who has language and story and craft so well in hand. Though I would never ask my staff to read my own book, I would happily require them to read Michael Gibney’s.”—Gabrielle Hamilton   “[Michael] Gibney has the soul of a poet and the stamina of a stevedore. . . . Tender and profane, his book will leave you with a permanent appreciation for all those people who ‘desire to feed, to nourish, to dish out the tasty bits of life.’”—The New York Times Book Review   “A terrific nuts-and-bolts account of the real business of cooking as told from the trenches. No nonsense. This is what it takes.”—Anthony Bourdain   “A wild ride, not unlike a roller coaster, and the reader experiences all the drama, tension, exhilaration, exhaustion and relief that accompany cooking in an upscale Manhattan restaurant.”—USA Today   “Vibrantly written.”—Entertainment Weekly   “Sizzling . . . Such culinary experience paired with linguistic panache is a rarity.”—The Daily Beast   “Reveals the high-adrenaline dance behind your dinner.”—NPR Michael Gibney Tue, 25 Mar 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208478 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sous Chef: 24 Hours on the Line Author: Michael Gibney Narrator: Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 25, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST NONFICTION BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY TIME The back must slave to feed the belly. . . . In this urgent and unique book, chef Michael Gibney uses twenty-four hours to animate the intricate camaraderie and culinary choreography in an upscale New York restaurant kitchen. Here readers will find all the details, in rapid-fire succession, of what it takes to deliver an exceptional plate of food—the journey to excellence by way of exhaustion.   Told in second-person narrative, Sous Chef is an immersive, adrenaline-fueled run that offers a fly-on-the-wall perspective on the food service industry, allowing readers to briefly inhabit the hidden world behind the kitchen doors, in real time. This exhilarating account provides regular diners and food enthusiasts alike a detailed insider’s perspective, while offering fledgling professional cooks an honest picture of what the future holds, ultimately giving voice to the hard work and dedication around which chefs have built their careers.   In a kitchen where the highest standards are upheld and one misstep can result in disaster, Sous Chef conjures a greater appreciation for the thought, care, and focus that go into creating memorable and delicious fare. With grit, wit, and remarkable prose, Michael Gibney renders a beautiful and raw account of this demanding and sometimes overlooked profession, offering a nuanced perspective on the craft and art of food and service. Includes a bonus PDF with a glossary and supplemental graphics   Praise for Sous Chef   “This is excellent writing—excellent!—and it is thrilling to see a debut author who has language and story and craft so well in hand. Though I would never ask my staff to read my own book, I would happily require them to read Michael Gibney’s.”—Gabrielle Hamilton   “[Michael] Gibney has the soul of a poet and the stamina of a stevedore. . . . Tender and profane, his book will leave you with a permanent appreciation for all those people who ‘desire to feed, to nourish, to dish out the tasty bits of life.’”—The New York Times Book Review   “A terrific nuts-and-bolts account of the real business of cooking as told from the trenches. No nonsense. This is what it takes.”—Anthony Bourdain   “A wild ride, not unlike a roller coaster, and the reader experiences all the drama, tension, exhilaration, exhaustion and relief that accompany cooking in an upscale Manhattan restaurant.”—USA Today   “Vibrantly written.”—Entertainment Weekly   “Sizzling . . . Such culinary experience paired with linguistic panache is a rarity.”—The Daily Beast   “Reveals the high-adrenaline dance behind your dinner.”—NPR Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sous Chef: 24 Hours on the Line Author: Michael Gibney Narrator: Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 25, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST NONFICTION BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY TIME The back must slave to feed the belly. . . . In this urgent and unique book, chef Michael Gibney uses twenty-four hours to animate the intricate camaraderie and culinary choreography in an upscale New York restaurant kitchen. Here readers will find all the details, in rapid-fire succession, of what it takes to deliver an exceptional plate of food—the journey to excellence by way of exhaustion.   Told in second-person narrative, Sous Chef is an immersive, adrenaline-fueled run that offers a fly-on-the-wall perspective on the food service industry, allowing readers to briefly inhabit the hidden world behind the kitchen doors, in real time. This exhilarating account provides regular diners and food enthusiasts alike a detailed insider’s perspective, while offering fledgling professional cooks an honest picture of what the future holds, ultimately giving voice to the hard work and dedication around which chefs have built their careers.   In a kitchen where the highest standards are upheld and one misstep can result in disaster, Sous Chef conjures a greater appreciation for the thought, care, and focus that go into creating memorable and delicious fare. With grit, wit, and remarkable prose, Michael Gibney renders a beautiful and raw account of this demanding and sometimes overlooked profession, offering a nuanced perspective on the craft and art of food and service. Includes a bonus PDF with a glossary and supplemental graphics   Praise for Sous Chef   “This is excellent writing—excellent!—and it is thrilling to see a debut author who has language and story and craft so well in hand. Though I would never ask my staff to read my own book, I would happily require them to read Michael Gibney’s.”—Gabrielle Hamilton   “[Michael] Gibney has the soul of a poet and the stamina of a stevedore. . . . Tender and profane, his book will leave you with a permanent appreciation for all those people who ‘desire to feed, to nourish, to dish out the tasty bits of life.’”—The New York Times Book Review   “A terrific nuts-and-bolts account of the real business of cooking as told from the trenches. No nonsense. This is what it takes.”—Anthony Bourdain   “A wild ride, not unlike a roller coaster, and the reader experiences all the drama, tension, exhilaration, exhaustion and relief that accompany cooking in an upscale Manhattan restaurant.”—USA Today   “Vibrantly written.”—Entertainment Weekly   “Sizzling . . . Such culinary experience paired with linguistic panache is a rarity.”—The Daily Beast   “Reveals the high-adrenaline dance behind your dinner.”—NPR https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208239 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovative Sale: Unleash Your Creativity for Better Customer Solutions and Extraordinary Results Author: Mark Donnolo Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When it comes to strategies, salespeople usually veer toward one of two extremes: operating analytically ...or by the seat of their pants. In this groundbreaking book on sales creativity, listeners will learn how to integrate the right-brain aptitude for innovation with the left-brain affinity for logic and process. The result is a fresh, dynamic approach that addresses customers' needs while expanding the salesperson's entire way of thinking. Packed with real-life examples and powerful principles, The Innovative Sale reveals how to: define the sales challenge; question assumptions and look for ways to reframe the problem; mine unrelated situations for fresh solutions; get comfortable with feeling lost as you explore new directions; and break some rules and learn to 'grow with the flow'. The Innovative Sale draws on the work of pioneering geniuses in design, architecture, and the arts to help salespeople develop a predictable creative process. With the tools and tips of this game-changing book in hand, they'll unleash their own unique powers of intuition and innovation, and land more sales than ever before - in ways they never imagined possible. Mark Donnolo Sat, 01 Feb 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208239 thebookvoice.com 4:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovative Sale: Unleash Your Creativity for Better Customer Solutions and Extraordinary Results Author: Mark Donnolo Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When it comes to strategies, salespeople usually veer toward one of two extremes: operating analytically ...or by the seat of their pants. In this groundbreaking book on sales creativity, listeners will learn how to integrate the right-brain aptitude for innovation with the left-brain affinity for logic and process. The result is a fresh, dynamic approach that addresses customers' needs while expanding the salesperson's entire way of thinking. Packed with real-life examples and powerful principles, The Innovative Sale reveals how to: define the sales challenge; question assumptions and look for ways to reframe the problem; mine unrelated situations for fresh solutions; get comfortable with feeling lost as you explore new directions; and break some rules and learn to 'grow with the flow'. The Innovative Sale draws on the work of pioneering geniuses in design, architecture, and the arts to help salespeople develop a predictable creative process. With the tools and tips of this game-changing book in hand, they'll unleash their own unique powers of intuition and innovation, and land more sales than ever before - in ways they never imagined possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovative Sale: Unleash Your Creativity for Better Customer Solutions and Extraordinary Results Author: Mark Donnolo Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When it comes to strategies, salespeople usually veer toward one of two extremes: operating analytically ...or by the seat of their pants. In this groundbreaking book on sales creativity, listeners will learn how to integrate the right-brain aptitude for innovation with the left-brain affinity for logic and process. The result is a fresh, dynamic approach that addresses customers' needs while expanding the salesperson's entire way of thinking. Packed with real-life examples and powerful principles, The Innovative Sale reveals how to: define the sales challenge; question assumptions and look for ways to reframe the problem; mine unrelated situations for fresh solutions; get comfortable with feeling lost as you explore new directions; and break some rules and learn to 'grow with the flow'. The Innovative Sale draws on the work of pioneering geniuses in design, architecture, and the arts to help salespeople develop a predictable creative process. With the tools and tips of this game-changing book in hand, they'll unleash their own unique powers of intuition and innovation, and land more sales than ever before - in ways they never imagined possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindless: Why Smarter Machines are Making Dumber Humans Author: Simon Head Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We live in the age of Computer Business Systems (CBSs)—the highly complex, computer-intensive management programs on which large organizations increasingly rely. In Mindless, Simon Head argues that these systems have come to trump human expertise, dictating the goals and strategies of a wide array of businesses, and de-skilling the jobs of middle class workers in the process. CBSs are especially dysfunctional, Head argues, when they apply their disembodied expertise to transactions between humans, as in health care, education, customer relations, and human resources management. And yet there are industries with more human approaches, as Head illustrates with specific examples, whose lead we must follow and extend to the mainstream American economy. Mindless illustrates the shortcomings of CBS, providing an in-depth and disturbing look at how human dignity is slipping as we become cogs on a white collar assembly line. Simon Head Sat, 01 Feb 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208054 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindless: Why Smarter Machines are Making Dumber Humans Author: Simon Head Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We live in the age of Computer Business Systems (CBSs)—the highly complex, computer-intensive management programs on which large organizations increasingly rely. In Mindless, Simon Head argues that these systems have come to trump human expertise, dictating the goals and strategies of a wide array of businesses, and de-skilling the jobs of middle class workers in the process. CBSs are especially dysfunctional, Head argues, when they apply their disembodied expertise to transactions between humans, as in health care, education, customer relations, and human resources management. And yet there are industries with more human approaches, as Head illustrates with specific examples, whose lead we must follow and extend to the mainstream American economy. Mindless illustrates the shortcomings of CBS, providing an in-depth and disturbing look at how human dignity is slipping as we become cogs on a white collar assembly line. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindless: Why Smarter Machines are Making Dumber Humans Author: Simon Head Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We live in the age of Computer Business Systems (CBSs)—the highly complex, computer-intensive management programs on which large organizations increasingly rely. In Mindless, Simon Head argues that these systems have come to trump human expertise, dictating the goals and strategies of a wide array of businesses, and de-skilling the jobs of middle class workers in the process. CBSs are especially dysfunctional, Head argues, when they apply their disembodied expertise to transactions between humans, as in health care, education, customer relations, and human resources management. And yet there are industries with more human approaches, as Head illustrates with specific examples, whose lead we must follow and extend to the mainstream American economy. Mindless illustrates the shortcomings of CBS, providing an in-depth and disturbing look at how human dignity is slipping as we become cogs on a white collar assembly line. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning in Baseball and Business: Transforming Little League Principles into Major League Profits for Your Company Author: Earl Bell Narrator: Earl Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 15, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you want to know how your business can score a home run? Earl Bell, successful businessman, entrepreneur, and Little League coach, is just the man you need to take your business to the major leagues. Now, for the first time, Earl Bell reveals his coaching secrets in Winning in Baseball and Business, an audiobook that uses metaphor to show that everything you need to know in business you can learn from lessons in youth baseball. This audiobook story is told over the course of a ten-inning game. The top of each inning is about Little League principles and the bottom of each inning is about business application of these principles. Earl's love of both games—baseball and business—shines through as he talks about strategies, goals, how his Little League team achieved Hall of Fame results, and how you can do the same for your business. As an added bonus, twenty stories of successful entrepreneurs from teenagers to historical business icons are included as inspirational models. After listening to Winning in Baseball and Business, your game will never be the same. Earl Bell Sat, 15 Feb 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207786 thebookvoice.com 4:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning in Baseball and Business: Transforming Little League Principles into Major League Profits for Your Company Author: Earl Bell Narrator: Earl Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 15, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you want to know how your business can score a home run? Earl Bell, successful businessman, entrepreneur, and Little League coach, is just the man you need to take your business to the major leagues. Now, for the first time, Earl Bell reveals his coaching secrets in Winning in Baseball and Business, an audiobook that uses metaphor to show that everything you need to know in business you can learn from lessons in youth baseball. This audiobook story is told over the course of a ten-inning game. The top of each inning is about Little League principles and the bottom of each inning is about business application of these principles. Earl's love of both games—baseball and business—shines through as he talks about strategies, goals, how his Little League team achieved Hall of Fame results, and how you can do the same for your business. As an added bonus, twenty stories of successful entrepreneurs from teenagers to historical business icons are included as inspirational models. After listening to Winning in Baseball and Business, your game will never be the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning in Baseball and Business: Transforming Little League Principles into Major League Profits for Your Company Author: Earl Bell Narrator: Earl Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 15, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you want to know how your business can score a home run? Earl Bell, successful businessman, entrepreneur, and Little League coach, is just the man you need to take your business to the major leagues. Now, for the first time, Earl Bell reveals his coaching secrets in Winning in Baseball and Business, an audiobook that uses metaphor to show that everything you need to know in business you can learn from lessons in youth baseball. This audiobook story is told over the course of a ten-inning game. The top of each inning is about Little League principles and the bottom of each inning is about business application of these principles. Earl's love of both games—baseball and business—shines through as he talks about strategies, goals, how his Little League team achieved Hall of Fame results, and how you can do the same for your business. As an added bonus, twenty stories of successful entrepreneurs from teenagers to historical business icons are included as inspirational models. After listening to Winning in Baseball and Business, your game will never be the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206768 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Service Failure: The Real Reasons Employees Struggle with Customer Service and What You Can Do About It Author: Jeff Toister Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 12, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Customer service goals have been articulated, messages drilled, and incentive programs created. But many employees still deliver lackluster service. What does it take to get them functioning as stellar frontline representatives of the company? Rather than offering another set of tactics for improving customer service, this audiobook takes a novel approach by rooting out the real reasons employees aren’t delivering the service they should. The results can be both surprising and illuminating, such as: • Company culture doesn’t always support service excellence • Over-emphasis on cost reduction often increases the cost of service • Employees are torn between doing the right thing for the customer and following policy • Poor products and services can make helping the customer nearly impossible • Employees’ interests often don’t align with company goals Once core problems are identified, the audiobook offers corrective solutions, including redirecting coaching efforts, revisiting policies and procedures, clarifying roles and responsibilities, and more. Filled with inside stories from well-known organizations and the latest scientific research, Service Failure helps people overcome the obstacles preventing them from doing their very best. Jeff Toister Fri, 12 Oct 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206768 thebookvoice.com 5:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Service Failure: The Real Reasons Employees Struggle with Customer Service and What You Can Do About It Author: Jeff Toister Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 12, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Customer service goals have been articulated, messages drilled, and incentive programs created. But many employees still deliver lackluster service. What does it take to get them functioning as stellar frontline representatives of the company? Rather than offering another set of tactics for improving customer service, this audiobook takes a novel approach by rooting out the real reasons employees aren’t delivering the service they should. The results can be both surprising and illuminating, such as: • Company culture doesn’t always support service excellence • Over-emphasis on cost reduction often increases the cost of service • Employees are torn between doing the right thing for the customer and following policy • Poor products and services can make helping the customer nearly impossible • Employees’ interests often don’t align with company goals Once core problems are identified, the audiobook offers corrective solutions, including redirecting coaching efforts, revisiting policies and procedures, clarifying roles and responsibilities, and more. Filled with inside stories from well-known organizations and the latest scientific research, Service Failure helps people overcome the obstacles preventing them from doing their very best. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Service Failure: The Real Reasons Employees Struggle with Customer Service and What You Can Do About It Author: Jeff Toister Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 12, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Customer service goals have been articulated, messages drilled, and incentive programs created. But many employees still deliver lackluster service. What does it take to get them functioning as stellar frontline representatives of the company? Rather than offering another set of tactics for improving customer service, this audiobook takes a novel approach by rooting out the real reasons employees aren’t delivering the service they should. The results can be both surprising and illuminating, such as: • Company culture doesn’t always support service excellence • Over-emphasis on cost reduction often increases the cost of service • Employees are torn between doing the right thing for the customer and following policy • Poor products and services can make helping the customer nearly impossible • Employees’ interests often don’t align with company goals Once core problems are identified, the audiobook offers corrective solutions, including redirecting coaching efforts, revisiting policies and procedures, clarifying roles and responsibilities, and more. Filled with inside stories from well-known organizations and the latest scientific research, Service Failure helps people overcome the obstacles preventing them from doing their very best. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Social Selling: Finding and Engaging Customers on Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, and Other Social Networks Author: Shannon Belew Narrator: Judy Hoctor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Pinterest are changing the way consumers make purchasing decisions . . . and tapping into these online communities has become a necessary part of any integrated sales strategy. Citing enlightening research and real-world examples, this smart, practical guide presents readers with a detailed methodology for growing sales and expanding their customer base using social media. Readers will learn how to: • Use content and conversations to build online relationships that transition to sales • Execute realistic sales strategies for each of the major social media platforms • Spot social media trends that may influence future buying behaviors • Sell online in B2B and B2C environments • Turn social shares (likes, favorites, +1s) into social sales • Set tangible goals • Use online tools and analytics to track social influencers and identify relevant conversations as they are happening Complete with a chapter dedicated to capturing mobile sales—a segment poised to explode as the adoption of smartphones and tablets grows—The Art of Social Selling is essential reading for every sales professional. Shannon Belew Sat, 01 Feb 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206666 thebookvoice.com 7:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Social Selling: Finding and Engaging Customers on Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, and Other Social Networks Author: Shannon Belew Narrator: Judy Hoctor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Pinterest are changing the way consumers make purchasing decisions . . . and tapping into these online communities has become a necessary part of any integrated sales strategy. Citing enlightening research and real-world examples, this smart, practical guide presents readers with a detailed methodology for growing sales and expanding their customer base using social media. Readers will learn how to: • Use content and conversations to build online relationships that transition to sales • Execute realistic sales strategies for each of the major social media platforms • Spot social media trends that may influence future buying behaviors • Sell online in B2B and B2C environments • Turn social shares (likes, favorites, +1s) into social sales • Set tangible goals • Use online tools and analytics to track social influencers and identify relevant conversations as they are happening Complete with a chapter dedicated to capturing mobile sales—a segment poised to explode as the adoption of smartphones and tablets grows—The Art of Social Selling is essential reading for every sales professional. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Social Selling: Finding and Engaging Customers on Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, and Other Social Networks Author: Shannon Belew Narrator: Judy Hoctor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Pinterest are changing the way consumers make purchasing decisions . . . and tapping into these online communities has become a necessary part of any integrated sales strategy. Citing enlightening research and real-world examples, this smart, practical guide presents readers with a detailed methodology for growing sales and expanding their customer base using social media. Readers will learn how to: • Use content and conversations to build online relationships that transition to sales • Execute realistic sales strategies for each of the major social media platforms • Spot social media trends that may influence future buying behaviors • Sell online in B2B and B2C environments • Turn social shares (likes, favorites, +1s) into social sales • Set tangible goals • Use online tools and analytics to track social influencers and identify relevant conversations as they are happening Complete with a chapter dedicated to capturing mobile sales—a segment poised to explode as the adoption of smartphones and tablets grows—The Art of Social Selling is essential reading for every sales professional. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206260 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scaling Up Excellence: Getting to More Without Settling for Less Author: Huggy Rao, Robert I. Sutton Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal Bestseller 'The pick of 2014's management books.' –Andrew Hill, Financial Times 'One of the top business books of the year.' –Harvey Schacter, The Globe and Mail Bestselling author, Robert Sutton and Stanford colleague, Huggy Rao tackle a challenge that determines every organization’s success: how to scale up farther, faster, and more effectively as an organization grows.  Sutton and Rao have devoted much of the last decade to uncovering what it takes to build and uncover pockets of exemplary performance, to help spread them, and to keep recharging organizations with ever better work practices. Drawing on inside accounts and case studies and academic research from a wealth of industries-- including start-ups, pharmaceuticals, airlines, retail, financial services, high-tech, education, non-profits, government, and healthcare-- Sutton and Rao identify the key scaling challenges that confront every organization.  They tackle the difficult trade-offs that organizations must make between whether to encourage individualized approaches tailored to local needs or to replicate the same practices and customs as an organization or program expands. They reveal how the best leaders and teams develop, spread, and instill the right mindsets in their people-- rather than ruining or watering down the very things that have fueled successful growth in the past. They unpack the principles that help to cascade excellence throughout an organization, as well as show how to eliminate destructive beliefs and behaviors that will hold them back.  Scaling Up Excellence is the first major business book devoted to this universal and vexing challenge and it is destined to become the standard bearer in the field. Huggy Rao, Robert I. Sutton Tue, 04 Feb 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206260 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scaling Up Excellence: Getting to More Without Settling for Less Author: Huggy Rao, Robert I. Sutton Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal Bestseller 'The pick of 2014's management books.' –Andrew Hill, Financial Times 'One of the top business books of the year.' –Harvey Schacter, The Globe and Mail Bestselling author, Robert Sutton and Stanford colleague, Huggy Rao tackle a challenge that determines every organization’s success: how to scale up farther, faster, and more effectively as an organization grows.  Sutton and Rao have devoted much of the last decade to uncovering what it takes to build and uncover pockets of exemplary performance, to help spread them, and to keep recharging organizations with ever better work practices. Drawing on inside accounts and case studies and academic research from a wealth of industries-- including start-ups, pharmaceuticals, airlines, retail, financial services, high-tech, education, non-profits, government, and healthcare-- Sutton and Rao identify the key scaling challenges that confront every organization.  They tackle the difficult trade-offs that organizations must make between whether to encourage individualized approaches tailored to local needs or to replicate the same practices and customs as an organization or program expands. They reveal how the best leaders and teams develop, spread, and instill the right mindsets in their people-- rather than ruining or watering down the very things that have fueled successful growth in the past. They unpack the principles that help to cascade excellence throughout an organization, as well as show how to eliminate destructive beliefs and behaviors that will hold them back.  Scaling Up Excellence is the first major business book devoted to this universal and vexing challenge and it is destined to become the standard bearer in the field. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scaling Up Excellence: Getting to More Without Settling for Less Author: Huggy Rao, Robert I. Sutton Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal Bestseller 'The pick of 2014's management books.' –Andrew Hill, Financial Times 'One of the top business books of the year.' –Harvey Schacter, The Globe and Mail Bestselling author, Robert Sutton and Stanford colleague, Huggy Rao tackle a challenge that determines every organization’s success: how to scale up farther, faster, and more effectively as an organization grows.  Sutton and Rao have devoted much of the last decade to uncovering what it takes to build and uncover pockets of exemplary performance, to help spread them, and to keep recharging organizations with ever better work practices. Drawing on inside accounts and case studies and academic research from a wealth of industries-- including start-ups, pharmaceuticals, airlines, retail, financial services, high-tech, education, non-profits, government, and healthcare-- Sutton and Rao identify the key scaling challenges that confront every organization.  They tackle the difficult trade-offs that organizations must make between whether to encourage individualized approaches tailored to local needs or to replicate the same practices and customs as an organization or program expands. They reveal how the best leaders and teams develop, spread, and instill the right mindsets in their people-- rather than ruining or watering down the very things that have fueled successful growth in the past. They unpack the principles that help to cascade excellence throughout an organization, as well as show how to eliminate destructive beliefs and behaviors that will hold them back.  Scaling Up Excellence is the first major business book devoted to this universal and vexing challenge and it is destined to become the standard bearer in the field. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205027 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Economy of You: Discover Your Inner Entrepreneur and Recession-Proof Your Life Author: Kimberly Palmer Narrator: Lisa Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Weary of pink-slip anxiety and the never-ending money squeeze? Join the millions who are starting side-gig businesses, and taking back their financial futures! Do-it-yourselfers and solopreneurs are everywhere, launching eBay stores, artisanal eats, e-books, life coaching services, apps, tutoring businesses—you name it—on top of their regular jobs. They’re adding to their incomes, building safety nets, learning new skills, and finding a sense of fulfillment they never dreamed possible. One study found that more than a third of under-40 respondents had started supplemental businesses. And the trend extends further, as Baby Boomers eyeing retirement are turning to sideline endeavors to sustain their lifestyles. Get in on the action with The Economy of You, a groundbreaking book that both documents the exploding side-gig phenomenon and supplies how-to information for creating a lucrative venture of your own, including: • Tips for figuring out the ideal side-gig • Ideas for keeping start-up costs low • Advice on juggling a fledgling enterprise and a full-time job • Strategies for finding your “tribe” and building a social network • Branding and marketing basics that bring results • When and what to offer for free • And much more The Economy of You recounts story after story of people who are liberating themselves from financial strain. A deli employee who makes custom cakes at night. An instrument repairman who sells voice-overs on his website. A videographer who started a profitable publishing house on the side. Even the author’s own entrepreneurial journey, triggered by the job anxieties of a turbulent profession and income demands of a new baby. Her self-created series of financial planners, along with extra freelance work, supplied the additional revenue stream she needed. Your current job may be comfortable, but there’s no guarantee it will grow sufficiently to cover rising expenses—or even last beyond the next paycheck. It’s up to YOU to build stability by tapping into your inner entrepreneur and becoming a money-making engine. It’s empowering, gratifying, and surprisingly easy to do with The Economy of You. Kimberly Palmer Sat, 01 Feb 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205027 thebookvoice.com 9:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Economy of You: Discover Your Inner Entrepreneur and Recession-Proof Your Life Author: Kimberly Palmer Narrator: Lisa Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Weary of pink-slip anxiety and the never-ending money squeeze? Join the millions who are starting side-gig businesses, and taking back their financial futures! Do-it-yourselfers and solopreneurs are everywhere, launching eBay stores, artisanal eats, e-books, life coaching services, apps, tutoring businesses—you name it—on top of their regular jobs. They’re adding to their incomes, building safety nets, learning new skills, and finding a sense of fulfillment they never dreamed possible. One study found that more than a third of under-40 respondents had started supplemental businesses. And the trend extends further, as Baby Boomers eyeing retirement are turning to sideline endeavors to sustain their lifestyles. Get in on the action with The Economy of You, a groundbreaking book that both documents the exploding side-gig phenomenon and supplies how-to information for creating a lucrative venture of your own, including: • Tips for figuring out the ideal side-gig • Ideas for keeping start-up costs low • Advice on juggling a fledgling enterprise and a full-time job • Strategies for finding your “tribe” and building a social network • Branding and marketing basics that bring results • When and what to offer for free • And much more The Economy of You recounts story after story of people who are liberating themselves from financial strain. A deli employee who makes custom cakes at night. An instrument repairman who sells voice-overs on his website. A videographer who started a profitable publishing house on the side. Even the author’s own entrepreneurial journey, triggered by the job anxieties of a turbulent profession and income demands of a new baby. Her self-created series of financial planners, along with extra freelance work, supplied the additional revenue stream she needed. Your current job may be comfortable, but there’s no guarantee it will grow sufficiently to cover rising expenses—or even last beyond the next paycheck. It’s up to YOU to build stability by tapping into your inner entrepreneur and becoming a money-making engine. It’s empowering, gratifying, and surprisingly easy to do with The Economy of You. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Economy of You: Discover Your Inner Entrepreneur and Recession-Proof Your Life Author: Kimberly Palmer Narrator: Lisa Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Weary of pink-slip anxiety and the never-ending money squeeze? Join the millions who are starting side-gig businesses, and taking back their financial futures! Do-it-yourselfers and solopreneurs are everywhere, launching eBay stores, artisanal eats, e-books, life coaching services, apps, tutoring businesses—you name it—on top of their regular jobs. They’re adding to their incomes, building safety nets, learning new skills, and finding a sense of fulfillment they never dreamed possible. One study found that more than a third of under-40 respondents had started supplemental businesses. And the trend extends further, as Baby Boomers eyeing retirement are turning to sideline endeavors to sustain their lifestyles. Get in on the action with The Economy of You, a groundbreaking book that both documents the exploding side-gig phenomenon and supplies how-to information for creating a lucrative venture of your own, including: • Tips for figuring out the ideal side-gig • Ideas for keeping start-up costs low • Advice on juggling a fledgling enterprise and a full-time job • Strategies for finding your “tribe” and building a social network • Branding and marketing basics that bring results • When and what to offer for free • And much more The Economy of You recounts story after story of people who are liberating themselves from financial strain. A deli employee who makes custom cakes at night. An instrument repairman who sells voice-overs on his website. A videographer who started a profitable publishing house on the side. Even the author’s own entrepreneurial journey, triggered by the job anxieties of a turbulent profession and income demands of a new baby. Her self-created series of financial planners, along with extra freelance work, supplied the additional revenue stream she needed. Your current job may be comfortable, but there’s no guarantee it will grow sufficiently to cover rising expenses—or even last beyond the next paycheck. It’s up to YOU to build stability by tapping into your inner entrepreneur and becoming a money-making engine. It’s empowering, gratifying, and surprisingly easy to do with The Economy of You. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204806 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer CEO: How to Profit from the Power of Your Customers Author: Chuck Wall Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most companies still operate as if they control their customers. But, in today’s market, it’s really the other way around. Customer CEO confronts the new market reality that customers choose which companies to do business with completely on their own terms. This effectively inverts the power, control, and direction of decision-making; to survive in this new landscape, organizations must quickly adapt. Author Chuck Wall explores the nine powers customer possess – including 'the power of me,' 'the power of the heart,' and 'the power of rebellion' – and how companies can profit by understanding the power of their customers. Based on more than a decade of firsthand experience and over 100,000 customer interviews, Customer CEO provides every size company with a roadmap of fresh ideas and easy to use tools, while exploring three-dozen companies that embrace the power of their customers. By listening to this audiobook, every leader can transform their business into a Customer CEO company. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Chuck Wall Wed, 01 Jan 2014 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204806 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer CEO: How to Profit from the Power of Your Customers Author: Chuck Wall Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most companies still operate as if they control their customers. But, in today’s market, it’s really the other way around. Customer CEO confronts the new market reality that customers choose which companies to do business with completely on their own terms. This effectively inverts the power, control, and direction of decision-making; to survive in this new landscape, organizations must quickly adapt. Author Chuck Wall explores the nine powers customer possess – including 'the power of me,' 'the power of the heart,' and 'the power of rebellion' – and how companies can profit by understanding the power of their customers. Based on more than a decade of firsthand experience and over 100,000 customer interviews, Customer CEO provides every size company with a roadmap of fresh ideas and easy to use tools, while exploring three-dozen companies that embrace the power of their customers. By listening to this audiobook, every leader can transform their business into a Customer CEO company. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer CEO: How to Profit from the Power of Your Customers Author: Chuck Wall Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most companies still operate as if they control their customers. But, in today’s market, it’s really the other way around. Customer CEO confronts the new market reality that customers choose which companies to do business with completely on their own terms. This effectively inverts the power, control, and direction of decision-making; to survive in this new landscape, organizations must quickly adapt. Author Chuck Wall explores the nine powers customer possess – including 'the power of me,' 'the power of the heart,' and 'the power of rebellion' – and how companies can profit by understanding the power of their customers. Based on more than a decade of firsthand experience and over 100,000 customer interviews, Customer CEO provides every size company with a roadmap of fresh ideas and easy to use tools, while exploring three-dozen companies that embrace the power of their customers. By listening to this audiobook, every leader can transform their business into a Customer CEO company. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204315 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Selling: Increase Your Sales Faster and Easier Than You Ever Thought Possible Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 196 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 26 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brian Tracy, one of the top professional speakers and sales trainers in the world today, found that his most important breakthrough in selling was the discovery that it is the 'Psychology of Selling' that is more important than the techniques and methods of selling. Tracy's classic audio program, The Psychology of Selling, is the best-selling sales training program in history and is now available in expanded and updated audiobook format for the first time. Salespeople will learn: 'the inner game of selling' how to eliminate the fear of rejection how to build unshakeable self-confidence Salespeople, says Tracy, must learn to control their thoughts, feelings, and actions to make themselves more effective. Brian Tracy Sun, 01 Dec 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204315 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Selling: Increase Your Sales Faster and Easier Than You Ever Thought Possible Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 196 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 26 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brian Tracy, one of the top professional speakers and sales trainers in the world today, found that his most important breakthrough in selling was the discovery that it is the 'Psychology of Selling' that is more important than the techniques and methods of selling. Tracy's classic audio program, The Psychology of Selling, is the best-selling sales training program in history and is now available in expanded and updated audiobook format for the first time. Salespeople will learn: 'the inner game of selling' how to eliminate the fear of rejection how to build unshakeable self-confidence Salespeople, says Tracy, must learn to control their thoughts, feelings, and actions to make themselves more effective. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Selling: Increase Your Sales Faster and Easier Than You Ever Thought Possible Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 196 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 26 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brian Tracy, one of the top professional speakers and sales trainers in the world today, found that his most important breakthrough in selling was the discovery that it is the 'Psychology of Selling' that is more important than the techniques and methods of selling. Tracy's classic audio program, The Psychology of Selling, is the best-selling sales training program in history and is now available in expanded and updated audiobook format for the first time. Salespeople will learn: 'the inner game of selling' how to eliminate the fear of rejection how to build unshakeable self-confidence Salespeople, says Tracy, must learn to control their thoughts, feelings, and actions to make themselves more effective. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204310 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop, Look, and Listen: The Customer CEO Business Fable About How to Profit from the Power of Your Customers Author: Chuck Wall Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Sales have dropped precipitously. The board is meeting next week. Bob, founder and long-time CEO, is urged by his team to hire an expensive management consulting firm and drastically cut costs as a last ditch effort to improve the company’s bottom line. Stop, Look, and Listen is the story of how Bob puts the principles put forth in Chuck Wall’s Customer CEO: How to Profit from the Power of Your Customers to work. Bob has been running his company as if he controls the customers. Bob is urged to Stop, Look, and Listen, because today, the customers are in control. They are the bosses, the Customer CEOs, and they control the company’s destiny. Bob must learn to understand his customers’ needs, and more importantly, embrace their power. The three essential steps are to STOP seeing things from the corporate CEO’s point of view, LOOK at everything from the customer’s point of view, even when it hurts, and LISTEN deeply for what the customers’ needs are. This short, entertaining business tale chronicles Bob’s ultimate recognition of his customers as CEOs. Author Chuck Wall is an expert in understanding the needs of customers, having interviewed and surveyed more than 100,000 of them in virtually every business category. Chuck has helped hundreds of companies, from the Fortune 100 to start-ups, acquire hundreds of thousands of new customers. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Chuck Wall Sun, 01 Dec 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204310 thebookvoice.com 1:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop, Look, and Listen: The Customer CEO Business Fable About How to Profit from the Power of Your Customers Author: Chuck Wall Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Sales have dropped precipitously. The board is meeting next week. Bob, founder and long-time CEO, is urged by his team to hire an expensive management consulting firm and drastically cut costs as a last ditch effort to improve the company’s bottom line. Stop, Look, and Listen is the story of how Bob puts the principles put forth in Chuck Wall’s Customer CEO: How to Profit from the Power of Your Customers to work. Bob has been running his company as if he controls the customers. Bob is urged to Stop, Look, and Listen, because today, the customers are in control. They are the bosses, the Customer CEOs, and they control the company’s destiny. Bob must learn to understand his customers’ needs, and more importantly, embrace their power. The three essential steps are to STOP seeing things from the corporate CEO’s point of view, LOOK at everything from the customer’s point of view, even when it hurts, and LISTEN deeply for what the customers’ needs are. This short, entertaining business tale chronicles Bob’s ultimate recognition of his customers as CEOs. Author Chuck Wall is an expert in understanding the needs of customers, having interviewed and surveyed more than 100,000 of them in virtually every business category. Chuck has helped hundreds of companies, from the Fortune 100 to start-ups, acquire hundreds of thousands of new customers. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop, Look, and Listen: The Customer CEO Business Fable About How to Profit from the Power of Your Customers Author: Chuck Wall Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Sales have dropped precipitously. The board is meeting next week. Bob, founder and long-time CEO, is urged by his team to hire an expensive management consulting firm and drastically cut costs as a last ditch effort to improve the company’s bottom line. Stop, Look, and Listen is the story of how Bob puts the principles put forth in Chuck Wall’s Customer CEO: How to Profit from the Power of Your Customers to work. Bob has been running his company as if he controls the customers. Bob is urged to Stop, Look, and Listen, because today, the customers are in control. They are the bosses, the Customer CEOs, and they control the company’s destiny. Bob must learn to understand his customers’ needs, and more importantly, embrace their power. The three essential steps are to STOP seeing things from the corporate CEO’s point of view, LOOK at everything from the customer’s point of view, even when it hurts, and LISTEN deeply for what the customers’ needs are. This short, entertaining business tale chronicles Bob’s ultimate recognition of his customers as CEOs. Author Chuck Wall is an expert in understanding the needs of customers, having interviewed and surveyed more than 100,000 of them in virtually every business category. Chuck has helped hundreds of companies, from the Fortune 100 to start-ups, acquire hundreds of thousands of new customers. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203645 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Idea: How to Make Your Entrepreneurial Dreams Come True, From the Aha Moment to Your First Million Author: Donny Deutsch Narrator: Donny Deutsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 1, 2009 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's the moment when you say, 'There's gotta be a better way.' It's the moment when you ask, 'How can I solve this problem' Donny Deutsch's hit CNBC show The Big Idea has put the spotlight on that ordinary moment and the people who have the courage and stamina to make their dreams come true. Some people think a big idea is like a lightning bolt striking out of the blue that slams you in the head. But it's hardly ever like that. The big idea isn't an act of God. It's an act of daily life. Simply put, the idea that will make millions starts with an observation. A carpenter gets tired of almost losing a finger every time he slices a bagel. Bam! The Bagel Guillotine. A mother is frustrated that her pantry is full of stale food because the packages don't close. Bam! Quick Seals. Howard Schultz notices on a trip to Italy that there are coffee bars on almost every corner. Bam! Starbucks. None of them had a barrel of cash. None of them had a ton of experience. They had a big idea and the will to follow through. In The Big Idea, Deutsch draws not only on his own tremendous focus and expertise, but on that of dozens of the successful entrepreneurs whom he has interviewed, to help you create your own enterprise. From the 'Gut Check Moment' to 'Mom Power,' The Big Idea takes aspiring entrepreneurs along every step of the way. The Big Idea is your road map to the American dream. Donny Deutsch Thu, 01 Jan 2009 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203645 thebookvoice.com 4:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Idea: How to Make Your Entrepreneurial Dreams Come True, From the Aha Moment to Your First Million Author: Donny Deutsch Narrator: Donny Deutsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 1, 2009 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's the moment when you say, 'There's gotta be a better way.' It's the moment when you ask, 'How can I solve this problem' Donny Deutsch's hit CNBC show The Big Idea has put the spotlight on that ordinary moment and the people who have the courage and stamina to make their dreams come true. Some people think a big idea is like a lightning bolt striking out of the blue that slams you in the head. But it's hardly ever like that. The big idea isn't an act of God. It's an act of daily life. Simply put, the idea that will make millions starts with an observation. A carpenter gets tired of almost losing a finger every time he slices a bagel. Bam! The Bagel Guillotine. A mother is frustrated that her pantry is full of stale food because the packages don't close. Bam! Quick Seals. Howard Schultz notices on a trip to Italy that there are coffee bars on almost every corner. Bam! Starbucks. None of them had a barrel of cash. None of them had a ton of experience. They had a big idea and the will to follow through. In The Big Idea, Deutsch draws not only on his own tremendous focus and expertise, but on that of dozens of the successful entrepreneurs whom he has interviewed, to help you create your own enterprise. From the 'Gut Check Moment' to 'Mom Power,' The Big Idea takes aspiring entrepreneurs along every step of the way. The Big Idea is your road map to the American dream. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Idea: How to Make Your Entrepreneurial Dreams Come True, From the Aha Moment to Your First Million Author: Donny Deutsch Narrator: Donny Deutsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 1, 2009 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's the moment when you say, 'There's gotta be a better way.' It's the moment when you ask, 'How can I solve this problem' Donny Deutsch's hit CNBC show The Big Idea has put the spotlight on that ordinary moment and the people who have the courage and stamina to make their dreams come true. Some people think a big idea is like a lightning bolt striking out of the blue that slams you in the head. But it's hardly ever like that. The big idea isn't an act of God. It's an act of daily life. Simply put, the idea that will make millions starts with an observation. A carpenter gets tired of almost losing a finger every time he slices a bagel. Bam! The Bagel Guillotine. A mother is frustrated that her pantry is full of stale food because the packages don't close. Bam! Quick Seals. Howard Schultz notices on a trip to Italy that there are coffee bars on almost every corner. Bam! Starbucks. None of them had a barrel of cash. None of them had a ton of experience. They had a big idea and the will to follow through. In The Big Idea, Deutsch draws not only on his own tremendous focus and expertise, but on that of dozens of the successful entrepreneurs whom he has interviewed, to help you create your own enterprise. From the 'Gut Check Moment' to 'Mom Power,' The Big Idea takes aspiring entrepreneurs along every step of the way. The Big Idea is your road map to the American dream. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Music of Your Heart: Freedom to Live the Life of Your Dreams through Network Marketing Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Kathy Paauw Narrator: Amy Faust Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 15, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Music of Your Heart is designed to help you tap into your own passions and create the life and freedom you've always wanted. This must-have audiobook provides the tools you need to: Achieve success and freedom as you build your business. Whether you are building your business on a part-time basis or this is your primary profession, you will find valuable tips and tools to assist you. The 'freedom challenges' at the end of each chapter are designed to help you take action on what you learn as you listen to this audiobook. Dig deep and identify the 'why' for starting your business. This foundational work is critical to network marketers or anyone taking the plunge to become an entrepreneur because there will be times you feel discouraged and maybe even want to quit. Your bigger 'why' for doing this work will keep you motivated to continue, no matter what challenges you encounter. Seek balance between your personal and work lives. Identify where your personal life and work life are off balance by looking at nine distinct areas of development. Striking a balance is critical to success in all aspects of your life. Once you are aware of imbalances, you can 'upgrade' these areas to support the ultimate lifestyle freedom you desire. Clarify your goals to work more productively. Plan and manage how you invest your time and resources in your business. As the CEO of your own company (yes, you are the CEO!), you don't have anyone holding you accountable, telling you what to do or when and how to do it. This audiobook shares some tools that many other CEOs have used to help them run multimillion-dollar companies. Make use of 'freedom challenges,' exercises designed to help you clarify, create, and support your path to freedom so you can build a successful business, live the life of your dreams, and help others do the same. Join Kathy Paauw as she shares her goal to help you tap into your own passions and create the life and freedom that you've always wanted. This book is her way of sharing what she's learned along the way to her own path to freedom. Kathy Paauw Sun, 15 Dec 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203529 thebookvoice.com 3:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Music of Your Heart: Freedom to Live the Life of Your Dreams through Network Marketing Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Kathy Paauw Narrator: Amy Faust Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 15, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Music of Your Heart is designed to help you tap into your own passions and create the life and freedom you've always wanted. This must-have audiobook provides the tools you need to: Achieve success and freedom as you build your business. Whether you are building your business on a part-time basis or this is your primary profession, you will find valuable tips and tools to assist you. The 'freedom challenges' at the end of each chapter are designed to help you take action on what you learn as you listen to this audiobook. Dig deep and identify the 'why' for starting your business. This foundational work is critical to network marketers or anyone taking the plunge to become an entrepreneur because there will be times you feel discouraged and maybe even want to quit. Your bigger 'why' for doing this work will keep you motivated to continue, no matter what challenges you encounter. Seek balance between your personal and work lives. Identify where your personal life and work life are off balance by looking at nine distinct areas of development. Striking a balance is critical to success in all aspects of your life. Once you are aware of imbalances, you can 'upgrade' these areas to support the ultimate lifestyle freedom you desire. Clarify your goals to work more productively. Plan and manage how you invest your time and resources in your business. As the CEO of your own company (yes, you are the CEO!), you don't have anyone holding you accountable, telling you what to do or when and how to do it. This audiobook shares some tools that many other CEOs have used to help them run multimillion-dollar companies. Make use of 'freedom challenges,' exercises designed to help you clarify, create, and support your path to freedom so you can build a successful business, live the life of your dreams, and help others do the same. Join Kathy Paauw as she shares her goal to help you tap into your own passions and create the life and freedom that you've always wanted. This book is her way of sharing what she's learned along the way to her own path to freedom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Music of Your Heart: Freedom to Live the Life of Your Dreams through Network Marketing Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Kathy Paauw Narrator: Amy Faust Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 15, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Music of Your Heart is designed to help you tap into your own passions and create the life and freedom you've always wanted. This must-have audiobook provides the tools you need to: Achieve success and freedom as you build your business. Whether you are building your business on a part-time basis or this is your primary profession, you will find valuable tips and tools to assist you. The 'freedom challenges' at the end of each chapter are designed to help you take action on what you learn as you listen to this audiobook. Dig deep and identify the 'why' for starting your business. This foundational work is critical to network marketers or anyone taking the plunge to become an entrepreneur because there will be times you feel discouraged and maybe even want to quit. Your bigger 'why' for doing this work will keep you motivated to continue, no matter what challenges you encounter. Seek balance between your personal and work lives. Identify where your personal life and work life are off balance by looking at nine distinct areas of development. Striking a balance is critical to success in all aspects of your life. Once you are aware of imbalances, you can 'upgrade' these areas to support the ultimate lifestyle freedom you desire. Clarify your goals to work more productively. Plan and manage how you invest your time and resources in your business. As the CEO of your own company (yes, you are the CEO!), you don't have anyone holding you accountable, telling you what to do or when and how to do it. This audiobook shares some tools that many other CEOs have used to help them run multimillion-dollar companies. Make use of 'freedom challenges,' exercises designed to help you clarify, create, and support your path to freedom so you can build a successful business, live the life of your dreams, and help others do the same. Join Kathy Paauw as she shares her goal to help you tap into your own passions and create the life and freedom that you've always wanted. This book is her way of sharing what she's learned along the way to her own path to freedom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203528 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Enrollment Systems for Entrepreneurs Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Terri Levine Narrator: Dale McConachie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 15, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Stop selling the hard way! In this audio, top-selling business coach Terri Levine provides you with a valuable assessment system that will enable you to easily identify the good prospects and reduce your time and frustration trying to sell to unsuitable prospects. Terri Levine Fri, 15 Nov 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203528 thebookvoice.com 0:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Enrollment Systems for Entrepreneurs Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Terri Levine Narrator: Dale McConachie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 15, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Stop selling the hard way! In this audio, top-selling business coach Terri Levine provides you with a valuable assessment system that will enable you to easily identify the good prospects and reduce your time and frustration trying to sell to unsuitable prospects. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Enrollment Systems for Entrepreneurs Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Terri Levine Narrator: Dale McConachie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 15, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Stop selling the hard way! In this audio, top-selling business coach Terri Levine provides you with a valuable assessment system that will enable you to easily identify the good prospects and reduce your time and frustration trying to sell to unsuitable prospects. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Financial Literacy for Managers: Finance and Accounting for Better Decision-Making Author: Richard A. Lambert Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The language of business In order to understand how your business is performing right now and to evaluate, assess, and devise new strategies to boost future performance, you need information. Financial statements are a critical source of the information you need. In direct and simple terms, Richard A. Lambert, Miller-Sherrerd Professor of Accounting at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, demystifies financial statements and concepts and shows you how you can apply this information to make better business decisions for long-term profit. You will learn to use and interpret financial data; find out what we can learn from Pepsi, Krispy Kreme, General Motors, and other companies; learn how to evaluate investment strategies; and apply your financial know-how to develop a coherent business strategy. Gildan Media is proud to bring you another Wharton Digital Press Audiobook. These notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your career. Richard A. Lambert Sun, 01 Dec 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203518 thebookvoice.com 5:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Financial Literacy for Managers: Finance and Accounting for Better Decision-Making Author: Richard A. Lambert Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The language of business In order to understand how your business is performing right now and to evaluate, assess, and devise new strategies to boost future performance, you need information. Financial statements are a critical source of the information you need. In direct and simple terms, Richard A. Lambert, Miller-Sherrerd Professor of Accounting at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, demystifies financial statements and concepts and shows you how you can apply this information to make better business decisions for long-term profit. You will learn to use and interpret financial data; find out what we can learn from Pepsi, Krispy Kreme, General Motors, and other companies; learn how to evaluate investment strategies; and apply your financial know-how to develop a coherent business strategy. Gildan Media is proud to bring you another Wharton Digital Press Audiobook. These notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your career. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Financial Literacy for Managers: Finance and Accounting for Better Decision-Making Author: Richard A. Lambert Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The language of business In order to understand how your business is performing right now and to evaluate, assess, and devise new strategies to boost future performance, you need information. Financial statements are a critical source of the information you need. In direct and simple terms, Richard A. Lambert, Miller-Sherrerd Professor of Accounting at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, demystifies financial statements and concepts and shows you how you can apply this information to make better business decisions for long-term profit. You will learn to use and interpret financial data; find out what we can learn from Pepsi, Krispy Kreme, General Motors, and other companies; learn how to evaluate investment strategies; and apply your financial know-how to develop a coherent business strategy. Gildan Media is proud to bring you another Wharton Digital Press Audiobook. These notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your career. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quest: Energy, Security, and the Remaking of the Modern World Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A sprawling story richly textured with original material, quirky details and amusing anecdotes . . .” —Wall Street Journal “It is a cause for celebration that Yergin has returned with his perspective on a very different landscape . . . [I]t is impossible to think of a better introduction to the essentials of energy in the 21st century. The Quest is . . . the definitive guide to how we got here.” —The Financial Times This long-awaited successor to Daniel Yergin’s Pulitzer Prize-winning The Prize provides an essential, overarching narrative of global energy, the principal engine of geopolitical and economic change A master storyteller as well as a leading energy expert, Daniel Yergin continues the riveting story begun in his Pulitzer Prize–winning book, The Prize. In The Quest, Yergin shows us how energy is an engine of global political and economic change and conflict, in a story that spans the energies on which our civilization has been built and the new energies that are competing to replace them. The Quest tells the inside stories, tackles the tough questions, and reveals surprising  insights about coal, electricity, and natural gas. He explains how climate change became a great issue and leads readers through the rebirth of renewable energies, energy independence, and the return of the electric car. Epic in scope and never more timely, The Quest vividly reveals the decisions, technologies, and individuals that are shaping our future. Daniel Yergin Tue, 20 Sep 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203488 thebookvoice.com 29:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quest: Energy, Security, and the Remaking of the Modern World Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A sprawling story richly textured with original material, quirky details and amusing anecdotes . . .” —Wall Street Journal “It is a cause for celebration that Yergin has returned with his perspective on a very different landscape . . . [I]t is impossible to think of a better introduction to the essentials of energy in the 21st century. The Quest is . . . the definitive guide to how we got here.” —The Financial Times This long-awaited successor to Daniel Yergin’s Pulitzer Prize-winning The Prize provides an essential, overarching narrative of global energy, the principal engine of geopolitical and economic change A master storyteller as well as a leading energy expert, Daniel Yergin continues the riveting story begun in his Pulitzer Prize–winning book, The Prize. In The Quest, Yergin shows us how energy is an engine of global political and economic change and conflict, in a story that spans the energies on which our civilization has been built and the new energies that are competing to replace them. The Quest tells the inside stories, tackles the tough questions, and reveals surprising  insights about coal, electricity, and natural gas. He explains how climate change became a great issue and leads readers through the rebirth of renewable energies, energy independence, and the return of the electric car. Epic in scope and never more timely, The Quest vividly reveals the decisions, technologies, and individuals that are shaping our future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quest: Energy, Security, and the Remaking of the Modern World Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A sprawling story richly textured with original material, quirky details and amusing anecdotes . . .” —Wall Street Journal “It is a cause for celebration that Yergin has returned with his perspective on a very different landscape . . . [I]t is impossible to think of a better introduction to the essentials of energy in the 21st century. The Quest is . . . the definitive guide to how we got here.” —The Financial Times This long-awaited successor to Daniel Yergin’s Pulitzer Prize-winning The Prize provides an essential, overarching narrative of global energy, the principal engine of geopolitical and economic change A master storyteller as well as a leading energy expert, Daniel Yergin continues the riveting story begun in his Pulitzer Prize–winning book, The Prize. In The Quest, Yergin shows us how energy is an engine of global political and economic change and conflict, in a story that spans the energies on which our civilization has been built and the new energies that are competing to replace them. The Quest tells the inside stories, tackles the tough questions, and reveals surprising  insights about coal, electricity, and natural gas. He explains how climate change became a great issue and leads readers through the rebirth of renewable energies, energy independence, and the return of the electric car. Epic in scope and never more timely, The Quest vividly reveals the decisions, technologies, and individuals that are shaping our future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203370 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203370]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Food Nation: The Dark Side of the All-American Meal Author: Eric Schlosser Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 7, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 160 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fast Food Nation - the groundbreaking work of investigation and cultural history that has changed the way America thinks about the way it eats - and spent nearly four months on the New York Times bestseller list - now available on cassette! Are we what we eat? To a degree both engrossing and alarming, the story of fast food is the story of postwar America. Though created by a handful of mavericks, the fast food industry has triggered the homogenization of our society. Fast food has hastened the malling of our landscape, widened the chasm between rich and poor, fueled an epidemic of obesity, and propelling the juggernaut of American cultural imperialism abroad. That's a lengthy list of charges, but Eric Schlosser makes them stick with an artful mix of first-rate reportage, wry wit, and careful reasoning. Schlosser's myth-shattering survey stretches from the California subdivisions where the business was born to the industrial corridor along the New Jersey Turnpike where many of fast food's flavors are concocted. Along the way, he unearths a trove of fascinating, unsettling truths - from the unholy alliance between fast food and Hollywood to the seismic changes the industry has wrought in food production, popular culture, even real estate. He also uncovers the fast food chains' efforts to reel in the youngest, most susceptible consumers even while they hone their institutionalized exploitation of teenagers and minorities. Schlosser then turns a critical eye toward the hot topic of globalization - a phenomenon launched by fast food. Eric Schlosser Wed, 07 Feb 2001 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203370 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203370]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Food Nation: The Dark Side of the All-American Meal Author: Eric Schlosser Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 7, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 160 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fast Food Nation - the groundbreaking work of investigation and cultural history that has changed the way America thinks about the way it eats - and spent nearly four months on the New York Times bestseller list - now available on cassette! Are we what we eat? To a degree both engrossing and alarming, the story of fast food is the story of postwar America. Though created by a handful of mavericks, the fast food industry has triggered the homogenization of our society. Fast food has hastened the malling of our landscape, widened the chasm between rich and poor, fueled an epidemic of obesity, and propelling the juggernaut of American cultural imperialism abroad. That's a lengthy list of charges, but Eric Schlosser makes them stick with an artful mix of first-rate reportage, wry wit, and careful reasoning. Schlosser's myth-shattering survey stretches from the California subdivisions where the business was born to the industrial corridor along the New Jersey Turnpike where many of fast food's flavors are concocted. Along the way, he unearths a trove of fascinating, unsettling truths - from the unholy alliance between fast food and Hollywood to the seismic changes the industry has wrought in food production, popular culture, even real estate. He also uncovers the fast food chains' efforts to reel in the youngest, most susceptible consumers even while they hone their institutionalized exploitation of teenagers and minorities. Schlosser then turns a critical eye toward the hot topic of globalization - a phenomenon launched by fast food. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203370]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Food Nation: The Dark Side of the All-American Meal Author: Eric Schlosser Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 7, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 160 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fast Food Nation - the groundbreaking work of investigation and cultural history that has changed the way America thinks about the way it eats - and spent nearly four months on the New York Times bestseller list - now available on cassette! Are we what we eat? To a degree both engrossing and alarming, the story of fast food is the story of postwar America. Though created by a handful of mavericks, the fast food industry has triggered the homogenization of our society. Fast food has hastened the malling of our landscape, widened the chasm between rich and poor, fueled an epidemic of obesity, and propelling the juggernaut of American cultural imperialism abroad. That's a lengthy list of charges, but Eric Schlosser makes them stick with an artful mix of first-rate reportage, wry wit, and careful reasoning. Schlosser's myth-shattering survey stretches from the California subdivisions where the business was born to the industrial corridor along the New Jersey Turnpike where many of fast food's flavors are concocted. Along the way, he unearths a trove of fascinating, unsettling truths - from the unholy alliance between fast food and Hollywood to the seismic changes the industry has wrought in food production, popular culture, even real estate. He also uncovers the fast food chains' efforts to reel in the youngest, most susceptible consumers even while they hone their institutionalized exploitation of teenagers and minorities. Schlosser then turns a critical eye toward the hot topic of globalization - a phenomenon launched by fast food. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203110 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tangled Webs: How False Statements are Undermining America: From Martha Stewart to Bernie Mado ff Author: James B. Stewart Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 19, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author James B. Stewart's newsbreaking investigation of our era's most high-profile perjurers, revealing the alarming extent of this national epidemic. Our system of justice rests on a simple proposition: that witnesses will raise their hands and tell the truth. In Tangled Webs, James B. Stewart reveals in vivid detail the consequences of the perjury epidemic that has swept our country, undermining the very foundation of our courts. With many prosecutors, investigators, and participants speaking for the first time, Tangled Webs goes behind the scene of the trials of media and homemaking entrepreneur Martha Stewart; top White House political adviser Lewis 'Scooter' Libby; home-run king Barry Bonds; and Wall Street money manager Bernard Madoff. The saga of Martha Stewart's conviction captured the nation, but until now no one has answered the most basic question: Why would Stewart risk prison, put her entire empire in jeopardy, and lie repeatedly to government investigators to save a few hundred thousand dollars in stock gains? Moreover, how exactly was the notoriously meticulous Stewart brought down? Drawing on the accounts of then-deputy attorney general James Comey and U.S. Attorney Patrick Fitzgerald, Stewart sheds new light on the Libby investigation, making clear how far into the White House the Valerie Plame CIA scandal extended, and why Libby took the fall. In San Francisco, Giants home-run king Barry Bonds faces trial due to his testimony before a grand jury investigating the use of illegal steroids in sports. Bonds was warned explicitly that the only crime he faced was perjury. Stewart unlocks the story behind the mounting evidence that he nonetheless lied under oath. Bernie Madoff's Ponzi scheme is infamous, but less well known is how he eluded detection for so long in the face of repeated investigations. Of the four he is the only one who has admitted to lying. The perjury outbreak is symptomatic of a broader breakdown of ethics in American life. It isn't just the judicial system that relies on an honor code: Academia, business, medicine, and government all depend on it. Tangled Webs explores the age-old tensions between greed and justice, self-interest and public interest, loyalty and duty. At a time when Americans seem hungry for moral leadership and clarity, Tangled Webs reaffirms the importance of truth. James B. Stewart Tue, 19 Apr 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203110 thebookvoice.com 19:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tangled Webs: How False Statements are Undermining America: From Martha Stewart to Bernie Mado ff Author: James B. Stewart Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 19, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author James B. Stewart's newsbreaking investigation of our era's most high-profile perjurers, revealing the alarming extent of this national epidemic. Our system of justice rests on a simple proposition: that witnesses will raise their hands and tell the truth. In Tangled Webs, James B. Stewart reveals in vivid detail the consequences of the perjury epidemic that has swept our country, undermining the very foundation of our courts. With many prosecutors, investigators, and participants speaking for the first time, Tangled Webs goes behind the scene of the trials of media and homemaking entrepreneur Martha Stewart; top White House political adviser Lewis 'Scooter' Libby; home-run king Barry Bonds; and Wall Street money manager Bernard Madoff. The saga of Martha Stewart's conviction captured the nation, but until now no one has answered the most basic question: Why would Stewart risk prison, put her entire empire in jeopardy, and lie repeatedly to government investigators to save a few hundred thousand dollars in stock gains? Moreover, how exactly was the notoriously meticulous Stewart brought down? Drawing on the accounts of then-deputy attorney general James Comey and U.S. Attorney Patrick Fitzgerald, Stewart sheds new light on the Libby investigation, making clear how far into the White House the Valerie Plame CIA scandal extended, and why Libby took the fall. In San Francisco, Giants home-run king Barry Bonds faces trial due to his testimony before a grand jury investigating the use of illegal steroids in sports. Bonds was warned explicitly that the only crime he faced was perjury. Stewart unlocks the story behind the mounting evidence that he nonetheless lied under oath. Bernie Madoff's Ponzi scheme is infamous, but less well known is how he eluded detection for so long in the face of repeated investigations. Of the four he is the only one who has admitted to lying. The perjury outbreak is symptomatic of a broader breakdown of ethics in American life. It isn't just the judicial system that relies on an honor code: Academia, business, medicine, and government all depend on it. Tangled Webs explores the age-old tensions between greed and justice, self-interest and public interest, loyalty and duty. At a time when Americans seem hungry for moral leadership and clarity, Tangled Webs reaffirms the importance of truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tangled Webs: How False Statements are Undermining America: From Martha Stewart to Bernie Mado ff Author: James B. Stewart Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 19, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author James B. Stewart's newsbreaking investigation of our era's most high-profile perjurers, revealing the alarming extent of this national epidemic. Our system of justice rests on a simple proposition: that witnesses will raise their hands and tell the truth. In Tangled Webs, James B. Stewart reveals in vivid detail the consequences of the perjury epidemic that has swept our country, undermining the very foundation of our courts. With many prosecutors, investigators, and participants speaking for the first time, Tangled Webs goes behind the scene of the trials of media and homemaking entrepreneur Martha Stewart; top White House political adviser Lewis 'Scooter' Libby; home-run king Barry Bonds; and Wall Street money manager Bernard Madoff. The saga of Martha Stewart's conviction captured the nation, but until now no one has answered the most basic question: Why would Stewart risk prison, put her entire empire in jeopardy, and lie repeatedly to government investigators to save a few hundred thousand dollars in stock gains? Moreover, how exactly was the notoriously meticulous Stewart brought down? Drawing on the accounts of then-deputy attorney general James Comey and U.S. Attorney Patrick Fitzgerald, Stewart sheds new light on the Libby investigation, making clear how far into the White House the Valerie Plame CIA scandal extended, and why Libby took the fall. In San Francisco, Giants home-run king Barry Bonds faces trial due to his testimony before a grand jury investigating the use of illegal steroids in sports. Bonds was warned explicitly that the only crime he faced was perjury. Stewart unlocks the story behind the mounting evidence that he nonetheless lied under oath. Bernie Madoff's Ponzi scheme is infamous, but less well known is how he eluded detection for so long in the face of repeated investigations. Of the four he is the only one who has admitted to lying. The perjury outbreak is symptomatic of a broader breakdown of ethics in American life. It isn't just the judicial system that relies on an honor code: Academia, business, medicine, and government all depend on it. Tangled Webs explores the age-old tensions between greed and justice, self-interest and public interest, loyalty and duty. At a time when Americans seem hungry for moral leadership and clarity, Tangled Webs reaffirms the importance of truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203034 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Wealth: Economics for a Crowded Planet Author: Jeffrey D. Sachs Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Lucid, quietly urgent, and relentlessly logical . . . this is Bigthink with a capital B.” —The New York Times Book Review “Common Wealth explains the most basic economic reckoning that the world faces.” —Al Gore, winner of the 2007 Nobel Peace Prize and former vice president of the United States In Common Wealth, Jeffrey D. Sachs-one of the world's most respected economists and the author of The New York Times bestseller The End of Poverty- offers an urgent assessment of the environmental degradation, rapid population growth, and extreme poverty that threaten global peace and prosperity. Through crystalline examination of hard facts, Sachs predicts the cascade of crises that awaits this crowded planet-and presents a program of sustainable development and international cooperation that will correct this dangerous course. Few luminaries anywhere on the planet are as schooled in this daunting subject as Sachs, and this is the vital product of his experience and wisdom. Jeffrey D. Sachs Tue, 18 Mar 2008 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203034 thebookvoice.com 12:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Wealth: Economics for a Crowded Planet Author: Jeffrey D. Sachs Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Lucid, quietly urgent, and relentlessly logical . . . this is Bigthink with a capital B.” —The New York Times Book Review “Common Wealth explains the most basic economic reckoning that the world faces.” —Al Gore, winner of the 2007 Nobel Peace Prize and former vice president of the United States In Common Wealth, Jeffrey D. Sachs-one of the world's most respected economists and the author of The New York Times bestseller The End of Poverty- offers an urgent assessment of the environmental degradation, rapid population growth, and extreme poverty that threaten global peace and prosperity. Through crystalline examination of hard facts, Sachs predicts the cascade of crises that awaits this crowded planet-and presents a program of sustainable development and international cooperation that will correct this dangerous course. Few luminaries anywhere on the planet are as schooled in this daunting subject as Sachs, and this is the vital product of his experience and wisdom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Wealth: Economics for a Crowded Planet Author: Jeffrey D. Sachs Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Lucid, quietly urgent, and relentlessly logical . . . this is Bigthink with a capital B.” —The New York Times Book Review “Common Wealth explains the most basic economic reckoning that the world faces.” —Al Gore, winner of the 2007 Nobel Peace Prize and former vice president of the United States In Common Wealth, Jeffrey D. Sachs-one of the world's most respected economists and the author of The New York Times bestseller The End of Poverty- offers an urgent assessment of the environmental degradation, rapid population growth, and extreme poverty that threaten global peace and prosperity. Through crystalline examination of hard facts, Sachs predicts the cascade of crises that awaits this crowded planet-and presents a program of sustainable development and international cooperation that will correct this dangerous course. Few luminaries anywhere on the planet are as schooled in this daunting subject as Sachs, and this is the vital product of his experience and wisdom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202902 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smartest Guys in the Room: The Amazing Rise and Scandalous Fall of Enron Author: Peter Elkind, Bethany Mclean Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive volume on Enron's amazing rise and scandalous fall, from an award-winning team of Fortune investigative reporters. Peter Elkind, Bethany Mclean Tue, 02 Nov 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202902 thebookvoice.com 22:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smartest Guys in the Room: The Amazing Rise and Scandalous Fall of Enron Author: Peter Elkind, Bethany Mclean Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive volume on Enron's amazing rise and scandalous fall, from an award-winning team of Fortune investigative reporters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smartest Guys in the Room: The Amazing Rise and Scandalous Fall of Enron Author: Peter Elkind, Bethany Mclean Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive volume on Enron's amazing rise and scandalous fall, from an award-winning team of Fortune investigative reporters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202869 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Chance: Beating the Odds Against Sugar, Processed Food, Obesity, and Disease Author: Robert H. Lustig Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Robert Lustig’s 90-minute YouTube video “Sugar: The Bitter Truth”, has been viewed more than two million times. Now, in this much anticipated book, he documents the science and the politics that has led to the pandemic of chronic disease over the last 30 years. In the late 1970s when the government mandated we get the fat out of our food, the food industry responded by pouring more sugar in. The result has been a perfect storm, disastrously altering our biochemistry and driving our eating habits out of our control. To help us lose weight and recover our health, Lustig presents personal strategies to readjust the key hormones that regulate hunger, reward, and stress; and societal strategies to improve the health of the next generation. Compelling, controversial, and completely based in science, Fat Chance debunks the widely held notion to prove “a calorie is NOT a calorie”, and takes that science to its logical conclusion to improve health worldwide. Robert H. Lustig Thu, 27 Dec 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202869 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Chance: Beating the Odds Against Sugar, Processed Food, Obesity, and Disease Author: Robert H. Lustig Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Robert Lustig’s 90-minute YouTube video “Sugar: The Bitter Truth”, has been viewed more than two million times. Now, in this much anticipated book, he documents the science and the politics that has led to the pandemic of chronic disease over the last 30 years. In the late 1970s when the government mandated we get the fat out of our food, the food industry responded by pouring more sugar in. The result has been a perfect storm, disastrously altering our biochemistry and driving our eating habits out of our control. To help us lose weight and recover our health, Lustig presents personal strategies to readjust the key hormones that regulate hunger, reward, and stress; and societal strategies to improve the health of the next generation. Compelling, controversial, and completely based in science, Fat Chance debunks the widely held notion to prove “a calorie is NOT a calorie”, and takes that science to its logical conclusion to improve health worldwide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Chance: Beating the Odds Against Sugar, Processed Food, Obesity, and Disease Author: Robert H. Lustig Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Robert Lustig’s 90-minute YouTube video “Sugar: The Bitter Truth”, has been viewed more than two million times. Now, in this much anticipated book, he documents the science and the politics that has led to the pandemic of chronic disease over the last 30 years. In the late 1970s when the government mandated we get the fat out of our food, the food industry responded by pouring more sugar in. The result has been a perfect storm, disastrously altering our biochemistry and driving our eating habits out of our control. To help us lose weight and recover our health, Lustig presents personal strategies to readjust the key hormones that regulate hunger, reward, and stress; and societal strategies to improve the health of the next generation. Compelling, controversial, and completely based in science, Fat Chance debunks the widely held notion to prove “a calorie is NOT a calorie”, and takes that science to its logical conclusion to improve health worldwide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Entrepreneur's Playbook, Expanded Edition: Pressure Test, Plan, Launch and Scale Your Social Enterprise... Author: Ian C. MacMillan, James D. Thompson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Available for the First Time: The Complete Social Entrepreneur’s Playbook Wharton professor Ian C. MacMillan and Dr. James Thompson, director of the Wharton Social Entrepreneurship Program, provide a tough-love approach that significantly increases the likelihood of a successful social enterprise launch in the face of the high-uncertainty conditions typically encountered by social entrepreneurs. MacMillan and Thompson used their own systematic framework to publish The Social Entrepreneur’s Playbook. To test the market, they offered the first phase in their start-up method (step 1) as a free ebook. Readers were invited to join The Social Entrepreneur’s Advisory Group, and nearly 300 aspiring and active social entrepreneurs shared feedback that helped shape the complete edition of the book, which covers all three steps in the start-up to scale-up process. Based on this crowd-sourced feedback from readers of the free ebook and drawing on the authors’ more than 26 years’ combined experience developing and studying social enterprises in the field across Africa and in the United States, this new edition provides guidance for each phase: Phase One: Pressure Test Your Start-Up Idea. Based on the free ebook, this expanded section now includes advice on setting revenue and social impact goals, how to navigate the sociopolitical landscape, and how to develop a strong concept statement. In addition, MacMillan and Thompson provide advice on how to identify and test a proposed revenue-generating solution and define and segment your target population. Phase Two: Plan Your Social Enterprise. All new to this edition, this critical phase shows you how to frame and scope the venture, determine what it will take to actually deliver a sustainable enterprise, identify the key assumptions that have been made, and design checkpoints to test those assumptions before making major investments. Phase Three: Launch and Scale Your Social Enterprise. Available for the first time in this edition, you will learn how to effectively launch your enterprise, manage upside potential and downside risk, and strategically scale up. Filled with accessible frameworks and tools, as well as inspiring stories of social entrepreneurs, The Social Entrepreneur’s Playbook is a must for any aspiring or active social entrepreneur, as well as philanthropists, foundations, and nonprofits interested in doing more good with fewer resources. Gildan Media is proud to bring you another Wharton Digital Press Audiobook. These notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your career. Ian C. MacMillan, James D. Thompson Sun, 01 Dec 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202860 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Entrepreneur's Playbook, Expanded Edition: Pressure Test, Plan, Launch and Scale Your Social Enterprise... Author: Ian C. MacMillan, James D. Thompson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Available for the First Time: The Complete Social Entrepreneur’s Playbook Wharton professor Ian C. MacMillan and Dr. James Thompson, director of the Wharton Social Entrepreneurship Program, provide a tough-love approach that significantly increases the likelihood of a successful social enterprise launch in the face of the high-uncertainty conditions typically encountered by social entrepreneurs. MacMillan and Thompson used their own systematic framework to publish The Social Entrepreneur’s Playbook. To test the market, they offered the first phase in their start-up method (step 1) as a free ebook. Readers were invited to join The Social Entrepreneur’s Advisory Group, and nearly 300 aspiring and active social entrepreneurs shared feedback that helped shape the complete edition of the book, which covers all three steps in the start-up to scale-up process. Based on this crowd-sourced feedback from readers of the free ebook and drawing on the authors’ more than 26 years’ combined experience developing and studying social enterprises in the field across Africa and in the United States, this new edition provides guidance for each phase: Phase One: Pressure Test Your Start-Up Idea. Based on the free ebook, this expanded section now includes advice on setting revenue and social impact goals, how to navigate the sociopolitical landscape, and how to develop a strong concept statement. In addition, MacMillan and Thompson provide advice on how to identify and test a proposed revenue-generating solution and define and segment your target population. Phase Two: Plan Your Social Enterprise. All new to this edition, this critical phase shows you how to frame and scope the venture, determine what it will take to actually deliver a sustainable enterprise, identify the key assumptions that have been made, and design checkpoints to test those assumptions before making major investments. Phase Three: Launch and Scale Your Social Enterprise. Available for the first time in this edition, you will learn how to effectively launch your enterprise, manage upside potential and downside risk, and strategically scale up. Filled with accessible frameworks and tools, as well as inspiring stories of social entrepreneurs, The Social Entrepreneur’s Playbook is a must for any aspiring or active social entrepreneur, as well as philanthropists, foundations, and nonprofits interested in doing more good with fewer resources. Gildan Media is proud to bring you another Wharton Digital Press Audiobook. These notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your career. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Entrepreneur's Playbook, Expanded Edition: Pressure Test, Plan, Launch and Scale Your Social Enterprise... Author: Ian C. MacMillan, James D. Thompson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Available for the First Time: The Complete Social Entrepreneur’s Playbook Wharton professor Ian C. MacMillan and Dr. James Thompson, director of the Wharton Social Entrepreneurship Program, provide a tough-love approach that significantly increases the likelihood of a successful social enterprise launch in the face of the high-uncertainty conditions typically encountered by social entrepreneurs. MacMillan and Thompson used their own systematic framework to publish The Social Entrepreneur’s Playbook. To test the market, they offered the first phase in their start-up method (step 1) as a free ebook. Readers were invited to join The Social Entrepreneur’s Advisory Group, and nearly 300 aspiring and active social entrepreneurs shared feedback that helped shape the complete edition of the book, which covers all three steps in the start-up to scale-up process. Based on this crowd-sourced feedback from readers of the free ebook and drawing on the authors’ more than 26 years’ combined experience developing and studying social enterprises in the field across Africa and in the United States, this new edition provides guidance for each phase: Phase One: Pressure Test Your Start-Up Idea. Based on the free ebook, this expanded section now includes advice on setting revenue and social impact goals, how to navigate the sociopolitical landscape, and how to develop a strong concept statement. In addition, MacMillan and Thompson provide advice on how to identify and test a proposed revenue-generating solution and define and segment your target population. Phase Two: Plan Your Social Enterprise. All new to this edition, this critical phase shows you how to frame and scope the venture, determine what it will take to actually deliver a sustainable enterprise, identify the key assumptions that have been made, and design checkpoints to test those assumptions before making major investments. Phase Three: Launch and Scale Your Social Enterprise. Available for the first time in this edition, you will learn how to effectively launch your enterprise, manage upside potential and downside risk, and strategically scale up. Filled with accessible frameworks and tools, as well as inspiring stories of social entrepreneurs, The Social Entrepreneur’s Playbook is a must for any aspiring or active social entrepreneur, as well as philanthropists, foundations, and nonprofits interested in doing more good with fewer resources. Gildan Media is proud to bring you another Wharton Digital Press Audiobook. These notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your career. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201919 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Experience Economy Author: James H. Gilmore, B. Joseph Pine II Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 1, 1999 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Beyond the service economy of the last century is quietly emerging the next age of commerce, the experience economy. Joseph Pine and James Gilmore present a thought-provoking discussion and glimpse into the next evolution in the marketplace. James H. Gilmore, B. Joseph Pine II Mon, 01 Nov 1999 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201919 thebookvoice.com 3:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Experience Economy Author: James H. Gilmore, B. Joseph Pine II Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 1, 1999 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Beyond the service economy of the last century is quietly emerging the next age of commerce, the experience economy. Joseph Pine and James Gilmore present a thought-provoking discussion and glimpse into the next evolution in the marketplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Experience Economy Author: James H. Gilmore, B. Joseph Pine II Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 1, 1999 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Beyond the service economy of the last century is quietly emerging the next age of commerce, the experience economy. Joseph Pine and James Gilmore present a thought-provoking discussion and glimpse into the next evolution in the marketplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201855 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ten Commandments for Business Failure Author: Donald R. Keough Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 24, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Unabridged CDs * 4 CDs, 4 1?2 hours The Ten Commandments for Business Failure is a cautionary bible for business leaders, from a widely admired elder statesman who has seen and heard it all. Donald R. Keough Thu, 24 Jul 2008 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201855 thebookvoice.com 4:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ten Commandments for Business Failure Author: Donald R. Keough Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 24, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Unabridged CDs * 4 CDs, 4 1?2 hours The Ten Commandments for Business Failure is a cautionary bible for business leaders, from a widely admired elder statesman who has seen and heard it all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ten Commandments for Business Failure Author: Donald R. Keough Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 24, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Unabridged CDs * 4 CDs, 4 1?2 hours The Ten Commandments for Business Failure is a cautionary bible for business leaders, from a widely admired elder statesman who has seen and heard it all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201722 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Capitalism: A Path to a Moral Economy Author: William Greider Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 9, 2003 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The Soul of Capitalism William Greider shows how to reinvent capitalism so that it works not only for profits but for people, too. Greider contends that the recent contagion of financial fraud and corporate bankruptcies confirms what is wrong with capitalism. Our discontents are not just with dishonest CEOs, but with what our affluence costs us in family stress, struggling to make ends meet, and the social and environmental destructions of communities and natural surroundings. Greider proposes a fundamental realignment of power, showing where to find the leverage for changing the current system. He offers many successful examples and assures us that it is within our power to make the economy work for us. William Greider Sat, 09 Aug 2003 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201722 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Capitalism: A Path to a Moral Economy Author: William Greider Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 9, 2003 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The Soul of Capitalism William Greider shows how to reinvent capitalism so that it works not only for profits but for people, too. Greider contends that the recent contagion of financial fraud and corporate bankruptcies confirms what is wrong with capitalism. Our discontents are not just with dishonest CEOs, but with what our affluence costs us in family stress, struggling to make ends meet, and the social and environmental destructions of communities and natural surroundings. Greider proposes a fundamental realignment of power, showing where to find the leverage for changing the current system. He offers many successful examples and assures us that it is within our power to make the economy work for us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Capitalism: A Path to a Moral Economy Author: William Greider Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 9, 2003 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The Soul of Capitalism William Greider shows how to reinvent capitalism so that it works not only for profits but for people, too. Greider contends that the recent contagion of financial fraud and corporate bankruptcies confirms what is wrong with capitalism. Our discontents are not just with dishonest CEOs, but with what our affluence costs us in family stress, struggling to make ends meet, and the social and environmental destructions of communities and natural surroundings. Greider proposes a fundamental realignment of power, showing where to find the leverage for changing the current system. He offers many successful examples and assures us that it is within our power to make the economy work for us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Turbulence: Adventures in a New World Author: Alan Greenspan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.97 of Total 32 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Age of Turbulence is Alan Greenspan’s incomparable reckoning with the contemporary financial world, channeled through his own experiences working in the command room of the global economy longer and with greater effect than any other single living figure. Following the arc of his remarkable life’s journey through his more than 18-year tenure as chairman of the Federal Reserve Board to the present, in the second half of The Age of Turbulence Dr. Greenspan embarks on a magnificent tour d’horizon of the global economy. The distillation of a life’s worth of wisdom and insight into an elegant expression of a coherent worldview, The Age of Turbulence will stand as Alan Greenspan’s personal and intellectual legacy. Alan Greenspan Mon, 17 Sep 2007 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201496 thebookvoice.com 20:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Turbulence: Adventures in a New World Author: Alan Greenspan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.97 of Total 32 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Age of Turbulence is Alan Greenspan’s incomparable reckoning with the contemporary financial world, channeled through his own experiences working in the command room of the global economy longer and with greater effect than any other single living figure. Following the arc of his remarkable life’s journey through his more than 18-year tenure as chairman of the Federal Reserve Board to the present, in the second half of The Age of Turbulence Dr. Greenspan embarks on a magnificent tour d’horizon of the global economy. The distillation of a life’s worth of wisdom and insight into an elegant expression of a coherent worldview, The Age of Turbulence will stand as Alan Greenspan’s personal and intellectual legacy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Turbulence: Adventures in a New World Author: Alan Greenspan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.97 of Total 32 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Age of Turbulence is Alan Greenspan’s incomparable reckoning with the contemporary financial world, channeled through his own experiences working in the command room of the global economy longer and with greater effect than any other single living figure. Following the arc of his remarkable life’s journey through his more than 18-year tenure as chairman of the Federal Reserve Board to the present, in the second half of The Age of Turbulence Dr. Greenspan embarks on a magnificent tour d’horizon of the global economy. The distillation of a life’s worth of wisdom and insight into an elegant expression of a coherent worldview, The Age of Turbulence will stand as Alan Greenspan’s personal and intellectual legacy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201339 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading the Revolution Author: Gary Hamel Narrator: Gary Hamel Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 26, 2000 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In today's world, it's incumbents against insurgents, the old guard versus the vanguard. Companies must reinvent themselves and their industries—not just in times of crisis, but continually. Drawing on the experiences of Charles Schwab, Cisco, Virgin Atlantic, Disney, and other world-class companies, Gary Hamel explains the underlying principles of radical innovation, explores where revolutionary new business concepts come from, and identifies the key design criteria for building companies that are activist-friendly. He shows how to avoid becoming a "one-vision wonder" and instead harness the imagination of every employee, develop new financial measures that focus on creating new wealth, and generate vibrant internal markets for ideas, capital, and talent. Gary Hamel Wed, 26 Jul 2000 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201339 thebookvoice.com 2:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading the Revolution Author: Gary Hamel Narrator: Gary Hamel Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 26, 2000 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In today's world, it's incumbents against insurgents, the old guard versus the vanguard. Companies must reinvent themselves and their industries—not just in times of crisis, but continually. Drawing on the experiences of Charles Schwab, Cisco, Virgin Atlantic, Disney, and other world-class companies, Gary Hamel explains the underlying principles of radical innovation, explores where revolutionary new business concepts come from, and identifies the key design criteria for building companies that are activist-friendly. He shows how to avoid becoming a "one-vision wonder" and instead harness the imagination of every employee, develop new financial measures that focus on creating new wealth, and generate vibrant internal markets for ideas, capital, and talent. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading the Revolution Author: Gary Hamel Narrator: Gary Hamel Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 26, 2000 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In today's world, it's incumbents against insurgents, the old guard versus the vanguard. Companies must reinvent themselves and their industries—not just in times of crisis, but continually. Drawing on the experiences of Charles Schwab, Cisco, Virgin Atlantic, Disney, and other world-class companies, Gary Hamel explains the underlying principles of radical innovation, explores where revolutionary new business concepts come from, and identifies the key design criteria for building companies that are activist-friendly. He shows how to avoid becoming a "one-vision wonder" and instead harness the imagination of every employee, develop new financial measures that focus on creating new wealth, and generate vibrant internal markets for ideas, capital, and talent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201335 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Looptail: How One Company Changed the World by Reinventing Business Author: Bruce Poon Tip Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book combines an extraordinary first-person account of an entrepreneurial instinct to start and develop a highly-successful international travel adventure company and reveals unusual management secrets that not only keep employees fully engaged but also keep customers extremely happy. After being fired from McDonald's as a teenager, Poon Tip decided that if he wanted to be successful in life, he would need to be self employed. To do that, he started G Adventures in 1990 with financing based upon his maxed-out credit cards.But the results were startling: people loved going on vacations to exotic spots around the world where they dealt wtih adventure and action. G Adventures is not for the faint of heart - it's for people who want to get away AND have memories to cherish for a lifetime.What makes G Adventures so successful? Poon Tip has created an entirely new and refreshing approach to management, which is related in LOOPTAIL. In his company, there's no CEO - but there is a company Mayor. There is no HR dept - but there is a Talent Agency and a company Culture Club.Poon Tip even offers any employee a check for $5,000 if he or she can actually hurt his feelings with less than positive feedback about the company and how it's being run, So far, nobody has claimed the prize. Bruce Poon Tip Tue, 17 Sep 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201335 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Looptail: How One Company Changed the World by Reinventing Business Author: Bruce Poon Tip Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book combines an extraordinary first-person account of an entrepreneurial instinct to start and develop a highly-successful international travel adventure company and reveals unusual management secrets that not only keep employees fully engaged but also keep customers extremely happy. After being fired from McDonald's as a teenager, Poon Tip decided that if he wanted to be successful in life, he would need to be self employed. To do that, he started G Adventures in 1990 with financing based upon his maxed-out credit cards.But the results were startling: people loved going on vacations to exotic spots around the world where they dealt wtih adventure and action. G Adventures is not for the faint of heart - it's for people who want to get away AND have memories to cherish for a lifetime.What makes G Adventures so successful? Poon Tip has created an entirely new and refreshing approach to management, which is related in LOOPTAIL. In his company, there's no CEO - but there is a company Mayor. There is no HR dept - but there is a Talent Agency and a company Culture Club.Poon Tip even offers any employee a check for $5,000 if he or she can actually hurt his feelings with less than positive feedback about the company and how it's being run, So far, nobody has claimed the prize. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Looptail: How One Company Changed the World by Reinventing Business Author: Bruce Poon Tip Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book combines an extraordinary first-person account of an entrepreneurial instinct to start and develop a highly-successful international travel adventure company and reveals unusual management secrets that not only keep employees fully engaged but also keep customers extremely happy. After being fired from McDonald's as a teenager, Poon Tip decided that if he wanted to be successful in life, he would need to be self employed. To do that, he started G Adventures in 1990 with financing based upon his maxed-out credit cards.But the results were startling: people loved going on vacations to exotic spots around the world where they dealt wtih adventure and action. G Adventures is not for the faint of heart - it's for people who want to get away AND have memories to cherish for a lifetime.What makes G Adventures so successful? Poon Tip has created an entirely new and refreshing approach to management, which is related in LOOPTAIL. In his company, there's no CEO - but there is a company Mayor. There is no HR dept - but there is a Talent Agency and a company Culture Club.Poon Tip even offers any employee a check for $5,000 if he or she can actually hurt his feelings with less than positive feedback about the company and how it's being run, So far, nobody has claimed the prize. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201283 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Private Empire: ExxonMobil and American Power Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Steve Coll investigates the largest and most powerful private corporation in the United States, revealing the true extent of its power. ExxonMobil’s annual revenues are larger than the economic activity in the great majority of countries. In many of the countries where it conducts business, ExxonMobil’s sway over politics and security is greater than that of the United States embassy. In Washington, ExxonMobil spends more money lobbying Congress and the White House than almost any other corporation. Yet despite its outsized influence, it is a black box. Private Empire pulls back the curtain, tracking the corporation’s recent history and its central role on the world stage, beginning with the Exxon Valdez accident in 1989 and leading to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico in 2010. The action spans the globe, moving from Moscow, to impoverished African capitals, Indonesia, and elsewhere in heart-stopping scenes that feature kidnapping cases, civil wars, and high-stakes struggles at the Kremlin. At home, Coll goes inside ExxonMobil’s K Street office and corporation headquarters in Irving, Texas, where top executives in the “God Pod” (as employees call it) oversee an extraordinary corporate culture of discipline and secrecy. The narrative is driven by larger than life characters, including corporate legend Lee “Iron Ass” Raymond, ExxonMobil’s chief executive until 2005. A close friend of Dick Cheney’s, Raymond was both the most successful and effective oil executive of his era and an unabashed skeptic about climate change and government regulation.. This position proved difficult to maintain in the face of new science and political change and Raymond’s successor, current ExxonMobil chief executive Rex Tillerson, broke with Raymond’s programs in an effort to reset ExxonMobil’s public image. The larger cast includes countless world leaders, plutocrats, dictators, guerrillas, and corporate scientists who are part of ExxonMobil’s colossal story. The first hard-hitting examination of ExxonMobil, Private Empire is the masterful result of Coll’s indefatigable reporting. He draws here on more than four hundred interviews; field reporting from the halls of Congress to the oil-laden swamps of the Niger Delta; more than one thousand pages of previously classified U.S. documents obtained under the Freedom of Information Act; heretofore unexamined court records; and many other sources. A penetrating, newsbreaking study, Private Empire is a defining portrait of ExxonMobil and the place of Big Oil in American politics and foreign policy. Steve Coll Tue, 01 May 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201283 thebookvoice.com 24:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Private Empire: ExxonMobil and American Power Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Steve Coll investigates the largest and most powerful private corporation in the United States, revealing the true extent of its power. ExxonMobil’s annual revenues are larger than the economic activity in the great majority of countries. In many of the countries where it conducts business, ExxonMobil’s sway over politics and security is greater than that of the United States embassy. In Washington, ExxonMobil spends more money lobbying Congress and the White House than almost any other corporation. Yet despite its outsized influence, it is a black box. Private Empire pulls back the curtain, tracking the corporation’s recent history and its central role on the world stage, beginning with the Exxon Valdez accident in 1989 and leading to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico in 2010. The action spans the globe, moving from Moscow, to impoverished African capitals, Indonesia, and elsewhere in heart-stopping scenes that feature kidnapping cases, civil wars, and high-stakes struggles at the Kremlin. At home, Coll goes inside ExxonMobil’s K Street office and corporation headquarters in Irving, Texas, where top executives in the “God Pod” (as employees call it) oversee an extraordinary corporate culture of discipline and secrecy. The narrative is driven by larger than life characters, including corporate legend Lee “Iron Ass” Raymond, ExxonMobil’s chief executive until 2005. A close friend of Dick Cheney’s, Raymond was both the most successful and effective oil executive of his era and an unabashed skeptic about climate change and government regulation.. This position proved difficult to maintain in the face of new science and political change and Raymond’s successor, current ExxonMobil chief executive Rex Tillerson, broke with Raymond’s programs in an effort to reset ExxonMobil’s public image. The larger cast includes countless world leaders, plutocrats, dictators, guerrillas, and corporate scientists who are part of ExxonMobil’s colossal story. The first hard-hitting examination of ExxonMobil, Private Empire is the masterful result of Coll’s indefatigable reporting. He draws here on more than four hundred interviews; field reporting from the halls of Congress to the oil-laden swamps of the Niger Delta; more than one thousand pages of previously classified U.S. documents obtained under the Freedom of Information Act; heretofore unexamined court records; and many other sources. A penetrating, newsbreaking study, Private Empire is a defining portrait of ExxonMobil and the place of Big Oil in American politics and foreign policy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Private Empire: ExxonMobil and American Power Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Steve Coll investigates the largest and most powerful private corporation in the United States, revealing the true extent of its power. ExxonMobil’s annual revenues are larger than the economic activity in the great majority of countries. In many of the countries where it conducts business, ExxonMobil’s sway over politics and security is greater than that of the United States embassy. In Washington, ExxonMobil spends more money lobbying Congress and the White House than almost any other corporation. Yet despite its outsized influence, it is a black box. Private Empire pulls back the curtain, tracking the corporation’s recent history and its central role on the world stage, beginning with the Exxon Valdez accident in 1989 and leading to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico in 2010. The action spans the globe, moving from Moscow, to impoverished African capitals, Indonesia, and elsewhere in heart-stopping scenes that feature kidnapping cases, civil wars, and high-stakes struggles at the Kremlin. At home, Coll goes inside ExxonMobil’s K Street office and corporation headquarters in Irving, Texas, where top executives in the “God Pod” (as employees call it) oversee an extraordinary corporate culture of discipline and secrecy. The narrative is driven by larger than life characters, including corporate legend Lee “Iron Ass” Raymond, ExxonMobil’s chief executive until 2005. A close friend of Dick Cheney’s, Raymond was both the most successful and effective oil executive of his era and an unabashed skeptic about climate change and government regulation.. This position proved difficult to maintain in the face of new science and political change and Raymond’s successor, current ExxonMobil chief executive Rex Tillerson, broke with Raymond’s programs in an effort to reset ExxonMobil’s public image. The larger cast includes countless world leaders, plutocrats, dictators, guerrillas, and corporate scientists who are part of ExxonMobil’s colossal story. The first hard-hitting examination of ExxonMobil, Private Empire is the masterful result of Coll’s indefatigable reporting. He draws here on more than four hundred interviews; field reporting from the halls of Congress to the oil-laden swamps of the Niger Delta; more than one thousand pages of previously classified U.S. documents obtained under the Freedom of Information Act; heretofore unexamined court records; and many other sources. A penetrating, newsbreaking study, Private Empire is a defining portrait of ExxonMobil and the place of Big Oil in American politics and foreign policy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200979 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Start-up Success Made Simple Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every year 2,000,000 men and women start a business—and so can you! Brian Tracy, one of the top business teachers, trainers, and authors in the world today, shows you how, starting with little or nothing . . . you can achieve financial independence! In this practical, proven twelve-lecture program, you'll learn these priceless lessons to set you on the road to business success: 1. The Keys to Entrepreneurial Success 2.** Selecting the Right Product or Service 3.** Planning for Profitability 4.** Marketing, Selling, and Customer Service 5.** Winning the Hearts and Minds of Customers 6.** Selling Your Way to the Top 7.** Closing the Sale 8. Becoming a Master Negotiator 9.** Financing Your Business 10.** All Business Is People Business 11. Improving Your Personal Productivity 12.** Increasing Your Profits/Balancing Your Work and Personal Life **These lectures have also been included in Business Success Made Simple by Brian Tracy Brian Tracy Wed, 15 Jun 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200979 thebookvoice.com 11:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Start-up Success Made Simple Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every year 2,000,000 men and women start a business—and so can you! Brian Tracy, one of the top business teachers, trainers, and authors in the world today, shows you how, starting with little or nothing . . . you can achieve financial independence! In this practical, proven twelve-lecture program, you'll learn these priceless lessons to set you on the road to business success: 1. The Keys to Entrepreneurial Success 2.** Selecting the Right Product or Service 3.** Planning for Profitability 4.** Marketing, Selling, and Customer Service 5.** Winning the Hearts and Minds of Customers 6.** Selling Your Way to the Top 7.** Closing the Sale 8. Becoming a Master Negotiator 9.** Financing Your Business 10.** All Business Is People Business 11. Improving Your Personal Productivity 12.** Increasing Your Profits/Balancing Your Work and Personal Life **These lectures have also been included in Business Success Made Simple by Brian Tracy Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Start-up Success Made Simple Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every year 2,000,000 men and women start a business—and so can you! Brian Tracy, one of the top business teachers, trainers, and authors in the world today, shows you how, starting with little or nothing . . . you can achieve financial independence! In this practical, proven twelve-lecture program, you'll learn these priceless lessons to set you on the road to business success: 1. The Keys to Entrepreneurial Success 2.** Selecting the Right Product or Service 3.** Planning for Profitability 4.** Marketing, Selling, and Customer Service 5.** Winning the Hearts and Minds of Customers 6.** Selling Your Way to the Top 7.** Closing the Sale 8. Becoming a Master Negotiator 9.** Financing Your Business 10.** All Business Is People Business 11. Improving Your Personal Productivity 12.** Increasing Your Profits/Balancing Your Work and Personal Life **These lectures have also been included in Business Success Made Simple by Brian Tracy https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200969 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raise the Bar: An Action-Based Method for Maximum Customer Reactions Author: Jon Taffer Narrator: Luke Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If there’s anyone who can prevent a bar or restaurant from going belly up, it’s Jon Taffer. Widely considered the greatest authority in the food and beverage, hotel, and hospitality industries, he has turned around countless bars and restaurants. Raise the Bar distills the secrets to running a successful enterprise with Reaction Management, a strategy and philosophy Taffer developed and uses in his business. It works whether you’re running a storefront operation or a web-based company, whether you’re manufacturing widgets or providing a service. Raise the Bar is the definitive manual on transforming a bar or restaurant with actionable, proven strategies for immediate impact. Jon Taffer Tue, 12 Nov 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200969 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raise the Bar: An Action-Based Method for Maximum Customer Reactions Author: Jon Taffer Narrator: Luke Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If there’s anyone who can prevent a bar or restaurant from going belly up, it’s Jon Taffer. Widely considered the greatest authority in the food and beverage, hotel, and hospitality industries, he has turned around countless bars and restaurants. Raise the Bar distills the secrets to running a successful enterprise with Reaction Management, a strategy and philosophy Taffer developed and uses in his business. It works whether you’re running a storefront operation or a web-based company, whether you’re manufacturing widgets or providing a service. Raise the Bar is the definitive manual on transforming a bar or restaurant with actionable, proven strategies for immediate impact. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raise the Bar: An Action-Based Method for Maximum Customer Reactions Author: Jon Taffer Narrator: Luke Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If there’s anyone who can prevent a bar or restaurant from going belly up, it’s Jon Taffer. Widely considered the greatest authority in the food and beverage, hotel, and hospitality industries, he has turned around countless bars and restaurants. Raise the Bar distills the secrets to running a successful enterprise with Reaction Management, a strategy and philosophy Taffer developed and uses in his business. It works whether you’re running a storefront operation or a web-based company, whether you’re manufacturing widgets or providing a service. Raise the Bar is the definitive manual on transforming a bar or restaurant with actionable, proven strategies for immediate impact. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200949 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Big Fast and Do More Good: Start Your Business, Make It Huge, and Change the World Author: Ido Leffler, Lance Kalish Narrator: Nico Evers-Swindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Get Big Fast and Do More Good is a guide to modern entrepreneurship and accelerated brand-building from the founders of Yes To Inc, the company behind the breakthrough natural beauty brand Yes to Carrots. Ido Leffler and Lance Kalish, two 29-year-old Australians with very different backgrounds and skills, cofounded their company in 2006 with little more than a dream and made it big. Yes to Carrots has become one of the biggest natural beauty brands in the world and is one of the fastest-growing skincare brands. Leffler and Kalish have accomplished it all while maintaining solid principles, investing in meaningful business relation¬ships, giving back to the community, and still making it home in time for dinner. The authors started their business with nothing but chutzpah and great instincts for products with potential. They’ve since made lots of great decisions and some really, really bad ones, and are ready to share their hard-won secret to success: a strong, resilient, trusting partnership coupled with a great sense of humor. Ido Leffler, Lance Kalish Tue, 05 Nov 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200949 thebookvoice.com 7:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Big Fast and Do More Good: Start Your Business, Make It Huge, and Change the World Author: Ido Leffler, Lance Kalish Narrator: Nico Evers-Swindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Get Big Fast and Do More Good is a guide to modern entrepreneurship and accelerated brand-building from the founders of Yes To Inc, the company behind the breakthrough natural beauty brand Yes to Carrots. Ido Leffler and Lance Kalish, two 29-year-old Australians with very different backgrounds and skills, cofounded their company in 2006 with little more than a dream and made it big. Yes to Carrots has become one of the biggest natural beauty brands in the world and is one of the fastest-growing skincare brands. Leffler and Kalish have accomplished it all while maintaining solid principles, investing in meaningful business relation¬ships, giving back to the community, and still making it home in time for dinner. The authors started their business with nothing but chutzpah and great instincts for products with potential. They’ve since made lots of great decisions and some really, really bad ones, and are ready to share their hard-won secret to success: a strong, resilient, trusting partnership coupled with a great sense of humor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Big Fast and Do More Good: Start Your Business, Make It Huge, and Change the World Author: Ido Leffler, Lance Kalish Narrator: Nico Evers-Swindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Get Big Fast and Do More Good is a guide to modern entrepreneurship and accelerated brand-building from the founders of Yes To Inc, the company behind the breakthrough natural beauty brand Yes to Carrots. Ido Leffler and Lance Kalish, two 29-year-old Australians with very different backgrounds and skills, cofounded their company in 2006 with little more than a dream and made it big. Yes to Carrots has become one of the biggest natural beauty brands in the world and is one of the fastest-growing skincare brands. Leffler and Kalish have accomplished it all while maintaining solid principles, investing in meaningful business relation¬ships, giving back to the community, and still making it home in time for dinner. The authors started their business with nothing but chutzpah and great instincts for products with potential. They’ve since made lots of great decisions and some really, really bad ones, and are ready to share their hard-won secret to success: a strong, resilient, trusting partnership coupled with a great sense of humor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200814 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idea Man: A Memoir by the Cofounder of Microsoft Author: Paul Allen Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: By his early thirties, Paul Allen was a world-famous billionaire-and that was just the beginning. In 2007 and 2008, Time named Paul Allen, the cofounder of Microsoft, one of the hundred most influential people in the world. Since he made his fortune, his impact has been felt in science, technology, business, medicine, sports, music, and philanthropy. His passion, curiosity, and intellectual rigor-combined with the resources to launch and support new initiatives-have literally changed the world. In 2009 Allen discovered that he had lymphoma, lending urgency to his desire to share his story for the first time. In this classic memoir, Allen explains how he has solved problems, what he's learned from his many endeavors-both the triumphs and the failures-and his compelling vision for the future. He reflects candidly on an extraordinary life. The book also features previously untold stories about everything from the true origins of Microsoft to Allen's role in the dawn of private space travel (with SpaceShipOne) and in discoveries at the frontiers of brain science. With honesty, humor, and insight, Allen tells the story of a life of ideas made real. Paul Allen Tue, 19 Apr 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200814 thebookvoice.com 12:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idea Man: A Memoir by the Cofounder of Microsoft Author: Paul Allen Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: By his early thirties, Paul Allen was a world-famous billionaire-and that was just the beginning. In 2007 and 2008, Time named Paul Allen, the cofounder of Microsoft, one of the hundred most influential people in the world. Since he made his fortune, his impact has been felt in science, technology, business, medicine, sports, music, and philanthropy. His passion, curiosity, and intellectual rigor-combined with the resources to launch and support new initiatives-have literally changed the world. In 2009 Allen discovered that he had lymphoma, lending urgency to his desire to share his story for the first time. In this classic memoir, Allen explains how he has solved problems, what he's learned from his many endeavors-both the triumphs and the failures-and his compelling vision for the future. He reflects candidly on an extraordinary life. The book also features previously untold stories about everything from the true origins of Microsoft to Allen's role in the dawn of private space travel (with SpaceShipOne) and in discoveries at the frontiers of brain science. With honesty, humor, and insight, Allen tells the story of a life of ideas made real. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idea Man: A Memoir by the Cofounder of Microsoft Author: Paul Allen Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: By his early thirties, Paul Allen was a world-famous billionaire-and that was just the beginning. In 2007 and 2008, Time named Paul Allen, the cofounder of Microsoft, one of the hundred most influential people in the world. Since he made his fortune, his impact has been felt in science, technology, business, medicine, sports, music, and philanthropy. His passion, curiosity, and intellectual rigor-combined with the resources to launch and support new initiatives-have literally changed the world. In 2009 Allen discovered that he had lymphoma, lending urgency to his desire to share his story for the first time. In this classic memoir, Allen explains how he has solved problems, what he's learned from his many endeavors-both the triumphs and the failures-and his compelling vision for the future. He reflects candidly on an extraordinary life. The book also features previously untold stories about everything from the true origins of Microsoft to Allen's role in the dawn of private space travel (with SpaceShipOne) and in discoveries at the frontiers of brain science. With honesty, humor, and insight, Allen tells the story of a life of ideas made real. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199311 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Man and His Mountain: The Everyman Who Created Kendall-Jackson and Became America's Greatest Wine Entrepreneur Author: Edward Humes Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist tells the story of the self-made billionaire who built the Kendall-Jackson empire from nothing into the biggest selling brand of premium wines in the U.S.Jess Stonestreet Jackson was one of a small band of pioneering entrepreneurs who put California's wine country on the map. His life story is a compelling slice of history, daring, innovation, feuds, intrigue, talent, mystique, contrarianism, and luck, offering a unique window on the elegant, adventurous, and cut-throat worlds of Jackson's two passions: wine and horseracing. Time after time his decisions would be ignored, derided, then finally envied and imitated, as whole industries watched him become a billionaire and tried to keep up. He reinvented himself at mid-life, and became founder and CEO of Kendall-Jackson. The empire he constructed endures and thrives even after his death in 2011. In A Man and His Mountain, Edward Humes brings us the no-holds barred tale of the brilliant, infuriating, successful man who seemed to win more than his share by staying far ahead of the pack. Edward Humes Tue, 22 Oct 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199311 thebookvoice.com 12:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Man and His Mountain: The Everyman Who Created Kendall-Jackson and Became America's Greatest Wine Entrepreneur Author: Edward Humes Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist tells the story of the self-made billionaire who built the Kendall-Jackson empire from nothing into the biggest selling brand of premium wines in the U.S.Jess Stonestreet Jackson was one of a small band of pioneering entrepreneurs who put California's wine country on the map. His life story is a compelling slice of history, daring, innovation, feuds, intrigue, talent, mystique, contrarianism, and luck, offering a unique window on the elegant, adventurous, and cut-throat worlds of Jackson's two passions: wine and horseracing. Time after time his decisions would be ignored, derided, then finally envied and imitated, as whole industries watched him become a billionaire and tried to keep up. He reinvented himself at mid-life, and became founder and CEO of Kendall-Jackson. The empire he constructed endures and thrives even after his death in 2011. In A Man and His Mountain, Edward Humes brings us the no-holds barred tale of the brilliant, infuriating, successful man who seemed to win more than his share by staying far ahead of the pack. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Man and His Mountain: The Everyman Who Created Kendall-Jackson and Became America's Greatest Wine Entrepreneur Author: Edward Humes Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist tells the story of the self-made billionaire who built the Kendall-Jackson empire from nothing into the biggest selling brand of premium wines in the U.S.Jess Stonestreet Jackson was one of a small band of pioneering entrepreneurs who put California's wine country on the map. His life story is a compelling slice of history, daring, innovation, feuds, intrigue, talent, mystique, contrarianism, and luck, offering a unique window on the elegant, adventurous, and cut-throat worlds of Jackson's two passions: wine and horseracing. Time after time his decisions would be ignored, derided, then finally envied and imitated, as whole industries watched him become a billionaire and tried to keep up. He reinvented himself at mid-life, and became founder and CEO of Kendall-Jackson. The empire he constructed endures and thrives even after his death in 2011. In A Man and His Mountain, Edward Humes brings us the no-holds barred tale of the brilliant, infuriating, successful man who seemed to win more than his share by staying far ahead of the pack. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199153 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wheelmen: Lance Armstrong, the Tour de France, and the Greatest Sports Conspiracy Ever Author: Reed Albergotti, Vanessa O'Connell Narrator: Santino Fontana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The first in-depth look at Lance Armstrong’s doping scandal, the phenomenal business success built on the back of fraud, and the greatest conspiracy in the history of sports Lance Armstrong won a record-smashing seven Tours de France after staring down cancer, and in the process became an international symbol of resilience and courage. In a sport constantly dogged by blood-doping scandals, he seemed above the fray. Then, in January 2013, the legend imploded. He admitted doping during the Tours and, in an interview with Oprah, described his “mythic, perfect story” as “one big lie.” But his admission raised more questions than it answered—because he didn’t say who had helped him dope or how he skillfully avoided getting caught. Wall Street Journal reporters Reed Albergotti and Vanessa O’Connell broke the news at every turn. In Wheelmen they reveal the broader story of how Armstrong and his supporters used money, power, and cutting-edge science to conquer the world’s most diffcult race. Wheelmen introduces U.S. Postal Service Team owner Thom Weisel, who in a brazen power play ousted USA Cycling’s top leadership and gained control of the sport in the United States, ensuring Armstrong’s dominance. Meanwhile, sponsors fought over contracts with Armstrong as the entire sport of cycling began to benefit from the “Lance effect.” What had been a quirky, working-class hobby became the pastime of the Masters of the Universe set.Wheelmen offers a riveting look at what happens when enigmatic genius breaks loose from the strictures of morality. It reveals the competitiveness and ingenuity that sparked blood-doping as an accepted practice, and shows how the Americans methodically constructed an international operation of spies and revolutionary technology to reach the top. At last exposing the truth about Armstrong and American cycling, Wheelmen paints a living portrait of what is, without question, the greatest conspiracy in the history of sports. Reed Albergotti, Vanessa O'Connell Tue, 15 Oct 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199153 thebookvoice.com 12:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wheelmen: Lance Armstrong, the Tour de France, and the Greatest Sports Conspiracy Ever Author: Reed Albergotti, Vanessa O'Connell Narrator: Santino Fontana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The first in-depth look at Lance Armstrong’s doping scandal, the phenomenal business success built on the back of fraud, and the greatest conspiracy in the history of sports Lance Armstrong won a record-smashing seven Tours de France after staring down cancer, and in the process became an international symbol of resilience and courage. In a sport constantly dogged by blood-doping scandals, he seemed above the fray. Then, in January 2013, the legend imploded. He admitted doping during the Tours and, in an interview with Oprah, described his “mythic, perfect story” as “one big lie.” But his admission raised more questions than it answered—because he didn’t say who had helped him dope or how he skillfully avoided getting caught. Wall Street Journal reporters Reed Albergotti and Vanessa O’Connell broke the news at every turn. In Wheelmen they reveal the broader story of how Armstrong and his supporters used money, power, and cutting-edge science to conquer the world’s most diffcult race. Wheelmen introduces U.S. Postal Service Team owner Thom Weisel, who in a brazen power play ousted USA Cycling’s top leadership and gained control of the sport in the United States, ensuring Armstrong’s dominance. Meanwhile, sponsors fought over contracts with Armstrong as the entire sport of cycling began to benefit from the “Lance effect.” What had been a quirky, working-class hobby became the pastime of the Masters of the Universe set.Wheelmen offers a riveting look at what happens when enigmatic genius breaks loose from the strictures of morality. It reveals the competitiveness and ingenuity that sparked blood-doping as an accepted practice, and shows how the Americans methodically constructed an international operation of spies and revolutionary technology to reach the top. At last exposing the truth about Armstrong and American cycling, Wheelmen paints a living portrait of what is, without question, the greatest conspiracy in the history of sports. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wheelmen: Lance Armstrong, the Tour de France, and the Greatest Sports Conspiracy Ever Author: Reed Albergotti, Vanessa O'Connell Narrator: Santino Fontana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The first in-depth look at Lance Armstrong’s doping scandal, the phenomenal business success built on the back of fraud, and the greatest conspiracy in the history of sports Lance Armstrong won a record-smashing seven Tours de France after staring down cancer, and in the process became an international symbol of resilience and courage. In a sport constantly dogged by blood-doping scandals, he seemed above the fray. Then, in January 2013, the legend imploded. He admitted doping during the Tours and, in an interview with Oprah, described his “mythic, perfect story” as “one big lie.” But his admission raised more questions than it answered—because he didn’t say who had helped him dope or how he skillfully avoided getting caught. Wall Street Journal reporters Reed Albergotti and Vanessa O’Connell broke the news at every turn. In Wheelmen they reveal the broader story of how Armstrong and his supporters used money, power, and cutting-edge science to conquer the world’s most diffcult race. Wheelmen introduces U.S. Postal Service Team owner Thom Weisel, who in a brazen power play ousted USA Cycling’s top leadership and gained control of the sport in the United States, ensuring Armstrong’s dominance. Meanwhile, sponsors fought over contracts with Armstrong as the entire sport of cycling began to benefit from the “Lance effect.” What had been a quirky, working-class hobby became the pastime of the Masters of the Universe set.Wheelmen offers a riveting look at what happens when enigmatic genius breaks loose from the strictures of morality. It reveals the competitiveness and ingenuity that sparked blood-doping as an accepted practice, and shows how the Americans methodically constructed an international operation of spies and revolutionary technology to reach the top. At last exposing the truth about Armstrong and American cycling, Wheelmen paints a living portrait of what is, without question, the greatest conspiracy in the history of sports. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198361 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Their Permission: How the 21st Century Will Be Made, Not Managed Author: Alexis Ohanian Narrator: Alexis Ohanian Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As Alexis Ohanian learned when he helped to co-found the immensely popular reddit.com, the internet is the most powerful and democratic tool for disseminating information in human history. And when that power is harnessed to create new communities, technologies, businesses or charities, the results can be absolutely stunning. In this book, Alexis will share his ideas, tips and even his own doodles about harnessing the power of the web for good, and along the way, he will share his philosophy with young entrepreneurs all over the globe. At 29, Ohanian has come to personify the dorm-room tech entrepreneur, changing the world without asking permission. Within a couple of years of graduating from the University of Virginia, Ohanian did just that, selling reddit for millions of dollars. He's gone on to start many other companies, like hipmunk and breadpig, all while representing Y Combinator and investing in over sixty other tech startups. Without Their Permission is his personal guidebook as to how other aspiring entrepreneurs can follow in his footsteps. Alexis Ohanian Tue, 01 Oct 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198361 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Their Permission: How the 21st Century Will Be Made, Not Managed Author: Alexis Ohanian Narrator: Alexis Ohanian Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As Alexis Ohanian learned when he helped to co-found the immensely popular reddit.com, the internet is the most powerful and democratic tool for disseminating information in human history. And when that power is harnessed to create new communities, technologies, businesses or charities, the results can be absolutely stunning. In this book, Alexis will share his ideas, tips and even his own doodles about harnessing the power of the web for good, and along the way, he will share his philosophy with young entrepreneurs all over the globe. At 29, Ohanian has come to personify the dorm-room tech entrepreneur, changing the world without asking permission. Within a couple of years of graduating from the University of Virginia, Ohanian did just that, selling reddit for millions of dollars. He's gone on to start many other companies, like hipmunk and breadpig, all while representing Y Combinator and investing in over sixty other tech startups. Without Their Permission is his personal guidebook as to how other aspiring entrepreneurs can follow in his footsteps. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Their Permission: How the 21st Century Will Be Made, Not Managed Author: Alexis Ohanian Narrator: Alexis Ohanian Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As Alexis Ohanian learned when he helped to co-found the immensely popular reddit.com, the internet is the most powerful and democratic tool for disseminating information in human history. And when that power is harnessed to create new communities, technologies, businesses or charities, the results can be absolutely stunning. In this book, Alexis will share his ideas, tips and even his own doodles about harnessing the power of the web for good, and along the way, he will share his philosophy with young entrepreneurs all over the globe. At 29, Ohanian has come to personify the dorm-room tech entrepreneur, changing the world without asking permission. Within a couple of years of graduating from the University of Virginia, Ohanian did just that, selling reddit for millions of dollars. He's gone on to start many other companies, like hipmunk and breadpig, all while representing Y Combinator and investing in over sixty other tech startups. Without Their Permission is his personal guidebook as to how other aspiring entrepreneurs can follow in his footsteps. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198124 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Birds in a Tree: Timeless Indian Wisdom for Business Leaders Author: Ram Nidumolu Narrator: Jim Manchester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Looking back to the ancient knowledge of the Indian scripture, the Upanishads, Ram Nidumolu finds the core philosophy of sustainable leadership that's needed today. In this remarkable book, he uses a powerful parable from these scriptures to create a business vision that our world desperately needs. 'There are two birds, two sweet friends, who dwell in the selfsame tree,' says the Upanishads. The first bird, dwelling on the lower part of the tree, lives 'in sorrow and anxiety.' Unable to see beyond the branches, it hops around compulsively indulging its appetites, eating every fruit, sweet and sour. The other bird, higher up, can see the whole tree and the wider world—this perspective puts it in touch with its innate sense of being, the quality of existence that it shares in common with all other living beings and the natural world. Content, it 'looks on in compassionate silence' at the other bird. Ram Nidumolu's beautiful book on business leadership uses this allegory to highlight why many businesses are distrusted by the public and contribute to social ills like environmental destruction, wealth inequality, and climate change: they mimic the bird on the lower branch. But can business, compassion, and stewardship really coexist? Ram's surprising insight is to hearken back to ancient wisdom traditions to reclaim their lessons for acting in accordance with our connection to Being. Two Birds in a Tree uses evocative parables and stories from the Upanishads to introduce Being-centered leadership. Being-centered leaders are guided by an innate sense of interconnection—the good of the whole becomes an integral part of their decisions and actions. Using the experiences of over twenty trailblazing CEOs, as well as those from his own life, Nidumolu describes a four-stage road map every aspiring leader can use to reconnect business to the wider world—to the benefit of all. It is time, he writes, to 'look up from our rickety perch on the lower branch of a storm-tossed tree and begin the journey to the higher branch.' Ram Nidumolu Mon, 07 Oct 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198124 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Birds in a Tree: Timeless Indian Wisdom for Business Leaders Author: Ram Nidumolu Narrator: Jim Manchester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Looking back to the ancient knowledge of the Indian scripture, the Upanishads, Ram Nidumolu finds the core philosophy of sustainable leadership that's needed today. In this remarkable book, he uses a powerful parable from these scriptures to create a business vision that our world desperately needs. 'There are two birds, two sweet friends, who dwell in the selfsame tree,' says the Upanishads. The first bird, dwelling on the lower part of the tree, lives 'in sorrow and anxiety.' Unable to see beyond the branches, it hops around compulsively indulging its appetites, eating every fruit, sweet and sour. The other bird, higher up, can see the whole tree and the wider world—this perspective puts it in touch with its innate sense of being, the quality of existence that it shares in common with all other living beings and the natural world. Content, it 'looks on in compassionate silence' at the other bird. Ram Nidumolu's beautiful book on business leadership uses this allegory to highlight why many businesses are distrusted by the public and contribute to social ills like environmental destruction, wealth inequality, and climate change: they mimic the bird on the lower branch. But can business, compassion, and stewardship really coexist? Ram's surprising insight is to hearken back to ancient wisdom traditions to reclaim their lessons for acting in accordance with our connection to Being. Two Birds in a Tree uses evocative parables and stories from the Upanishads to introduce Being-centered leadership. Being-centered leaders are guided by an innate sense of interconnection—the good of the whole becomes an integral part of their decisions and actions. Using the experiences of over twenty trailblazing CEOs, as well as those from his own life, Nidumolu describes a four-stage road map every aspiring leader can use to reconnect business to the wider world—to the benefit of all. It is time, he writes, to 'look up from our rickety perch on the lower branch of a storm-tossed tree and begin the journey to the higher branch.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Birds in a Tree: Timeless Indian Wisdom for Business Leaders Author: Ram Nidumolu Narrator: Jim Manchester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Looking back to the ancient knowledge of the Indian scripture, the Upanishads, Ram Nidumolu finds the core philosophy of sustainable leadership that's needed today. In this remarkable book, he uses a powerful parable from these scriptures to create a business vision that our world desperately needs. 'There are two birds, two sweet friends, who dwell in the selfsame tree,' says the Upanishads. The first bird, dwelling on the lower part of the tree, lives 'in sorrow and anxiety.' Unable to see beyond the branches, it hops around compulsively indulging its appetites, eating every fruit, sweet and sour. The other bird, higher up, can see the whole tree and the wider world—this perspective puts it in touch with its innate sense of being, the quality of existence that it shares in common with all other living beings and the natural world. Content, it 'looks on in compassionate silence' at the other bird. Ram Nidumolu's beautiful book on business leadership uses this allegory to highlight why many businesses are distrusted by the public and contribute to social ills like environmental destruction, wealth inequality, and climate change: they mimic the bird on the lower branch. But can business, compassion, and stewardship really coexist? Ram's surprising insight is to hearken back to ancient wisdom traditions to reclaim their lessons for acting in accordance with our connection to Being. Two Birds in a Tree uses evocative parables and stories from the Upanishads to introduce Being-centered leadership. Being-centered leaders are guided by an innate sense of interconnection—the good of the whole becomes an integral part of their decisions and actions. Using the experiences of over twenty trailblazing CEOs, as well as those from his own life, Nidumolu describes a four-stage road map every aspiring leader can use to reconnect business to the wider world—to the benefit of all. It is time, he writes, to 'look up from our rickety perch on the lower branch of a storm-tossed tree and begin the journey to the higher branch.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197997 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Store: Jeff Bezos and the Age of Amazon Author: Brad Stone Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 15, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive story of Amazon.com, one of the most successful companies in the world, and of its driven, brilliant founder, Jeff Bezos. Amazon.com started off delivering books through the mail. But its visionary founder, Jeff Bezos, wasn't content with being a bookseller. He wanted Amazon to become the everything store, offering limitless selection and seductive convenience at disruptively low prices. To do so, he developed a corporate culture of relentless ambition and secrecy that's never been cracked. Until now. Brad Stone enjoyed unprecedented access to current and former Amazon employees and Bezos family members, giving readers the first in-depth, fly-on-the-wall account of life at Amazon. Compared to tech's other elite innovators -- Jobs, Gates, Zuckerberg -- Bezos is a private man. But he stands out for his restless pursuit of new markets, leading Amazon into risky new ventures like the Kindle and cloud computing, and transforming retail in the same way Henry Ford revolutionized manufacturing. The Everything Store will be the revealing, definitive biography of the company that placed one of the first and largest bets on the Internet and forever changed the way we shop and read. Brad Stone Tue, 15 Oct 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197997 thebookvoice.com 13:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Store: Jeff Bezos and the Age of Amazon Author: Brad Stone Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 15, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive story of Amazon.com, one of the most successful companies in the world, and of its driven, brilliant founder, Jeff Bezos. Amazon.com started off delivering books through the mail. But its visionary founder, Jeff Bezos, wasn't content with being a bookseller. He wanted Amazon to become the everything store, offering limitless selection and seductive convenience at disruptively low prices. To do so, he developed a corporate culture of relentless ambition and secrecy that's never been cracked. Until now. Brad Stone enjoyed unprecedented access to current and former Amazon employees and Bezos family members, giving readers the first in-depth, fly-on-the-wall account of life at Amazon. Compared to tech's other elite innovators -- Jobs, Gates, Zuckerberg -- Bezos is a private man. But he stands out for his restless pursuit of new markets, leading Amazon into risky new ventures like the Kindle and cloud computing, and transforming retail in the same way Henry Ford revolutionized manufacturing. The Everything Store will be the revealing, definitive biography of the company that placed one of the first and largest bets on the Internet and forever changed the way we shop and read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Store: Jeff Bezos and the Age of Amazon Author: Brad Stone Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 15, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive story of Amazon.com, one of the most successful companies in the world, and of its driven, brilliant founder, Jeff Bezos. Amazon.com started off delivering books through the mail. But its visionary founder, Jeff Bezos, wasn't content with being a bookseller. He wanted Amazon to become the everything store, offering limitless selection and seductive convenience at disruptively low prices. To do so, he developed a corporate culture of relentless ambition and secrecy that's never been cracked. Until now. Brad Stone enjoyed unprecedented access to current and former Amazon employees and Bezos family members, giving readers the first in-depth, fly-on-the-wall account of life at Amazon. Compared to tech's other elite innovators -- Jobs, Gates, Zuckerberg -- Bezos is a private man. But he stands out for his restless pursuit of new markets, leading Amazon into risky new ventures like the Kindle and cloud computing, and transforming retail in the same way Henry Ford revolutionized manufacturing. The Everything Store will be the revealing, definitive biography of the company that placed one of the first and largest bets on the Internet and forever changed the way we shop and read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In My Shoes: A Memoir Author: William Patrick, Tamara Mellon Narrator: Polly Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A candid business narrative and memoir from the founder of Jimmy Choo   Tamara Mellon made a fortune building Jimmy Choo into a billion-dollar fashion brand. She became the prime minister's trade envoy and was honored by the Queen with the Order of the British Empire—yet it's her personal glamour that keeps her an object of global media fascination. Vogue photographed her wedding; Vanity Fair covered her divorce and the criminal trial that followed. Harper's Bazaar toured her London town house and her New York mansion, right down to the closets. And the Wall Street Journal hinted at the real red meat: the three private equity deals, the relentless battle between 'the suits' and 'the creatives,' and Mellon's triumph against a brutally hostile takeover attempt.   In this candid memoir she shares the whole larger-than-life story, with genuinely shocking insider detail that has never been presented anywhere. From her troubled childhood to her time as a young editor at Vogue to her partnership with cobbler Jimmy Choo to her very public relationships, Mellon offers a gripping account of the episodes that have made her who she is today.   The result is a must read for entrepreneurs, fashionistas, and anyone who loves a juicy true story about sex, drugs, money, power, high heels, and overcoming adversity. William Patrick, Tamara Mellon Tue, 01 Oct 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196846 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In My Shoes: A Memoir Author: William Patrick, Tamara Mellon Narrator: Polly Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A candid business narrative and memoir from the founder of Jimmy Choo   Tamara Mellon made a fortune building Jimmy Choo into a billion-dollar fashion brand. She became the prime minister's trade envoy and was honored by the Queen with the Order of the British Empire—yet it's her personal glamour that keeps her an object of global media fascination. Vogue photographed her wedding; Vanity Fair covered her divorce and the criminal trial that followed. Harper's Bazaar toured her London town house and her New York mansion, right down to the closets. And the Wall Street Journal hinted at the real red meat: the three private equity deals, the relentless battle between 'the suits' and 'the creatives,' and Mellon's triumph against a brutally hostile takeover attempt.   In this candid memoir she shares the whole larger-than-life story, with genuinely shocking insider detail that has never been presented anywhere. From her troubled childhood to her time as a young editor at Vogue to her partnership with cobbler Jimmy Choo to her very public relationships, Mellon offers a gripping account of the episodes that have made her who she is today.   The result is a must read for entrepreneurs, fashionistas, and anyone who loves a juicy true story about sex, drugs, money, power, high heels, and overcoming adversity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In My Shoes: A Memoir Author: William Patrick, Tamara Mellon Narrator: Polly Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A candid business narrative and memoir from the founder of Jimmy Choo   Tamara Mellon made a fortune building Jimmy Choo into a billion-dollar fashion brand. She became the prime minister's trade envoy and was honored by the Queen with the Order of the British Empire—yet it's her personal glamour that keeps her an object of global media fascination. Vogue photographed her wedding; Vanity Fair covered her divorce and the criminal trial that followed. Harper's Bazaar toured her London town house and her New York mansion, right down to the closets. And the Wall Street Journal hinted at the real red meat: the three private equity deals, the relentless battle between 'the suits' and 'the creatives,' and Mellon's triumph against a brutally hostile takeover attempt.   In this candid memoir she shares the whole larger-than-life story, with genuinely shocking insider detail that has never been presented anywhere. From her troubled childhood to her time as a young editor at Vogue to her partnership with cobbler Jimmy Choo to her very public relationships, Mellon offers a gripping account of the episodes that have made her who she is today.   The result is a must read for entrepreneurs, fashionistas, and anyone who loves a juicy true story about sex, drugs, money, power, high heels, and overcoming adversity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196422 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Barefoot Executive: The Ultimate Guide to Being Your Own Boss and Achieving Financial Freedom Author: Carrie Wilkerson Narrator: Carrie Wilkerson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 23, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Don't think you have what it takes to run a business? It's time to reconsider. Carrie Wilkerson offers the opportunity to live life on your terms. Want to start your workday with e-mail and coffee on the back patio? Want the flexibility of joining your fourth grader on an all-day field trip? Are you ready to take that vacation you’ve been planning for years? Then you have a choice to make, and The Barefoot Executive will help jump-start your transition. You’ll learn: Your “why.” The most important question. Why do you want to work for yourself? What type of business best suits your experience and talents. How to stay focused on your goal and avoid distractions. Where to find the support that will accelerate your success. How to link your business to the right market. Whether it’s a service, a product, or your insight or expertise, you already have the raw materials necessary to transform your life. Carrie will walk you through the process of building the business you need to achieve the life you want. Her guidance is practical. No philosophical silliness, no theoretical abstractions—just concrete action steps alongside insights from fellow entrepreneurs, interactive exercises, and links to Carrie’s online video coaching segments. It’s the next best thing to working one-on-one with her. The Barefoot Executive will have you energized by the possibilities and embracing the extraordinary life that is well within your reach. Carrie Wilkerson Tue, 23 Aug 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196422 thebookvoice.com 6:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Barefoot Executive: The Ultimate Guide to Being Your Own Boss and Achieving Financial Freedom Author: Carrie Wilkerson Narrator: Carrie Wilkerson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 23, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Don't think you have what it takes to run a business? It's time to reconsider. Carrie Wilkerson offers the opportunity to live life on your terms. Want to start your workday with e-mail and coffee on the back patio? Want the flexibility of joining your fourth grader on an all-day field trip? Are you ready to take that vacation you’ve been planning for years? Then you have a choice to make, and The Barefoot Executive will help jump-start your transition. You’ll learn: Your “why.” The most important question. Why do you want to work for yourself? What type of business best suits your experience and talents. How to stay focused on your goal and avoid distractions. Where to find the support that will accelerate your success. How to link your business to the right market. Whether it’s a service, a product, or your insight or expertise, you already have the raw materials necessary to transform your life. Carrie will walk you through the process of building the business you need to achieve the life you want. Her guidance is practical. No philosophical silliness, no theoretical abstractions—just concrete action steps alongside insights from fellow entrepreneurs, interactive exercises, and links to Carrie’s online video coaching segments. It’s the next best thing to working one-on-one with her. The Barefoot Executive will have you energized by the possibilities and embracing the extraordinary life that is well within your reach. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Barefoot Executive: The Ultimate Guide to Being Your Own Boss and Achieving Financial Freedom Author: Carrie Wilkerson Narrator: Carrie Wilkerson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 23, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Don't think you have what it takes to run a business? It's time to reconsider. Carrie Wilkerson offers the opportunity to live life on your terms. Want to start your workday with e-mail and coffee on the back patio? Want the flexibility of joining your fourth grader on an all-day field trip? Are you ready to take that vacation you’ve been planning for years? Then you have a choice to make, and The Barefoot Executive will help jump-start your transition. You’ll learn: Your “why.” The most important question. Why do you want to work for yourself? What type of business best suits your experience and talents. How to stay focused on your goal and avoid distractions. Where to find the support that will accelerate your success. How to link your business to the right market. Whether it’s a service, a product, or your insight or expertise, you already have the raw materials necessary to transform your life. Carrie will walk you through the process of building the business you need to achieve the life you want. Her guidance is practical. No philosophical silliness, no theoretical abstractions—just concrete action steps alongside insights from fellow entrepreneurs, interactive exercises, and links to Carrie’s online video coaching segments. It’s the next best thing to working one-on-one with her. The Barefoot Executive will have you energized by the possibilities and embracing the extraordinary life that is well within your reach. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196391 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fortune Cookie Principle: The 20 Keys to a Great Brand Story and Why Your Business needs One Author: Bernadette Jiwa Narrator: Bernadette Jiwa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 13, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's not how good you are. It's how well you tell your story. Big corporations might have huge marketing and advertising budgets but you’ve got a story. Your brand story isn't just what you tell people. It's what they believe about you based on the signals your brand sends. The Fortune Cookie Principle is a brand building framework and communication strategy consisting of 20 keys that enable you to begin telling your brand’s story from the inside out. It’s the foundation upon which you can differentiate your brand and make emotional connections with the kind of clients and customers you want to serve. The most successful brands in the world don’t behave like commodities and neither should you. A great brand story will make you stand out, increase brand awareness, create customer loyalty and power profits. Isn't it time to gave your customers a story to tell? The Fortune Cookie Principle will show you how. Bernadette Jiwa Tue, 13 Aug 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196391 thebookvoice.com 3:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fortune Cookie Principle: The 20 Keys to a Great Brand Story and Why Your Business needs One Author: Bernadette Jiwa Narrator: Bernadette Jiwa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 13, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's not how good you are. It's how well you tell your story. Big corporations might have huge marketing and advertising budgets but you’ve got a story. Your brand story isn't just what you tell people. It's what they believe about you based on the signals your brand sends. The Fortune Cookie Principle is a brand building framework and communication strategy consisting of 20 keys that enable you to begin telling your brand’s story from the inside out. It’s the foundation upon which you can differentiate your brand and make emotional connections with the kind of clients and customers you want to serve. The most successful brands in the world don’t behave like commodities and neither should you. A great brand story will make you stand out, increase brand awareness, create customer loyalty and power profits. Isn't it time to gave your customers a story to tell? The Fortune Cookie Principle will show you how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fortune Cookie Principle: The 20 Keys to a Great Brand Story and Why Your Business needs One Author: Bernadette Jiwa Narrator: Bernadette Jiwa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 13, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's not how good you are. It's how well you tell your story. Big corporations might have huge marketing and advertising budgets but you’ve got a story. Your brand story isn't just what you tell people. It's what they believe about you based on the signals your brand sends. The Fortune Cookie Principle is a brand building framework and communication strategy consisting of 20 keys that enable you to begin telling your brand’s story from the inside out. It’s the foundation upon which you can differentiate your brand and make emotional connections with the kind of clients and customers you want to serve. The most successful brands in the world don’t behave like commodities and neither should you. A great brand story will make you stand out, increase brand awareness, create customer loyalty and power profits. Isn't it time to gave your customers a story to tell? The Fortune Cookie Principle will show you how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195373 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jim Henson: The Biography Author: Brian Jay Jones Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • For the first time ever—a comprehensive biography of one of the twentieth century’s most innovative creative artists: the incomparable, irreplaceable Jim Henson He was a gentle dreamer whose genial bearded visage was recognized around the world, but most people got to know him only through the iconic characters born of his fertile imagination: Kermit the Frog, Bert and Ernie, Miss Piggy, Big Bird. The Muppets made Jim Henson a household name, but they were just part of his remarkable story. This extraordinary biography—written with the generous cooperation of the Henson family—covers the full arc of Henson’s all-too-brief life: from his childhood in Leland, Mississippi, through the years of burgeoning fame in America, to the decade of international celebrity that preceded his untimely death at age fifty-three. Drawing on hundreds of hours of new interviews with Henson's family, friends, and closest collaborators, as well as unprecedented access to private family and company archives, Brian Jay Jones explores the creation of the Muppets, Henson’s contributions to Sesame Street and Saturday Night Live, and his nearly ten-year campaign to bring The Muppet Show to television. Jones provides the imaginative context for Henson’s non-Muppet projects, including the richly imagined worlds of The Dark Crystal and Labyrinth—as well as fascinating misfires like Henson’s dream of opening an inflatable psychedelic nightclub. An uncommonly intimate portrait, Jim Henson captures all the facets of this American original: the master craftsman who revolutionized the presentation of puppets on television, the savvy businessman whose dealmaking prowess won him a reputation as “the new Walt Disney,” and the creative team leader whose collaborative ethos earned him the undying loyalty of everyone who worked for him. Here also is insight into Henson’s intensely private personal life: his Christian Science upbringing, his love of fast cars and expensive art, and his weakness for women. Though an optimist by nature, Henson was haunted by the notion that he would not have time to do all the things he wanted to do in life—a fear that his heartbreaking final hours would prove all too well founded. An up-close look at the charmed life of a legend, Jim Henson gives the full measure to a man whose joyful genius transcended age, language, geography, and culture—and continues to beguile audiences worldwide. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY BOOKPAGE “Jim Henson vibrantly delves into the magnificent man and his Muppet methods: It’s an absolute must-read!”—Neil Patrick Harris “An exhaustive work that is never exhausting, a credit both to Jones’s brisk style and to Henson’s exceptional life.”—The New York Times “[A] sweeping portrait that is a mix of humor, mirth and poignancy.”—Washington Independent Review of Books “A meticulously researched tome chock-full of gems about the Muppets and the most thorough portrait of their creator ever crafted.”—Associated Press Brian Jay Jones Tue, 24 Sep 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195373 thebookvoice.com 21:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jim Henson: The Biography Author: Brian Jay Jones Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • For the first time ever—a comprehensive biography of one of the twentieth century’s most innovative creative artists: the incomparable, irreplaceable Jim Henson He was a gentle dreamer whose genial bearded visage was recognized around the world, but most people got to know him only through the iconic characters born of his fertile imagination: Kermit the Frog, Bert and Ernie, Miss Piggy, Big Bird. The Muppets made Jim Henson a household name, but they were just part of his remarkable story. This extraordinary biography—written with the generous cooperation of the Henson family—covers the full arc of Henson’s all-too-brief life: from his childhood in Leland, Mississippi, through the years of burgeoning fame in America, to the decade of international celebrity that preceded his untimely death at age fifty-three. Drawing on hundreds of hours of new interviews with Henson's family, friends, and closest collaborators, as well as unprecedented access to private family and company archives, Brian Jay Jones explores the creation of the Muppets, Henson’s contributions to Sesame Street and Saturday Night Live, and his nearly ten-year campaign to bring The Muppet Show to television. Jones provides the imaginative context for Henson’s non-Muppet projects, including the richly imagined worlds of The Dark Crystal and Labyrinth—as well as fascinating misfires like Henson’s dream of opening an inflatable psychedelic nightclub. An uncommonly intimate portrait, Jim Henson captures all the facets of this American original: the master craftsman who revolutionized the presentation of puppets on television, the savvy businessman whose dealmaking prowess won him a reputation as “the new Walt Disney,” and the creative team leader whose collaborative ethos earned him the undying loyalty of everyone who worked for him. Here also is insight into Henson’s intensely private personal life: his Christian Science upbringing, his love of fast cars and expensive art, and his weakness for women. Though an optimist by nature, Henson was haunted by the notion that he would not have time to do all the things he wanted to do in life—a fear that his heartbreaking final hours would prove all too well founded. An up-close look at the charmed life of a legend, Jim Henson gives the full measure to a man whose joyful genius transcended age, language, geography, and culture—and continues to beguile audiences worldwide. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY BOOKPAGE “Jim Henson vibrantly delves into the magnificent man and his Muppet methods: It’s an absolute must-read!”—Neil Patrick Harris “An exhaustive work that is never exhausting, a credit both to Jones’s brisk style and to Henson’s exceptional life.”—The New York Times “[A] sweeping portrait that is a mix of humor, mirth and poignancy.”—Washington Independent Review of Books “A meticulously researched tome chock-full of gems about the Muppets and the most thorough portrait of their creator ever crafted.”—Associated Press Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jim Henson: The Biography Author: Brian Jay Jones Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • For the first time ever—a comprehensive biography of one of the twentieth century’s most innovative creative artists: the incomparable, irreplaceable Jim Henson He was a gentle dreamer whose genial bearded visage was recognized around the world, but most people got to know him only through the iconic characters born of his fertile imagination: Kermit the Frog, Bert and Ernie, Miss Piggy, Big Bird. The Muppets made Jim Henson a household name, but they were just part of his remarkable story. This extraordinary biography—written with the generous cooperation of the Henson family—covers the full arc of Henson’s all-too-brief life: from his childhood in Leland, Mississippi, through the years of burgeoning fame in America, to the decade of international celebrity that preceded his untimely death at age fifty-three. Drawing on hundreds of hours of new interviews with Henson's family, friends, and closest collaborators, as well as unprecedented access to private family and company archives, Brian Jay Jones explores the creation of the Muppets, Henson’s contributions to Sesame Street and Saturday Night Live, and his nearly ten-year campaign to bring The Muppet Show to television. Jones provides the imaginative context for Henson’s non-Muppet projects, including the richly imagined worlds of The Dark Crystal and Labyrinth—as well as fascinating misfires like Henson’s dream of opening an inflatable psychedelic nightclub. An uncommonly intimate portrait, Jim Henson captures all the facets of this American original: the master craftsman who revolutionized the presentation of puppets on television, the savvy businessman whose dealmaking prowess won him a reputation as “the new Walt Disney,” and the creative team leader whose collaborative ethos earned him the undying loyalty of everyone who worked for him. Here also is insight into Henson’s intensely private personal life: his Christian Science upbringing, his love of fast cars and expensive art, and his weakness for women. Though an optimist by nature, Henson was haunted by the notion that he would not have time to do all the things he wanted to do in life—a fear that his heartbreaking final hours would prove all too well founded. An up-close look at the charmed life of a legend, Jim Henson gives the full measure to a man whose joyful genius transcended age, language, geography, and culture—and continues to beguile audiences worldwide. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY BOOKPAGE “Jim Henson vibrantly delves into the magnificent man and his Muppet methods: It’s an absolute must-read!”—Neil Patrick Harris “An exhaustive work that is never exhausting, a credit both to Jones’s brisk style and to Henson’s exceptional life.”—The New York Times “[A] sweeping portrait that is a mix of humor, mirth and poignancy.”—Washington Independent Review of Books “A meticulously researched tome chock-full of gems about the Muppets and the most thorough portrait of their creator ever crafted.”—Associated Press https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194982 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Simple Truths of Service: Inspired by Johnny the Bagger Author: Ken Blanchard Narrator: Rose Itzcovitz, Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 6, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you want your customer service team to get creative about excellent customer service, this audiobook will do the job. An unforgettable true story about a young man with Down Syndrome who changes the culture of a grocery store Ken Blanchard Tue, 06 Aug 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194982 thebookvoice.com 0:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Simple Truths of Service: Inspired by Johnny the Bagger Author: Ken Blanchard Narrator: Rose Itzcovitz, Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 6, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you want your customer service team to get creative about excellent customer service, this audiobook will do the job. An unforgettable true story about a young man with Down Syndrome who changes the culture of a grocery store Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Simple Truths of Service: Inspired by Johnny the Bagger Author: Ken Blanchard Narrator: Rose Itzcovitz, Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 6, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you want your customer service team to get creative about excellent customer service, this audiobook will do the job. An unforgettable true story about a young man with Down Syndrome who changes the culture of a grocery store https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194895 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 212° Service: The 10 Rules for Creating a Service Culture Author: Mac Anderson Narrator: Derek Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 23, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: At 211 degrees water is hot. At 212 degrees, it boils. And with boiling water, comes steam. And steam can power a locomotive. The one extra degree makes the difference. This simple analogy reflects the ultimate definition of excellence. Because it's the one extra degree of effort, in business and life, that can separate the good from the great. The stories in 212 Service reflect real-life examples of companies that have taken their customer service to the next degree. Someone once said, 'Life is like a game of tennis. The player who serves well seldom loses.' The same can be said for any business on the planet. There are many books written about service, however, our goals in this audiobook is to keep it simple. 212 Service presents 10 simple, but engaging rules of service that can be listened to by every member of your team in less than 30 minutes. 212 Service is written with real life examples of exceptional customer service and is certain to inspire your team with ideas that apply specifically to your industry. Gildan Media is proud to bring you these uplifting and life-changing inspirational books from Simple Truths, which can be used throughout every facet of your life. These audiobooks may be short in length, but their words speak volumes. Mac Anderson Tue, 23 Jul 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194895 thebookvoice.com 0:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 212° Service: The 10 Rules for Creating a Service Culture Author: Mac Anderson Narrator: Derek Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 23, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: At 211 degrees water is hot. At 212 degrees, it boils. And with boiling water, comes steam. And steam can power a locomotive. The one extra degree makes the difference. This simple analogy reflects the ultimate definition of excellence. Because it's the one extra degree of effort, in business and life, that can separate the good from the great. The stories in 212 Service reflect real-life examples of companies that have taken their customer service to the next degree. Someone once said, 'Life is like a game of tennis. The player who serves well seldom loses.' The same can be said for any business on the planet. There are many books written about service, however, our goals in this audiobook is to keep it simple. 212 Service presents 10 simple, but engaging rules of service that can be listened to by every member of your team in less than 30 minutes. 212 Service is written with real life examples of exceptional customer service and is certain to inspire your team with ideas that apply specifically to your industry. Gildan Media is proud to bring you these uplifting and life-changing inspirational books from Simple Truths, which can be used throughout every facet of your life. These audiobooks may be short in length, but their words speak volumes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 212° Service: The 10 Rules for Creating a Service Culture Author: Mac Anderson Narrator: Derek Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 23, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: At 211 degrees water is hot. At 212 degrees, it boils. And with boiling water, comes steam. And steam can power a locomotive. The one extra degree makes the difference. This simple analogy reflects the ultimate definition of excellence. Because it's the one extra degree of effort, in business and life, that can separate the good from the great. The stories in 212 Service reflect real-life examples of companies that have taken their customer service to the next degree. Someone once said, 'Life is like a game of tennis. The player who serves well seldom loses.' The same can be said for any business on the planet. There are many books written about service, however, our goals in this audiobook is to keep it simple. 212 Service presents 10 simple, but engaging rules of service that can be listened to by every member of your team in less than 30 minutes. 212 Service is written with real life examples of exceptional customer service and is certain to inspire your team with ideas that apply specifically to your industry. Gildan Media is proud to bring you these uplifting and life-changing inspirational books from Simple Truths, which can be used throughout every facet of your life. These audiobooks may be short in length, but their words speak volumes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194570 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194570]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capture the Mindshare and the Market Share Will Follow: The Art and Science of Building Brands Author: Libby Gill Narrator: Libby Gill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Capture the Mindshare and the Market Share Will Follow reveals how strong branding creates awareness, provides authentic value, motivates others to act, and builds long-term customer loyalty based on trust and respect. Author Libby Gill helps businesses define and articulate their unique brand promise by exploring case studies and client success stories to help readers master the Six Core Mindshare Methods, including concepts to Clarify, Commit, Collaborate, Connect, Communicate, and Contribute. Readers will see their relationships deepen, opportunities expand, and careers flourish as they learn to differentiate themselves in a competitive environment by promising and delivering massive value. Libby Gill Tue, 06 Aug 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194570 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194570]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capture the Mindshare and the Market Share Will Follow: The Art and Science of Building Brands Author: Libby Gill Narrator: Libby Gill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Capture the Mindshare and the Market Share Will Follow reveals how strong branding creates awareness, provides authentic value, motivates others to act, and builds long-term customer loyalty based on trust and respect. Author Libby Gill helps businesses define and articulate their unique brand promise by exploring case studies and client success stories to help readers master the Six Core Mindshare Methods, including concepts to Clarify, Commit, Collaborate, Connect, Communicate, and Contribute. Readers will see their relationships deepen, opportunities expand, and careers flourish as they learn to differentiate themselves in a competitive environment by promising and delivering massive value. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194570]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capture the Mindshare and the Market Share Will Follow: The Art and Science of Building Brands Author: Libby Gill Narrator: Libby Gill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Capture the Mindshare and the Market Share Will Follow reveals how strong branding creates awareness, provides authentic value, motivates others to act, and builds long-term customer loyalty based on trust and respect. Author Libby Gill helps businesses define and articulate their unique brand promise by exploring case studies and client success stories to help readers master the Six Core Mindshare Methods, including concepts to Clarify, Commit, Collaborate, Connect, Communicate, and Contribute. Readers will see their relationships deepen, opportunities expand, and careers flourish as they learn to differentiate themselves in a competitive environment by promising and delivering massive value. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194477 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idealist: Jeffrey Sachs and the Quest to End Poverty Author: Nina Munk Narrator: Susan Nezami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Bloomberg • Forbes • The Spectator Recipient of Foreign Policy's 2013 Albie Award A powerful portrayal of Jeffrey Sachs's ambitious quest to end global poverty       'The poor you will always have with you,' to cite the Gospel of Matthew 26:11. Jeffrey Sachs—celebrated economist, special advisor to the Secretary General of the United Nations, and author of the influential bestseller The End of Poverty—disagrees.  In his view, poverty is a problem that can be solved. With single-minded determination he has attempted to put into practice his theories about ending extreme poverty, to prove that the world's most destitute people can be lifted onto 'the ladder of development.'               In 2006, Sachs launched the Millennium Villages Project, a daring five-year experiment designed to test his theories in Africa. The first Millennium village was in Sauri, a remote cluster of farming communities in western Kenya. The initial results were encouraging. With his first taste of success, and backed by one hundred twenty million dollars from George Soros and other likeminded donors, Sachs rolled out a dozen model villages in ten sub-Saharan countries. Once his approach was validated it would be scaled up across the entire continent. At least that was the idea.           For the past six years, Nina Munk has reported deeply on the Millennium Villages Project, accompanying Sachs on his official trips to Africa and listening in on conversations with heads-of-state, humanitarian organizations, rival economists, and development experts. She has immersed herself in the lives of people in two Millennium villages: Ruhiira, in southwest Uganda, and Dertu, in the arid borderland between Kenya and Somalia. Accepting the hospitality of camel herders and small-hold farmers, and witnessing their struggle to survive, Munk came to understand the real-life issues that challenge Sachs's formula for ending global poverty.             THE IDEALIST is the profound and moving story of what happens when the abstract theories of a brilliant, driven man meet the reality of human life. Nina Munk Tue, 10 Sep 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194477 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idealist: Jeffrey Sachs and the Quest to End Poverty Author: Nina Munk Narrator: Susan Nezami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Bloomberg • Forbes • The Spectator Recipient of Foreign Policy's 2013 Albie Award A powerful portrayal of Jeffrey Sachs's ambitious quest to end global poverty       'The poor you will always have with you,' to cite the Gospel of Matthew 26:11. Jeffrey Sachs—celebrated economist, special advisor to the Secretary General of the United Nations, and author of the influential bestseller The End of Poverty—disagrees.  In his view, poverty is a problem that can be solved. With single-minded determination he has attempted to put into practice his theories about ending extreme poverty, to prove that the world's most destitute people can be lifted onto 'the ladder of development.'               In 2006, Sachs launched the Millennium Villages Project, a daring five-year experiment designed to test his theories in Africa. The first Millennium village was in Sauri, a remote cluster of farming communities in western Kenya. The initial results were encouraging. With his first taste of success, and backed by one hundred twenty million dollars from George Soros and other likeminded donors, Sachs rolled out a dozen model villages in ten sub-Saharan countries. Once his approach was validated it would be scaled up across the entire continent. At least that was the idea.           For the past six years, Nina Munk has reported deeply on the Millennium Villages Project, accompanying Sachs on his official trips to Africa and listening in on conversations with heads-of-state, humanitarian organizations, rival economists, and development experts. She has immersed herself in the lives of people in two Millennium villages: Ruhiira, in southwest Uganda, and Dertu, in the arid borderland between Kenya and Somalia. Accepting the hospitality of camel herders and small-hold farmers, and witnessing their struggle to survive, Munk came to understand the real-life issues that challenge Sachs's formula for ending global poverty.             THE IDEALIST is the profound and moving story of what happens when the abstract theories of a brilliant, driven man meet the reality of human life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idealist: Jeffrey Sachs and the Quest to End Poverty Author: Nina Munk Narrator: Susan Nezami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Bloomberg • Forbes • The Spectator Recipient of Foreign Policy's 2013 Albie Award A powerful portrayal of Jeffrey Sachs's ambitious quest to end global poverty       'The poor you will always have with you,' to cite the Gospel of Matthew 26:11. Jeffrey Sachs—celebrated economist, special advisor to the Secretary General of the United Nations, and author of the influential bestseller The End of Poverty—disagrees.  In his view, poverty is a problem that can be solved. With single-minded determination he has attempted to put into practice his theories about ending extreme poverty, to prove that the world's most destitute people can be lifted onto 'the ladder of development.'               In 2006, Sachs launched the Millennium Villages Project, a daring five-year experiment designed to test his theories in Africa. The first Millennium village was in Sauri, a remote cluster of farming communities in western Kenya. The initial results were encouraging. With his first taste of success, and backed by one hundred twenty million dollars from George Soros and other likeminded donors, Sachs rolled out a dozen model villages in ten sub-Saharan countries. Once his approach was validated it would be scaled up across the entire continent. At least that was the idea.           For the past six years, Nina Munk has reported deeply on the Millennium Villages Project, accompanying Sachs on his official trips to Africa and listening in on conversations with heads-of-state, humanitarian organizations, rival economists, and development experts. She has immersed herself in the lives of people in two Millennium villages: Ruhiira, in southwest Uganda, and Dertu, in the arid borderland between Kenya and Somalia. Accepting the hospitality of camel herders and small-hold farmers, and witnessing their struggle to survive, Munk came to understand the real-life issues that challenge Sachs's formula for ending global poverty.             THE IDEALIST is the profound and moving story of what happens when the abstract theories of a brilliant, driven man meet the reality of human life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194066 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194066]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Social: Excite Customers, Generate Buzz, and Energize Your Brand with the Power of Social Media Author: Jeremy Goldman Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 4, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you’re not social, it’s like you’re not even there. That’s how critical social media marketing has become. Businesses everywhere are struggling to adapt, but transitioning from traditional marketing to online engagement is fraught with questions, such as: How much is a Facebook “like” worth? How can you effectively engage online influencers? What are the best dashboards for monitoring multiple social channels simutaneously? How do you keep it all going around the clock? For more than a decade, author Jeremy Goldman has helped companies inject “social” into their processes. In Going Social, he explains the ins-and-outs of platforms such as Facebook,Twitter, LinkedIn, Google+, Foursquare, Instagram, Pinterest, and others. The digital landscape offers unprecedented opportunities to breathe new life into brands, spread the word about products, and magnify loyalty. Featuring insights from entrepreneurs, social media directors, community managers, bloggers, and other experts, Going Social is an indispensable guide to connecting with customers in the brave new social frontier. Jeremy Goldman Tue, 04 Dec 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194066 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194066]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Social: Excite Customers, Generate Buzz, and Energize Your Brand with the Power of Social Media Author: Jeremy Goldman Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 4, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you’re not social, it’s like you’re not even there. That’s how critical social media marketing has become. Businesses everywhere are struggling to adapt, but transitioning from traditional marketing to online engagement is fraught with questions, such as: How much is a Facebook “like” worth? How can you effectively engage online influencers? What are the best dashboards for monitoring multiple social channels simutaneously? How do you keep it all going around the clock? For more than a decade, author Jeremy Goldman has helped companies inject “social” into their processes. In Going Social, he explains the ins-and-outs of platforms such as Facebook,Twitter, LinkedIn, Google+, Foursquare, Instagram, Pinterest, and others. The digital landscape offers unprecedented opportunities to breathe new life into brands, spread the word about products, and magnify loyalty. Featuring insights from entrepreneurs, social media directors, community managers, bloggers, and other experts, Going Social is an indispensable guide to connecting with customers in the brave new social frontier. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194066]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Social: Excite Customers, Generate Buzz, and Energize Your Brand with the Power of Social Media Author: Jeremy Goldman Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 4, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you’re not social, it’s like you’re not even there. That’s how critical social media marketing has become. Businesses everywhere are struggling to adapt, but transitioning from traditional marketing to online engagement is fraught with questions, such as: How much is a Facebook “like” worth? How can you effectively engage online influencers? What are the best dashboards for monitoring multiple social channels simutaneously? How do you keep it all going around the clock? For more than a decade, author Jeremy Goldman has helped companies inject “social” into their processes. In Going Social, he explains the ins-and-outs of platforms such as Facebook,Twitter, LinkedIn, Google+, Foursquare, Instagram, Pinterest, and others. The digital landscape offers unprecedented opportunities to breathe new life into brands, spread the word about products, and magnify loyalty. Featuring insights from entrepreneurs, social media directors, community managers, bloggers, and other experts, Going Social is an indispensable guide to connecting with customers in the brave new social frontier. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191753 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make Big Money In Your Own Small Business: Unexpected Rules Every Small Business Owner Needs to Know Author: Jeffrey J. Fox Narrator: Jeffrey J. Fox Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 1, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.35 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Fox's bestselling How to Become a Rainmaker, entrepreneurs and small business owners learn how to compete in the marketplace and make their businesses thrive Ever dream of starting your own business? According to USA Today, more than 47 million people want to own their own businesses and over 20 million people actually do. In How to Make Big Money in Your Own Small Business, bestselling business author Jeffrey Fox offers sound rules to succeeding in small business. Covering issues that range from administration and cash flow to marketing and hiring, Fox reminds entrepreneurs what's important and what's not, what makes a business succeed, and what can cause it to fail. Jeffrey J. Fox Sat, 01 May 2004 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191753 thebookvoice.com 2:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make Big Money In Your Own Small Business: Unexpected Rules Every Small Business Owner Needs to Know Author: Jeffrey J. Fox Narrator: Jeffrey J. Fox Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 1, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.35 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Fox's bestselling How to Become a Rainmaker, entrepreneurs and small business owners learn how to compete in the marketplace and make their businesses thrive Ever dream of starting your own business? According to USA Today, more than 47 million people want to own their own businesses and over 20 million people actually do. In How to Make Big Money in Your Own Small Business, bestselling business author Jeffrey Fox offers sound rules to succeeding in small business. Covering issues that range from administration and cash flow to marketing and hiring, Fox reminds entrepreneurs what's important and what's not, what makes a business succeed, and what can cause it to fail. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make Big Money In Your Own Small Business: Unexpected Rules Every Small Business Owner Needs to Know Author: Jeffrey J. Fox Narrator: Jeffrey J. Fox Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 1, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.35 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Fox's bestselling How to Become a Rainmaker, entrepreneurs and small business owners learn how to compete in the marketplace and make their businesses thrive Ever dream of starting your own business? According to USA Today, more than 47 million people want to own their own businesses and over 20 million people actually do. In How to Make Big Money in Your Own Small Business, bestselling business author Jeffrey Fox offers sound rules to succeeding in small business. Covering issues that range from administration and cash flow to marketing and hiring, Fox reminds entrepreneurs what's important and what's not, what makes a business succeed, and what can cause it to fail. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delight Your Customers: 7 Simple Ways to Raise Your Customer Service from Ordinary to Extraordinary Author: Steve Curtin Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 2, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When asked what their work entails, most employees list the duties or tasks associated with their job roles. Very few refer to the true essence of their job, their highest priority at work: to create delighted customers who will be less price sensitive, have higher repurchase rates, and enthusiastically recommend the company or brand to others. Without this customer focus, all that exists is a transaction—and transactional service does not make a lasting positive impression or inspire loyalty. Delight Your Customers reveals three truths common to all exceptional customer service experiences and presents seven behaviors that, when demonstrated by employees, distinguish extraordinary customer service from the ordinary transactional customer service to which consumers have become accustomed. With real-world stories and more than 200 examples from a variety of industries, this audiobook is a resource that will help listeners everywhere take their customer service from ordinary to extraordinary! Steve Curtin Tue, 02 Jul 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191662 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delight Your Customers: 7 Simple Ways to Raise Your Customer Service from Ordinary to Extraordinary Author: Steve Curtin Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 2, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When asked what their work entails, most employees list the duties or tasks associated with their job roles. Very few refer to the true essence of their job, their highest priority at work: to create delighted customers who will be less price sensitive, have higher repurchase rates, and enthusiastically recommend the company or brand to others. Without this customer focus, all that exists is a transaction—and transactional service does not make a lasting positive impression or inspire loyalty. Delight Your Customers reveals three truths common to all exceptional customer service experiences and presents seven behaviors that, when demonstrated by employees, distinguish extraordinary customer service from the ordinary transactional customer service to which consumers have become accustomed. With real-world stories and more than 200 examples from a variety of industries, this audiobook is a resource that will help listeners everywhere take their customer service from ordinary to extraordinary! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delight Your Customers: 7 Simple Ways to Raise Your Customer Service from Ordinary to Extraordinary Author: Steve Curtin Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 2, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When asked what their work entails, most employees list the duties or tasks associated with their job roles. Very few refer to the true essence of their job, their highest priority at work: to create delighted customers who will be less price sensitive, have higher repurchase rates, and enthusiastically recommend the company or brand to others. Without this customer focus, all that exists is a transaction—and transactional service does not make a lasting positive impression or inspire loyalty. Delight Your Customers reveals three truths common to all exceptional customer service experiences and presents seven behaviors that, when demonstrated by employees, distinguish extraordinary customer service from the ordinary transactional customer service to which consumers have become accustomed. With real-world stories and more than 200 examples from a variety of industries, this audiobook is a resource that will help listeners everywhere take their customer service from ordinary to extraordinary! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180108 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lexus and the Olive Tree: Understanding Globalization Author: Thomas L. Friedman Narrator: Thomas L. Friedman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 1 minute Release date: July 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As the Foreign Affairs columnist for The New York Times, Thomas L. Friedman has traveled to the four corners of the globe, interviewing people from all walks of contemporary life -- peasants in the Amazon rain forest, new entrepreneurs in Indonesia, Islamic students in Teheran, and the financial wizards on Wall Street and in Silicon Valley. Now Friedman has drawn on his years on the road to produce an engrossing and original look at the new international system that, more than anything else, is shaping world affairs today: globalization. His argument can be summarized quite simply. Globalization is not just a phenomenon and not just a passing trend. It is the international system that replaced the Cold War system. Globalization is the integration of capital, technology and information across national borders, in a way that is creating a single global market and to some degree, a global village. You cannot understand the morning news or know where to invest you money or think about where the world is going unless you understand this new system, which is influencing the domestic policies and international relations of virtually every country in the world today. And once you do understand the world as Friedman explains it, you'll never look at it quite the same way again. Using original terms and concepts -- from 'The Electronic Herd' to 'DOScapital 6.0' -- Friedman shows us how to see this new system. With vivid stories, he dramatizes the conflict of 'The Lexus and the Olive Tree' -- the tension between the globalization system and ancient forms of culture, geography, tradition and community -- and spells out what we all need to do to keep this system in balance. Finding the proper balance between the Lexus and the olive tree is the great drama of the globilization era, and the ultimate theme of Friedman's challenging, provocative book -- essential listening for all who care about how the world really works. Thomas L. Friedman Tue, 02 Jul 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180108 thebookvoice.com 23:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lexus and the Olive Tree: Understanding Globalization Author: Thomas L. Friedman Narrator: Thomas L. Friedman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 1 minute Release date: July 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As the Foreign Affairs columnist for The New York Times, Thomas L. Friedman has traveled to the four corners of the globe, interviewing people from all walks of contemporary life -- peasants in the Amazon rain forest, new entrepreneurs in Indonesia, Islamic students in Teheran, and the financial wizards on Wall Street and in Silicon Valley. Now Friedman has drawn on his years on the road to produce an engrossing and original look at the new international system that, more than anything else, is shaping world affairs today: globalization. His argument can be summarized quite simply. Globalization is not just a phenomenon and not just a passing trend. It is the international system that replaced the Cold War system. Globalization is the integration of capital, technology and information across national borders, in a way that is creating a single global market and to some degree, a global village. You cannot understand the morning news or know where to invest you money or think about where the world is going unless you understand this new system, which is influencing the domestic policies and international relations of virtually every country in the world today. And once you do understand the world as Friedman explains it, you'll never look at it quite the same way again. Using original terms and concepts -- from 'The Electronic Herd' to 'DOScapital 6.0' -- Friedman shows us how to see this new system. With vivid stories, he dramatizes the conflict of 'The Lexus and the Olive Tree' -- the tension between the globalization system and ancient forms of culture, geography, tradition and community -- and spells out what we all need to do to keep this system in balance. Finding the proper balance between the Lexus and the olive tree is the great drama of the globilization era, and the ultimate theme of Friedman's challenging, provocative book -- essential listening for all who care about how the world really works. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lexus and the Olive Tree: Understanding Globalization Author: Thomas L. Friedman Narrator: Thomas L. Friedman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 1 minute Release date: July 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As the Foreign Affairs columnist for The New York Times, Thomas L. Friedman has traveled to the four corners of the globe, interviewing people from all walks of contemporary life -- peasants in the Amazon rain forest, new entrepreneurs in Indonesia, Islamic students in Teheran, and the financial wizards on Wall Street and in Silicon Valley. Now Friedman has drawn on his years on the road to produce an engrossing and original look at the new international system that, more than anything else, is shaping world affairs today: globalization. His argument can be summarized quite simply. Globalization is not just a phenomenon and not just a passing trend. It is the international system that replaced the Cold War system. Globalization is the integration of capital, technology and information across national borders, in a way that is creating a single global market and to some degree, a global village. You cannot understand the morning news or know where to invest you money or think about where the world is going unless you understand this new system, which is influencing the domestic policies and international relations of virtually every country in the world today. And once you do understand the world as Friedman explains it, you'll never look at it quite the same way again. Using original terms and concepts -- from 'The Electronic Herd' to 'DOScapital 6.0' -- Friedman shows us how to see this new system. With vivid stories, he dramatizes the conflict of 'The Lexus and the Olive Tree' -- the tension between the globalization system and ancient forms of culture, geography, tradition and community -- and spells out what we all need to do to keep this system in balance. Finding the proper balance between the Lexus and the olive tree is the great drama of the globilization era, and the ultimate theme of Friedman's challenging, provocative book -- essential listening for all who care about how the world really works. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180107 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Youtility: Why Smart Marketing Is about Help Not Hype Author: Jay Baer Narrator: Marcus Sheridan, Jay Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 27, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The difference between helping and selling is just two letters If you're wondering how to make your products seem more exciting online, you're asking the wrong question. You're not competing for attention only against other similar products. You're competing against your customers' friends and family and viral videos and cute puppies. To win attention these days you must ask a different question: 'How can we help?' Jay Baer's Youtility offers a new approach that cuts through the clutter: marketing that is truly, inherently useful. If you sell something, you make a customer today, but if you genuinely help someone, you create a customer for life. Drawing from real examples of companies who are practicing Youtility as well as his experience helping more than seven hundred brands improve their marketing strategy, Baer provides a groundbreaking plan for using information and helpfulness to transform the relationship between companies and customers. Jay Baer Thu, 27 Jun 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180107 thebookvoice.com 4:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Youtility: Why Smart Marketing Is about Help Not Hype Author: Jay Baer Narrator: Marcus Sheridan, Jay Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 27, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The difference between helping and selling is just two letters If you're wondering how to make your products seem more exciting online, you're asking the wrong question. You're not competing for attention only against other similar products. You're competing against your customers' friends and family and viral videos and cute puppies. To win attention these days you must ask a different question: 'How can we help?' Jay Baer's Youtility offers a new approach that cuts through the clutter: marketing that is truly, inherently useful. If you sell something, you make a customer today, but if you genuinely help someone, you create a customer for life. Drawing from real examples of companies who are practicing Youtility as well as his experience helping more than seven hundred brands improve their marketing strategy, Baer provides a groundbreaking plan for using information and helpfulness to transform the relationship between companies and customers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Youtility: Why Smart Marketing Is about Help Not Hype Author: Jay Baer Narrator: Marcus Sheridan, Jay Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 27, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The difference between helping and selling is just two letters If you're wondering how to make your products seem more exciting online, you're asking the wrong question. You're not competing for attention only against other similar products. You're competing against your customers' friends and family and viral videos and cute puppies. To win attention these days you must ask a different question: 'How can we help?' Jay Baer's Youtility offers a new approach that cuts through the clutter: marketing that is truly, inherently useful. If you sell something, you make a customer today, but if you genuinely help someone, you create a customer for life. Drawing from real examples of companies who are practicing Youtility as well as his experience helping more than seven hundred brands improve their marketing strategy, Baer provides a groundbreaking plan for using information and helpfulness to transform the relationship between companies and customers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180092 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Comeback: America's New Economic Boom Author: Charles Morris Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Charles R. Morris’s The Trillion Dollar Meltdown (2008) was the first book to warn of the impending financial crash in all its horrific scale and speed. Now, with Comeback, Morris reveals that the United States is on the brink of a strong recovery that could last for twenty years or more. The great economic boom times in American history have come because of fortuitous discoveries. Natural resources (coal first, then oil) fueled vast economic and industrial expansions, which in turn helped create and supply new markets. The last genuine economic game changer was the technology boom of the 1990s, which gave the U.S. a global competitive advantage for a while based on electronics and silicon. One of the first writers and analysts in the U.S. to predict that the tech boom would lead to a period of sustained economic growth was Charles Morris. In defiance of the recessionary times (in 1990), he saw the coming boom. Now, in 2013, he sees the threshold of another. This time the gift is natural gas. The amount and distribution of gas in American shale is so vast that it has the potential to transform the manufacturing economy, creating jobs across the country, and requiring a new infrastructure that will benefit the nation as a whole. Because of fracking, jobs that once would have been outsourced abroad will return home, America can become a net exporter of energy, and cheap energy will provide the opportunity for innovation and competition. In light of this new opportunity, and other complementary developments Morris explores in this book, the U.S. ought to be approaching the future with a robust self-confidence it has not experienced in a while. But we could fumble it away. The gold-rush style of shale boom companies does not make them good neighbors. A counter-reaction could put their industry, and the new era of national prosperity, at risk. We also have a political system that has the capacity to spoil the benefits of this huge boon. If the wealth locked in the continental shelf is not shared for the general economic good, but is instead exploited in short-term profiteering, then many of the opportunities that exist will be choked off by a few very rich corporations. Managing the great bonus of the vast store of cheap energy is going to become a defining political challenge in the years ahead. At the threshold of a thrilling opportunity, Morris is a brilliantly perceptive guide. Charles Morris Tue, 28 May 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180092 thebookvoice.com 4:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Comeback: America's New Economic Boom Author: Charles Morris Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Charles R. Morris’s The Trillion Dollar Meltdown (2008) was the first book to warn of the impending financial crash in all its horrific scale and speed. Now, with Comeback, Morris reveals that the United States is on the brink of a strong recovery that could last for twenty years or more. The great economic boom times in American history have come because of fortuitous discoveries. Natural resources (coal first, then oil) fueled vast economic and industrial expansions, which in turn helped create and supply new markets. The last genuine economic game changer was the technology boom of the 1990s, which gave the U.S. a global competitive advantage for a while based on electronics and silicon. One of the first writers and analysts in the U.S. to predict that the tech boom would lead to a period of sustained economic growth was Charles Morris. In defiance of the recessionary times (in 1990), he saw the coming boom. Now, in 2013, he sees the threshold of another. This time the gift is natural gas. The amount and distribution of gas in American shale is so vast that it has the potential to transform the manufacturing economy, creating jobs across the country, and requiring a new infrastructure that will benefit the nation as a whole. Because of fracking, jobs that once would have been outsourced abroad will return home, America can become a net exporter of energy, and cheap energy will provide the opportunity for innovation and competition. In light of this new opportunity, and other complementary developments Morris explores in this book, the U.S. ought to be approaching the future with a robust self-confidence it has not experienced in a while. But we could fumble it away. The gold-rush style of shale boom companies does not make them good neighbors. A counter-reaction could put their industry, and the new era of national prosperity, at risk. We also have a political system that has the capacity to spoil the benefits of this huge boon. If the wealth locked in the continental shelf is not shared for the general economic good, but is instead exploited in short-term profiteering, then many of the opportunities that exist will be choked off by a few very rich corporations. Managing the great bonus of the vast store of cheap energy is going to become a defining political challenge in the years ahead. At the threshold of a thrilling opportunity, Morris is a brilliantly perceptive guide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Comeback: America's New Economic Boom Author: Charles Morris Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Charles R. Morris’s The Trillion Dollar Meltdown (2008) was the first book to warn of the impending financial crash in all its horrific scale and speed. Now, with Comeback, Morris reveals that the United States is on the brink of a strong recovery that could last for twenty years or more. The great economic boom times in American history have come because of fortuitous discoveries. Natural resources (coal first, then oil) fueled vast economic and industrial expansions, which in turn helped create and supply new markets. The last genuine economic game changer was the technology boom of the 1990s, which gave the U.S. a global competitive advantage for a while based on electronics and silicon. One of the first writers and analysts in the U.S. to predict that the tech boom would lead to a period of sustained economic growth was Charles Morris. In defiance of the recessionary times (in 1990), he saw the coming boom. Now, in 2013, he sees the threshold of another. This time the gift is natural gas. The amount and distribution of gas in American shale is so vast that it has the potential to transform the manufacturing economy, creating jobs across the country, and requiring a new infrastructure that will benefit the nation as a whole. Because of fracking, jobs that once would have been outsourced abroad will return home, America can become a net exporter of energy, and cheap energy will provide the opportunity for innovation and competition. In light of this new opportunity, and other complementary developments Morris explores in this book, the U.S. ought to be approaching the future with a robust self-confidence it has not experienced in a while. But we could fumble it away. The gold-rush style of shale boom companies does not make them good neighbors. A counter-reaction could put their industry, and the new era of national prosperity, at risk. We also have a political system that has the capacity to spoil the benefits of this huge boon. If the wealth locked in the continental shelf is not shared for the general economic good, but is instead exploited in short-term profiteering, then many of the opportunities that exist will be choked off by a few very rich corporations. Managing the great bonus of the vast store of cheap energy is going to become a defining political challenge in the years ahead. At the threshold of a thrilling opportunity, Morris is a brilliantly perceptive guide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177500 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Smart Risks: How Sharp Leaders Win When Stakes are High Author: Doug Sundheim Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In today's market, playing it safe is not an option. The business world is in flux, and you have to think and act quickly in order to stay competitive. But the last thing you want to do is make reckless business decisions. You have to find the middle ground. You have to take SMART RISKS. In this groundbreaking audiobook, leadership expert Doug Sundheim explains how to find that precise point between comfort and danger for generating the sustained ability to work at the highest level of performance. Taking Smart Risks reveals the secrets to discovering, planning for, and acting upon the kind of risks that will move your company forward and ahead of the competition. Learn how to: Find Something Worth Fighting For--What do you care enough about to risk time, energy, and money to try to make happen? Determining this is half the battle. See the Future Now--Clarify your big idea in terms of real objectives, plans, and intended results. Act Fast, Learn Fast--Make your move quickly, but be sure you don't squander valuable resources in the process. Communicate Powerfully--Assume communication will break down at points, plan accordingly--and don't shy away from the tough conversations. Create a Smart Risk Culture-- Build teams that share the same mindsets and values about expected smart risk behavior. Doug Sundheim Tue, 07 May 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177500 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Smart Risks: How Sharp Leaders Win When Stakes are High Author: Doug Sundheim Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In today's market, playing it safe is not an option. The business world is in flux, and you have to think and act quickly in order to stay competitive. But the last thing you want to do is make reckless business decisions. You have to find the middle ground. You have to take SMART RISKS. In this groundbreaking audiobook, leadership expert Doug Sundheim explains how to find that precise point between comfort and danger for generating the sustained ability to work at the highest level of performance. Taking Smart Risks reveals the secrets to discovering, planning for, and acting upon the kind of risks that will move your company forward and ahead of the competition. Learn how to: Find Something Worth Fighting For--What do you care enough about to risk time, energy, and money to try to make happen? Determining this is half the battle. See the Future Now--Clarify your big idea in terms of real objectives, plans, and intended results. Act Fast, Learn Fast--Make your move quickly, but be sure you don't squander valuable resources in the process. Communicate Powerfully--Assume communication will break down at points, plan accordingly--and don't shy away from the tough conversations. Create a Smart Risk Culture-- Build teams that share the same mindsets and values about expected smart risk behavior. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Smart Risks: How Sharp Leaders Win When Stakes are High Author: Doug Sundheim Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In today's market, playing it safe is not an option. The business world is in flux, and you have to think and act quickly in order to stay competitive. But the last thing you want to do is make reckless business decisions. You have to find the middle ground. You have to take SMART RISKS. In this groundbreaking audiobook, leadership expert Doug Sundheim explains how to find that precise point between comfort and danger for generating the sustained ability to work at the highest level of performance. Taking Smart Risks reveals the secrets to discovering, planning for, and acting upon the kind of risks that will move your company forward and ahead of the competition. Learn how to: Find Something Worth Fighting For--What do you care enough about to risk time, energy, and money to try to make happen? Determining this is half the battle. See the Future Now--Clarify your big idea in terms of real objectives, plans, and intended results. Act Fast, Learn Fast--Make your move quickly, but be sure you don't squander valuable resources in the process. Communicate Powerfully--Assume communication will break down at points, plan accordingly--and don't shy away from the tough conversations. Create a Smart Risk Culture-- Build teams that share the same mindsets and values about expected smart risk behavior. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177390 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La empresa sensual Author: Jesús Vega de la Falla Narrator: Antonio Abenójar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 28, 2021 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué tiene Zara para que millones de personas salgan a la calle cada día con sus prendas? ¿Qué ofrece Google para que decenas de miles de personas respondan a un proceso de selección? ¿Por qué unas empresas son deseadas y otras resultan indiferentes para inversores, clientes o empleados? ¿Hay que ser guapo y poderoso para resultar atractivo? Hablamos de un nuevo poder, el de aquellas empresas que hacen valer su atractivo, que han sabido ser interesantes y parecerlo, a través de acciones muy diferentes, pero con un factor en común: el ejercicio de la seducción como estrategia empresarial. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Jesús Vega de la Falla ha sido uno de los principales ejecutivos del Grupo Inditex. Trabajó como director de Recursos Humanos de Banca Mayorista Global y de Latinoamérica. Actualmente imparte conferencias sobre crecimiento empresarial en todo el mundo y es consejero de varias empresas. Jesús Vega de la Falla Thu, 28 Jan 2021 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177390 thebookvoice.com 5:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La empresa sensual Author: Jesús Vega de la Falla Narrator: Antonio Abenójar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 28, 2021 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué tiene Zara para que millones de personas salgan a la calle cada día con sus prendas? ¿Qué ofrece Google para que decenas de miles de personas respondan a un proceso de selección? ¿Por qué unas empresas son deseadas y otras resultan indiferentes para inversores, clientes o empleados? ¿Hay que ser guapo y poderoso para resultar atractivo? Hablamos de un nuevo poder, el de aquellas empresas que hacen valer su atractivo, que han sabido ser interesantes y parecerlo, a través de acciones muy diferentes, pero con un factor en común: el ejercicio de la seducción como estrategia empresarial. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Jesús Vega de la Falla ha sido uno de los principales ejecutivos del Grupo Inditex. Trabajó como director de Recursos Humanos de Banca Mayorista Global y de Latinoamérica. Actualmente imparte conferencias sobre crecimiento empresarial en todo el mundo y es consejero de varias empresas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La empresa sensual Author: Jesús Vega de la Falla Narrator: Antonio Abenójar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 28, 2021 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué tiene Zara para que millones de personas salgan a la calle cada día con sus prendas? ¿Qué ofrece Google para que decenas de miles de personas respondan a un proceso de selección? ¿Por qué unas empresas son deseadas y otras resultan indiferentes para inversores, clientes o empleados? ¿Hay que ser guapo y poderoso para resultar atractivo? Hablamos de un nuevo poder, el de aquellas empresas que hacen valer su atractivo, que han sabido ser interesantes y parecerlo, a través de acciones muy diferentes, pero con un factor en común: el ejercicio de la seducción como estrategia empresarial. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Jesús Vega de la Falla ha sido uno de los principales ejecutivos del Grupo Inditex. Trabajó como director de Recursos Humanos de Banca Mayorista Global y de Latinoamérica. Actualmente imparte conferencias sobre crecimiento empresarial en todo el mundo y es consejero de varias empresas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177389 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177389]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por buen camino Author: Marcos Álvarez Narrator: Denis Rodríguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Por buen camino: Claves para guiar equipos hacia una meta común toma como ejemplo el Camino de Santiago y la organización del viaje en equipo para desgranar, de forma muy amena, los puntos principales sobre los que se apoya el trabajo en grupo, cuyas bondades el autor ha podido experimentar en multinacionales del sector textil. La peregrinación a Santiago es una gran aventura, tanto como la organización de un conjunto de personas en una empresa: si caminas solo, irás más rápido; pero si caminas acompañado, llegarás más lejos. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Marcos Álvarez Orozco es director de Springfield España (Área Norte/Baleares) y autor de libros sobre innovación, administración de empresas y crecimiento personal y empresarial. Marcos Álvarez Fri, 25 Dec 2020 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177389 thebookvoice.com 4:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177389]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por buen camino Author: Marcos Álvarez Narrator: Denis Rodríguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Por buen camino: Claves para guiar equipos hacia una meta común toma como ejemplo el Camino de Santiago y la organización del viaje en equipo para desgranar, de forma muy amena, los puntos principales sobre los que se apoya el trabajo en grupo, cuyas bondades el autor ha podido experimentar en multinacionales del sector textil. La peregrinación a Santiago es una gran aventura, tanto como la organización de un conjunto de personas en una empresa: si caminas solo, irás más rápido; pero si caminas acompañado, llegarás más lejos. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Marcos Álvarez Orozco es director de Springfield España (Área Norte/Baleares) y autor de libros sobre innovación, administración de empresas y crecimiento personal y empresarial. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177389]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por buen camino Author: Marcos Álvarez Narrator: Denis Rodríguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Por buen camino: Claves para guiar equipos hacia una meta común toma como ejemplo el Camino de Santiago y la organización del viaje en equipo para desgranar, de forma muy amena, los puntos principales sobre los que se apoya el trabajo en grupo, cuyas bondades el autor ha podido experimentar en multinacionales del sector textil. La peregrinación a Santiago es una gran aventura, tanto como la organización de un conjunto de personas en una empresa: si caminas solo, irás más rápido; pero si caminas acompañado, llegarás más lejos. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Marcos Álvarez Orozco es director de Springfield España (Área Norte/Baleares) y autor de libros sobre innovación, administración de empresas y crecimiento personal y empresarial. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177137 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177137]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disciplined Dreaming: A Proven System to Drive Breakthrough Creativity Author: Josh Linkner Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We live in an era when business cycles are measured in months, not years. The only way to sustain long term innovation and growth is through creativity - at all levels of an organization. Disciplined Dreaming shows you how to create profitable new ideas, empower all your employees to be creative, and sustain your competitive advantage over the long term. Linkner distills his years of experience in business and jazz - as well as hundreds of interviews with CEOs, entrepreneurs, and artists - into a 5-step process that will make creativity easy for you and your organization. The methodology is simple, backed by proven results. Disciplined Dreaming shows even the stuffiest corporate bureaucracies how to cultivate creativity in order to become more competitive in today's shifting marketplace. Josh Linkner Tue, 05 Apr 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177137 thebookvoice.com 6:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177137]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disciplined Dreaming: A Proven System to Drive Breakthrough Creativity Author: Josh Linkner Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We live in an era when business cycles are measured in months, not years. The only way to sustain long term innovation and growth is through creativity - at all levels of an organization. Disciplined Dreaming shows you how to create profitable new ideas, empower all your employees to be creative, and sustain your competitive advantage over the long term. Linkner distills his years of experience in business and jazz - as well as hundreds of interviews with CEOs, entrepreneurs, and artists - into a 5-step process that will make creativity easy for you and your organization. The methodology is simple, backed by proven results. Disciplined Dreaming shows even the stuffiest corporate bureaucracies how to cultivate creativity in order to become more competitive in today's shifting marketplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177137]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disciplined Dreaming: A Proven System to Drive Breakthrough Creativity Author: Josh Linkner Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We live in an era when business cycles are measured in months, not years. The only way to sustain long term innovation and growth is through creativity - at all levels of an organization. Disciplined Dreaming shows you how to create profitable new ideas, empower all your employees to be creative, and sustain your competitive advantage over the long term. Linkner distills his years of experience in business and jazz - as well as hundreds of interviews with CEOs, entrepreneurs, and artists - into a 5-step process that will make creativity easy for you and your organization. The methodology is simple, backed by proven results. Disciplined Dreaming shows even the stuffiest corporate bureaucracies how to cultivate creativity in order to become more competitive in today's shifting marketplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/176042 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/176042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lean Entrepreneur: How Visionaries Create Products, Innovate with New Ventures, and Disrupt Markets Author: Brant Cooper, Patrick Vlaskovits Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 23, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: You are not a Visionary . . . yet. The Lean Entrepreneur shows you how to become one. Most of us believe entrepreneurial visionaries are born, not made. Our media glorify business outliers like Bezos, Branson, Gates, and Jobs as heroes with X-ray vision who can look to the future, see clearly what will be, imagine a fully formed product or experience, and then simply make the vision real. Many in our entrepreneur community still believe that to be visionary, we must merely execute on a seemingly good idea and ignore all doubt. With this mindset, companies build doomed products in a vacuum; enterprises make ill-fated innovation investment decisions; and employees and shareholders come along for an uncomfortable ride. Falling prey to the Myth of the Visionary confuses talented entrepreneurs, product managers, innovators, and investors. It leads us to heartbreaking, costly, and preventable failures in new product and venture development. The Lean Entrepreneur moves us beyond this myth. It combines powerful customer insight, rapid experimentation, and easily actionable data from the Lean Startup methodology to empower individuals, companies, and entire teams to evolve their vision, solve problems, and create value at the speed of the Internet. Anyone can be visionary. The Lean Entrepreneur shows you how to: Apply actionable tips, tricks, and hacks from successful lean entrepreneurs Leverage the Innovation Spectrum to disrupt existing markets and create new ones Drive strategies for efficient market testing with Minimal Viable Products Engage customers with Viability Testing and radically reduce the time and budget for product development Rapidly create cross-functional innovation teams that devour roadblocks and set new benchmarks Bring your organization critical focus on the power of loyal customers and valuable products you can build to serve them Leverage instructive tools, skill-building exercises, and worksheets along with bonus online videos Brant Cooper, Patrick Vlaskovits Tue, 23 Apr 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/176042 thebookvoice.com 10:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/176042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lean Entrepreneur: How Visionaries Create Products, Innovate with New Ventures, and Disrupt Markets Author: Brant Cooper, Patrick Vlaskovits Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 23, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: You are not a Visionary . . . yet. The Lean Entrepreneur shows you how to become one. Most of us believe entrepreneurial visionaries are born, not made. Our media glorify business outliers like Bezos, Branson, Gates, and Jobs as heroes with X-ray vision who can look to the future, see clearly what will be, imagine a fully formed product or experience, and then simply make the vision real. Many in our entrepreneur community still believe that to be visionary, we must merely execute on a seemingly good idea and ignore all doubt. With this mindset, companies build doomed products in a vacuum; enterprises make ill-fated innovation investment decisions; and employees and shareholders come along for an uncomfortable ride. Falling prey to the Myth of the Visionary confuses talented entrepreneurs, product managers, innovators, and investors. It leads us to heartbreaking, costly, and preventable failures in new product and venture development. The Lean Entrepreneur moves us beyond this myth. It combines powerful customer insight, rapid experimentation, and easily actionable data from the Lean Startup methodology to empower individuals, companies, and entire teams to evolve their vision, solve problems, and create value at the speed of the Internet. Anyone can be visionary. The Lean Entrepreneur shows you how to: Apply actionable tips, tricks, and hacks from successful lean entrepreneurs Leverage the Innovation Spectrum to disrupt existing markets and create new ones Drive strategies for efficient market testing with Minimal Viable Products Engage customers with Viability Testing and radically reduce the time and budget for product development Rapidly create cross-functional innovation teams that devour roadblocks and set new benchmarks Bring your organization critical focus on the power of loyal customers and valuable products you can build to serve them Leverage instructive tools, skill-building exercises, and worksheets along with bonus online videos Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/176042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lean Entrepreneur: How Visionaries Create Products, Innovate with New Ventures, and Disrupt Markets Author: Brant Cooper, Patrick Vlaskovits Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 23, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: You are not a Visionary . . . yet. The Lean Entrepreneur shows you how to become one. Most of us believe entrepreneurial visionaries are born, not made. Our media glorify business outliers like Bezos, Branson, Gates, and Jobs as heroes with X-ray vision who can look to the future, see clearly what will be, imagine a fully formed product or experience, and then simply make the vision real. Many in our entrepreneur community still believe that to be visionary, we must merely execute on a seemingly good idea and ignore all doubt. With this mindset, companies build doomed products in a vacuum; enterprises make ill-fated innovation investment decisions; and employees and shareholders come along for an uncomfortable ride. Falling prey to the Myth of the Visionary confuses talented entrepreneurs, product managers, innovators, and investors. It leads us to heartbreaking, costly, and preventable failures in new product and venture development. The Lean Entrepreneur moves us beyond this myth. It combines powerful customer insight, rapid experimentation, and easily actionable data from the Lean Startup methodology to empower individuals, companies, and entire teams to evolve their vision, solve problems, and create value at the speed of the Internet. Anyone can be visionary. The Lean Entrepreneur shows you how to: Apply actionable tips, tricks, and hacks from successful lean entrepreneurs Leverage the Innovation Spectrum to disrupt existing markets and create new ones Drive strategies for efficient market testing with Minimal Viable Products Engage customers with Viability Testing and radically reduce the time and budget for product development Rapidly create cross-functional innovation teams that devour roadblocks and set new benchmarks Bring your organization critical focus on the power of loyal customers and valuable products you can build to serve them Leverage instructive tools, skill-building exercises, and worksheets along with bonus online videos https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175241 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ctrl Alt Delete: Reboot Your Business. Reboot Your Life. Your Future Depends on It. Author: Mitch Joel Narrator: Mitch Joel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 21, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A game-changing book that outlines the ways in which technology has transformed how brands and businesses innovate and connect with consumers: "An indispensable read for a time when so much is in transition" (Arianna Huffington). The DNA of business has changed. Forever. You can blame technology, smartphones, social media, online shopping and everything else, but nothingchanges this reality: we are in a moment of business purgatory. So, what are you going to do about it? Mitch Joel, one of the world's leading experts in new media, warns that the time has come to CTRL ALT DELETE. To reboot and to start re-building your business model. If you don't, Joel warns, not only will your company begin to slide backwards, but you may find yourself unemployable within five years. That's a very strong warning, but in his new book, CTRL ALT DELETE, Joel explains the convergence of five key movements that have changed business forever. The movements have already taken place, but few businesses have acted on them. He outlines what you need to know to adapt right now. He also points to the seven triggers that will help you take advantage of these game-changing factors to keep you employable as this new world of business unfolds. Along the way, Joel introduces his novel concept of "squiggle" which explains how you can learn to adapt your personal approach to your career, as new technology becomes the norm. In short, this is not a book about "change management" but rather a book about "changing both you AND your business model." Mitch Joel Tue, 21 May 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175241 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ctrl Alt Delete: Reboot Your Business. Reboot Your Life. Your Future Depends on It. Author: Mitch Joel Narrator: Mitch Joel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 21, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A game-changing book that outlines the ways in which technology has transformed how brands and businesses innovate and connect with consumers: "An indispensable read for a time when so much is in transition" (Arianna Huffington). The DNA of business has changed. Forever. You can blame technology, smartphones, social media, online shopping and everything else, but nothingchanges this reality: we are in a moment of business purgatory. So, what are you going to do about it? Mitch Joel, one of the world's leading experts in new media, warns that the time has come to CTRL ALT DELETE. To reboot and to start re-building your business model. If you don't, Joel warns, not only will your company begin to slide backwards, but you may find yourself unemployable within five years. That's a very strong warning, but in his new book, CTRL ALT DELETE, Joel explains the convergence of five key movements that have changed business forever. The movements have already taken place, but few businesses have acted on them. He outlines what you need to know to adapt right now. He also points to the seven triggers that will help you take advantage of these game-changing factors to keep you employable as this new world of business unfolds. Along the way, Joel introduces his novel concept of "squiggle" which explains how you can learn to adapt your personal approach to your career, as new technology becomes the norm. In short, this is not a book about "change management" but rather a book about "changing both you AND your business model." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ctrl Alt Delete: Reboot Your Business. Reboot Your Life. Your Future Depends on It. Author: Mitch Joel Narrator: Mitch Joel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 21, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A game-changing book that outlines the ways in which technology has transformed how brands and businesses innovate and connect with consumers: "An indispensable read for a time when so much is in transition" (Arianna Huffington). The DNA of business has changed. Forever. You can blame technology, smartphones, social media, online shopping and everything else, but nothingchanges this reality: we are in a moment of business purgatory. So, what are you going to do about it? Mitch Joel, one of the world's leading experts in new media, warns that the time has come to CTRL ALT DELETE. To reboot and to start re-building your business model. If you don't, Joel warns, not only will your company begin to slide backwards, but you may find yourself unemployable within five years. That's a very strong warning, but in his new book, CTRL ALT DELETE, Joel explains the convergence of five key movements that have changed business forever. The movements have already taken place, but few businesses have acted on them. He outlines what you need to know to adapt right now. He also points to the seven triggers that will help you take advantage of these game-changing factors to keep you employable as this new world of business unfolds. Along the way, Joel introduces his novel concept of "squiggle" which explains how you can learn to adapt your personal approach to your career, as new technology becomes the norm. In short, this is not a book about "change management" but rather a book about "changing both you AND your business model." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175027 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Run Your Own Corporation, 2nd Edition: How to Legally Operate and Properly Maintain Your Company into the Future Series: Part of Rich Dad's Advisors Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 21, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'I've set up my corporation. Now what do I do?' All too often business owners and real estate investors are asking this question. They have formed their protective entity -- be it a corporation, LLC or LP -- and don't know what to do next. Run Your Own Corporation provides the solution to this very common dilemma. Breaking down the requirements chronologically (i.e. the first day, first quarter, first year) the audiobook sets forth all the tax and corporate and legal matters new business owners must comply with. Written by a Rich Advisor Garrett Sutton, Esq. who also authored the companion edition Start Your Own Corporation, the audiobook clearly identifies what must be done to properly maintain and operate your corporation entity. From the first day, when employer identification numbers must be obtained in order to open up a bank account, to the fifth year when trademark renewals must be filed, and all the requirements in between, Run Your Own Corporation is a unique resource that all business owners and investors must have. Garrett Sutton Tue, 21 May 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175027 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Run Your Own Corporation, 2nd Edition: How to Legally Operate and Properly Maintain Your Company into the Future Series: Part of Rich Dad's Advisors Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 21, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'I've set up my corporation. Now what do I do?' All too often business owners and real estate investors are asking this question. They have formed their protective entity -- be it a corporation, LLC or LP -- and don't know what to do next. Run Your Own Corporation provides the solution to this very common dilemma. Breaking down the requirements chronologically (i.e. the first day, first quarter, first year) the audiobook sets forth all the tax and corporate and legal matters new business owners must comply with. Written by a Rich Advisor Garrett Sutton, Esq. who also authored the companion edition Start Your Own Corporation, the audiobook clearly identifies what must be done to properly maintain and operate your corporation entity. From the first day, when employer identification numbers must be obtained in order to open up a bank account, to the fifth year when trademark renewals must be filed, and all the requirements in between, Run Your Own Corporation is a unique resource that all business owners and investors must have. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Run Your Own Corporation, 2nd Edition: How to Legally Operate and Properly Maintain Your Company into the Future Series: Part of Rich Dad's Advisors Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 21, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'I've set up my corporation. Now what do I do?' All too often business owners and real estate investors are asking this question. They have formed their protective entity -- be it a corporation, LLC or LP -- and don't know what to do next. Run Your Own Corporation provides the solution to this very common dilemma. Breaking down the requirements chronologically (i.e. the first day, first quarter, first year) the audiobook sets forth all the tax and corporate and legal matters new business owners must comply with. Written by a Rich Advisor Garrett Sutton, Esq. who also authored the companion edition Start Your Own Corporation, the audiobook clearly identifies what must be done to properly maintain and operate your corporation entity. From the first day, when employer identification numbers must be obtained in order to open up a bank account, to the fifth year when trademark renewals must be filed, and all the requirements in between, Run Your Own Corporation is a unique resource that all business owners and investors must have. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174753 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High-Tech, High-Touch Customer Service: Inspire Timeless Loyalty in the Demanding New World of Social Commerce Author: Micah Solomon Narrator: Micah Solomon, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In an age of Twitter, smartphones, and self-service kiosks, high-tech but still high-touch customer service is the answer. Today’s customers are a hard bunch to crack. Time-strapped, screen-addicted, value-savvy, and socially engaged, their expectations are tougher than ever for a business to keep up with. They are empowered like never before and expect businesses to respect that sense of empowerment—lashing out at those that don’t. Take heart: Old-fashioned customer service, fully retooled for today’s blistering pace and digitally connected reality, is what you need to build the kind loyal customer base that allows you to survive—and thrive. And High-Tech, High-Touch Customer Service spells out surefire strategies for success in a clear, entertaining, and practical way. Discover: • Six major customer trends and what they mean for your business • Eight unbreakable rules for social media customer service • How to effectively address online complainers and saboteurs on Yelp, Twitter, TripAdvisor, and other forums for user generated content • The rising power of self-service—and how to design it properly • How to build a company culture that breeds stellar customer service High-Tech, High-Touch Customer Service reveals inside secrets of wildly successful customer service initiatives, from Internet startups to venerable brands, and shows how companies of every stripe can turn casual customers into fervent supporters who will spread the word far and wide—online and off. Micah Solomon Tue, 02 Apr 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174753 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High-Tech, High-Touch Customer Service: Inspire Timeless Loyalty in the Demanding New World of Social Commerce Author: Micah Solomon Narrator: Micah Solomon, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In an age of Twitter, smartphones, and self-service kiosks, high-tech but still high-touch customer service is the answer. Today’s customers are a hard bunch to crack. Time-strapped, screen-addicted, value-savvy, and socially engaged, their expectations are tougher than ever for a business to keep up with. They are empowered like never before and expect businesses to respect that sense of empowerment—lashing out at those that don’t. Take heart: Old-fashioned customer service, fully retooled for today’s blistering pace and digitally connected reality, is what you need to build the kind loyal customer base that allows you to survive—and thrive. And High-Tech, High-Touch Customer Service spells out surefire strategies for success in a clear, entertaining, and practical way. Discover: • Six major customer trends and what they mean for your business • Eight unbreakable rules for social media customer service • How to effectively address online complainers and saboteurs on Yelp, Twitter, TripAdvisor, and other forums for user generated content • The rising power of self-service—and how to design it properly • How to build a company culture that breeds stellar customer service High-Tech, High-Touch Customer Service reveals inside secrets of wildly successful customer service initiatives, from Internet startups to venerable brands, and shows how companies of every stripe can turn casual customers into fervent supporters who will spread the word far and wide—online and off. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High-Tech, High-Touch Customer Service: Inspire Timeless Loyalty in the Demanding New World of Social Commerce Author: Micah Solomon Narrator: Micah Solomon, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In an age of Twitter, smartphones, and self-service kiosks, high-tech but still high-touch customer service is the answer. Today’s customers are a hard bunch to crack. Time-strapped, screen-addicted, value-savvy, and socially engaged, their expectations are tougher than ever for a business to keep up with. They are empowered like never before and expect businesses to respect that sense of empowerment—lashing out at those that don’t. Take heart: Old-fashioned customer service, fully retooled for today’s blistering pace and digitally connected reality, is what you need to build the kind loyal customer base that allows you to survive—and thrive. And High-Tech, High-Touch Customer Service spells out surefire strategies for success in a clear, entertaining, and practical way. Discover: • Six major customer trends and what they mean for your business • Eight unbreakable rules for social media customer service • How to effectively address online complainers and saboteurs on Yelp, Twitter, TripAdvisor, and other forums for user generated content • The rising power of self-service—and how to design it properly • How to build a company culture that breeds stellar customer service High-Tech, High-Touch Customer Service reveals inside secrets of wildly successful customer service initiatives, from Internet startups to venerable brands, and shows how companies of every stripe can turn casual customers into fervent supporters who will spread the word far and wide—online and off. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172359 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Power: Discover Your Unique Profile-and Unlock Your Potential for Breakthrough Success Author: Shoya Zichy, Ann Bidou Narrator: Josey Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 6, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The key to both enjoying and succeeding at work lies in knowing your core strengths—and making the most of them. Are you an introvert or an extrovert? Grounded, realistic, and accountable? Competitive and theoretical? Spontaneous and action-oriented? Creative and empathetic? Based on the easy-to-understand “Color Q” model of the four major personality groups — used by more than 50,000 professionals worldwide—Personality Power gives you a clear blue-print for using your natural abilities more effectively ...and reenergizing your professional life. Just take a simple, 10-minute self-assessment to determine your personality type and discover how best to: • Communicate with employees, bosses, and others with different styles • Identify your ideal (and least suitable) work environments • Avoid the blind spots associated with your type • Assemble a career plan with concrete steps for achieving your goals Featuring in-depth chapters for each personality type and inspiring success stories—including profiles of well-known figures such as Diane Sawyer, Dr. Mehmet Oz, Hillary Clinton, and others—the audiobook reveals how to use your natural talents to approach innovation, deal with conflict, negotiate compensation, and self-coach your way to greater success. Good news: You don’t need a new job to be happy at work. Now, packed with life-altering insights, Personality Power will enable you to achieve the recognition and fulfillment you deserve ...just by being yourself. Shoya Zichy, Ann Bidou Wed, 06 Mar 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172359 thebookvoice.com 10:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Power: Discover Your Unique Profile-and Unlock Your Potential for Breakthrough Success Author: Shoya Zichy, Ann Bidou Narrator: Josey Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 6, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The key to both enjoying and succeeding at work lies in knowing your core strengths—and making the most of them. Are you an introvert or an extrovert? Grounded, realistic, and accountable? Competitive and theoretical? Spontaneous and action-oriented? Creative and empathetic? Based on the easy-to-understand “Color Q” model of the four major personality groups — used by more than 50,000 professionals worldwide—Personality Power gives you a clear blue-print for using your natural abilities more effectively ...and reenergizing your professional life. Just take a simple, 10-minute self-assessment to determine your personality type and discover how best to: • Communicate with employees, bosses, and others with different styles • Identify your ideal (and least suitable) work environments • Avoid the blind spots associated with your type • Assemble a career plan with concrete steps for achieving your goals Featuring in-depth chapters for each personality type and inspiring success stories—including profiles of well-known figures such as Diane Sawyer, Dr. Mehmet Oz, Hillary Clinton, and others—the audiobook reveals how to use your natural talents to approach innovation, deal with conflict, negotiate compensation, and self-coach your way to greater success. Good news: You don’t need a new job to be happy at work. Now, packed with life-altering insights, Personality Power will enable you to achieve the recognition and fulfillment you deserve ...just by being yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Power: Discover Your Unique Profile-and Unlock Your Potential for Breakthrough Success Author: Shoya Zichy, Ann Bidou Narrator: Josey Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 6, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The key to both enjoying and succeeding at work lies in knowing your core strengths—and making the most of them. Are you an introvert or an extrovert? Grounded, realistic, and accountable? Competitive and theoretical? Spontaneous and action-oriented? Creative and empathetic? Based on the easy-to-understand “Color Q” model of the four major personality groups — used by more than 50,000 professionals worldwide—Personality Power gives you a clear blue-print for using your natural abilities more effectively ...and reenergizing your professional life. Just take a simple, 10-minute self-assessment to determine your personality type and discover how best to: • Communicate with employees, bosses, and others with different styles • Identify your ideal (and least suitable) work environments • Avoid the blind spots associated with your type • Assemble a career plan with concrete steps for achieving your goals Featuring in-depth chapters for each personality type and inspiring success stories—including profiles of well-known figures such as Diane Sawyer, Dr. Mehmet Oz, Hillary Clinton, and others—the audiobook reveals how to use your natural talents to approach innovation, deal with conflict, negotiate compensation, and self-coach your way to greater success. Good news: You don’t need a new job to be happy at work. Now, packed with life-altering insights, Personality Power will enable you to achieve the recognition and fulfillment you deserve ...just by being yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166749 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Rules: The 39 Essential Rules for Delivering Sensational Service Author: Lee Cockerell Narrator: Lee Cockerell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former Executive Vice President of Walt Disney World shares indispensible Rules for serving customers with consistency, efficiency, creativity, sincerity, and excellence.  Lee Cockerell knows that success in business--any business--depends upon winning and keeping customers. In 39 digestible, bite-sized chapters, Lee shares everything he has learned in his 40+ year career in the hospitality industry about creating an environment that keeps customers coming back for more. Here, Lee not only shows why the customer always rules, but also the Rules for serving customers so well they'll never want to do business with anyone but you. For example: Rule #1: Customer Service Is Not a Department Rule #3: Great Service Follows the Laws of Gravity Rule #5: Ask Yourself 'What Would Mom Do?' Rule #19: Be a Copycat Rule #25. Treat Every Customer like a Regular Rule #39: Don’t Try Too Hard As simple as they are profound, these principles have been shown to work in companies as large as Disney and as small as a local coffee shop; from businesses selling cutting-edge technologies like computer tablets to those selling products as timeless as shoes and handbags; at corporations as long-standing as Ford Motors and those as nascent as a brand new start-up. And they have been proven indispensible at all levels of a company, from managers responsible for hiring and training employees, setting policies and procedures, and shaping the company culture to front line staff who deal directly with clients and customers Chock-full of universal advice, applicable online and off, The Customer Rules is the essential handbook for service excellence everywhere. Lee Cockerell Tue, 05 Mar 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166749 thebookvoice.com 3:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Rules: The 39 Essential Rules for Delivering Sensational Service Author: Lee Cockerell Narrator: Lee Cockerell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former Executive Vice President of Walt Disney World shares indispensible Rules for serving customers with consistency, efficiency, creativity, sincerity, and excellence.  Lee Cockerell knows that success in business--any business--depends upon winning and keeping customers. In 39 digestible, bite-sized chapters, Lee shares everything he has learned in his 40+ year career in the hospitality industry about creating an environment that keeps customers coming back for more. Here, Lee not only shows why the customer always rules, but also the Rules for serving customers so well they'll never want to do business with anyone but you. For example: Rule #1: Customer Service Is Not a Department Rule #3: Great Service Follows the Laws of Gravity Rule #5: Ask Yourself 'What Would Mom Do?' Rule #19: Be a Copycat Rule #25. Treat Every Customer like a Regular Rule #39: Don’t Try Too Hard As simple as they are profound, these principles have been shown to work in companies as large as Disney and as small as a local coffee shop; from businesses selling cutting-edge technologies like computer tablets to those selling products as timeless as shoes and handbags; at corporations as long-standing as Ford Motors and those as nascent as a brand new start-up. And they have been proven indispensible at all levels of a company, from managers responsible for hiring and training employees, setting policies and procedures, and shaping the company culture to front line staff who deal directly with clients and customers Chock-full of universal advice, applicable online and off, The Customer Rules is the essential handbook for service excellence everywhere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Rules: The 39 Essential Rules for Delivering Sensational Service Author: Lee Cockerell Narrator: Lee Cockerell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former Executive Vice President of Walt Disney World shares indispensible Rules for serving customers with consistency, efficiency, creativity, sincerity, and excellence.  Lee Cockerell knows that success in business--any business--depends upon winning and keeping customers. In 39 digestible, bite-sized chapters, Lee shares everything he has learned in his 40+ year career in the hospitality industry about creating an environment that keeps customers coming back for more. Here, Lee not only shows why the customer always rules, but also the Rules for serving customers so well they'll never want to do business with anyone but you. For example: Rule #1: Customer Service Is Not a Department Rule #3: Great Service Follows the Laws of Gravity Rule #5: Ask Yourself 'What Would Mom Do?' Rule #19: Be a Copycat Rule #25. Treat Every Customer like a Regular Rule #39: Don’t Try Too Hard As simple as they are profound, these principles have been shown to work in companies as large as Disney and as small as a local coffee shop; from businesses selling cutting-edge technologies like computer tablets to those selling products as timeless as shoes and handbags; at corporations as long-standing as Ford Motors and those as nascent as a brand new start-up. And they have been proven indispensible at all levels of a company, from managers responsible for hiring and training employees, setting policies and procedures, and shaping the company culture to front line staff who deal directly with clients and customers Chock-full of universal advice, applicable online and off, The Customer Rules is the essential handbook for service excellence everywhere. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164509 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The $10 Trillion Prize: Captivating the Newly Affluent in China and India Author: David Michael, Carol Liao, Abheek Singhi, Michael J. Silverstein Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 29, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Meet your new global consumer You’ve heard of the burgeoning consumer markets in China and India that are driving the world economy. But do you know enough about these new consumers to convert them into customers? Do you know that: • There will be nearly one billion middle-class consumers in China and India within the next ten years? • More than 135 million Chinese and Indians will graduate from college in this timeframe, compared to just 30 million in the United States? • By 2020, 68 percent of Chinese households and 57 percent of Indian households will be in the middle and upper classes? • The number of billionaires in China has grown from 1 to 115 in the past decade alone? In The $10 Trillion Prize, bestselling author Michael J. Silverstein and his The Boston Consulting Group colleagues in China and India provide the first comprehensive profile of the emerging middle class, primed to transform the global marketplace. Already the world’s biggest buyers of cars, mobile phones, appliances, and more, these consumers are eager for more products and services. In fact, it’s estimated that by 2020, consumers in China and India will generate about $10 trillion of total annual revenue for companies selling to them. Only by fully comprehending the forces driving this new generation of consumers will your company be able to capitalize on the opportunities their buying power represents. Insightful and backed by rigorous research, this audiobook takes you inside the hearts and minds of today’s emerging Chinese and Indian consumers positioning your company to win as the next wave of global affluence reaches the marketplace. David Michael, Carol Liao, Abheek Singhi, Michael J. Silverstein Tue, 29 Jan 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164509 thebookvoice.com 11:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The $10 Trillion Prize: Captivating the Newly Affluent in China and India Author: David Michael, Carol Liao, Abheek Singhi, Michael J. Silverstein Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 29, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Meet your new global consumer You’ve heard of the burgeoning consumer markets in China and India that are driving the world economy. But do you know enough about these new consumers to convert them into customers? Do you know that: • There will be nearly one billion middle-class consumers in China and India within the next ten years? • More than 135 million Chinese and Indians will graduate from college in this timeframe, compared to just 30 million in the United States? • By 2020, 68 percent of Chinese households and 57 percent of Indian households will be in the middle and upper classes? • The number of billionaires in China has grown from 1 to 115 in the past decade alone? In The $10 Trillion Prize, bestselling author Michael J. Silverstein and his The Boston Consulting Group colleagues in China and India provide the first comprehensive profile of the emerging middle class, primed to transform the global marketplace. Already the world’s biggest buyers of cars, mobile phones, appliances, and more, these consumers are eager for more products and services. In fact, it’s estimated that by 2020, consumers in China and India will generate about $10 trillion of total annual revenue for companies selling to them. Only by fully comprehending the forces driving this new generation of consumers will your company be able to capitalize on the opportunities their buying power represents. Insightful and backed by rigorous research, this audiobook takes you inside the hearts and minds of today’s emerging Chinese and Indian consumers positioning your company to win as the next wave of global affluence reaches the marketplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The $10 Trillion Prize: Captivating the Newly Affluent in China and India Author: David Michael, Carol Liao, Abheek Singhi, Michael J. Silverstein Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 29, 2013 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Meet your new global consumer You’ve heard of the burgeoning consumer markets in China and India that are driving the world economy. But do you know enough about these new consumers to convert them into customers? Do you know that: • There will be nearly one billion middle-class consumers in China and India within the next ten years? • More than 135 million Chinese and Indians will graduate from college in this timeframe, compared to just 30 million in the United States? • By 2020, 68 percent of Chinese households and 57 percent of Indian households will be in the middle and upper classes? • The number of billionaires in China has grown from 1 to 115 in the past decade alone? In The $10 Trillion Prize, bestselling author Michael J. Silverstein and his The Boston Consulting Group colleagues in China and India provide the first comprehensive profile of the emerging middle class, primed to transform the global marketplace. Already the world’s biggest buyers of cars, mobile phones, appliances, and more, these consumers are eager for more products and services. In fact, it’s estimated that by 2020, consumers in China and India will generate about $10 trillion of total annual revenue for companies selling to them. Only by fully comprehending the forces driving this new generation of consumers will your company be able to capitalize on the opportunities their buying power represents. Insightful and backed by rigorous research, this audiobook takes you inside the hearts and minds of today’s emerging Chinese and Indian consumers positioning your company to win as the next wave of global affluence reaches the marketplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164196 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Global Tilt: Leading Your Business Through the Great Economic Power Shift Author: Ram Charan Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 26, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Ram Charan gives business leaders the guidance they need to succeed in a world in which economic power has shifted.   The global tilt is nothing less than an irreversible shift of economic power—jobs, wealth, and market opportunities—from a small part of the world to its entirety. It is improving the lives of millions of people around the world, and while it is creating immense opportunities, it is disrupting the world as you know it with dizzying speed.  If you’re an American or European, any assumptions you may have about national and managerial superiority are obsolete. Businesses in China, Singapore, India, Brazil, Malaysia, and other countries on the move have ready access to the capital and expertise they need to grow. Their leaders have just as much knowledge, talent, and drive as you do. And they are unleashing their entrepreneurial verve to scale up fast and grab once-in-a-lifetime opportunities.  These businesses will soon be competing with yours, even if you’re not aware of them yet. Finding opportunities of your own requires you to consider vastly different perspectives and to see the new global landscape in its entirety and then change the content of your work to pursue them.  In Global Tilt, Ram Charan will show you how to:  - Gain an edge by cutting through the complexity of demographics, different forms of government, and even the global financial system, to identify “unstoppable trends” better and sooner than others - Challenge your reliance on core competence and the incremental improvement that results. Instead, look “outside-in” and “future-back,” determine the capabilities you need to build, and muster the psychological fortitude to make occasional strategic bets that can potentially alter the competitive landscape  - Develop the soft skills crucial to leading a global organization, including mastering local contexts - Equip the organization to win by facing up to painful but necessary shifts in people assignments, decision-making authority, and resource allocation—even before making structural changes  Those who can pursue the opportunities in a tilted world have a remarkably bright future. Ram Charan’s unparalleled experience with global leaders and companies and the unique and powerful insights he brings to this book will light the way for you and your exciting journey. Ram Charan Tue, 26 Feb 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164196 thebookvoice.com 7:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Global Tilt: Leading Your Business Through the Great Economic Power Shift Author: Ram Charan Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 26, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Ram Charan gives business leaders the guidance they need to succeed in a world in which economic power has shifted.   The global tilt is nothing less than an irreversible shift of economic power—jobs, wealth, and market opportunities—from a small part of the world to its entirety. It is improving the lives of millions of people around the world, and while it is creating immense opportunities, it is disrupting the world as you know it with dizzying speed.  If you’re an American or European, any assumptions you may have about national and managerial superiority are obsolete. Businesses in China, Singapore, India, Brazil, Malaysia, and other countries on the move have ready access to the capital and expertise they need to grow. Their leaders have just as much knowledge, talent, and drive as you do. And they are unleashing their entrepreneurial verve to scale up fast and grab once-in-a-lifetime opportunities.  These businesses will soon be competing with yours, even if you’re not aware of them yet. Finding opportunities of your own requires you to consider vastly different perspectives and to see the new global landscape in its entirety and then change the content of your work to pursue them.  In Global Tilt, Ram Charan will show you how to:  - Gain an edge by cutting through the complexity of demographics, different forms of government, and even the global financial system, to identify “unstoppable trends” better and sooner than others - Challenge your reliance on core competence and the incremental improvement that results. Instead, look “outside-in” and “future-back,” determine the capabilities you need to build, and muster the psychological fortitude to make occasional strategic bets that can potentially alter the competitive landscape  - Develop the soft skills crucial to leading a global organization, including mastering local contexts - Equip the organization to win by facing up to painful but necessary shifts in people assignments, decision-making authority, and resource allocation—even before making structural changes  Those who can pursue the opportunities in a tilted world have a remarkably bright future. Ram Charan’s unparalleled experience with global leaders and companies and the unique and powerful insights he brings to this book will light the way for you and your exciting journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Global Tilt: Leading Your Business Through the Great Economic Power Shift Author: Ram Charan Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 26, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Ram Charan gives business leaders the guidance they need to succeed in a world in which economic power has shifted.   The global tilt is nothing less than an irreversible shift of economic power—jobs, wealth, and market opportunities—from a small part of the world to its entirety. It is improving the lives of millions of people around the world, and while it is creating immense opportunities, it is disrupting the world as you know it with dizzying speed.  If you’re an American or European, any assumptions you may have about national and managerial superiority are obsolete. Businesses in China, Singapore, India, Brazil, Malaysia, and other countries on the move have ready access to the capital and expertise they need to grow. Their leaders have just as much knowledge, talent, and drive as you do. And they are unleashing their entrepreneurial verve to scale up fast and grab once-in-a-lifetime opportunities.  These businesses will soon be competing with yours, even if you’re not aware of them yet. Finding opportunities of your own requires you to consider vastly different perspectives and to see the new global landscape in its entirety and then change the content of your work to pursue them.  In Global Tilt, Ram Charan will show you how to:  - Gain an edge by cutting through the complexity of demographics, different forms of government, and even the global financial system, to identify “unstoppable trends” better and sooner than others - Challenge your reliance on core competence and the incremental improvement that results. Instead, look “outside-in” and “future-back,” determine the capabilities you need to build, and muster the psychological fortitude to make occasional strategic bets that can potentially alter the competitive landscape  - Develop the soft skills crucial to leading a global organization, including mastering local contexts - Equip the organization to win by facing up to painful but necessary shifts in people assignments, decision-making authority, and resource allocation—even before making structural changes  Those who can pursue the opportunities in a tilted world have a remarkably bright future. Ram Charan’s unparalleled experience with global leaders and companies and the unique and powerful insights he brings to this book will light the way for you and your exciting journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163045 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163045]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Disruption: Unleashing the Next Wave of Innovation Author: James McQuivey Narrator: James McQuivey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 26, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The barriers to entry in your market just vanished. Unexpected competitors are swarming in. Are you ready? You always knew digital was going to change things, but you didn’t realize how close to home it would hit. In every industry, digital competitors are taking advantage of new platforms, tools, and relationships to undercut competitors, get closer to customers, and disrupt the usual ways of doing business. The only way to compete is to evolve. James McQuivey of Forrester Research has been teaching people how to do this for over a decade. He’s gone into the biggest companies, even in traditional industries like insurance and consumer packaged goods, and changed the way they think about innovation. Now he’s sharing his approach with you. McQuivey will show you how Dr. Hugh Reinhoff of Ferrokin BioSciences disrupted the pharmaceutical industry, streamlining connections with doctors and regulators to bring molecules to market far faster—and then sold out for $100 million. How Charles Teague and his team of four people created Lose It!, a weight loss application that millions have adopted, achieving rapid success and undermining titans like Weight Watchers and Jenny Craig in the process. Regardless of your background and industry, you can learn how to be a digital disruptor too. First, adopt the right mindset: Take risks, invest as cheaply as possible, and build on existing platforms to find the fastest path to solving a customer’s problem. Second, seek the “adjacent possible”—the space just next to yours where new technology creates opportunity. That’s how Benjamin Rubin and Paolo DePetrillo of Zeo created a $100 sleep monitor that does much of what you’d get from a $3,000 sleep lab visit. Finally, disrupt yourself. Use these tools to make parts of your business obsolete before your competitors do. That’s what Tim FitzRandolph did at Disney, creating a game that shot to the top of the app store charts. With the tools in this book you can assess your readiness, learn the disruptive mindset, and innovate rapidly, starting right within your own business. James McQuivey Tue, 26 Feb 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163045 thebookvoice.com 5:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163045]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Disruption: Unleashing the Next Wave of Innovation Author: James McQuivey Narrator: James McQuivey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 26, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The barriers to entry in your market just vanished. Unexpected competitors are swarming in. Are you ready? You always knew digital was going to change things, but you didn’t realize how close to home it would hit. In every industry, digital competitors are taking advantage of new platforms, tools, and relationships to undercut competitors, get closer to customers, and disrupt the usual ways of doing business. The only way to compete is to evolve. James McQuivey of Forrester Research has been teaching people how to do this for over a decade. He’s gone into the biggest companies, even in traditional industries like insurance and consumer packaged goods, and changed the way they think about innovation. Now he’s sharing his approach with you. McQuivey will show you how Dr. Hugh Reinhoff of Ferrokin BioSciences disrupted the pharmaceutical industry, streamlining connections with doctors and regulators to bring molecules to market far faster—and then sold out for $100 million. How Charles Teague and his team of four people created Lose It!, a weight loss application that millions have adopted, achieving rapid success and undermining titans like Weight Watchers and Jenny Craig in the process. Regardless of your background and industry, you can learn how to be a digital disruptor too. First, adopt the right mindset: Take risks, invest as cheaply as possible, and build on existing platforms to find the fastest path to solving a customer’s problem. Second, seek the “adjacent possible”—the space just next to yours where new technology creates opportunity. That’s how Benjamin Rubin and Paolo DePetrillo of Zeo created a $100 sleep monitor that does much of what you’d get from a $3,000 sleep lab visit. Finally, disrupt yourself. Use these tools to make parts of your business obsolete before your competitors do. That’s what Tim FitzRandolph did at Disney, creating a game that shot to the top of the app store charts. With the tools in this book you can assess your readiness, learn the disruptive mindset, and innovate rapidly, starting right within your own business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163045]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Disruption: Unleashing the Next Wave of Innovation Author: James McQuivey Narrator: James McQuivey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 26, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The barriers to entry in your market just vanished. Unexpected competitors are swarming in. Are you ready? You always knew digital was going to change things, but you didn’t realize how close to home it would hit. In every industry, digital competitors are taking advantage of new platforms, tools, and relationships to undercut competitors, get closer to customers, and disrupt the usual ways of doing business. The only way to compete is to evolve. James McQuivey of Forrester Research has been teaching people how to do this for over a decade. He’s gone into the biggest companies, even in traditional industries like insurance and consumer packaged goods, and changed the way they think about innovation. Now he’s sharing his approach with you. McQuivey will show you how Dr. Hugh Reinhoff of Ferrokin BioSciences disrupted the pharmaceutical industry, streamlining connections with doctors and regulators to bring molecules to market far faster—and then sold out for $100 million. How Charles Teague and his team of four people created Lose It!, a weight loss application that millions have adopted, achieving rapid success and undermining titans like Weight Watchers and Jenny Craig in the process. Regardless of your background and industry, you can learn how to be a digital disruptor too. First, adopt the right mindset: Take risks, invest as cheaply as possible, and build on existing platforms to find the fastest path to solving a customer’s problem. Second, seek the “adjacent possible”—the space just next to yours where new technology creates opportunity. That’s how Benjamin Rubin and Paolo DePetrillo of Zeo created a $100 sleep monitor that does much of what you’d get from a $3,000 sleep lab visit. Finally, disrupt yourself. Use these tools to make parts of your business obsolete before your competitors do. That’s what Tim FitzRandolph did at Disney, creating a game that shot to the top of the app store charts. With the tools in this book you can assess your readiness, learn the disruptive mindset, and innovate rapidly, starting right within your own business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/161739 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/161739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Failure: The Inside Story of the Collapse of Enron Author: Mimi Swartz, Sherron Watkins Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 7, 2002 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “They’re still trying to hide the weenie,” thought Sherron Watkins as she read a newspaper clipping about Enron two weeks before Christmas, 2001. . . It quoted [CFO] Jeff McMahon addressing the company’s creditors and cautioning them against a rash judgment. “Don’t assume that there is a smoking gun.” Sherron knew Enron well enough to know that the company was in extreme spin mode… Power Failure is the electrifying behind-the-scenes story of the collapse of Enron, the high-flying gas and energy company touted as the poster child of the New Economy that, in its hubris, had aspired to be “The World’s Leading Company,” and had briefly been the seventh largest corporation in America. Written by prizewinning journalist Mimi Swartz, and substantially based on the never-before-published revelations of former Enron vice-president Sherron Watkins, as well as hundreds of other interviews, Power Failure shows the human face beyond the greed, arrogance, and raw ambition that fueled the company’s meteoric rise in the late 1990s. At the dawn of the new century, Ken Lay’s and Jeff Skilling's faces graced the covers of business magazines, and Enron’s money oiled the political machinery behind George W. Bush’s election campaign. But as Wall Street analysts sang Enron’s praises, and its stock spiraled dizzyingly into the stratosphere, the company’s leaders were madly scrambling to manufacture illusory profits, hide its ballooning debt, and bully Wall Street into buying its fictional accounting and off-balance-sheet investment vehicles. The story of Enron’s fall is a morality tale writ large, performed on a stage with an unforgettable array of props and side plots, from parking lots overflowing with Boxsters and BMWs to hot-house office affairs and executive tantrums. Among the cast of characters Mimi Swartz and Sherron Watkins observe with shrewd Texas eyes and an insider’s perspective are: CEO Ken Lay, Enron’s “outside face,” who was more interested in playing diplomat and paving the road to a political career than in managing Enron’s high-testosterone, anything-goes culture; Jeff Skilling, the mastermind behind Enron’s mercenary trading culture, who transformed himself from a nerdy executive into the personification of millennial cool; Rebecca Mark, the savvy and seductive head of Enron’s international division, who was Skilling’s sole rival to take over the company; and Andy Fastow, whose childish pranks early in his career gave way to something far more destructive. Desperate to be a player in Enron’s deal-making, trader-oriented culture, Fastow transformed Enron’s finance department into a “profit center,” creating a honeycomb of financial entities to bolster Enron’s “profits,” while diverting tens of millions of dollars into his own pockets An unprecedented chronicle of Enron’s shocking collapse, Power Failure should take its place alongside the classics of previous decades – Barbarians at the Gate and Liar’s Poker – as one of the cautionary tales of our times. Mimi Swartz, Sherron Watkins Thu, 07 Nov 2002 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/161739 thebookvoice.com 16:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/161739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Failure: The Inside Story of the Collapse of Enron Author: Mimi Swartz, Sherron Watkins Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 7, 2002 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “They’re still trying to hide the weenie,” thought Sherron Watkins as she read a newspaper clipping about Enron two weeks before Christmas, 2001. . . It quoted [CFO] Jeff McMahon addressing the company’s creditors and cautioning them against a rash judgment. “Don’t assume that there is a smoking gun.” Sherron knew Enron well enough to know that the company was in extreme spin mode… Power Failure is the electrifying behind-the-scenes story of the collapse of Enron, the high-flying gas and energy company touted as the poster child of the New Economy that, in its hubris, had aspired to be “The World’s Leading Company,” and had briefly been the seventh largest corporation in America. Written by prizewinning journalist Mimi Swartz, and substantially based on the never-before-published revelations of former Enron vice-president Sherron Watkins, as well as hundreds of other interviews, Power Failure shows the human face beyond the greed, arrogance, and raw ambition that fueled the company’s meteoric rise in the late 1990s. At the dawn of the new century, Ken Lay’s and Jeff Skilling's faces graced the covers of business magazines, and Enron’s money oiled the political machinery behind George W. Bush’s election campaign. But as Wall Street analysts sang Enron’s praises, and its stock spiraled dizzyingly into the stratosphere, the company’s leaders were madly scrambling to manufacture illusory profits, hide its ballooning debt, and bully Wall Street into buying its fictional accounting and off-balance-sheet investment vehicles. The story of Enron’s fall is a morality tale writ large, performed on a stage with an unforgettable array of props and side plots, from parking lots overflowing with Boxsters and BMWs to hot-house office affairs and executive tantrums. Among the cast of characters Mimi Swartz and Sherron Watkins observe with shrewd Texas eyes and an insider’s perspective are: CEO Ken Lay, Enron’s “outside face,” who was more interested in playing diplomat and paving the road to a political career than in managing Enron’s high-testosterone, anything-goes culture; Jeff Skilling, the mastermind behind Enron’s mercenary trading culture, who transformed himself from a nerdy executive into the personification of millennial cool; Rebecca Mark, the savvy and seductive head of Enron’s international division, who was Skilling’s sole rival to take over the company; and Andy Fastow, whose childish pranks early in his career gave way to something far more destructive. Desperate to be a player in Enron’s deal-making, trader-oriented culture, Fastow transformed Enron’s finance department into a “profit center,” creating a honeycomb of financial entities to bolster Enron’s “profits,” while diverting tens of millions of dollars into his own pockets An unprecedented chronicle of Enron’s shocking collapse, Power Failure should take its place alongside the classics of previous decades – Barbarians at the Gate and Liar’s Poker – as one of the cautionary tales of our times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/161739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Failure: The Inside Story of the Collapse of Enron Author: Mimi Swartz, Sherron Watkins Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 7, 2002 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “They’re still trying to hide the weenie,” thought Sherron Watkins as she read a newspaper clipping about Enron two weeks before Christmas, 2001. . . It quoted [CFO] Jeff McMahon addressing the company’s creditors and cautioning them against a rash judgment. “Don’t assume that there is a smoking gun.” Sherron knew Enron well enough to know that the company was in extreme spin mode… Power Failure is the electrifying behind-the-scenes story of the collapse of Enron, the high-flying gas and energy company touted as the poster child of the New Economy that, in its hubris, had aspired to be “The World’s Leading Company,” and had briefly been the seventh largest corporation in America. Written by prizewinning journalist Mimi Swartz, and substantially based on the never-before-published revelations of former Enron vice-president Sherron Watkins, as well as hundreds of other interviews, Power Failure shows the human face beyond the greed, arrogance, and raw ambition that fueled the company’s meteoric rise in the late 1990s. At the dawn of the new century, Ken Lay’s and Jeff Skilling's faces graced the covers of business magazines, and Enron’s money oiled the political machinery behind George W. Bush’s election campaign. But as Wall Street analysts sang Enron’s praises, and its stock spiraled dizzyingly into the stratosphere, the company’s leaders were madly scrambling to manufacture illusory profits, hide its ballooning debt, and bully Wall Street into buying its fictional accounting and off-balance-sheet investment vehicles. The story of Enron’s fall is a morality tale writ large, performed on a stage with an unforgettable array of props and side plots, from parking lots overflowing with Boxsters and BMWs to hot-house office affairs and executive tantrums. Among the cast of characters Mimi Swartz and Sherron Watkins observe with shrewd Texas eyes and an insider’s perspective are: CEO Ken Lay, Enron’s “outside face,” who was more interested in playing diplomat and paving the road to a political career than in managing Enron’s high-testosterone, anything-goes culture; Jeff Skilling, the mastermind behind Enron’s mercenary trading culture, who transformed himself from a nerdy executive into the personification of millennial cool; Rebecca Mark, the savvy and seductive head of Enron’s international division, who was Skilling’s sole rival to take over the company; and Andy Fastow, whose childish pranks early in his career gave way to something far more destructive. Desperate to be a player in Enron’s deal-making, trader-oriented culture, Fastow transformed Enron’s finance department into a “profit center,” creating a honeycomb of financial entities to bolster Enron’s “profits,” while diverting tens of millions of dollars into his own pockets An unprecedented chronicle of Enron’s shocking collapse, Power Failure should take its place alongside the classics of previous decades – Barbarians at the Gate and Liar’s Poker – as one of the cautionary tales of our times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160928 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of Change Author: Peter M. Senge Narrator: Peter M. Senge Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Since Peter Senge published his groundbreaking book The Fifth Discipline, he and his associates have frequently been asked by the business community: "How do we go beyond the first steps of corporate change? How do we sustain momentum?" They know that companies and organizations cannot thrive today without learning to adapt their attitudes and practices. But companies that establish change initiatives discover, after initial success, that even the most promising efforts to transform or revitalize organizations—despite interest, resources, and compelling business results—can fail to sustain themselves over time. That's because organizations have complex, well-developed immune systems, aimed at preserving the status quo. Now, drawing upon new theories about leadership and the long-term success of change initiatives, and based upon twenty-five years of experience building learning organizations, the authors of The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook show how to accelerate success and avoid the obstacles that can stall momentum. The Dance of Change, written for managers and executives at every level of an organization, reveals how business leaders can work together to anticipate the challenges that profound change will ultimately force the organization to face. Then, in a down-to-earth and compellingly clear format, readers will learn how to build the personal and organizational capabilities needed to meet those challenges. These challenges are not imposed from the outside; they are the product of assumptions and practices that people take for granted—an inherent, natural part of the processes of change. And they can stop innovation cold, unless managers at all levels learn to anticipate them and recognize the hidden rewards in each challenge, and the potential to spur further growth. Within the frequently encountered challenge of "Not Enough Time," for example—the lack of control over time available for innovation and learning initiatives—lies a valuable opportunity to reframe the way people organize their workplaces. This book identifies universal challenges that organizations ultimately find themselves confronting, including the challenge of "Fear and Anxiety"; the need to diffuse learning across organizational boundaries; the ways in which assumptions built in to corporate measurement systems can handcuff learning initiatives; and the almost unavoidable misunderstandings between "true believers" and nonbelievers in a company. Filled with individual and team exercises, in-depth accounts of sustaining learning initiatives by managers and leaders in the field, and well-tested practical advice, The Dance of Change provides an insider's perspective on implementing learning and change initiatives at such corporations as British Petroleum, Chrysler, Dupont, Ford, General Electric, Harley-Davidson, Hewlett-Packard, Mitsubishi Electric, Royal DutchShell, Shell Oil Company, Toyota, the United States Army, and Xerox. It offers crucial advice for line-level managers, executive leaders, internal networkers, educators, and others who are struggling to put change initiatives into practice. Peter M. Senge Tue, 04 Jul 2000 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160928 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of Change Author: Peter M. Senge Narrator: Peter M. Senge Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Since Peter Senge published his groundbreaking book The Fifth Discipline, he and his associates have frequently been asked by the business community: "How do we go beyond the first steps of corporate change? How do we sustain momentum?" They know that companies and organizations cannot thrive today without learning to adapt their attitudes and practices. But companies that establish change initiatives discover, after initial success, that even the most promising efforts to transform or revitalize organizations—despite interest, resources, and compelling business results—can fail to sustain themselves over time. That's because organizations have complex, well-developed immune systems, aimed at preserving the status quo. Now, drawing upon new theories about leadership and the long-term success of change initiatives, and based upon twenty-five years of experience building learning organizations, the authors of The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook show how to accelerate success and avoid the obstacles that can stall momentum. The Dance of Change, written for managers and executives at every level of an organization, reveals how business leaders can work together to anticipate the challenges that profound change will ultimately force the organization to face. Then, in a down-to-earth and compellingly clear format, readers will learn how to build the personal and organizational capabilities needed to meet those challenges. These challenges are not imposed from the outside; they are the product of assumptions and practices that people take for granted—an inherent, natural part of the processes of change. And they can stop innovation cold, unless managers at all levels learn to anticipate them and recognize the hidden rewards in each challenge, and the potential to spur further growth. Within the frequently encountered challenge of "Not Enough Time," for example—the lack of control over time available for innovation and learning initiatives—lies a valuable opportunity to reframe the way people organize their workplaces. This book identifies universal challenges that organizations ultimately find themselves confronting, including the challenge of "Fear and Anxiety"; the need to diffuse learning across organizational boundaries; the ways in which assumptions built in to corporate measurement systems can handcuff learning initiatives; and the almost unavoidable misunderstandings between "true believers" and nonbelievers in a company. Filled with individual and team exercises, in-depth accounts of sustaining learning initiatives by managers and leaders in the field, and well-tested practical advice, The Dance of Change provides an insider's perspective on implementing learning and change initiatives at such corporations as British Petroleum, Chrysler, Dupont, Ford, General Electric, Harley-Davidson, Hewlett-Packard, Mitsubishi Electric, Royal DutchShell, Shell Oil Company, Toyota, the United States Army, and Xerox. It offers crucial advice for line-level managers, executive leaders, internal networkers, educators, and others who are struggling to put change initiatives into practice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of Change Author: Peter M. Senge Narrator: Peter M. Senge Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Since Peter Senge published his groundbreaking book The Fifth Discipline, he and his associates have frequently been asked by the business community: "How do we go beyond the first steps of corporate change? How do we sustain momentum?" They know that companies and organizations cannot thrive today without learning to adapt their attitudes and practices. But companies that establish change initiatives discover, after initial success, that even the most promising efforts to transform or revitalize organizations—despite interest, resources, and compelling business results—can fail to sustain themselves over time. That's because organizations have complex, well-developed immune systems, aimed at preserving the status quo. Now, drawing upon new theories about leadership and the long-term success of change initiatives, and based upon twenty-five years of experience building learning organizations, the authors of The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook show how to accelerate success and avoid the obstacles that can stall momentum. The Dance of Change, written for managers and executives at every level of an organization, reveals how business leaders can work together to anticipate the challenges that profound change will ultimately force the organization to face. Then, in a down-to-earth and compellingly clear format, readers will learn how to build the personal and organizational capabilities needed to meet those challenges. These challenges are not imposed from the outside; they are the product of assumptions and practices that people take for granted—an inherent, natural part of the processes of change. And they can stop innovation cold, unless managers at all levels learn to anticipate them and recognize the hidden rewards in each challenge, and the potential to spur further growth. Within the frequently encountered challenge of "Not Enough Time," for example—the lack of control over time available for innovation and learning initiatives—lies a valuable opportunity to reframe the way people organize their workplaces. This book identifies universal challenges that organizations ultimately find themselves confronting, including the challenge of "Fear and Anxiety"; the need to diffuse learning across organizational boundaries; the ways in which assumptions built in to corporate measurement systems can handcuff learning initiatives; and the almost unavoidable misunderstandings between "true believers" and nonbelievers in a company. Filled with individual and team exercises, in-depth accounts of sustaining learning initiatives by managers and leaders in the field, and well-tested practical advice, The Dance of Change provides an insider's perspective on implementing learning and change initiatives at such corporations as British Petroleum, Chrysler, Dupont, Ford, General Electric, Harley-Davidson, Hewlett-Packard, Mitsubishi Electric, Royal DutchShell, Shell Oil Company, Toyota, the United States Army, and Xerox. It offers crucial advice for line-level managers, executive leaders, internal networkers, educators, and others who are struggling to put change initiatives into practice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160863 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Coming of Steve Jobs Author: Alan Deutschman Narrator: Charles Stransky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the acclaimed Vanity Fair and GQ journalist–an unprecedented, in-depth portrait of the man whose return to Apple precipitated one of the biggest turnarounds in business history. With a new epilogue on Apple’s future survival in today’s roller-coaster economy, here is the revealing biography that blew away the critics and stirred controversy within industry and media circles around the country. Alan Deutschman Tue, 31 Oct 2000 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160863 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Coming of Steve Jobs Author: Alan Deutschman Narrator: Charles Stransky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the acclaimed Vanity Fair and GQ journalist–an unprecedented, in-depth portrait of the man whose return to Apple precipitated one of the biggest turnarounds in business history. With a new epilogue on Apple’s future survival in today’s roller-coaster economy, here is the revealing biography that blew away the critics and stirred controversy within industry and media circles around the country. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Coming of Steve Jobs Author: Alan Deutschman Narrator: Charles Stransky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the acclaimed Vanity Fair and GQ journalist–an unprecedented, in-depth portrait of the man whose return to Apple precipitated one of the biggest turnarounds in business history. With a new epilogue on Apple’s future survival in today’s roller-coaster economy, here is the revealing biography that blew away the critics and stirred controversy within industry and media circles around the country. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: World War 3.0: Microsoft, the US Government, and the Battle for the New Economy Author: Ken Auletta Narrator: Robert O'Keefe Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 9, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Internet Revolution, like all great industrial changes, has made the world's elephantine media companies tremble that their competitors-whether small and nimble mice or fellow elephants-will get to new terrain first and seize its commanding heights. In a climate in which fear and insecurity are considered healthy emotions, corporate violence becomes commonplace. In the blink of an eye-or the time it has taken slogans such as "The Internet changes everything" to go from hyperbole to banality-"creative destruction" has wracked the global economy on an epic scale. No one has been more powerful or felt more fear or reacted more violently than Bill Gates and Microsoft. Afraid that any number of competitors might outflank them-whether Netscape or Sony or AOL Time Warner or Sun or AT&T or Linux-based companies that champion the open-source movement or some college student hacking in his dorm room-Microsoft has waged holy war on all foes, leveraging its imposing strengths. In World War 3.0, Ken Auletta chronicles this fierce conflict from the vantage of its most important theater of operations: the devastating second front opened up against Bill Gates's empire by the United States government. The book's narrative spine is United States v. Microsoft, the government's massive civil suit against Microsoft for allegedly stifling competition and innovation on a broad scale. With his superb writerly gifts and extraordinary access to all the principal parties, Ken Auletta crafts this landmark confrontation into a tight, character- and incident-filled courtroom drama featuring the best legal minds of our time, including David Boies and Judge Richard Posner. And with the wisdom gleaned from covering the converging media, software, and communications industries for The New Yorker for the better part of a decade, Auletta uses this pivotal battle to shape a magisterial reckoning with the larger war and the agendas, personalities, and prospects of its many combatants. Ken Auletta Tue, 09 Jan 2001 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160844 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: World War 3.0: Microsoft, the US Government, and the Battle for the New Economy Author: Ken Auletta Narrator: Robert O'Keefe Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 9, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Internet Revolution, like all great industrial changes, has made the world's elephantine media companies tremble that their competitors-whether small and nimble mice or fellow elephants-will get to new terrain first and seize its commanding heights. In a climate in which fear and insecurity are considered healthy emotions, corporate violence becomes commonplace. In the blink of an eye-or the time it has taken slogans such as "The Internet changes everything" to go from hyperbole to banality-"creative destruction" has wracked the global economy on an epic scale. No one has been more powerful or felt more fear or reacted more violently than Bill Gates and Microsoft. Afraid that any number of competitors might outflank them-whether Netscape or Sony or AOL Time Warner or Sun or AT&T or Linux-based companies that champion the open-source movement or some college student hacking in his dorm room-Microsoft has waged holy war on all foes, leveraging its imposing strengths. In World War 3.0, Ken Auletta chronicles this fierce conflict from the vantage of its most important theater of operations: the devastating second front opened up against Bill Gates's empire by the United States government. The book's narrative spine is United States v. Microsoft, the government's massive civil suit against Microsoft for allegedly stifling competition and innovation on a broad scale. With his superb writerly gifts and extraordinary access to all the principal parties, Ken Auletta crafts this landmark confrontation into a tight, character- and incident-filled courtroom drama featuring the best legal minds of our time, including David Boies and Judge Richard Posner. And with the wisdom gleaned from covering the converging media, software, and communications industries for The New Yorker for the better part of a decade, Auletta uses this pivotal battle to shape a magisterial reckoning with the larger war and the agendas, personalities, and prospects of its many combatants. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: World War 3.0: Microsoft, the US Government, and the Battle for the New Economy Author: Ken Auletta Narrator: Robert O'Keefe Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 9, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Internet Revolution, like all great industrial changes, has made the world's elephantine media companies tremble that their competitors-whether small and nimble mice or fellow elephants-will get to new terrain first and seize its commanding heights. In a climate in which fear and insecurity are considered healthy emotions, corporate violence becomes commonplace. In the blink of an eye-or the time it has taken slogans such as "The Internet changes everything" to go from hyperbole to banality-"creative destruction" has wracked the global economy on an epic scale. No one has been more powerful or felt more fear or reacted more violently than Bill Gates and Microsoft. Afraid that any number of competitors might outflank them-whether Netscape or Sony or AOL Time Warner or Sun or AT&T or Linux-based companies that champion the open-source movement or some college student hacking in his dorm room-Microsoft has waged holy war on all foes, leveraging its imposing strengths. In World War 3.0, Ken Auletta chronicles this fierce conflict from the vantage of its most important theater of operations: the devastating second front opened up against Bill Gates's empire by the United States government. The book's narrative spine is United States v. Microsoft, the government's massive civil suit against Microsoft for allegedly stifling competition and innovation on a broad scale. With his superb writerly gifts and extraordinary access to all the principal parties, Ken Auletta crafts this landmark confrontation into a tight, character- and incident-filled courtroom drama featuring the best legal minds of our time, including David Boies and Judge Richard Posner. And with the wisdom gleaned from covering the converging media, software, and communications industries for The New Yorker for the better part of a decade, Auletta uses this pivotal battle to shape a magisterial reckoning with the larger war and the agendas, personalities, and prospects of its many combatants. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160841 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Buzz Author: Emanuel Rosen Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 16, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking guide to creating the word-of-mouth magic that cuts through the skepticism and information overload of today's consumers, and drives sales-and profits-to new heights. What turns a "sleeper" into a box-office bonanza or catapults a just-released book to the top of bestseller lists? How do people decide which car to buy, which fashions fit the image they seek, and even which movie to see? Despite the daily assault of advertising and other traditional marketing strategies, statistics show that consumers are overwhelmingly persuaded by word of mouth-the recommendations of friends and the "buzz" that develops in the marketplace. As Newsweek recently proclaimed, "Buzz greases the great conveyor belt of culture and commerce, moving everything from movies to fashions of the body and mind faster and faster." In The Anatomy of Buzz, former marketing VP Emanuel Rosen pinpoints the products and services that benefit the most from buzz-a universe that embraces everything from high-tech equipment to books, various consumer and entertainment products to legal and other support services-and offers specific strategies for creating and sustaining effective word-of-mouth campaigns. Drawing from interviews with more than 150 executives, marketing leaders, and researchers who have successfully built buzz for major brands, Rosen describes the ins and outs of attracting the attention of influential first users and "big-mouth" movers and shakers. He also discusses proven techniques for stimulating customer-to-customer selling-including how companies can spread the word to new territories by taking advantage of customer hubs and networks on the Internet and elsewhere. Recent surveys show that 58 percent of young people rely to some extent on others when selecting a car, 53 percent of moviegoers follow the recommendations of friends, and 65 percent of the people who bought a Palm organizer were inspired by the enthusiasm of others. With The Anatomy of Buzz, business leaders have what they need to start the buzz and reignite excitement about a product or service stalled in a holding pattern, or launch a new product into the stratosphere. Emanuel Rosen Tue, 16 Jan 2001 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160841 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Buzz Author: Emanuel Rosen Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 16, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking guide to creating the word-of-mouth magic that cuts through the skepticism and information overload of today's consumers, and drives sales-and profits-to new heights. What turns a "sleeper" into a box-office bonanza or catapults a just-released book to the top of bestseller lists? How do people decide which car to buy, which fashions fit the image they seek, and even which movie to see? Despite the daily assault of advertising and other traditional marketing strategies, statistics show that consumers are overwhelmingly persuaded by word of mouth-the recommendations of friends and the "buzz" that develops in the marketplace. As Newsweek recently proclaimed, "Buzz greases the great conveyor belt of culture and commerce, moving everything from movies to fashions of the body and mind faster and faster." In The Anatomy of Buzz, former marketing VP Emanuel Rosen pinpoints the products and services that benefit the most from buzz-a universe that embraces everything from high-tech equipment to books, various consumer and entertainment products to legal and other support services-and offers specific strategies for creating and sustaining effective word-of-mouth campaigns. Drawing from interviews with more than 150 executives, marketing leaders, and researchers who have successfully built buzz for major brands, Rosen describes the ins and outs of attracting the attention of influential first users and "big-mouth" movers and shakers. He also discusses proven techniques for stimulating customer-to-customer selling-including how companies can spread the word to new territories by taking advantage of customer hubs and networks on the Internet and elsewhere. Recent surveys show that 58 percent of young people rely to some extent on others when selecting a car, 53 percent of moviegoers follow the recommendations of friends, and 65 percent of the people who bought a Palm organizer were inspired by the enthusiasm of others. With The Anatomy of Buzz, business leaders have what they need to start the buzz and reignite excitement about a product or service stalled in a holding pattern, or launch a new product into the stratosphere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Buzz Author: Emanuel Rosen Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 16, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking guide to creating the word-of-mouth magic that cuts through the skepticism and information overload of today's consumers, and drives sales-and profits-to new heights. What turns a "sleeper" into a box-office bonanza or catapults a just-released book to the top of bestseller lists? How do people decide which car to buy, which fashions fit the image they seek, and even which movie to see? Despite the daily assault of advertising and other traditional marketing strategies, statistics show that consumers are overwhelmingly persuaded by word of mouth-the recommendations of friends and the "buzz" that develops in the marketplace. As Newsweek recently proclaimed, "Buzz greases the great conveyor belt of culture and commerce, moving everything from movies to fashions of the body and mind faster and faster." In The Anatomy of Buzz, former marketing VP Emanuel Rosen pinpoints the products and services that benefit the most from buzz-a universe that embraces everything from high-tech equipment to books, various consumer and entertainment products to legal and other support services-and offers specific strategies for creating and sustaining effective word-of-mouth campaigns. Drawing from interviews with more than 150 executives, marketing leaders, and researchers who have successfully built buzz for major brands, Rosen describes the ins and outs of attracting the attention of influential first users and "big-mouth" movers and shakers. He also discusses proven techniques for stimulating customer-to-customer selling-including how companies can spread the word to new territories by taking advantage of customer hubs and networks on the Internet and elsewhere. Recent surveys show that 58 percent of young people rely to some extent on others when selecting a car, 53 percent of moviegoers follow the recommendations of friends, and 65 percent of the people who bought a Palm organizer were inspired by the enthusiasm of others. With The Anatomy of Buzz, business leaders have what they need to start the buzz and reignite excitement about a product or service stalled in a holding pattern, or launch a new product into the stratosphere. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160774 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cyberselfish Author: Pauline Borsook Narrator: Paula Parker Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 29, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From one of the most controversial personalities in the high-tech world comes this rare critique of the narcissism, ignorance and anti-communitarianism of the digital elite and their culture. Until now, the lofty pronouncements of the high-tech gurus and society's obsession with them have seldom been questioned. Sub-titled 'A Critical Romp Through the Terribly Libertarian World of High-Tech', CYBERSELFISH sets the record straight, examining such issues as the glaring lack of philanthropy among high-tech companies; the anti-liberal arts bias, which dismisses most art and literature created before the computer revolution; and the culture's misogyny. Forthright, informed and thought-provoking, CYBERSELFISH is a fascinating look at the byways and sliproads of the information superhighway. Pauline Borsook Tue, 29 May 2001 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160774 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cyberselfish Author: Pauline Borsook Narrator: Paula Parker Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 29, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From one of the most controversial personalities in the high-tech world comes this rare critique of the narcissism, ignorance and anti-communitarianism of the digital elite and their culture. Until now, the lofty pronouncements of the high-tech gurus and society's obsession with them have seldom been questioned. Sub-titled 'A Critical Romp Through the Terribly Libertarian World of High-Tech', CYBERSELFISH sets the record straight, examining such issues as the glaring lack of philanthropy among high-tech companies; the anti-liberal arts bias, which dismisses most art and literature created before the computer revolution; and the culture's misogyny. Forthright, informed and thought-provoking, CYBERSELFISH is a fascinating look at the byways and sliproads of the information superhighway. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cyberselfish Author: Pauline Borsook Narrator: Paula Parker Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 29, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From one of the most controversial personalities in the high-tech world comes this rare critique of the narcissism, ignorance and anti-communitarianism of the digital elite and their culture. Until now, the lofty pronouncements of the high-tech gurus and society's obsession with them have seldom been questioned. Sub-titled 'A Critical Romp Through the Terribly Libertarian World of High-Tech', CYBERSELFISH sets the record straight, examining such issues as the glaring lack of philanthropy among high-tech companies; the anti-liberal arts bias, which dismisses most art and literature created before the computer revolution; and the culture's misogyny. Forthright, informed and thought-provoking, CYBERSELFISH is a fascinating look at the byways and sliproads of the information superhighway. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Agenda: What Every Business Must Do to Dominate the Decade Author: Michael Hammer Narrator: Michael Hammer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 9, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New rules for the new game: the ideas that every business needs to win in the customer economy In The Agenda, Michael Hammer shows companies how to prosper in today’s world of slow growth, fierce competition, and enormously powerful customers. The winners in this extraordinarily difficult environment—companies like IBM, Duke Power, Progressive Insurance, and GE—succeed through superior operations. Their costs are lower and their quality higher than their competitors’; they get new products to market faster and they provide better customer service. How do they do it? Through near-fanatical attention to the basics of business, and by managing these basics in new and creative ways. The Agenda teaches the ideas and techniques that any company—large or small, service firm or manufacturer—can use to out-execute and out-innovate its competitors. Businesses that follow these principles will grow by taking market share away from those that do not. While others decline, your company can thrive. The Agenda will show you how. Michael Hammer Tue, 09 Oct 2001 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160664 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Agenda: What Every Business Must Do to Dominate the Decade Author: Michael Hammer Narrator: Michael Hammer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 9, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New rules for the new game: the ideas that every business needs to win in the customer economy In The Agenda, Michael Hammer shows companies how to prosper in today’s world of slow growth, fierce competition, and enormously powerful customers. The winners in this extraordinarily difficult environment—companies like IBM, Duke Power, Progressive Insurance, and GE—succeed through superior operations. Their costs are lower and their quality higher than their competitors’; they get new products to market faster and they provide better customer service. How do they do it? Through near-fanatical attention to the basics of business, and by managing these basics in new and creative ways. The Agenda teaches the ideas and techniques that any company—large or small, service firm or manufacturer—can use to out-execute and out-innovate its competitors. Businesses that follow these principles will grow by taking market share away from those that do not. While others decline, your company can thrive. The Agenda will show you how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Agenda: What Every Business Must Do to Dominate the Decade Author: Michael Hammer Narrator: Michael Hammer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 9, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New rules for the new game: the ideas that every business needs to win in the customer economy In The Agenda, Michael Hammer shows companies how to prosper in today’s world of slow growth, fierce competition, and enormously powerful customers. The winners in this extraordinarily difficult environment—companies like IBM, Duke Power, Progressive Insurance, and GE—succeed through superior operations. Their costs are lower and their quality higher than their competitors’; they get new products to market faster and they provide better customer service. How do they do it? Through near-fanatical attention to the basics of business, and by managing these basics in new and creative ways. The Agenda teaches the ideas and techniques that any company—large or small, service firm or manufacturer—can use to out-execute and out-innovate its competitors. Businesses that follow these principles will grow by taking market share away from those that do not. While others decline, your company can thrive. The Agenda will show you how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160653 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Peacock in the Land of Penguins Author: Barbara Hateley, Warren H. Schmid Narrator: Barbara Hateley Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 13, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This delightful corporate fable explores the challenge of managing the increasing diversity of the workforce and capturing the talent, energy, and commitment of all employees. This new, expanded edition includes self-quizzes, how-to's, resources, and strategies for peacocks and penguins alike. Barbara Hateley, Warren H. Schmid Tue, 13 Nov 2001 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160653 thebookvoice.com 1:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Peacock in the Land of Penguins Author: Barbara Hateley, Warren H. Schmid Narrator: Barbara Hateley Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 13, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This delightful corporate fable explores the challenge of managing the increasing diversity of the workforce and capturing the talent, energy, and commitment of all employees. This new, expanded edition includes self-quizzes, how-to's, resources, and strategies for peacocks and penguins alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Peacock in the Land of Penguins Author: Barbara Hateley, Warren H. Schmid Narrator: Barbara Hateley Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 13, 2001 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This delightful corporate fable explores the challenge of managing the increasing diversity of the workforce and capturing the talent, energy, and commitment of all employees. This new, expanded edition includes self-quizzes, how-to's, resources, and strategies for peacocks and penguins alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160407 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Wireless Author: Jaclyn Easton Narrator: Jaclyn Easton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 23, 2002 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Going Wireless delivers the unexpected by showing how wireless is transforming every type of enterprise from micro-businesses to multi-national conglomerates. Award-winning technology journalist Jaclyn Easton begins with an in-depth look at owning your customers and clients through mobile commerce -- whether your company focuses on consumers or business-to-business. From there you will learn about the advantages of wirelessly fortifying your mobile workforce of itinerant executives, sales personnel, and field service technicians as well as how wireless is dramatically redefining customer service, marketing, and advertising. Going Wireless also delves deep inside the corporation. First you'll find out why most companies are "handsizing" in addition to deploying wireless technology to rejuvenate warehouses, supply chains, procurement procedures, data collection, competitive intelligence, and much more. The best part is that these scenarios are supported by over 40 brand-name success stories, including: • How Sears saves millions by wirelessly enabling 100 percent of their appliance repair technicians; • How the Gap proved that by sewing wireless technology in their clothing they could reduce labor distribution costs by 50 percent; • How McKessanHBOC -- a Fortune 40 corporation -- used mobile technology to entirely eliminate all their manifest imaging costs. While most people associate wireless with cell phones and Palm handhelds, you'll also learn that wireless has been around for over 100 years and has spawned mobile options you've never heard of and is being used in ways you've never imagined. This makes Going Wireless the perfect book for executives and managers who need a comprehensive overview of the wireless options that can make their companies more competitive, more productive, and more profitable. Jaclyn Easton Tue, 23 Apr 2002 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160407 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Wireless Author: Jaclyn Easton Narrator: Jaclyn Easton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 23, 2002 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Going Wireless delivers the unexpected by showing how wireless is transforming every type of enterprise from micro-businesses to multi-national conglomerates. Award-winning technology journalist Jaclyn Easton begins with an in-depth look at owning your customers and clients through mobile commerce -- whether your company focuses on consumers or business-to-business. From there you will learn about the advantages of wirelessly fortifying your mobile workforce of itinerant executives, sales personnel, and field service technicians as well as how wireless is dramatically redefining customer service, marketing, and advertising. Going Wireless also delves deep inside the corporation. First you'll find out why most companies are "handsizing" in addition to deploying wireless technology to rejuvenate warehouses, supply chains, procurement procedures, data collection, competitive intelligence, and much more. The best part is that these scenarios are supported by over 40 brand-name success stories, including: • How Sears saves millions by wirelessly enabling 100 percent of their appliance repair technicians; • How the Gap proved that by sewing wireless technology in their clothing they could reduce labor distribution costs by 50 percent; • How McKessanHBOC -- a Fortune 40 corporation -- used mobile technology to entirely eliminate all their manifest imaging costs. While most people associate wireless with cell phones and Palm handhelds, you'll also learn that wireless has been around for over 100 years and has spawned mobile options you've never heard of and is being used in ways you've never imagined. This makes Going Wireless the perfect book for executives and managers who need a comprehensive overview of the wireless options that can make their companies more competitive, more productive, and more profitable. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Wireless Author: Jaclyn Easton Narrator: Jaclyn Easton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 23, 2002 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Going Wireless delivers the unexpected by showing how wireless is transforming every type of enterprise from micro-businesses to multi-national conglomerates. Award-winning technology journalist Jaclyn Easton begins with an in-depth look at owning your customers and clients through mobile commerce -- whether your company focuses on consumers or business-to-business. From there you will learn about the advantages of wirelessly fortifying your mobile workforce of itinerant executives, sales personnel, and field service technicians as well as how wireless is dramatically redefining customer service, marketing, and advertising. Going Wireless also delves deep inside the corporation. First you'll find out why most companies are "handsizing" in addition to deploying wireless technology to rejuvenate warehouses, supply chains, procurement procedures, data collection, competitive intelligence, and much more. The best part is that these scenarios are supported by over 40 brand-name success stories, including: • How Sears saves millions by wirelessly enabling 100 percent of their appliance repair technicians; • How the Gap proved that by sewing wireless technology in their clothing they could reduce labor distribution costs by 50 percent; • How McKessanHBOC -- a Fortune 40 corporation -- used mobile technology to entirely eliminate all their manifest imaging costs. While most people associate wireless with cell phones and Palm handhelds, you'll also learn that wireless has been around for over 100 years and has spawned mobile options you've never heard of and is being used in ways you've never imagined. This makes Going Wireless the perfect book for executives and managers who need a comprehensive overview of the wireless options that can make their companies more competitive, more productive, and more profitable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160159 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confronting Reality: Doing What Matters to Get Things Right Author: Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Narrator: Kevin Gray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 19, 2004 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Confronting Reality will change the way you think about and run your business. It is the first book that shows how to connect the big picture of the new era of business with the nitty-gritty of what to do about it. Through a completely new way to understand and use the business model as the primary tool for confronting reality—a breakthrough that will become the management innovation of this decade—you’ll know sooner rather than later whether your fundamental business premise is under assault, where your best opportunities lie, what you should change and what you should leave alone, and how to realistically plan the future of your business. The fundamentals of how a business makes money are being rapidly and permanently altered by sweeping structural changes. With their extraordinary depth and breadth of experience, Larry Bossidy and Ram Charan are the ideal guides for everyone—entrepreneur, mid-level manager, or CEO—about what is to be done so you can get things right in this challenging, radically changed world. They start by showing you how to understand the most fundamental element of any business: whether you can realistically make the money you hope to in the game you’re playing. Bossidy and Charan show how to use the business model to develop a robust, reality-based process for thinking about the speci?cs of your business in a holistic way. They show how to tie together the financial targets you must meet, the external realities you face, and internal activities such as strategy development, operating tactics, and selection and development of people. Through the lens of the business model, as well as the skillful use of initiatives and development of people with the right leadership characteristics, you’ll see how Robert Nardelli at Home Depot, Jim McNerney at 3M, Dick Harrington at the Thomson Corporation, Michael Wisbrun at KLM, Joseph Tucci at EMC, and John Chambers at Cisco confronted reality. Whether they faced crisis or opportunity, all made the right kinds of changes through a combination of business savvy (the art of understanding the fundamentals driving a business) and business model thinking. Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Tue, 19 Oct 2004 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160159 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confronting Reality: Doing What Matters to Get Things Right Author: Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Narrator: Kevin Gray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 19, 2004 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Confronting Reality will change the way you think about and run your business. It is the first book that shows how to connect the big picture of the new era of business with the nitty-gritty of what to do about it. Through a completely new way to understand and use the business model as the primary tool for confronting reality—a breakthrough that will become the management innovation of this decade—you’ll know sooner rather than later whether your fundamental business premise is under assault, where your best opportunities lie, what you should change and what you should leave alone, and how to realistically plan the future of your business. The fundamentals of how a business makes money are being rapidly and permanently altered by sweeping structural changes. With their extraordinary depth and breadth of experience, Larry Bossidy and Ram Charan are the ideal guides for everyone—entrepreneur, mid-level manager, or CEO—about what is to be done so you can get things right in this challenging, radically changed world. They start by showing you how to understand the most fundamental element of any business: whether you can realistically make the money you hope to in the game you’re playing. Bossidy and Charan show how to use the business model to develop a robust, reality-based process for thinking about the speci?cs of your business in a holistic way. They show how to tie together the financial targets you must meet, the external realities you face, and internal activities such as strategy development, operating tactics, and selection and development of people. Through the lens of the business model, as well as the skillful use of initiatives and development of people with the right leadership characteristics, you’ll see how Robert Nardelli at Home Depot, Jim McNerney at 3M, Dick Harrington at the Thomson Corporation, Michael Wisbrun at KLM, Joseph Tucci at EMC, and John Chambers at Cisco confronted reality. Whether they faced crisis or opportunity, all made the right kinds of changes through a combination of business savvy (the art of understanding the fundamentals driving a business) and business model thinking. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confronting Reality: Doing What Matters to Get Things Right Author: Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Narrator: Kevin Gray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 19, 2004 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Confronting Reality will change the way you think about and run your business. It is the first book that shows how to connect the big picture of the new era of business with the nitty-gritty of what to do about it. Through a completely new way to understand and use the business model as the primary tool for confronting reality—a breakthrough that will become the management innovation of this decade—you’ll know sooner rather than later whether your fundamental business premise is under assault, where your best opportunities lie, what you should change and what you should leave alone, and how to realistically plan the future of your business. The fundamentals of how a business makes money are being rapidly and permanently altered by sweeping structural changes. With their extraordinary depth and breadth of experience, Larry Bossidy and Ram Charan are the ideal guides for everyone—entrepreneur, mid-level manager, or CEO—about what is to be done so you can get things right in this challenging, radically changed world. They start by showing you how to understand the most fundamental element of any business: whether you can realistically make the money you hope to in the game you’re playing. Bossidy and Charan show how to use the business model to develop a robust, reality-based process for thinking about the speci?cs of your business in a holistic way. They show how to tie together the financial targets you must meet, the external realities you face, and internal activities such as strategy development, operating tactics, and selection and development of people. Through the lens of the business model, as well as the skillful use of initiatives and development of people with the right leadership characteristics, you’ll see how Robert Nardelli at Home Depot, Jim McNerney at 3M, Dick Harrington at the Thomson Corporation, Michael Wisbrun at KLM, Joseph Tucci at EMC, and John Chambers at Cisco confronted reality. Whether they faced crisis or opportunity, all made the right kinds of changes through a combination of business savvy (the art of understanding the fundamentals driving a business) and business model thinking. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160025 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not as Bad as You Think: Why Capitalism Trumps Fear and the Economy Will Thrive Author: Brian S. Wesbury Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 9, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Even with the economy feeling a little bit better, there is a real fear that markets will stay down and things won't ever get back to normal. But a few brave voices say that this attitude is just too pessimistic. Capitalism has not failed. And it's not time to just give up—on free markets or a better tomorrow. History shows that every time the economy was thought to be done, worn out, finished, it bounced back. The economy is not as fragile as the pessimists think. In fact, things are already improving. Even housing is showing signs of life. With It's Not as Bad as You Think, Brian Wesbury, ranked as one of the top economic forecasters by the Wall Street Journal and USA Today, shows you that the future is much brighter than you think. A great confluence of negativity and government mistakes dragged attitudes and the economy down, but this won't last. With this easy-to-follow analysis of tomorrow and guide through yesterday, Wesbury debunks the pouting pundits of pessimism to show you how to prosper now and in the future. Chapter by chapter, It's Not as Bad as You Think: • Reveals the real reasons behind the 'Panic of 2008' and why it seems so much more severe than past crises • Uncovers a history of entrepreneurship that you should trust • Explains how a V-shaped recovery can take place and how wealth you had thought you lost can be found again • Calls out the press for being overly negative about capitalism and shows how government policy compounded economic problems in 2008 And much more A breath of fresh air, Wesbury's objectivity and optimism provide welcome relief to the daily bad news stories. So if you need an antidote to conventional wisdom and are willing to look beyond the events that have already occurred, pick up It's Not as Bad as You Think and discover how you can capitalize on the profitable possibilities of tomorrow. Brian S. Wesbury Mon, 09 Nov 2009 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160025 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not as Bad as You Think: Why Capitalism Trumps Fear and the Economy Will Thrive Author: Brian S. Wesbury Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 9, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Even with the economy feeling a little bit better, there is a real fear that markets will stay down and things won't ever get back to normal. But a few brave voices say that this attitude is just too pessimistic. Capitalism has not failed. And it's not time to just give up—on free markets or a better tomorrow. History shows that every time the economy was thought to be done, worn out, finished, it bounced back. The economy is not as fragile as the pessimists think. In fact, things are already improving. Even housing is showing signs of life. With It's Not as Bad as You Think, Brian Wesbury, ranked as one of the top economic forecasters by the Wall Street Journal and USA Today, shows you that the future is much brighter than you think. A great confluence of negativity and government mistakes dragged attitudes and the economy down, but this won't last. With this easy-to-follow analysis of tomorrow and guide through yesterday, Wesbury debunks the pouting pundits of pessimism to show you how to prosper now and in the future. Chapter by chapter, It's Not as Bad as You Think: • Reveals the real reasons behind the 'Panic of 2008' and why it seems so much more severe than past crises • Uncovers a history of entrepreneurship that you should trust • Explains how a V-shaped recovery can take place and how wealth you had thought you lost can be found again • Calls out the press for being overly negative about capitalism and shows how government policy compounded economic problems in 2008 And much more A breath of fresh air, Wesbury's objectivity and optimism provide welcome relief to the daily bad news stories. So if you need an antidote to conventional wisdom and are willing to look beyond the events that have already occurred, pick up It's Not as Bad as You Think and discover how you can capitalize on the profitable possibilities of tomorrow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not as Bad as You Think: Why Capitalism Trumps Fear and the Economy Will Thrive Author: Brian S. Wesbury Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 9, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Even with the economy feeling a little bit better, there is a real fear that markets will stay down and things won't ever get back to normal. But a few brave voices say that this attitude is just too pessimistic. Capitalism has not failed. And it's not time to just give up—on free markets or a better tomorrow. History shows that every time the economy was thought to be done, worn out, finished, it bounced back. The economy is not as fragile as the pessimists think. In fact, things are already improving. Even housing is showing signs of life. With It's Not as Bad as You Think, Brian Wesbury, ranked as one of the top economic forecasters by the Wall Street Journal and USA Today, shows you that the future is much brighter than you think. A great confluence of negativity and government mistakes dragged attitudes and the economy down, but this won't last. With this easy-to-follow analysis of tomorrow and guide through yesterday, Wesbury debunks the pouting pundits of pessimism to show you how to prosper now and in the future. Chapter by chapter, It's Not as Bad as You Think: • Reveals the real reasons behind the 'Panic of 2008' and why it seems so much more severe than past crises • Uncovers a history of entrepreneurship that you should trust • Explains how a V-shaped recovery can take place and how wealth you had thought you lost can be found again • Calls out the press for being overly negative about capitalism and shows how government policy compounded economic problems in 2008 And much more A breath of fresh air, Wesbury's objectivity and optimism provide welcome relief to the daily bad news stories. So if you need an antidote to conventional wisdom and are willing to look beyond the events that have already occurred, pick up It's Not as Bad as You Think and discover how you can capitalize on the profitable possibilities of tomorrow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158409 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Question 2.0: How Net Promoter Companies Thrive in a Customer-Driven World Author: Rob Markey, Fred Reichheld Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the first edition of this landmark book, business loyalty guru Fred Reichheld revealed the question most critical to your company’s future: “Would you recommend us to a friend?” By asking customers this question, you identify detractors, who sully your firm’s reputation and readily switch to competitors, and promoters, who generate good profits and true, sustainable growth. You also generate a vital metric: your Net Promoter Score. Since the book was first published, Net Promoter has transformed companies, across industries and sectors, constituting a game-changing system and ethos that rivals Six Sigma in its power. In this thoroughly updated and expanded edition, Reichheld, with Bain colleague Rob Markey, explains how practitioners have built Net Promoter into a full-fledged management system that drives extraordinary financial and competitive results. With his trademark clarity, Reichheld: • Defines the fundamental concept of Net Promoter, explaining its connection to your company’s growth and sustained success • Presents the closed-loop feedback process and demonstrates its power to energize employees and delight customers • Shares new and compelling stories of companies that have transformed their performance by putting Net Promoter at the center of their business Practical and insightful, The Ultimate Question 2.0 provides a blueprint for long-term growth and success. Rob Markey, Fred Reichheld Mon, 31 Oct 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158409 thebookvoice.com 8:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Question 2.0: How Net Promoter Companies Thrive in a Customer-Driven World Author: Rob Markey, Fred Reichheld Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the first edition of this landmark book, business loyalty guru Fred Reichheld revealed the question most critical to your company’s future: “Would you recommend us to a friend?” By asking customers this question, you identify detractors, who sully your firm’s reputation and readily switch to competitors, and promoters, who generate good profits and true, sustainable growth. You also generate a vital metric: your Net Promoter Score. Since the book was first published, Net Promoter has transformed companies, across industries and sectors, constituting a game-changing system and ethos that rivals Six Sigma in its power. In this thoroughly updated and expanded edition, Reichheld, with Bain colleague Rob Markey, explains how practitioners have built Net Promoter into a full-fledged management system that drives extraordinary financial and competitive results. With his trademark clarity, Reichheld: • Defines the fundamental concept of Net Promoter, explaining its connection to your company’s growth and sustained success • Presents the closed-loop feedback process and demonstrates its power to energize employees and delight customers • Shares new and compelling stories of companies that have transformed their performance by putting Net Promoter at the center of their business Practical and insightful, The Ultimate Question 2.0 provides a blueprint for long-term growth and success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Question 2.0: How Net Promoter Companies Thrive in a Customer-Driven World Author: Rob Markey, Fred Reichheld Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the first edition of this landmark book, business loyalty guru Fred Reichheld revealed the question most critical to your company’s future: “Would you recommend us to a friend?” By asking customers this question, you identify detractors, who sully your firm’s reputation and readily switch to competitors, and promoters, who generate good profits and true, sustainable growth. You also generate a vital metric: your Net Promoter Score. Since the book was first published, Net Promoter has transformed companies, across industries and sectors, constituting a game-changing system and ethos that rivals Six Sigma in its power. In this thoroughly updated and expanded edition, Reichheld, with Bain colleague Rob Markey, explains how practitioners have built Net Promoter into a full-fledged management system that drives extraordinary financial and competitive results. With his trademark clarity, Reichheld: • Defines the fundamental concept of Net Promoter, explaining its connection to your company’s growth and sustained success • Presents the closed-loop feedback process and demonstrates its power to energize employees and delight customers • Shares new and compelling stories of companies that have transformed their performance by putting Net Promoter at the center of their business Practical and insightful, The Ultimate Question 2.0 provides a blueprint for long-term growth and success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157954 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ninja Innovation: The Ten Killer Strategies of the World's Most Successful Businesses Author: Gary Shapiro Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Innovate or die For thirty years, Gary Shapiro has observed the world's most innovative businesses from his front-row seat as leader of the Consumer Electronics Association. Now he reveals the ten secrets of "ninja innovators" like Apple, Amazon, Google, Microsoft, and many others. What does it take to succeed? Discipline. Mission-oriented strategy. Adaptability. Decisiveness. And a will for victory. In short, today's most successful businesses are "ninja innovators." Drawn from Gary Shapiro's three decades of experience leading the consumer electronics industry, Ninja Innovation takes readers behind the scenes of today's top enterprises, uncovering their ten essential strategies for success. As head of the Consumer Electronics Association and its influential annual trade show, the International CES, Shapiro has worked with the most innovative companies in history—Intel, IBM, and Samsung, to name a few—focusing on creating policies and events that produce revolutionary products year after year. He has learned the key strategies that have guided these businesses to record-breaking profits, as well as the traps that have led so many others to crushing failure. In order to stay in front of the pace of innovation, Shapiro observes, top companies must operate as an elite strike force—just like the legendary medieval warriors known as ninjas. Ninjas weren't called upon to do the ordinary; they had to perform truly extraordinary tasks, while risking everything. As a highly trained martial-arts black belt himself, Shapiro mines the valuable insights of these centuries-old warriors to spotlight the secrets of agility, creativity, decisiveness, and reinvention that are essential for twenty-first-century leaders seeking breakthrough success. Taking readers inside the most cutting-edge businesses, Ninja Innovation is the ultimate guide to achieving victory in today's innovate-or-die economy. Gary Shapiro Tue, 08 Jan 2013 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157954 thebookvoice.com 7:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ninja Innovation: The Ten Killer Strategies of the World's Most Successful Businesses Author: Gary Shapiro Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Innovate or die For thirty years, Gary Shapiro has observed the world's most innovative businesses from his front-row seat as leader of the Consumer Electronics Association. Now he reveals the ten secrets of "ninja innovators" like Apple, Amazon, Google, Microsoft, and many others. What does it take to succeed? Discipline. Mission-oriented strategy. Adaptability. Decisiveness. And a will for victory. In short, today's most successful businesses are "ninja innovators." Drawn from Gary Shapiro's three decades of experience leading the consumer electronics industry, Ninja Innovation takes readers behind the scenes of today's top enterprises, uncovering their ten essential strategies for success. As head of the Consumer Electronics Association and its influential annual trade show, the International CES, Shapiro has worked with the most innovative companies in history—Intel, IBM, and Samsung, to name a few—focusing on creating policies and events that produce revolutionary products year after year. He has learned the key strategies that have guided these businesses to record-breaking profits, as well as the traps that have led so many others to crushing failure. In order to stay in front of the pace of innovation, Shapiro observes, top companies must operate as an elite strike force—just like the legendary medieval warriors known as ninjas. Ninjas weren't called upon to do the ordinary; they had to perform truly extraordinary tasks, while risking everything. As a highly trained martial-arts black belt himself, Shapiro mines the valuable insights of these centuries-old warriors to spotlight the secrets of agility, creativity, decisiveness, and reinvention that are essential for twenty-first-century leaders seeking breakthrough success. Taking readers inside the most cutting-edge businesses, Ninja Innovation is the ultimate guide to achieving victory in today's innovate-or-die economy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ninja Innovation: The Ten Killer Strategies of the World's Most Successful Businesses Author: Gary Shapiro Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Innovate or die For thirty years, Gary Shapiro has observed the world's most innovative businesses from his front-row seat as leader of the Consumer Electronics Association. Now he reveals the ten secrets of "ninja innovators" like Apple, Amazon, Google, Microsoft, and many others. What does it take to succeed? Discipline. Mission-oriented strategy. Adaptability. Decisiveness. And a will for victory. In short, today's most successful businesses are "ninja innovators." Drawn from Gary Shapiro's three decades of experience leading the consumer electronics industry, Ninja Innovation takes readers behind the scenes of today's top enterprises, uncovering their ten essential strategies for success. As head of the Consumer Electronics Association and its influential annual trade show, the International CES, Shapiro has worked with the most innovative companies in history—Intel, IBM, and Samsung, to name a few—focusing on creating policies and events that produce revolutionary products year after year. He has learned the key strategies that have guided these businesses to record-breaking profits, as well as the traps that have led so many others to crushing failure. In order to stay in front of the pace of innovation, Shapiro observes, top companies must operate as an elite strike force—just like the legendary medieval warriors known as ninjas. Ninjas weren't called upon to do the ordinary; they had to perform truly extraordinary tasks, while risking everything. As a highly trained martial-arts black belt himself, Shapiro mines the valuable insights of these centuries-old warriors to spotlight the secrets of agility, creativity, decisiveness, and reinvention that are essential for twenty-first-century leaders seeking breakthrough success. Taking readers inside the most cutting-edge businesses, Ninja Innovation is the ultimate guide to achieving victory in today's innovate-or-die economy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155739 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brand Real: How Smart Companies Live Their Brand Promise and Inspire Fierce Customer Loyalty Author: Laurence Vincent Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Organizations are forever pouring creative energy into their branding strategies, tweaking their logos and websites, and building identities that range from warm and fuzzy to ultracool and edgy. But many forget that a brand, at its heart, is a promise to deliver results. If your brand experience fails to live up to that promise, customers will take their business elsewhere. Brand Real is a unique business strategy guide for making a brand’s promise stand up at every customer touchpoint. Packed with proven, repeatable management practices, the audiobook shows you how to establish a sound, simple brand platform while avoiding the needless complexity that has tripped up many promising companies. Author Larry Vincent presents cautionary tales from brands that have sputtered and failed, as well as instructive practices from brand giants such as Four Seasons, Apple, Google, Southwest Airlines, Flickr, and many others. With Brand Real you’ll learn how to connect the outward-facing elements of your brand logos, advertising, imagery, communications directly to the core elements of business strategy, and forge a powerful and lasting connection with your customers. Laurence Vincent Tue, 27 Nov 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155739 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brand Real: How Smart Companies Live Their Brand Promise and Inspire Fierce Customer Loyalty Author: Laurence Vincent Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Organizations are forever pouring creative energy into their branding strategies, tweaking their logos and websites, and building identities that range from warm and fuzzy to ultracool and edgy. But many forget that a brand, at its heart, is a promise to deliver results. If your brand experience fails to live up to that promise, customers will take their business elsewhere. Brand Real is a unique business strategy guide for making a brand’s promise stand up at every customer touchpoint. Packed with proven, repeatable management practices, the audiobook shows you how to establish a sound, simple brand platform while avoiding the needless complexity that has tripped up many promising companies. Author Larry Vincent presents cautionary tales from brands that have sputtered and failed, as well as instructive practices from brand giants such as Four Seasons, Apple, Google, Southwest Airlines, Flickr, and many others. With Brand Real you’ll learn how to connect the outward-facing elements of your brand logos, advertising, imagery, communications directly to the core elements of business strategy, and forge a powerful and lasting connection with your customers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brand Real: How Smart Companies Live Their Brand Promise and Inspire Fierce Customer Loyalty Author: Laurence Vincent Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Organizations are forever pouring creative energy into their branding strategies, tweaking their logos and websites, and building identities that range from warm and fuzzy to ultracool and edgy. But many forget that a brand, at its heart, is a promise to deliver results. If your brand experience fails to live up to that promise, customers will take their business elsewhere. Brand Real is a unique business strategy guide for making a brand’s promise stand up at every customer touchpoint. Packed with proven, repeatable management practices, the audiobook shows you how to establish a sound, simple brand platform while avoiding the needless complexity that has tripped up many promising companies. Author Larry Vincent presents cautionary tales from brands that have sputtered and failed, as well as instructive practices from brand giants such as Four Seasons, Apple, Google, Southwest Airlines, Flickr, and many others. With Brand Real you’ll learn how to connect the outward-facing elements of your brand logos, advertising, imagery, communications directly to the core elements of business strategy, and forge a powerful and lasting connection with your customers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154970 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Integrity: A Judeo-Christian Approach to Business Ethics Author: Scott Rae, Kenman L. Wong Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 4, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Integrity is essential to Judeo-Christian business ethics. But today’s business environment is complex. Those in business, and those preparing to enter the business world, need to grapple with the question of how integrity and biblical ethics can be applied in the workplace. They need to go “beyond integrity” in their thinking.Beyond Integrity is neither excessively theoretical nor simplistic and dogmatic. Rather, it offers a balanced and pragmatic approach to a number of concrete ethical issues. Readings from a wide range of sources present competing perspectives on each issue, and real-life case studies further help the reader grapple with ethical dilemmas. The authors conclude each chapter with their own distinctly Christian commentary on the topic covered.This second edition includes recent issues that have surfaced in today’s constantly changing business culture. Revisions include:• Ethical implications of information technology, biotechnology, and other important new issues • Reflections on recent court cases that shape the moral discussion • Shorter text with increased accessibility to the reader With the goal of helping readers arrive at their own conclusions, this book provides a decision-making model. Beyond Integrity equips men and women to develop a biblically based approach to the ethical challenges of twenty-first century business. Scott Rae, Kenman L. Wong Tue, 04 May 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154970 thebookvoice.com 26:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Integrity: A Judeo-Christian Approach to Business Ethics Author: Scott Rae, Kenman L. Wong Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 4, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Integrity is essential to Judeo-Christian business ethics. But today’s business environment is complex. Those in business, and those preparing to enter the business world, need to grapple with the question of how integrity and biblical ethics can be applied in the workplace. They need to go “beyond integrity” in their thinking.Beyond Integrity is neither excessively theoretical nor simplistic and dogmatic. Rather, it offers a balanced and pragmatic approach to a number of concrete ethical issues. Readings from a wide range of sources present competing perspectives on each issue, and real-life case studies further help the reader grapple with ethical dilemmas. The authors conclude each chapter with their own distinctly Christian commentary on the topic covered.This second edition includes recent issues that have surfaced in today’s constantly changing business culture. Revisions include:• Ethical implications of information technology, biotechnology, and other important new issues • Reflections on recent court cases that shape the moral discussion • Shorter text with increased accessibility to the reader With the goal of helping readers arrive at their own conclusions, this book provides a decision-making model. Beyond Integrity equips men and women to develop a biblically based approach to the ethical challenges of twenty-first century business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Integrity: A Judeo-Christian Approach to Business Ethics Author: Scott Rae, Kenman L. Wong Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 4, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Integrity is essential to Judeo-Christian business ethics. But today’s business environment is complex. Those in business, and those preparing to enter the business world, need to grapple with the question of how integrity and biblical ethics can be applied in the workplace. They need to go “beyond integrity” in their thinking.Beyond Integrity is neither excessively theoretical nor simplistic and dogmatic. Rather, it offers a balanced and pragmatic approach to a number of concrete ethical issues. Readings from a wide range of sources present competing perspectives on each issue, and real-life case studies further help the reader grapple with ethical dilemmas. The authors conclude each chapter with their own distinctly Christian commentary on the topic covered.This second edition includes recent issues that have surfaced in today’s constantly changing business culture. Revisions include:• Ethical implications of information technology, biotechnology, and other important new issues • Reflections on recent court cases that shape the moral discussion • Shorter text with increased accessibility to the reader With the goal of helping readers arrive at their own conclusions, this book provides a decision-making model. Beyond Integrity equips men and women to develop a biblically based approach to the ethical challenges of twenty-first century business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154539 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Without A Net: How to Survive and Thrive in Today's High Risk Business World Author: Morris R. Schechtman Narrator: Morris R. Schechtman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1995 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In a sometimes controversial vision of the future already embraced by Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich, Morris Shechtman presents a cutting-edge management philosophy that challenges unrealistic, outdated approaches. Shechtman, a former university professor and psychotherapist, teaches the essential skills for adapting to a rapidly-expanding corporate culture -- or any organization or situation requiring structure and vision. No matter what your goals, you'll find his new rules of business applicable to you: Growth strategies that help you establish your independence from external forces and foster strength from within Steps for processing -- not denying -- the inevitable anger and disappointment that follow organizational change Powerful exercises that sharpen decision-making, relationship-building, risk-taking, and other critical abilities Working Without a Net empowers you to face the new challenges of the future with flexibility, confidence and self-sufficiency. Morris R. Schechtman Mon, 01 May 1995 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154539 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Without A Net: How to Survive and Thrive in Today's High Risk Business World Author: Morris R. Schechtman Narrator: Morris R. Schechtman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1995 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In a sometimes controversial vision of the future already embraced by Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich, Morris Shechtman presents a cutting-edge management philosophy that challenges unrealistic, outdated approaches. Shechtman, a former university professor and psychotherapist, teaches the essential skills for adapting to a rapidly-expanding corporate culture -- or any organization or situation requiring structure and vision. No matter what your goals, you'll find his new rules of business applicable to you: Growth strategies that help you establish your independence from external forces and foster strength from within Steps for processing -- not denying -- the inevitable anger and disappointment that follow organizational change Powerful exercises that sharpen decision-making, relationship-building, risk-taking, and other critical abilities Working Without a Net empowers you to face the new challenges of the future with flexibility, confidence and self-sufficiency. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Without A Net: How to Survive and Thrive in Today's High Risk Business World Author: Morris R. Schechtman Narrator: Morris R. Schechtman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1995 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In a sometimes controversial vision of the future already embraced by Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich, Morris Shechtman presents a cutting-edge management philosophy that challenges unrealistic, outdated approaches. Shechtman, a former university professor and psychotherapist, teaches the essential skills for adapting to a rapidly-expanding corporate culture -- or any organization or situation requiring structure and vision. No matter what your goals, you'll find his new rules of business applicable to you: Growth strategies that help you establish your independence from external forces and foster strength from within Steps for processing -- not denying -- the inevitable anger and disappointment that follow organizational change Powerful exercises that sharpen decision-making, relationship-building, risk-taking, and other critical abilities Working Without a Net empowers you to face the new challenges of the future with flexibility, confidence and self-sufficiency. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154537 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working with Jerks Author: Ron Zemke Narrator: Liane Hansen Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: February 15, 1988 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. Ron Zemke Mon, 15 Feb 1988 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154537 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working with Jerks Author: Ron Zemke Narrator: Liane Hansen Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: February 15, 1988 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working with Jerks Author: Ron Zemke Narrator: Liane Hansen Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: February 15, 1988 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crossing the Chasm: Marketing and Selling Technology Projects to Mainstream Customers Series: Part of Collins Business Essentials Author: Geoffrey A. Moore Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 11, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Here is the bestselling guide that created a new game plan for marketing in high-tech industries. Crossing the Chasm has become the bible for bringing cutting-edge products to progressively larger markets. This revised and updated edition provides new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing, with special emphasis on the Internet. It’s essential reading for anyone with a stake in the world’s most exciting marketplace. Geoffrey A. Moore Tue, 11 Dec 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154503 thebookvoice.com 9:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crossing the Chasm: Marketing and Selling Technology Projects to Mainstream Customers Series: Part of Collins Business Essentials Author: Geoffrey A. Moore Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 11, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Here is the bestselling guide that created a new game plan for marketing in high-tech industries. Crossing the Chasm has become the bible for bringing cutting-edge products to progressively larger markets. This revised and updated edition provides new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing, with special emphasis on the Internet. It’s essential reading for anyone with a stake in the world’s most exciting marketplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crossing the Chasm: Marketing and Selling Technology Projects to Mainstream Customers Series: Part of Collins Business Essentials Author: Geoffrey A. Moore Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 11, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Here is the bestselling guide that created a new game plan for marketing in high-tech industries. Crossing the Chasm has become the bible for bringing cutting-edge products to progressively larger markets. This revised and updated edition provides new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing, with special emphasis on the Internet. It’s essential reading for anyone with a stake in the world’s most exciting marketplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rich Dad's Before You Quit Your Job: 10 Real-Life Lessons Every Entrepreneur Should Know About Building a Multimillion-Dollar Business Series: #6 of Rich Dad's Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Tim Wheeler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When Before You Quit Your Job was written and published, it was a guidebook for aspiring entrepreneurs. Today—with the job market in shambles, overseas outsourcing and high unemployment—it can be a path to the salvation so many are looking for: A way take control of their life and use their skills and talents to create their future. Before You Quit Your Job asks: Do you have a million-dollar idea? Are you afraid of failing? Are you tired of making other people rich? Are you sick of taking order from your boss? Are you tired of working hard and not getting ahead? Are you ready to take a leap of faith and change your life? Learn about the B-I Triangle and the 8 Integrities of a Business—before you quit your job! Robert T. Kiyosaki Tue, 04 Dec 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154386 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rich Dad's Before You Quit Your Job: 10 Real-Life Lessons Every Entrepreneur Should Know About Building a Multimillion-Dollar Business Series: #6 of Rich Dad's Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Tim Wheeler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When Before You Quit Your Job was written and published, it was a guidebook for aspiring entrepreneurs. Today—with the job market in shambles, overseas outsourcing and high unemployment—it can be a path to the salvation so many are looking for: A way take control of their life and use their skills and talents to create their future. Before You Quit Your Job asks: Do you have a million-dollar idea? Are you afraid of failing? Are you tired of making other people rich? Are you sick of taking order from your boss? Are you tired of working hard and not getting ahead? Are you ready to take a leap of faith and change your life? Learn about the B-I Triangle and the 8 Integrities of a Business—before you quit your job! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rich Dad's Before You Quit Your Job: 10 Real-Life Lessons Every Entrepreneur Should Know About Building a Multimillion-Dollar Business Series: #6 of Rich Dad's Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Tim Wheeler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When Before You Quit Your Job was written and published, it was a guidebook for aspiring entrepreneurs. Today—with the job market in shambles, overseas outsourcing and high unemployment—it can be a path to the salvation so many are looking for: A way take control of their life and use their skills and talents to create their future. Before You Quit Your Job asks: Do you have a million-dollar idea? Are you afraid of failing? Are you tired of making other people rich? Are you sick of taking order from your boss? Are you tired of working hard and not getting ahead? Are you ready to take a leap of faith and change your life? Learn about the B-I Triangle and the 8 Integrities of a Business—before you quit your job! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153982 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Thing: How the iPod Shuffles Commerce, Culture, and Coolness Author: Steven Levy Narrator: Anthony Rapp Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2006 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The iPod has become a full-blown cultural phenomenon, giving us a new vocabulary (we shuffle our iTunes on our nanos), revolutionizing the way we experience music and radio through the invention of podcasting, opening up new outlets for video, and challenging the traditional music industry as never before. The design itself has become iconic: there is even a shade of white now called iPod White. Steven Levy has had rare access to everyone at Apple who was involved in creating the iPod -- including Steve Jobs, Apple's charismatic cofounder and CEO, whom he has known for over twenty years. In telling the story behind the iPod, Levy explains how it went from the drawing board to global sensation. He also examines how this deceptively diminutive gadget raises a host of new technical, legal, social, and musical questions (including the all-important use of one's playlist as an indicator of coolness), and writes about where the iPhenomenon might go next in his new Afterword. Sharp and insightful, The Perfect Thing is part history and part homage to the device that we can't live without. Steven Levy Mon, 23 Oct 2006 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153982 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Thing: How the iPod Shuffles Commerce, Culture, and Coolness Author: Steven Levy Narrator: Anthony Rapp Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2006 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The iPod has become a full-blown cultural phenomenon, giving us a new vocabulary (we shuffle our iTunes on our nanos), revolutionizing the way we experience music and radio through the invention of podcasting, opening up new outlets for video, and challenging the traditional music industry as never before. The design itself has become iconic: there is even a shade of white now called iPod White. Steven Levy has had rare access to everyone at Apple who was involved in creating the iPod -- including Steve Jobs, Apple's charismatic cofounder and CEO, whom he has known for over twenty years. In telling the story behind the iPod, Levy explains how it went from the drawing board to global sensation. He also examines how this deceptively diminutive gadget raises a host of new technical, legal, social, and musical questions (including the all-important use of one's playlist as an indicator of coolness), and writes about where the iPhenomenon might go next in his new Afterword. Sharp and insightful, The Perfect Thing is part history and part homage to the device that we can't live without. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Thing: How the iPod Shuffles Commerce, Culture, and Coolness Author: Steven Levy Narrator: Anthony Rapp Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2006 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The iPod has become a full-blown cultural phenomenon, giving us a new vocabulary (we shuffle our iTunes on our nanos), revolutionizing the way we experience music and radio through the invention of podcasting, opening up new outlets for video, and challenging the traditional music industry as never before. The design itself has become iconic: there is even a shade of white now called iPod White. Steven Levy has had rare access to everyone at Apple who was involved in creating the iPod -- including Steve Jobs, Apple's charismatic cofounder and CEO, whom he has known for over twenty years. In telling the story behind the iPod, Levy explains how it went from the drawing board to global sensation. He also examines how this deceptively diminutive gadget raises a host of new technical, legal, social, and musical questions (including the all-important use of one's playlist as an indicator of coolness), and writes about where the iPhenomenon might go next in his new Afterword. Sharp and insightful, The Perfect Thing is part history and part homage to the device that we can't live without. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153980 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Organized Executive: New Ways to Manage Time, Paper and People Author: Stephanie Winston Narrator: Stephanie Winston Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 15, 1986 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. Stephanie Winston Mon, 15 Sep 1986 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153980 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Organized Executive: New Ways to Manage Time, Paper and People Author: Stephanie Winston Narrator: Stephanie Winston Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 15, 1986 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Organized Executive: New Ways to Manage Time, Paper and People Author: Stephanie Winston Narrator: Stephanie Winston Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 15, 1986 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153784 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Rules for Business: Groundswell Expanded and Revised Edition; Content Rules; The Now Revolution Author: Jay Baer, Amber Naslund, CC Chapman, Ann Handley, Josh Bernoff, Charlene Li Narrator: Ann Handley, Erik Synnestvedt, Josh Bernoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: LEARN THE NEW RULES FOR BUSINESS...3 GREAT BOOKS TEACH YOU HOW TO MAKE SOCIAL MEDIA WORK FOR YOU! Corporate executives struggle to harness the power of social technologies. Twitter, Facebook, blogs, YouTube are where customers discuss products and companies, write their own news, and find their own deals but how do you integrate these activities into your broader marketing efforts? It's an unstoppable groundswell that affects every industry -- yet it's still utterly foreign to most companies running things now. When consumers you've never met are rating your company's products in public forums with which you have no experience or influence, your company is vulnerable. In Groundswell, Josh Bernoff and Charlene Li explain how to turn this threat into an opportunity. To market your business, reach new customers, and create long-lasting loyalty, you need one indispensable element: CONTENT. Whether it’s bite-sized tweets that allow you to forge relationships on Twitter, blog posts that give your readers must-have advice, ebooks or white papers that engage (and don’t bore), videos that share the human side of your company, interactive webinars that deliver a valuable learning experience, or podcasts that can be downloaded and listened to on the fly (and more!) . . . now more than ever, content rules! Learn how to Create Killer Blogs, Podcasts, Videos, Ebooks, Webinars (and More) That Engage Customers and Ignite Your Business. In The Now Revolution, renowned marketers and social media experts Jay Baer and Amber Naslund offer an effective seven-part plan to harness the power of the social web and adapt to the new era of instantaneous business. Customers aren’t going to wait for your next polished press release to decide if they like you and your products or services. Instead, they’re choosing between you and your competition every second of every day—and talking about it online. Keeping up with them requires shifts that will make your business faster, smarter, and more social. Jay Baer, Amber Naslund, CC Chapman, Ann Handley, Josh Bernoff, Charlene Li Tue, 13 Nov 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153784 thebookvoice.com 22:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Rules for Business: Groundswell Expanded and Revised Edition; Content Rules; The Now Revolution Author: Jay Baer, Amber Naslund, CC Chapman, Ann Handley, Josh Bernoff, Charlene Li Narrator: Ann Handley, Erik Synnestvedt, Josh Bernoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: LEARN THE NEW RULES FOR BUSINESS...3 GREAT BOOKS TEACH YOU HOW TO MAKE SOCIAL MEDIA WORK FOR YOU! Corporate executives struggle to harness the power of social technologies. Twitter, Facebook, blogs, YouTube are where customers discuss products and companies, write their own news, and find their own deals but how do you integrate these activities into your broader marketing efforts? It's an unstoppable groundswell that affects every industry -- yet it's still utterly foreign to most companies running things now. When consumers you've never met are rating your company's products in public forums with which you have no experience or influence, your company is vulnerable. In Groundswell, Josh Bernoff and Charlene Li explain how to turn this threat into an opportunity. To market your business, reach new customers, and create long-lasting loyalty, you need one indispensable element: CONTENT. Whether it’s bite-sized tweets that allow you to forge relationships on Twitter, blog posts that give your readers must-have advice, ebooks or white papers that engage (and don’t bore), videos that share the human side of your company, interactive webinars that deliver a valuable learning experience, or podcasts that can be downloaded and listened to on the fly (and more!) . . . now more than ever, content rules! Learn how to Create Killer Blogs, Podcasts, Videos, Ebooks, Webinars (and More) That Engage Customers and Ignite Your Business. In The Now Revolution, renowned marketers and social media experts Jay Baer and Amber Naslund offer an effective seven-part plan to harness the power of the social web and adapt to the new era of instantaneous business. Customers aren’t going to wait for your next polished press release to decide if they like you and your products or services. Instead, they’re choosing between you and your competition every second of every day—and talking about it online. Keeping up with them requires shifts that will make your business faster, smarter, and more social. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Rules for Business: Groundswell Expanded and Revised Edition; Content Rules; The Now Revolution Author: Jay Baer, Amber Naslund, CC Chapman, Ann Handley, Josh Bernoff, Charlene Li Narrator: Ann Handley, Erik Synnestvedt, Josh Bernoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: LEARN THE NEW RULES FOR BUSINESS...3 GREAT BOOKS TEACH YOU HOW TO MAKE SOCIAL MEDIA WORK FOR YOU! Corporate executives struggle to harness the power of social technologies. Twitter, Facebook, blogs, YouTube are where customers discuss products and companies, write their own news, and find their own deals but how do you integrate these activities into your broader marketing efforts? It's an unstoppable groundswell that affects every industry -- yet it's still utterly foreign to most companies running things now. When consumers you've never met are rating your company's products in public forums with which you have no experience or influence, your company is vulnerable. In Groundswell, Josh Bernoff and Charlene Li explain how to turn this threat into an opportunity. To market your business, reach new customers, and create long-lasting loyalty, you need one indispensable element: CONTENT. Whether it’s bite-sized tweets that allow you to forge relationships on Twitter, blog posts that give your readers must-have advice, ebooks or white papers that engage (and don’t bore), videos that share the human side of your company, interactive webinars that deliver a valuable learning experience, or podcasts that can be downloaded and listened to on the fly (and more!) . . . now more than ever, content rules! Learn how to Create Killer Blogs, Podcasts, Videos, Ebooks, Webinars (and More) That Engage Customers and Ignite Your Business. In The Now Revolution, renowned marketers and social media experts Jay Baer and Amber Naslund offer an effective seven-part plan to harness the power of the social web and adapt to the new era of instantaneous business. Customers aren’t going to wait for your next polished press release to decide if they like you and your products or services. Instead, they’re choosing between you and your competition every second of every day—and talking about it online. Keeping up with them requires shifts that will make your business faster, smarter, and more social. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153048 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heads in Beds: A Reckless Memoir of Hotels, Hustles, and So-Called Hospitality Author: Jacob Tomsky Narrator: Jacob Tomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Kitchen Confidential and Waiter Rant, a rollicking, eye-opening, fantastically indiscreet memoir of a life spent (and misspent) in the hotel industry. Jacob Tomsky never intended to go into the hotel business. As a new college graduate, armed only with a philosophy degree and a singular lack of career direction, he became a valet parker for a large luxury hotel in New Orleans. Yet, rising fast through the ranks, he ended up working in “hospitality” for more than a decade, doing everything from supervising the housekeeping department to manning the front desk at an upscale Manhattan hotel. He’s checked you in, checked you out, separated your white panties from the white bed sheets, parked your car, tasted your room-service meals, cleaned your toilet, denied you a late checkout, given you a wake-up call, eaten M&Ms out of your minibar, laughed at your jokes, and taken your money. In Heads in Beds he pulls back the curtain to expose the crazy and compelling reality of a multi-billion-dollar industry we think we know. Heads in Beds is a funny, authentic, and irreverent chronicle of the highs and lows of hotel life, told by a keenly observant insider who’s seen it all. Prepare to be amused, shocked, and amazed as he spills the unwritten code of the bellhops, the antics that go on in the valet parking garage, the housekeeping department’s dirty little secrets—not to mention the shameless activities of the guests, who are rarely on their best behavior. Prepare to be moved, too, by his candor about what it’s like to toil in a highly demanding service industry at the luxury level, where people expect to get what they pay for (and often a whole lot more). Employees are poorly paid and frequently abused by coworkers and guests alike, and maintaining a semblance of sanity is a daily challenge. Along his journey Tomsky also reveals the secrets of the industry, offering easy ways to get what you need from your hotel without any hassle. This book (and a timely proffered twenty-dollar bill) will help you score late checkouts and upgrades, get free stuff galore, and make that pay-per-view charge magically disappear. Thanks to him you’ll know how to get the very best service from any business that makes its money from putting heads in beds. Or, at the very least, you will keep the bellmen from taking your luggage into the camera-free back office and bashing it against the wall repeatedly. Jacob Tomsky Tue, 20 Nov 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153048 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heads in Beds: A Reckless Memoir of Hotels, Hustles, and So-Called Hospitality Author: Jacob Tomsky Narrator: Jacob Tomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Kitchen Confidential and Waiter Rant, a rollicking, eye-opening, fantastically indiscreet memoir of a life spent (and misspent) in the hotel industry. Jacob Tomsky never intended to go into the hotel business. As a new college graduate, armed only with a philosophy degree and a singular lack of career direction, he became a valet parker for a large luxury hotel in New Orleans. Yet, rising fast through the ranks, he ended up working in “hospitality” for more than a decade, doing everything from supervising the housekeeping department to manning the front desk at an upscale Manhattan hotel. He’s checked you in, checked you out, separated your white panties from the white bed sheets, parked your car, tasted your room-service meals, cleaned your toilet, denied you a late checkout, given you a wake-up call, eaten M&Ms out of your minibar, laughed at your jokes, and taken your money. In Heads in Beds he pulls back the curtain to expose the crazy and compelling reality of a multi-billion-dollar industry we think we know. Heads in Beds is a funny, authentic, and irreverent chronicle of the highs and lows of hotel life, told by a keenly observant insider who’s seen it all. Prepare to be amused, shocked, and amazed as he spills the unwritten code of the bellhops, the antics that go on in the valet parking garage, the housekeeping department’s dirty little secrets—not to mention the shameless activities of the guests, who are rarely on their best behavior. Prepare to be moved, too, by his candor about what it’s like to toil in a highly demanding service industry at the luxury level, where people expect to get what they pay for (and often a whole lot more). Employees are poorly paid and frequently abused by coworkers and guests alike, and maintaining a semblance of sanity is a daily challenge. Along his journey Tomsky also reveals the secrets of the industry, offering easy ways to get what you need from your hotel without any hassle. This book (and a timely proffered twenty-dollar bill) will help you score late checkouts and upgrades, get free stuff galore, and make that pay-per-view charge magically disappear. Thanks to him you’ll know how to get the very best service from any business that makes its money from putting heads in beds. Or, at the very least, you will keep the bellmen from taking your luggage into the camera-free back office and bashing it against the wall repeatedly. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heads in Beds: A Reckless Memoir of Hotels, Hustles, and So-Called Hospitality Author: Jacob Tomsky Narrator: Jacob Tomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Kitchen Confidential and Waiter Rant, a rollicking, eye-opening, fantastically indiscreet memoir of a life spent (and misspent) in the hotel industry. Jacob Tomsky never intended to go into the hotel business. As a new college graduate, armed only with a philosophy degree and a singular lack of career direction, he became a valet parker for a large luxury hotel in New Orleans. Yet, rising fast through the ranks, he ended up working in “hospitality” for more than a decade, doing everything from supervising the housekeeping department to manning the front desk at an upscale Manhattan hotel. He’s checked you in, checked you out, separated your white panties from the white bed sheets, parked your car, tasted your room-service meals, cleaned your toilet, denied you a late checkout, given you a wake-up call, eaten M&Ms out of your minibar, laughed at your jokes, and taken your money. In Heads in Beds he pulls back the curtain to expose the crazy and compelling reality of a multi-billion-dollar industry we think we know. Heads in Beds is a funny, authentic, and irreverent chronicle of the highs and lows of hotel life, told by a keenly observant insider who’s seen it all. Prepare to be amused, shocked, and amazed as he spills the unwritten code of the bellhops, the antics that go on in the valet parking garage, the housekeeping department’s dirty little secrets—not to mention the shameless activities of the guests, who are rarely on their best behavior. Prepare to be moved, too, by his candor about what it’s like to toil in a highly demanding service industry at the luxury level, where people expect to get what they pay for (and often a whole lot more). Employees are poorly paid and frequently abused by coworkers and guests alike, and maintaining a semblance of sanity is a daily challenge. Along his journey Tomsky also reveals the secrets of the industry, offering easy ways to get what you need from your hotel without any hassle. This book (and a timely proffered twenty-dollar bill) will help you score late checkouts and upgrades, get free stuff galore, and make that pay-per-view charge magically disappear. Thanks to him you’ll know how to get the very best service from any business that makes its money from putting heads in beds. Or, at the very least, you will keep the bellmen from taking your luggage into the camera-free back office and bashing it against the wall repeatedly. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151689 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smart Negotiating Author: James C. Freund Narrator: James C. Freund Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 1993 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: DEAL YOURSELF A WINNING HAND! Whether you're closing a multi-million dollar acquisition or the purchase of a new family home, securing a raise from a tough minded boss or reaching an agreement with a partner, the pitfalls of negotiating are the same. Now the brilliant strategist behind some of the business world's toughest negotiations tells you how to avoid these pitfalls and achieve your goals -- without being a bully or a wimp. Attorney James C. Freund forged hard-won victories in many of the major corporate takeover battles of the 1980s -- from TWA to Federated Department Stores. In Smart Negotiating, he offers a 'game-plan' approach that will help you strike a balance between striving for advantage and compromising too quickly. You will learn how to: * Determine in advance your realistic expectations on key bargaining issues * Deal with bluffs and other gambits * Motivate the other side * Use leverage and information to your advantage * Formulate the terms of the ultimate compromise A fresh, straight forward audio program that brings you right into simulated negotiations with vivid real-world examples, Smart Negotiating will help you succeed at closing a deal. James C. Freund Mon, 01 Mar 1993 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151689 thebookvoice.com 1:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smart Negotiating Author: James C. Freund Narrator: James C. Freund Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 1993 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: DEAL YOURSELF A WINNING HAND! Whether you're closing a multi-million dollar acquisition or the purchase of a new family home, securing a raise from a tough minded boss or reaching an agreement with a partner, the pitfalls of negotiating are the same. Now the brilliant strategist behind some of the business world's toughest negotiations tells you how to avoid these pitfalls and achieve your goals -- without being a bully or a wimp. Attorney James C. Freund forged hard-won victories in many of the major corporate takeover battles of the 1980s -- from TWA to Federated Department Stores. In Smart Negotiating, he offers a 'game-plan' approach that will help you strike a balance between striving for advantage and compromising too quickly. You will learn how to: * Determine in advance your realistic expectations on key bargaining issues * Deal with bluffs and other gambits * Motivate the other side * Use leverage and information to your advantage * Formulate the terms of the ultimate compromise A fresh, straight forward audio program that brings you right into simulated negotiations with vivid real-world examples, Smart Negotiating will help you succeed at closing a deal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smart Negotiating Author: James C. Freund Narrator: James C. Freund Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 1993 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: DEAL YOURSELF A WINNING HAND! Whether you're closing a multi-million dollar acquisition or the purchase of a new family home, securing a raise from a tough minded boss or reaching an agreement with a partner, the pitfalls of negotiating are the same. Now the brilliant strategist behind some of the business world's toughest negotiations tells you how to avoid these pitfalls and achieve your goals -- without being a bully or a wimp. Attorney James C. Freund forged hard-won victories in many of the major corporate takeover battles of the 1980s -- from TWA to Federated Department Stores. In Smart Negotiating, he offers a 'game-plan' approach that will help you strike a balance between striving for advantage and compromising too quickly. You will learn how to: * Determine in advance your realistic expectations on key bargaining issues * Deal with bluffs and other gambits * Motivate the other side * Use leverage and information to your advantage * Formulate the terms of the ultimate compromise A fresh, straight forward audio program that brings you right into simulated negotiations with vivid real-world examples, Smart Negotiating will help you succeed at closing a deal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151543 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Business: How To Make A Million From Home With No Payroll No Debts No: How To Make A Million From Home With No Payroll No Employee Headaches No Debt Author: Michael LeBoeuf Narrator: Michael LeBoeuf Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 1996 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today, with millions of displaced corporate employees looking for new career options and millions of women seeking ways to earn a living while caring for young children, a staggering one third of America's labor force is working at home already -- and the number continues to grow. In The Perfect Business, Michael LeBoeuf guides the listener to success-oriented thinking, covering such topics as: • How to get paid to market yourself • How to use the smart tools of information technology to increase your productivity • How millionaires think and what they do to become millionaires • How to choose a million-dollar business that's right for you Unlike routine home-office guides, The Perfect Business does not focus on the physical and financial mechanics of organizing and running a home business. Michael LeBoeuf knows that how we think is the single most important factor in determining how wealthy we become. With right thinking comes the right choices that lead to success. Michael LeBoeuf Mon, 01 Jul 1996 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151543 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Business: How To Make A Million From Home With No Payroll No Debts No: How To Make A Million From Home With No Payroll No Employee Headaches No Debt Author: Michael LeBoeuf Narrator: Michael LeBoeuf Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 1996 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today, with millions of displaced corporate employees looking for new career options and millions of women seeking ways to earn a living while caring for young children, a staggering one third of America's labor force is working at home already -- and the number continues to grow. In The Perfect Business, Michael LeBoeuf guides the listener to success-oriented thinking, covering such topics as: • How to get paid to market yourself • How to use the smart tools of information technology to increase your productivity • How millionaires think and what they do to become millionaires • How to choose a million-dollar business that's right for you Unlike routine home-office guides, The Perfect Business does not focus on the physical and financial mechanics of organizing and running a home business. Michael LeBoeuf knows that how we think is the single most important factor in determining how wealthy we become. With right thinking comes the right choices that lead to success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Business: How To Make A Million From Home With No Payroll No Debts No: How To Make A Million From Home With No Payroll No Employee Headaches No Debt Author: Michael LeBoeuf Narrator: Michael LeBoeuf Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 1996 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today, with millions of displaced corporate employees looking for new career options and millions of women seeking ways to earn a living while caring for young children, a staggering one third of America's labor force is working at home already -- and the number continues to grow. In The Perfect Business, Michael LeBoeuf guides the listener to success-oriented thinking, covering such topics as: • How to get paid to market yourself • How to use the smart tools of information technology to increase your productivity • How millionaires think and what they do to become millionaires • How to choose a million-dollar business that's right for you Unlike routine home-office guides, The Perfect Business does not focus on the physical and financial mechanics of organizing and running a home business. Michael LeBoeuf knows that how we think is the single most important factor in determining how wealthy we become. With right thinking comes the right choices that lead to success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151381 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make It Your Business: The Definitive Guide for Launching and Succeeding in Your Own Business Author: Stephan Schiffman Narrator: Stephan Schiffman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 1998 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: More than twenty years ago, entrepreneur Stephen Schiffman launched his own business - D.E.I. Management Group Inc. - and built it into a major financial success. Now, Schiffman reveals his innovative business-building strategies in Make It Your Business - a complete and concise guide written specifically for the entrepreneur. Combining his revolutionary, user-friendly approach with real-life examples of his methods at work, Schiffman guides you through the four critical 'threshold experiences' all entrepreneurs must cross to be successful: - Starting Out - the most important early issues and key questions - Branching Out - making the most of your resource - Finding Out - knowing your customers, and your marketplace - Growing Up - the keys to managed change and growth Whether you're just thinking about starting a business, or have already taken the plunge, Make It Your Business is an essential resource that will ease your company's growing pains while helping you build the business of your dreams. Stephan Schiffman Tue, 01 Sep 1998 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151381 thebookvoice.com 1:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make It Your Business: The Definitive Guide for Launching and Succeeding in Your Own Business Author: Stephan Schiffman Narrator: Stephan Schiffman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 1998 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: More than twenty years ago, entrepreneur Stephen Schiffman launched his own business - D.E.I. Management Group Inc. - and built it into a major financial success. Now, Schiffman reveals his innovative business-building strategies in Make It Your Business - a complete and concise guide written specifically for the entrepreneur. Combining his revolutionary, user-friendly approach with real-life examples of his methods at work, Schiffman guides you through the four critical 'threshold experiences' all entrepreneurs must cross to be successful: - Starting Out - the most important early issues and key questions - Branching Out - making the most of your resource - Finding Out - knowing your customers, and your marketplace - Growing Up - the keys to managed change and growth Whether you're just thinking about starting a business, or have already taken the plunge, Make It Your Business is an essential resource that will ease your company's growing pains while helping you build the business of your dreams. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make It Your Business: The Definitive Guide for Launching and Succeeding in Your Own Business Author: Stephan Schiffman Narrator: Stephan Schiffman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 1998 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: More than twenty years ago, entrepreneur Stephen Schiffman launched his own business - D.E.I. Management Group Inc. - and built it into a major financial success. Now, Schiffman reveals his innovative business-building strategies in Make It Your Business - a complete and concise guide written specifically for the entrepreneur. Combining his revolutionary, user-friendly approach with real-life examples of his methods at work, Schiffman guides you through the four critical 'threshold experiences' all entrepreneurs must cross to be successful: - Starting Out - the most important early issues and key questions - Branching Out - making the most of your resource - Finding Out - knowing your customers, and your marketplace - Growing Up - the keys to managed change and growth Whether you're just thinking about starting a business, or have already taken the plunge, Make It Your Business is an essential resource that will ease your company's growing pains while helping you build the business of your dreams. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151254 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Win Customers And Keep Them For Life: An Action-Ready Blueprint for Achieving the Winner's Edge! Author: Michael LeBoeuf Narrator: Michael LeBoeuf Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Michael LeBoeuf, the bestselling author of Working Smart and the audio programs Working Smarter, Imagineering and The Perfect Business, comes How To Win Customers and Keep Them For Life -- the ultimate guide to building a successful business through customer satisfaction. The success of any business depends on knowing the answers to these important questions: - Why do some people buy once...and never return? - Why do some people become strong, steady customers? - How do you turn an angry or complaining customer into a happy and satisfied one? - What are the five best ways to keep customers coming back? How To Win Customers and Keep Them For Life is a hard-hitting, action-ready rewards-and-incentives program fro creating a winning sales team. Created by one of the nation's foremost business consultants, this practical, no-nonsense guide tells you everything you need to know about successful selling -- and most important of all -- how to win customers for life. Michael LeBoeuf Sat, 01 Mar 1997 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151254 thebookvoice.com 1:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Win Customers And Keep Them For Life: An Action-Ready Blueprint for Achieving the Winner's Edge! Author: Michael LeBoeuf Narrator: Michael LeBoeuf Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Michael LeBoeuf, the bestselling author of Working Smart and the audio programs Working Smarter, Imagineering and The Perfect Business, comes How To Win Customers and Keep Them For Life -- the ultimate guide to building a successful business through customer satisfaction. The success of any business depends on knowing the answers to these important questions: - Why do some people buy once...and never return? - Why do some people become strong, steady customers? - How do you turn an angry or complaining customer into a happy and satisfied one? - What are the five best ways to keep customers coming back? How To Win Customers and Keep Them For Life is a hard-hitting, action-ready rewards-and-incentives program fro creating a winning sales team. Created by one of the nation's foremost business consultants, this practical, no-nonsense guide tells you everything you need to know about successful selling -- and most important of all -- how to win customers for life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Win Customers And Keep Them For Life: An Action-Ready Blueprint for Achieving the Winner's Edge! Author: Michael LeBoeuf Narrator: Michael LeBoeuf Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Michael LeBoeuf, the bestselling author of Working Smart and the audio programs Working Smarter, Imagineering and The Perfect Business, comes How To Win Customers and Keep Them For Life -- the ultimate guide to building a successful business through customer satisfaction. The success of any business depends on knowing the answers to these important questions: - Why do some people buy once...and never return? - Why do some people become strong, steady customers? - How do you turn an angry or complaining customer into a happy and satisfied one? - What are the five best ways to keep customers coming back? How To Win Customers and Keep Them For Life is a hard-hitting, action-ready rewards-and-incentives program fro creating a winning sales team. Created by one of the nation's foremost business consultants, this practical, no-nonsense guide tells you everything you need to know about successful selling -- and most important of all -- how to win customers for life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High Efficiency Selling:: How Superior Salespeople Get That Way Author: Stephan Schiffman Narrator: Stephan Schiffman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.14 of Total 14 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Proven Program to Maximize Your Sales In this indispensable new guide, sales consultant and America's #1 corporate sales trainer Steve Schiffman reveals the methodology of HIGH-EFFICIENCY SELLING. This innovative and solid strategy can lead to greater sales, better time management, and improved long-term business partnerships. The bestelling author of Cold Calling Techniques (That Really Work!) stakes outs new territory by offering a unique approach to the four phases of the sales cycle: prospecting, interviewing, presentation, and closing. Schiffman's breakthrough techniques help you reduce stress, develop a better long-term 'fit' with customers, and -best of all- increase sales by focusing on: Attitude - the single most important factor in holding on to customers Creating your personal prospecting plan - making the calls, drafting attention and identification statements, delivering the request Executing, refining, and developing the cold call The ten commandments of contacting target companies The tools, questions, and goals you need for an effective client interview Simple - and effective - closing techniques Stephan Schiffman Thu, 01 May 1997 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151195 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High Efficiency Selling:: How Superior Salespeople Get That Way Author: Stephan Schiffman Narrator: Stephan Schiffman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.14 of Total 14 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Proven Program to Maximize Your Sales In this indispensable new guide, sales consultant and America's #1 corporate sales trainer Steve Schiffman reveals the methodology of HIGH-EFFICIENCY SELLING. This innovative and solid strategy can lead to greater sales, better time management, and improved long-term business partnerships. The bestelling author of Cold Calling Techniques (That Really Work!) stakes outs new territory by offering a unique approach to the four phases of the sales cycle: prospecting, interviewing, presentation, and closing. Schiffman's breakthrough techniques help you reduce stress, develop a better long-term 'fit' with customers, and -best of all- increase sales by focusing on: Attitude - the single most important factor in holding on to customers Creating your personal prospecting plan - making the calls, drafting attention and identification statements, delivering the request Executing, refining, and developing the cold call The ten commandments of contacting target companies The tools, questions, and goals you need for an effective client interview Simple - and effective - closing techniques Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High Efficiency Selling:: How Superior Salespeople Get That Way Author: Stephan Schiffman Narrator: Stephan Schiffman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.14 of Total 14 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Proven Program to Maximize Your Sales In this indispensable new guide, sales consultant and America's #1 corporate sales trainer Steve Schiffman reveals the methodology of HIGH-EFFICIENCY SELLING. This innovative and solid strategy can lead to greater sales, better time management, and improved long-term business partnerships. The bestelling author of Cold Calling Techniques (That Really Work!) stakes outs new territory by offering a unique approach to the four phases of the sales cycle: prospecting, interviewing, presentation, and closing. Schiffman's breakthrough techniques help you reduce stress, develop a better long-term 'fit' with customers, and -best of all- increase sales by focusing on: Attitude - the single most important factor in holding on to customers Creating your personal prospecting plan - making the calls, drafting attention and identification statements, delivering the request Executing, refining, and developing the cold call The ten commandments of contacting target companies The tools, questions, and goals you need for an effective client interview Simple - and effective - closing techniques https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150813 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing A Business Author: Paul Hawken Narrator: Paul Hawken Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 1987 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: He started his career with almost nothing but his own imagination - and ever since he's been challenging conventional wisdom. In this extraordinary audio program Paul Hawken demonstrates that the answers to small business problems today cannot be solved by college degrees, training or money - but only by you. Listen in as Paul Hawken explores: THE IDEA: If people snicker at your idea, you're probably on the right track. RISKS: The purpose of business is not to take risks - but to get something done. CAPITAL: For a small business, too much money is worse than too little. PROBLEMS: Problems are a part of every business. They are actually opportunities in disguise. Here is a detailed, revolutionary guide which explains how to: START YOUR OWN BUSINESS, CHOOSE A PRODUCT OR A SERVICE TO SELL, KEEP A GROWING BUSINESS HEALTHY. For anyone interested in business today, here is the program that spells out the principles of success in a whole new economic climate! Paul Hawken Thu, 01 Oct 1987 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150813 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing A Business Author: Paul Hawken Narrator: Paul Hawken Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 1987 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: He started his career with almost nothing but his own imagination - and ever since he's been challenging conventional wisdom. In this extraordinary audio program Paul Hawken demonstrates that the answers to small business problems today cannot be solved by college degrees, training or money - but only by you. Listen in as Paul Hawken explores: THE IDEA: If people snicker at your idea, you're probably on the right track. RISKS: The purpose of business is not to take risks - but to get something done. CAPITAL: For a small business, too much money is worse than too little. PROBLEMS: Problems are a part of every business. They are actually opportunities in disguise. Here is a detailed, revolutionary guide which explains how to: START YOUR OWN BUSINESS, CHOOSE A PRODUCT OR A SERVICE TO SELL, KEEP A GROWING BUSINESS HEALTHY. For anyone interested in business today, here is the program that spells out the principles of success in a whole new economic climate! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing A Business Author: Paul Hawken Narrator: Paul Hawken Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 1987 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: He started his career with almost nothing but his own imagination - and ever since he's been challenging conventional wisdom. In this extraordinary audio program Paul Hawken demonstrates that the answers to small business problems today cannot be solved by college degrees, training or money - but only by you. Listen in as Paul Hawken explores: THE IDEA: If people snicker at your idea, you're probably on the right track. RISKS: The purpose of business is not to take risks - but to get something done. CAPITAL: For a small business, too much money is worse than too little. PROBLEMS: Problems are a part of every business. They are actually opportunities in disguise. Here is a detailed, revolutionary guide which explains how to: START YOUR OWN BUSINESS, CHOOSE A PRODUCT OR A SERVICE TO SELL, KEEP A GROWING BUSINESS HEALTHY. For anyone interested in business today, here is the program that spells out the principles of success in a whole new economic climate! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150468 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buffettology: The Previously Unexplained Techniques That Have Made Warren Buffett American's Most Famous Investor Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark Narrator: Mary Buffett Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 1, 1998 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the world of investing, the name Warren Buffett is synonymous with success and prosperity—now you can learn how Warren Buffett did it and how you can, too. Building from the ground up, Buffett chose wisely and picked his stocks with care, in turn amassing the huge fortune for which he is now famous. Mary Buffett, former daughter-in-law of this legendary financial genius and a successful businesswoman in her own right, has teamed up with noted Buffettologist David Clark to create Buffettology, a one-of-a-kind investment guide that explains the winning strategies of the master. -Learn how to approach investing the way Buffett does, based on the authors' firsthand knowledge of the secrets that have made Buffett the world's second wealthiest man -Use Buffett's proven method of investing in stocks that will continue to grow over time -Master the straightforward mathematical equipments that assist Buffett in making investments -Examine the kinds of companies that capture Buffett's interest, and learn how you can use this information to make your own investment choices of the future Complete with profiles of fifty-four 'Buffett companies'—companies in which Buffett has invested and which the authors believe he continues to follow—Buffettology can show any investor, from beginner to savvy pro, how to create a profitable portfolio. Mary Buffett, David Clark Sun, 01 Feb 1998 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150468 thebookvoice.com 2:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buffettology: The Previously Unexplained Techniques That Have Made Warren Buffett American's Most Famous Investor Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark Narrator: Mary Buffett Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 1, 1998 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the world of investing, the name Warren Buffett is synonymous with success and prosperity—now you can learn how Warren Buffett did it and how you can, too. Building from the ground up, Buffett chose wisely and picked his stocks with care, in turn amassing the huge fortune for which he is now famous. Mary Buffett, former daughter-in-law of this legendary financial genius and a successful businesswoman in her own right, has teamed up with noted Buffettologist David Clark to create Buffettology, a one-of-a-kind investment guide that explains the winning strategies of the master. -Learn how to approach investing the way Buffett does, based on the authors' firsthand knowledge of the secrets that have made Buffett the world's second wealthiest man -Use Buffett's proven method of investing in stocks that will continue to grow over time -Master the straightforward mathematical equipments that assist Buffett in making investments -Examine the kinds of companies that capture Buffett's interest, and learn how you can use this information to make your own investment choices of the future Complete with profiles of fifty-four 'Buffett companies'—companies in which Buffett has invested and which the authors believe he continues to follow—Buffettology can show any investor, from beginner to savvy pro, how to create a profitable portfolio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buffettology: The Previously Unexplained Techniques That Have Made Warren Buffett American's Most Famous Investor Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark Narrator: Mary Buffett Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 1, 1998 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the world of investing, the name Warren Buffett is synonymous with success and prosperity—now you can learn how Warren Buffett did it and how you can, too. Building from the ground up, Buffett chose wisely and picked his stocks with care, in turn amassing the huge fortune for which he is now famous. Mary Buffett, former daughter-in-law of this legendary financial genius and a successful businesswoman in her own right, has teamed up with noted Buffettologist David Clark to create Buffettology, a one-of-a-kind investment guide that explains the winning strategies of the master. -Learn how to approach investing the way Buffett does, based on the authors' firsthand knowledge of the secrets that have made Buffett the world's second wealthiest man -Use Buffett's proven method of investing in stocks that will continue to grow over time -Master the straightforward mathematical equipments that assist Buffett in making investments -Examine the kinds of companies that capture Buffett's interest, and learn how you can use this information to make your own investment choices of the future Complete with profiles of fifty-four 'Buffett companies'—companies in which Buffett has invested and which the authors believe he continues to follow—Buffettology can show any investor, from beginner to savvy pro, how to create a profitable portfolio. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150453 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coping With Difficult People: In Business And In Life Author: Robert Bramson Narrator: Robert Bramson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 28, 1986 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Classic Personal Development Bestseller The next time they try to pull something like that on you, it's not going to work! Bosses, friends, family members, they've made your life hell -- until now. Based on fourteen years of research and observation, Dr. Robert Bramson's proven-effective techniques are guaranteed to help you right the balance and take charge of your life. Learn how to: • Stand up to anyone -- without fighting • Blunt a sniper's attack • Get stallers off the dime • Move a complainer into a problem-solving mode Learn the six basic steps that allow you to cope with just about anyone. Reclaim the power that rightfully belongs to you in any relationship. Robert Bramson Fri, 28 Mar 1986 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150453 thebookvoice.com 3:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coping With Difficult People: In Business And In Life Author: Robert Bramson Narrator: Robert Bramson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 28, 1986 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Classic Personal Development Bestseller The next time they try to pull something like that on you, it's not going to work! Bosses, friends, family members, they've made your life hell -- until now. Based on fourteen years of research and observation, Dr. Robert Bramson's proven-effective techniques are guaranteed to help you right the balance and take charge of your life. Learn how to: • Stand up to anyone -- without fighting • Blunt a sniper's attack • Get stallers off the dime • Move a complainer into a problem-solving mode Learn the six basic steps that allow you to cope with just about anyone. Reclaim the power that rightfully belongs to you in any relationship. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coping With Difficult People: In Business And In Life Author: Robert Bramson Narrator: Robert Bramson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 28, 1986 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Classic Personal Development Bestseller The next time they try to pull something like that on you, it's not going to work! Bosses, friends, family members, they've made your life hell -- until now. Based on fourteen years of research and observation, Dr. Robert Bramson's proven-effective techniques are guaranteed to help you right the balance and take charge of your life. Learn how to: • Stand up to anyone -- without fighting • Blunt a sniper's attack • Get stallers off the dime • Move a complainer into a problem-solving mode Learn the six basic steps that allow you to cope with just about anyone. Reclaim the power that rightfully belongs to you in any relationship. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150445 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ben & Jerry's Double-Dip Capitalism: Lead With Your Values and Make Money Too Author: Jerry Greenfield, Ben Cohen Narrator: Ben Cohen, Jerry Greenfield Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. Jerry Greenfield, Ben Cohen Thu, 01 May 1997 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150445 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ben & Jerry's Double-Dip Capitalism: Lead With Your Values and Make Money Too Author: Jerry Greenfield, Ben Cohen Narrator: Ben Cohen, Jerry Greenfield Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ben & Jerry's Double-Dip Capitalism: Lead With Your Values and Make Money Too Author: Jerry Greenfield, Ben Cohen Narrator: Ben Cohen, Jerry Greenfield Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150231 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Commitment Engine: Making Work Worth It Author: John Jantsch Narrator: John Jantsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The small-business guru behind Duct Tape Marketing and The Referral Engine teaches listeners how to establish lasting commitment in their employees, customers, and businesses. Why are some companies able to generate committed, long-term customers while others struggle to stay afloat? Why do the employees of some organizations fully dedicate themselves while others punch the clock without enthusiasm? By studying the ins and outs of companies that enjoy extraordinary loyalty from customers and employees, John Jantsch reveals the systematic path to discovering and generating genuine commitment. Jantsch’s approach is built on three foundational planks, which he calls the clarity path, the culture patron, and the customer promise. He draws on his own experiences and shares true stories from businesses like Threadless, Evernote, and Warby Parker. His strategies include these: Build your company around a purpose. People commit to companies and stories that have a simple, straightforward purpose. Understand that culture equals brand. Build your business as a brand that employees and customers will support. Lead by telling great stories. You can’t attract the right people or get them to commit without telling a story about why you do what you do. Treat your staff as your customer. A healthy customer community is the natural result of a healthy internal culture. Serve customers you respect. It’s hard to have an authentic relationship with people you don’t know, like, or trust. As Jantsch says, “Have you ever encountered a business where everything felt effortless? The experience was perfect, and the products, people, and brand worked together gracefully. You made an odd request; it was greeted with a smile. You went to try a new feature; it was right where it should be. You walked in, sat down, and felt right at home. . . . Businesses that run so smoothly as to seem self-managed aren’t normal. In fact, they are terribly counterintuitive, but terribly simple as it turns out.” As a follow-up to The Referral Engine, this is about more than just establishing leads— it’s about building a fully alive business that attracts customers for life. John Jantsch Tue, 27 Nov 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150231 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Commitment Engine: Making Work Worth It Author: John Jantsch Narrator: John Jantsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The small-business guru behind Duct Tape Marketing and The Referral Engine teaches listeners how to establish lasting commitment in their employees, customers, and businesses. Why are some companies able to generate committed, long-term customers while others struggle to stay afloat? Why do the employees of some organizations fully dedicate themselves while others punch the clock without enthusiasm? By studying the ins and outs of companies that enjoy extraordinary loyalty from customers and employees, John Jantsch reveals the systematic path to discovering and generating genuine commitment. Jantsch’s approach is built on three foundational planks, which he calls the clarity path, the culture patron, and the customer promise. He draws on his own experiences and shares true stories from businesses like Threadless, Evernote, and Warby Parker. His strategies include these: Build your company around a purpose. People commit to companies and stories that have a simple, straightforward purpose. Understand that culture equals brand. Build your business as a brand that employees and customers will support. Lead by telling great stories. You can’t attract the right people or get them to commit without telling a story about why you do what you do. Treat your staff as your customer. A healthy customer community is the natural result of a healthy internal culture. Serve customers you respect. It’s hard to have an authentic relationship with people you don’t know, like, or trust. As Jantsch says, “Have you ever encountered a business where everything felt effortless? The experience was perfect, and the products, people, and brand worked together gracefully. You made an odd request; it was greeted with a smile. You went to try a new feature; it was right where it should be. You walked in, sat down, and felt right at home. . . . Businesses that run so smoothly as to seem self-managed aren’t normal. In fact, they are terribly counterintuitive, but terribly simple as it turns out.” As a follow-up to The Referral Engine, this is about more than just establishing leads— it’s about building a fully alive business that attracts customers for life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Commitment Engine: Making Work Worth It Author: John Jantsch Narrator: John Jantsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The small-business guru behind Duct Tape Marketing and The Referral Engine teaches listeners how to establish lasting commitment in their employees, customers, and businesses. Why are some companies able to generate committed, long-term customers while others struggle to stay afloat? Why do the employees of some organizations fully dedicate themselves while others punch the clock without enthusiasm? By studying the ins and outs of companies that enjoy extraordinary loyalty from customers and employees, John Jantsch reveals the systematic path to discovering and generating genuine commitment. Jantsch’s approach is built on three foundational planks, which he calls the clarity path, the culture patron, and the customer promise. He draws on his own experiences and shares true stories from businesses like Threadless, Evernote, and Warby Parker. His strategies include these: Build your company around a purpose. People commit to companies and stories that have a simple, straightforward purpose. Understand that culture equals brand. Build your business as a brand that employees and customers will support. Lead by telling great stories. You can’t attract the right people or get them to commit without telling a story about why you do what you do. Treat your staff as your customer. A healthy customer community is the natural result of a healthy internal culture. Serve customers you respect. It’s hard to have an authentic relationship with people you don’t know, like, or trust. As Jantsch says, “Have you ever encountered a business where everything felt effortless? The experience was perfect, and the products, people, and brand worked together gracefully. You made an odd request; it was greeted with a smile. You went to try a new feature; it was right where it should be. You walked in, sat down, and felt right at home. . . . Businesses that run so smoothly as to seem self-managed aren’t normal. In fact, they are terribly counterintuitive, but terribly simple as it turns out.” As a follow-up to The Referral Engine, this is about more than just establishing leads— it’s about building a fully alive business that attracts customers for life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149293 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sticking Point Solution: 9 Ways to Move Your Business From Stagnation to Stunning Growth In Tough Economic Times Author: Jay Abraham Narrator: Jay Abraham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 12, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Businesses can plateau, stall, or stagnate…without the owners or key executives even realizing it. A business might be achieving incremental year-on-year growth and yet still be in a situation of stagnation or stall. Why? Because entrepreneurs and executives often focus on the wrong things and don’t know how to solve the problems that get their businesses stuck.The purpose of The Sticking Point Solution is to help entrepreneurs and executives recognize the ways in which their businesses may be stuck, and to then give them tools for getting unstuck and enjoying exponential growth. To achieve this, Jay will help you to identify the nine “sticking points” that keep entrepreneurs and executives alike grinding just to survive, instead of growing and thriving.Whether businesses are afflicted by one, two, or all nine of these sticking points, the result is the same: the owners, executives, or entrepreneurs are not achieving all of the growth, success, and prosperity they deserve. Unlocking that true potential is the mission of this audiobook.The results: freedom from stagnation and stalling; new levels of profitability and success; and a much greater sense of control and pleasure from running the enterprise. How to achieve this exquisite state is the impetus for The Sticking Point Solution. Jay Abraham Tue, 12 May 2009 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149293 thebookvoice.com 8:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sticking Point Solution: 9 Ways to Move Your Business From Stagnation to Stunning Growth In Tough Economic Times Author: Jay Abraham Narrator: Jay Abraham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 12, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Businesses can plateau, stall, or stagnate…without the owners or key executives even realizing it. A business might be achieving incremental year-on-year growth and yet still be in a situation of stagnation or stall. Why? Because entrepreneurs and executives often focus on the wrong things and don’t know how to solve the problems that get their businesses stuck.The purpose of The Sticking Point Solution is to help entrepreneurs and executives recognize the ways in which their businesses may be stuck, and to then give them tools for getting unstuck and enjoying exponential growth. To achieve this, Jay will help you to identify the nine “sticking points” that keep entrepreneurs and executives alike grinding just to survive, instead of growing and thriving.Whether businesses are afflicted by one, two, or all nine of these sticking points, the result is the same: the owners, executives, or entrepreneurs are not achieving all of the growth, success, and prosperity they deserve. Unlocking that true potential is the mission of this audiobook.The results: freedom from stagnation and stalling; new levels of profitability and success; and a much greater sense of control and pleasure from running the enterprise. How to achieve this exquisite state is the impetus for The Sticking Point Solution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sticking Point Solution: 9 Ways to Move Your Business From Stagnation to Stunning Growth In Tough Economic Times Author: Jay Abraham Narrator: Jay Abraham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 12, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Businesses can plateau, stall, or stagnate…without the owners or key executives even realizing it. A business might be achieving incremental year-on-year growth and yet still be in a situation of stagnation or stall. Why? Because entrepreneurs and executives often focus on the wrong things and don’t know how to solve the problems that get their businesses stuck.The purpose of The Sticking Point Solution is to help entrepreneurs and executives recognize the ways in which their businesses may be stuck, and to then give them tools for getting unstuck and enjoying exponential growth. To achieve this, Jay will help you to identify the nine “sticking points” that keep entrepreneurs and executives alike grinding just to survive, instead of growing and thriving.Whether businesses are afflicted by one, two, or all nine of these sticking points, the result is the same: the owners, executives, or entrepreneurs are not achieving all of the growth, success, and prosperity they deserve. Unlocking that true potential is the mission of this audiobook.The results: freedom from stagnation and stalling; new levels of profitability and success; and a much greater sense of control and pleasure from running the enterprise. How to achieve this exquisite state is the impetus for The Sticking Point Solution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147715 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Sense of Urgency Author: John P. Kotter Narrator: Bill Weideman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 1, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: True urgency is a gut-level determination to move and win, now.It’s practitioners are unusually alert. They come to work each day determined to achieve something important, and they shed irrelevant activities to move faster and smarter. Those with a sense of urgency are the opposite of complacent—but they are not stressed-out and anxious, generating great activity without much productivity. Instead, they move boldly toward the future—sharply on the lookout for the hazards and the opportunities that change brings.Bestselling author and business guru John Kotter knows about urgency. “Raising urgency” is the first step in his enormously successful eight-step framework, first articulated in Leading Change. But as Kotter illustrates, increasing urgency is the toughest of the eight steps, and the one without which even the most brilliant, high-powered initiatives will sputter and die. More importantly, as we transition to a world where change is continuous—not just episodic—he shows how urgency must become a core, sustained capability.With vivid and powerful stories, Kotter reveals a distinctive view of the kind of urgency needed in every organization. He also highlights the insidious nature of its nemesis, complacency, in all its guises. He explains the crucial difference between constructive true urgency, and the frantic wheel spinning that is so often mistaken for urgency. He provides key tactics for increasing urgency, as well as exposing and rooting out complacency, with chapters on: •Bringing the outside in •Behaving with urgency every day •Finding opportunity in crises •Dealing with “NoNos” or naysayersA Sense of Urgency is a powerful tool for anyone wanting to win in a turbulent world that will only continue to move faster. John P. Kotter Mon, 01 Sep 2008 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147715 thebookvoice.com 4:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Sense of Urgency Author: John P. Kotter Narrator: Bill Weideman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 1, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: True urgency is a gut-level determination to move and win, now.It’s practitioners are unusually alert. They come to work each day determined to achieve something important, and they shed irrelevant activities to move faster and smarter. Those with a sense of urgency are the opposite of complacent—but they are not stressed-out and anxious, generating great activity without much productivity. Instead, they move boldly toward the future—sharply on the lookout for the hazards and the opportunities that change brings.Bestselling author and business guru John Kotter knows about urgency. “Raising urgency” is the first step in his enormously successful eight-step framework, first articulated in Leading Change. But as Kotter illustrates, increasing urgency is the toughest of the eight steps, and the one without which even the most brilliant, high-powered initiatives will sputter and die. More importantly, as we transition to a world where change is continuous—not just episodic—he shows how urgency must become a core, sustained capability.With vivid and powerful stories, Kotter reveals a distinctive view of the kind of urgency needed in every organization. He also highlights the insidious nature of its nemesis, complacency, in all its guises. He explains the crucial difference between constructive true urgency, and the frantic wheel spinning that is so often mistaken for urgency. He provides key tactics for increasing urgency, as well as exposing and rooting out complacency, with chapters on: •Bringing the outside in •Behaving with urgency every day •Finding opportunity in crises •Dealing with “NoNos” or naysayersA Sense of Urgency is a powerful tool for anyone wanting to win in a turbulent world that will only continue to move faster. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Sense of Urgency Author: John P. Kotter Narrator: Bill Weideman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 1, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: True urgency is a gut-level determination to move and win, now.It’s practitioners are unusually alert. They come to work each day determined to achieve something important, and they shed irrelevant activities to move faster and smarter. Those with a sense of urgency are the opposite of complacent—but they are not stressed-out and anxious, generating great activity without much productivity. Instead, they move boldly toward the future—sharply on the lookout for the hazards and the opportunities that change brings.Bestselling author and business guru John Kotter knows about urgency. “Raising urgency” is the first step in his enormously successful eight-step framework, first articulated in Leading Change. But as Kotter illustrates, increasing urgency is the toughest of the eight steps, and the one without which even the most brilliant, high-powered initiatives will sputter and die. More importantly, as we transition to a world where change is continuous—not just episodic—he shows how urgency must become a core, sustained capability.With vivid and powerful stories, Kotter reveals a distinctive view of the kind of urgency needed in every organization. He also highlights the insidious nature of its nemesis, complacency, in all its guises. He explains the crucial difference between constructive true urgency, and the frantic wheel spinning that is so often mistaken for urgency. He provides key tactics for increasing urgency, as well as exposing and rooting out complacency, with chapters on: •Bringing the outside in •Behaving with urgency every day •Finding opportunity in crises •Dealing with “NoNos” or naysayersA Sense of Urgency is a powerful tool for anyone wanting to win in a turbulent world that will only continue to move faster. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147274 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Fierce Competitor: What Winning Companies and Great Managers Do in Tough Times Author: Jeffrey J. Fox Narrator: Jeffrey J. Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 15, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From best-selling author Jeffrey J. Fox, how the savvy see opportunity -- and capitalize on it Economic downturns separate the winning companies from the struggling. And as best-selling author Jeffrey J. Fox shows, tough times also give solid companies, strong managers, and potential rainmakers the opportunity to seize market share. In this eminently readable, practical resource for business leaders and managers, Fox explains exactly how the savvy few who rise to the top stay focused and alert, get new market share, hire good recently fired talent, increase investments into customer service, speed innovation, train all customer facing people, make acquisitions, get rid of underperformers, build brand names, pay for measurable performance, and lots more. Potential rainmakers, CEOS, marketing superstars, and great bosses have long turned to Jeffrey J. Fox for advice. Now he shows exactly what to do to weather any climate. Jeffrey J. Fox Mon, 15 Mar 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147274 thebookvoice.com 2:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Fierce Competitor: What Winning Companies and Great Managers Do in Tough Times Author: Jeffrey J. Fox Narrator: Jeffrey J. Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 15, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From best-selling author Jeffrey J. Fox, how the savvy see opportunity -- and capitalize on it Economic downturns separate the winning companies from the struggling. And as best-selling author Jeffrey J. Fox shows, tough times also give solid companies, strong managers, and potential rainmakers the opportunity to seize market share. In this eminently readable, practical resource for business leaders and managers, Fox explains exactly how the savvy few who rise to the top stay focused and alert, get new market share, hire good recently fired talent, increase investments into customer service, speed innovation, train all customer facing people, make acquisitions, get rid of underperformers, build brand names, pay for measurable performance, and lots more. Potential rainmakers, CEOS, marketing superstars, and great bosses have long turned to Jeffrey J. Fox for advice. Now he shows exactly what to do to weather any climate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Fierce Competitor: What Winning Companies and Great Managers Do in Tough Times Author: Jeffrey J. Fox Narrator: Jeffrey J. Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 15, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From best-selling author Jeffrey J. Fox, how the savvy see opportunity -- and capitalize on it Economic downturns separate the winning companies from the struggling. And as best-selling author Jeffrey J. Fox shows, tough times also give solid companies, strong managers, and potential rainmakers the opportunity to seize market share. In this eminently readable, practical resource for business leaders and managers, Fox explains exactly how the savvy few who rise to the top stay focused and alert, get new market share, hire good recently fired talent, increase investments into customer service, speed innovation, train all customer facing people, make acquisitions, get rid of underperformers, build brand names, pay for measurable performance, and lots more. Potential rainmakers, CEOS, marketing superstars, and great bosses have long turned to Jeffrey J. Fox for advice. Now he shows exactly what to do to weather any climate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146889 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Your Business: 183 Essential Tips that Will Transform Your Small Business Author: Lisa Everson, Frank Silverstein, Jj Ramberg Narrator: Jj Ramberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 16, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's Your Business was an immediate Wall Street Journal bestseller and garnered tremendous media attention from entrepreneurs and small business owners. With advice from Ramberg and such notable entrepreneurs as Blake Mycoskie and Guy Kawasaki, this right-to-the-point book covers topics from human resources to finance, public relations to sales, and much, much more -- all geared towards the small business owner. Knowing that entrepreneurs have no time to waste, Ramberg presents simple and effective guidance that can be put to use right away. This book will be indispensable for every small business owner, from a family-owned store to a venture capitalist-backed start up. Lisa Everson, Frank Silverstein, Jj Ramberg Tue, 16 Oct 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146889 thebookvoice.com 5:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Your Business: 183 Essential Tips that Will Transform Your Small Business Author: Lisa Everson, Frank Silverstein, Jj Ramberg Narrator: Jj Ramberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 16, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's Your Business was an immediate Wall Street Journal bestseller and garnered tremendous media attention from entrepreneurs and small business owners. With advice from Ramberg and such notable entrepreneurs as Blake Mycoskie and Guy Kawasaki, this right-to-the-point book covers topics from human resources to finance, public relations to sales, and much, much more -- all geared towards the small business owner. Knowing that entrepreneurs have no time to waste, Ramberg presents simple and effective guidance that can be put to use right away. This book will be indispensable for every small business owner, from a family-owned store to a venture capitalist-backed start up. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Your Business: 183 Essential Tips that Will Transform Your Small Business Author: Lisa Everson, Frank Silverstein, Jj Ramberg Narrator: Jj Ramberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 16, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's Your Business was an immediate Wall Street Journal bestseller and garnered tremendous media attention from entrepreneurs and small business owners. With advice from Ramberg and such notable entrepreneurs as Blake Mycoskie and Guy Kawasaki, this right-to-the-point book covers topics from human resources to finance, public relations to sales, and much, much more -- all geared towards the small business owner. Knowing that entrepreneurs have no time to waste, Ramberg presents simple and effective guidance that can be put to use right away. This book will be indispensable for every small business owner, from a family-owned store to a venture capitalist-backed start up. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Launch Pad: Inside Y Combinator, Silicon Valley's Most Exclusive School for Startups Author: Randall Stross Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 2, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Twice a year in the heart of Silicon Valley, a small investment firm called Y Combinator selects an elite group of young entrepreneurs from around the world for three months of intense work and instruction. Their brand-new two- or three-person start-ups are given a seemingly impossible challenge: to turn a raw idea into a viable business, fast.   Each YC session culminates in a demo day, when investors and venture capitalists flock to hear pitches from the new graduates. Any one of them might turn out to be the next Dropbox (class of 2007, now valued at $5 billion) or Airbnb (2009, $1.3 billion).   Randall Stross is the first journalist to have fly-on-the-wall access to Y Combinator. He tells the full story of how Paul Graham started this ultra exclusive institution, how it chooses among hundreds of aspiring Mark Zuckerbergs, and how it teaches them to go from concept to profitability in record time. Randall Stross Tue, 02 Oct 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146222 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Launch Pad: Inside Y Combinator, Silicon Valley's Most Exclusive School for Startups Author: Randall Stross Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 2, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Twice a year in the heart of Silicon Valley, a small investment firm called Y Combinator selects an elite group of young entrepreneurs from around the world for three months of intense work and instruction. Their brand-new two- or three-person start-ups are given a seemingly impossible challenge: to turn a raw idea into a viable business, fast.   Each YC session culminates in a demo day, when investors and venture capitalists flock to hear pitches from the new graduates. Any one of them might turn out to be the next Dropbox (class of 2007, now valued at $5 billion) or Airbnb (2009, $1.3 billion).   Randall Stross is the first journalist to have fly-on-the-wall access to Y Combinator. He tells the full story of how Paul Graham started this ultra exclusive institution, how it chooses among hundreds of aspiring Mark Zuckerbergs, and how it teaches them to go from concept to profitability in record time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Launch Pad: Inside Y Combinator, Silicon Valley's Most Exclusive School for Startups Author: Randall Stross Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 2, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Twice a year in the heart of Silicon Valley, a small investment firm called Y Combinator selects an elite group of young entrepreneurs from around the world for three months of intense work and instruction. Their brand-new two- or three-person start-ups are given a seemingly impossible challenge: to turn a raw idea into a viable business, fast.   Each YC session culminates in a demo day, when investors and venture capitalists flock to hear pitches from the new graduates. Any one of them might turn out to be the next Dropbox (class of 2007, now valued at $5 billion) or Airbnb (2009, $1.3 billion).   Randall Stross is the first journalist to have fly-on-the-wall access to Y Combinator. He tells the full story of how Paul Graham started this ultra exclusive institution, how it chooses among hundreds of aspiring Mark Zuckerbergs, and how it teaches them to go from concept to profitability in record time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143410 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There's No Such Thing as 'Business' Ethics: There's Only One Rule for Making Decisions Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There's no such thing as business ethics. How can that be? Because a single standard applies to both your business and personal life-and it's one we all know and trust: the Golden Rule. Now bestselling author John C. Maxwell shows you how this revered ideal works everywhere, and how, especially in business, it brings amazing dividends. There's No Such Thing As 'Business' Ethics offers: * Stories from history, business, government, and sports that illustrate how talented leaders invoked this timeless principle * Examples of difficult business decisions-layoffs, evaluations, billing clients, expansion-and how the Golden Rule applies to each * The five most common reasons people compromise their ethics-and how you can prevail over such moral obstacles * How applying the Golden Rule to business builds morale, increases productivity, encourages teamwork, lowers employee turnover, and keeps clients coming back. John C. Maxwell not only reveals the many ways the Golden Rule creates the perfect environment for business success, but does it with great wisdom, warmth, and humor. Backed by flawless research and the ideas of history's best thinkers, this engaging book brilliantly demonstrates how doing the right thing fosters a winning situation for all, with positive results for employees, clients, investors, and even your own state of mind. Business runs much more smoothly, profits increase, and you know that you've set the groundwork for years of future prosperity. . . and it's all thanks to the tried-and-true Golden Rule. John C. Maxwell Mon, 01 Aug 2005 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143410 thebookvoice.com 2:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There's No Such Thing as 'Business' Ethics: There's Only One Rule for Making Decisions Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There's no such thing as business ethics. How can that be? Because a single standard applies to both your business and personal life-and it's one we all know and trust: the Golden Rule. Now bestselling author John C. Maxwell shows you how this revered ideal works everywhere, and how, especially in business, it brings amazing dividends. There's No Such Thing As 'Business' Ethics offers: * Stories from history, business, government, and sports that illustrate how talented leaders invoked this timeless principle * Examples of difficult business decisions-layoffs, evaluations, billing clients, expansion-and how the Golden Rule applies to each * The five most common reasons people compromise their ethics-and how you can prevail over such moral obstacles * How applying the Golden Rule to business builds morale, increases productivity, encourages teamwork, lowers employee turnover, and keeps clients coming back. John C. Maxwell not only reveals the many ways the Golden Rule creates the perfect environment for business success, but does it with great wisdom, warmth, and humor. Backed by flawless research and the ideas of history's best thinkers, this engaging book brilliantly demonstrates how doing the right thing fosters a winning situation for all, with positive results for employees, clients, investors, and even your own state of mind. Business runs much more smoothly, profits increase, and you know that you've set the groundwork for years of future prosperity. . . and it's all thanks to the tried-and-true Golden Rule. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There's No Such Thing as 'Business' Ethics: There's Only One Rule for Making Decisions Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There's no such thing as business ethics. How can that be? Because a single standard applies to both your business and personal life-and it's one we all know and trust: the Golden Rule. Now bestselling author John C. Maxwell shows you how this revered ideal works everywhere, and how, especially in business, it brings amazing dividends. There's No Such Thing As 'Business' Ethics offers: * Stories from history, business, government, and sports that illustrate how talented leaders invoked this timeless principle * Examples of difficult business decisions-layoffs, evaluations, billing clients, expansion-and how the Golden Rule applies to each * The five most common reasons people compromise their ethics-and how you can prevail over such moral obstacles * How applying the Golden Rule to business builds morale, increases productivity, encourages teamwork, lowers employee turnover, and keeps clients coming back. John C. Maxwell not only reveals the many ways the Golden Rule creates the perfect environment for business success, but does it with great wisdom, warmth, and humor. Backed by flawless research and the ideas of history's best thinkers, this engaging book brilliantly demonstrates how doing the right thing fosters a winning situation for all, with positive results for employees, clients, investors, and even your own state of mind. Business runs much more smoothly, profits increase, and you know that you've set the groundwork for years of future prosperity. . . and it's all thanks to the tried-and-true Golden Rule. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142937 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Reputation: Strengthen the Asset That Will Make or Break Your Career Author: Chris Komisarjevsky Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 21, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We judge people in business the same way we judge those in our personal lives. We listen to what they say, watch how they behave, and take note of the results of their actions. Success is ultimately built on a foundation of character, communication, and trust. To accomplish our goals, people must believe in us. The Power of Reputation offers business people an action plan for creating the kind of reputation that generates trust, inspires confidence, and paves the way for lasting success. Listeners will discover how to: • identify and reinforce the values behind their reputation • earn respect by respecting others • engage people through constructive, open communication • build strong connections by personalizing their approach to everything they do Featuring interviews with distinguished business figures and containing instructive real-world examples, this audiobook reveals how to leverage the remarkable power of a reputation rooted in authenticity. Chris Komisarjevsky Tue, 21 Aug 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142937 thebookvoice.com 6:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Reputation: Strengthen the Asset That Will Make or Break Your Career Author: Chris Komisarjevsky Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 21, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We judge people in business the same way we judge those in our personal lives. We listen to what they say, watch how they behave, and take note of the results of their actions. Success is ultimately built on a foundation of character, communication, and trust. To accomplish our goals, people must believe in us. The Power of Reputation offers business people an action plan for creating the kind of reputation that generates trust, inspires confidence, and paves the way for lasting success. Listeners will discover how to: • identify and reinforce the values behind their reputation • earn respect by respecting others • engage people through constructive, open communication • build strong connections by personalizing their approach to everything they do Featuring interviews with distinguished business figures and containing instructive real-world examples, this audiobook reveals how to leverage the remarkable power of a reputation rooted in authenticity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Reputation: Strengthen the Asset That Will Make or Break Your Career Author: Chris Komisarjevsky Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 21, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We judge people in business the same way we judge those in our personal lives. We listen to what they say, watch how they behave, and take note of the results of their actions. Success is ultimately built on a foundation of character, communication, and trust. To accomplish our goals, people must believe in us. The Power of Reputation offers business people an action plan for creating the kind of reputation that generates trust, inspires confidence, and paves the way for lasting success. Listeners will discover how to: • identify and reinforce the values behind their reputation • earn respect by respecting others • engage people through constructive, open communication • build strong connections by personalizing their approach to everything they do Featuring interviews with distinguished business figures and containing instructive real-world examples, this audiobook reveals how to leverage the remarkable power of a reputation rooted in authenticity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142315 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Makers: The New Industrial Revolution Author: Chris Anderson Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 3D Robotics co-founder and bestselling author Chris Anderson takes you to the front lines of a new industrial revolution as today’s entrepreneurs, using open source design and 3-D printing, bring manufacturing to the desktop.  In an age of custom-fabricated, do-it-yourself product design and creation, the collective potential of a million garage tinkerers and enthusiasts is about to be unleashed, driving a resurgence of American manufacturing.  A generation of “Makers” using the Web’s innovation model will help drive the next big wave in the global economy, as the new technologies of digital design and rapid prototyping gives everyone the power to invent--creating “the long tail of things”. Chris Anderson Tue, 02 Oct 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142315 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Makers: The New Industrial Revolution Author: Chris Anderson Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 3D Robotics co-founder and bestselling author Chris Anderson takes you to the front lines of a new industrial revolution as today’s entrepreneurs, using open source design and 3-D printing, bring manufacturing to the desktop.  In an age of custom-fabricated, do-it-yourself product design and creation, the collective potential of a million garage tinkerers and enthusiasts is about to be unleashed, driving a resurgence of American manufacturing.  A generation of “Makers” using the Web’s innovation model will help drive the next big wave in the global economy, as the new technologies of digital design and rapid prototyping gives everyone the power to invent--creating “the long tail of things”. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Makers: The New Industrial Revolution Author: Chris Anderson Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 3D Robotics co-founder and bestselling author Chris Anderson takes you to the front lines of a new industrial revolution as today’s entrepreneurs, using open source design and 3-D printing, bring manufacturing to the desktop.  In an age of custom-fabricated, do-it-yourself product design and creation, the collective potential of a million garage tinkerers and enthusiasts is about to be unleashed, driving a resurgence of American manufacturing.  A generation of “Makers” using the Web’s innovation model will help drive the next big wave in the global economy, as the new technologies of digital design and rapid prototyping gives everyone the power to invent--creating “the long tail of things”. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141891 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intention Economy: When Customers Take Charge Author: Doc Searls Narrator: Doc Searls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Caveat venditor—let the seller beware While marketers look for more ways to get personal with customers, including new tricks with “big data,” customers are about to get personal in their own ways, with their own tools. Soon consumers will be able to: • Control the flow and use of personal data • Build their own loyalty programs • Dictate their own terms of service • Tell whole markets what they want, how they want it, where and when they should be able to get it, and how much it should cost And they will do all of this outside of any one vendor’s silo. This new landscape we’re entering is what Doc Searls calls The Intention Economy—one in which demand will drive supply far more directly, efficiently, and compellingly than ever before. In this audiobook he describes an economy driven by consumer intent, where vendors must respond to the actual intentions of customers instead of vying for the attention of many. New customer tools will provide the engine, with VRM (Vendor Relationship Management) providing the consumer counterpart to vendors’ CRM (Customer Relationship Management) systems. For example, imagine being able to change your address once for every company you deal with, or combining services from multiple companies in real time, in your own ways—all while keeping an auditable accounting of every one of your interactions in the marketplace. These tantalizing possibilities and many others are introduced in this audiobook. As customers become more independent and powerful, and the Intention Economy emerges, only vendors and organizations that are ready for the change will survive, and thrive. Where do you stand? Doc Searls Mon, 13 Aug 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141891 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intention Economy: When Customers Take Charge Author: Doc Searls Narrator: Doc Searls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Caveat venditor—let the seller beware While marketers look for more ways to get personal with customers, including new tricks with “big data,” customers are about to get personal in their own ways, with their own tools. Soon consumers will be able to: • Control the flow and use of personal data • Build their own loyalty programs • Dictate their own terms of service • Tell whole markets what they want, how they want it, where and when they should be able to get it, and how much it should cost And they will do all of this outside of any one vendor’s silo. This new landscape we’re entering is what Doc Searls calls The Intention Economy—one in which demand will drive supply far more directly, efficiently, and compellingly than ever before. In this audiobook he describes an economy driven by consumer intent, where vendors must respond to the actual intentions of customers instead of vying for the attention of many. New customer tools will provide the engine, with VRM (Vendor Relationship Management) providing the consumer counterpart to vendors’ CRM (Customer Relationship Management) systems. For example, imagine being able to change your address once for every company you deal with, or combining services from multiple companies in real time, in your own ways—all while keeping an auditable accounting of every one of your interactions in the marketplace. These tantalizing possibilities and many others are introduced in this audiobook. As customers become more independent and powerful, and the Intention Economy emerges, only vendors and organizations that are ready for the change will survive, and thrive. Where do you stand? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intention Economy: When Customers Take Charge Author: Doc Searls Narrator: Doc Searls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Caveat venditor—let the seller beware While marketers look for more ways to get personal with customers, including new tricks with “big data,” customers are about to get personal in their own ways, with their own tools. Soon consumers will be able to: • Control the flow and use of personal data • Build their own loyalty programs • Dictate their own terms of service • Tell whole markets what they want, how they want it, where and when they should be able to get it, and how much it should cost And they will do all of this outside of any one vendor’s silo. This new landscape we’re entering is what Doc Searls calls The Intention Economy—one in which demand will drive supply far more directly, efficiently, and compellingly than ever before. In this audiobook he describes an economy driven by consumer intent, where vendors must respond to the actual intentions of customers instead of vying for the attention of many. New customer tools will provide the engine, with VRM (Vendor Relationship Management) providing the consumer counterpart to vendors’ CRM (Customer Relationship Management) systems. For example, imagine being able to change your address once for every company you deal with, or combining services from multiple companies in real time, in your own ways—all while keeping an auditable accounting of every one of your interactions in the marketplace. These tantalizing possibilities and many others are introduced in this audiobook. As customers become more independent and powerful, and the Intention Economy emerges, only vendors and organizations that are ready for the change will survive, and thrive. Where do you stand? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best Service Is No Service: How to Liberate Your Customers from Customer Service, Keep Them Happy, and Control Costs Author: Bill Price, David Jaffe Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 21, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most customer service operations have it wrong. They gauge their effectiveness and productivity based on the number of customer calls or contacts they handle. But do your customers really want a “relationship” with your company’s customer service department, or do they simply want to purchase your products or services so they can put them to use? In this groundbreaking book, Bill Price and David Jaffe offer a game-changing approach, showing how managers are taking the wrong path and are using the wrong metrics to measure customer service. Customer service, they assert, is only needed when a company does something wrong - eliminating the need for service is the best way to satisfy customers. To be successful, companies need to treat service as a data point of dysfunction and figure what they need to do to eliminate the demand. The Best Service Is No Service outlines these seven principles to deliver the best service that ultimately leads to “no service”: - Eliminate dumb contacts - Create engaging self-service - Be proactive - Make it easy to contact your company - Own the actions across the company - Listen and act - Deliver great service experiences While self-service and customer relationship management are often tech-heavy and software-driven efforts, Price and Jaffe emphasize that no technology is needed to adopt a “no service” mindset - and any manager who tries to ferret out dysfunctional contacts between customers and companies can create far better, self-correcting systems. Bill Price, David Jaffe Fri, 21 Mar 2008 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139555 thebookvoice.com 10:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best Service Is No Service: How to Liberate Your Customers from Customer Service, Keep Them Happy, and Control Costs Author: Bill Price, David Jaffe Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 21, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most customer service operations have it wrong. They gauge their effectiveness and productivity based on the number of customer calls or contacts they handle. But do your customers really want a “relationship” with your company’s customer service department, or do they simply want to purchase your products or services so they can put them to use? In this groundbreaking book, Bill Price and David Jaffe offer a game-changing approach, showing how managers are taking the wrong path and are using the wrong metrics to measure customer service. Customer service, they assert, is only needed when a company does something wrong - eliminating the need for service is the best way to satisfy customers. To be successful, companies need to treat service as a data point of dysfunction and figure what they need to do to eliminate the demand. The Best Service Is No Service outlines these seven principles to deliver the best service that ultimately leads to “no service”: - Eliminate dumb contacts - Create engaging self-service - Be proactive - Make it easy to contact your company - Own the actions across the company - Listen and act - Deliver great service experiences While self-service and customer relationship management are often tech-heavy and software-driven efforts, Price and Jaffe emphasize that no technology is needed to adopt a “no service” mindset - and any manager who tries to ferret out dysfunctional contacts between customers and companies can create far better, self-correcting systems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best Service Is No Service: How to Liberate Your Customers from Customer Service, Keep Them Happy, and Control Costs Author: Bill Price, David Jaffe Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 21, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most customer service operations have it wrong. They gauge their effectiveness and productivity based on the number of customer calls or contacts they handle. But do your customers really want a “relationship” with your company’s customer service department, or do they simply want to purchase your products or services so they can put them to use? In this groundbreaking book, Bill Price and David Jaffe offer a game-changing approach, showing how managers are taking the wrong path and are using the wrong metrics to measure customer service. Customer service, they assert, is only needed when a company does something wrong - eliminating the need for service is the best way to satisfy customers. To be successful, companies need to treat service as a data point of dysfunction and figure what they need to do to eliminate the demand. The Best Service Is No Service outlines these seven principles to deliver the best service that ultimately leads to “no service”: - Eliminate dumb contacts - Create engaging self-service - Be proactive - Make it easy to contact your company - Own the actions across the company - Listen and act - Deliver great service experiences While self-service and customer relationship management are often tech-heavy and software-driven efforts, Price and Jaffe emphasize that no technology is needed to adopt a “no service” mindset - and any manager who tries to ferret out dysfunctional contacts between customers and companies can create far better, self-correcting systems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137341 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Design Like Apple: Seven Principles For Creating Insanely Great Products, Services, and Experiences Author: John Edson Narrator: John Edson, Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From his earliest days at Apple, Steve Jobs set the standard that all products should be 'insanely great.' Apple sees design as a tool for creating beautiful experiences that surprise and delight, but also convey a point of view down to the smallest detail—from the tactile feedback of a keyboard to the out-of-the-box experience of an iPhone package. This is no accident; the entire Apple organization is designed to give top priority to design considerations. Design Like Apple uncovers the lessons from Apple's singular approach to product creation, manufacturing, delivery, and customer experience. Learn how design can create a competitive advantage by delivering beauty, ingenuity, and charisma. Get guidance on how to nurture taste, talent, and a design culture at every level of your organization. Help your employees zoom out to view the big picture, see the relationships between objects and the space around them, and understand the product's context so that they can design a compelling and infinitely useful system for your customers. Gain the courage to relentlessly prototype. And finally, find your voice as a brand and a business. Bridging creativity and commerce, this audiobook will show you how to truly Design Like Apple. John Edson Tue, 17 Jul 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137341 thebookvoice.com 4:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Design Like Apple: Seven Principles For Creating Insanely Great Products, Services, and Experiences Author: John Edson Narrator: John Edson, Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From his earliest days at Apple, Steve Jobs set the standard that all products should be 'insanely great.' Apple sees design as a tool for creating beautiful experiences that surprise and delight, but also convey a point of view down to the smallest detail—from the tactile feedback of a keyboard to the out-of-the-box experience of an iPhone package. This is no accident; the entire Apple organization is designed to give top priority to design considerations. Design Like Apple uncovers the lessons from Apple's singular approach to product creation, manufacturing, delivery, and customer experience. Learn how design can create a competitive advantage by delivering beauty, ingenuity, and charisma. Get guidance on how to nurture taste, talent, and a design culture at every level of your organization. Help your employees zoom out to view the big picture, see the relationships between objects and the space around them, and understand the product's context so that they can design a compelling and infinitely useful system for your customers. Gain the courage to relentlessly prototype. And finally, find your voice as a brand and a business. Bridging creativity and commerce, this audiobook will show you how to truly Design Like Apple. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Design Like Apple: Seven Principles For Creating Insanely Great Products, Services, and Experiences Author: John Edson Narrator: John Edson, Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From his earliest days at Apple, Steve Jobs set the standard that all products should be 'insanely great.' Apple sees design as a tool for creating beautiful experiences that surprise and delight, but also convey a point of view down to the smallest detail—from the tactile feedback of a keyboard to the out-of-the-box experience of an iPhone package. This is no accident; the entire Apple organization is designed to give top priority to design considerations. Design Like Apple uncovers the lessons from Apple's singular approach to product creation, manufacturing, delivery, and customer experience. Learn how design can create a competitive advantage by delivering beauty, ingenuity, and charisma. Get guidance on how to nurture taste, talent, and a design culture at every level of your organization. Help your employees zoom out to view the big picture, see the relationships between objects and the space around them, and understand the product's context so that they can design a compelling and infinitely useful system for your customers. Gain the courage to relentlessly prototype. And finally, find your voice as a brand and a business. Bridging creativity and commerce, this audiobook will show you how to truly Design Like Apple. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age Curve: How to Profit from the Coming Demographic Storm Author: Kenneth W. Gronbach Narrator: Max Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 19, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For years, savvy marketers have held on to certain unwavering beliefs that have dictated how they market to their consumers. The hard truth, however, is that at the heart of the changes we see in marketing and business is based on one undeniable factor—the size of the generations we are selling to. As each generation ages, what they buy and how much they buy will change. Each product and service has a 'best customer' that sustains a business. As these customers grow up, the smartest marketers will stay ahead of them—and their money. In The Age Curve, marketing guru Ken Gronbach shows executives and entrepreneurs how to anticipate this wave of predictable demand and ride it to success. Both eye-opening and compelling, The Age Curve will change the way companies look at their customers and how they court them. Kenneth W. Gronbach Thu, 19 Jun 2008 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137054 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age Curve: How to Profit from the Coming Demographic Storm Author: Kenneth W. Gronbach Narrator: Max Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 19, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For years, savvy marketers have held on to certain unwavering beliefs that have dictated how they market to their consumers. The hard truth, however, is that at the heart of the changes we see in marketing and business is based on one undeniable factor—the size of the generations we are selling to. As each generation ages, what they buy and how much they buy will change. Each product and service has a 'best customer' that sustains a business. As these customers grow up, the smartest marketers will stay ahead of them—and their money. In The Age Curve, marketing guru Ken Gronbach shows executives and entrepreneurs how to anticipate this wave of predictable demand and ride it to success. Both eye-opening and compelling, The Age Curve will change the way companies look at their customers and how they court them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age Curve: How to Profit from the Coming Demographic Storm Author: Kenneth W. Gronbach Narrator: Max Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 19, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For years, savvy marketers have held on to certain unwavering beliefs that have dictated how they market to their consumers. The hard truth, however, is that at the heart of the changes we see in marketing and business is based on one undeniable factor—the size of the generations we are selling to. As each generation ages, what they buy and how much they buy will change. Each product and service has a 'best customer' that sustains a business. As these customers grow up, the smartest marketers will stay ahead of them—and their money. In The Age Curve, marketing guru Ken Gronbach shows executives and entrepreneurs how to anticipate this wave of predictable demand and ride it to success. Both eye-opening and compelling, The Age Curve will change the way companies look at their customers and how they court them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135852 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outside In: The Power of Putting Customers at the Center of Your Business Author: Harley Manning, Kerry Bodine Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 28, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What simple innovation brought billions in new investments to Fidelity? What basic misunderstanding was preventing Office Depot from achieving its growth potential? What surprising insights helped the Mayo Clinic better serve both doctors and patients? The solution in each case was a focus on customer experience, the most powerful—and misunderstood—element of corporate strategy today. Customer experience is, quite simply, how your customers perceive their every interaction with your company. It’s a fundamental business driver. Here’s proof: over a recent five-year period during which the S&P 500 was flat, a stock portfolio of customer experience leaders grew twenty-two percent. In an age when customers have access to vast amounts of data about your company and its competitors, customer experience is the only sustainable source of competitive advantage. But how to excel at it? Based on fourteen years of research by the customer experience leaders at Forrester Research, Outside In offers a complete roadmap to attaining the experience advantage. It starts with the concept of the Customer Experience Ecosystem—proof that the roots of customer experience problems lie not just with customer-facing employees like your sales staff, but with behind-the-scenes employees like accountants, lawyers, and programmers, as well as the policies, processes, and technologies that all your employees use every day. Identifying and solving these problems has the potential to dramatically increase sales and decrease costs. Harley Manning, Kerry Bodine Tue, 28 Aug 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135852 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outside In: The Power of Putting Customers at the Center of Your Business Author: Harley Manning, Kerry Bodine Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 28, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What simple innovation brought billions in new investments to Fidelity? What basic misunderstanding was preventing Office Depot from achieving its growth potential? What surprising insights helped the Mayo Clinic better serve both doctors and patients? The solution in each case was a focus on customer experience, the most powerful—and misunderstood—element of corporate strategy today. Customer experience is, quite simply, how your customers perceive their every interaction with your company. It’s a fundamental business driver. Here’s proof: over a recent five-year period during which the S&P 500 was flat, a stock portfolio of customer experience leaders grew twenty-two percent. In an age when customers have access to vast amounts of data about your company and its competitors, customer experience is the only sustainable source of competitive advantage. But how to excel at it? Based on fourteen years of research by the customer experience leaders at Forrester Research, Outside In offers a complete roadmap to attaining the experience advantage. It starts with the concept of the Customer Experience Ecosystem—proof that the roots of customer experience problems lie not just with customer-facing employees like your sales staff, but with behind-the-scenes employees like accountants, lawyers, and programmers, as well as the policies, processes, and technologies that all your employees use every day. Identifying and solving these problems has the potential to dramatically increase sales and decrease costs. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outside In: The Power of Putting Customers at the Center of Your Business Author: Harley Manning, Kerry Bodine Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 28, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What simple innovation brought billions in new investments to Fidelity? What basic misunderstanding was preventing Office Depot from achieving its growth potential? What surprising insights helped the Mayo Clinic better serve both doctors and patients? The solution in each case was a focus on customer experience, the most powerful—and misunderstood—element of corporate strategy today. Customer experience is, quite simply, how your customers perceive their every interaction with your company. It’s a fundamental business driver. Here’s proof: over a recent five-year period during which the S&P 500 was flat, a stock portfolio of customer experience leaders grew twenty-two percent. In an age when customers have access to vast amounts of data about your company and its competitors, customer experience is the only sustainable source of competitive advantage. But how to excel at it? Based on fourteen years of research by the customer experience leaders at Forrester Research, Outside In offers a complete roadmap to attaining the experience advantage. It starts with the concept of the Customer Experience Ecosystem—proof that the roots of customer experience problems lie not just with customer-facing employees like your sales staff, but with behind-the-scenes employees like accountants, lawyers, and programmers, as well as the policies, processes, and technologies that all your employees use every day. Identifying and solving these problems has the potential to dramatically increase sales and decrease costs. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/133156 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/133156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guerrilla Marketing Weapons: 100 Affordable Marketing Methods for Maximizing Profits from Your Small Business Author: Jay Conrad Levinson Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Too many small and mid-sized businesses offer gold-medal quality and service yet struggle to pay their bills and stay in business. What they need are guerrilla marketing weapons to put energy behind their dreams. This indispensable nuts-and-bolts guide outlines every weapon you need to make a significant bottom-line difference in your company. These weapons will add potency to your marketing attack and substantially increase profits. They work for all types of small and medium businesses, even nonprofit organizations. Among them are fourteen powerhouse weapons for start-up businesses and five substantial lifts to already running operations. All are inexpensive to implement and half of them are completely cost free. Topics covered are: – Aggressive marketing without cash – The single most valuable business asset – Eight secrets for success in marketing – The weapons that make buying from you easy – Sure-fire tactics that produce instant results – All the strategic offense and defense tools you need to blast your competition, boost your profits, and earn a guerrilla marketer's fortune Jay Conrad Levinson Mon, 01 Jan 2007 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/133156 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/133156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guerrilla Marketing Weapons: 100 Affordable Marketing Methods for Maximizing Profits from Your Small Business Author: Jay Conrad Levinson Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Too many small and mid-sized businesses offer gold-medal quality and service yet struggle to pay their bills and stay in business. What they need are guerrilla marketing weapons to put energy behind their dreams. This indispensable nuts-and-bolts guide outlines every weapon you need to make a significant bottom-line difference in your company. These weapons will add potency to your marketing attack and substantially increase profits. They work for all types of small and medium businesses, even nonprofit organizations. Among them are fourteen powerhouse weapons for start-up businesses and five substantial lifts to already running operations. All are inexpensive to implement and half of them are completely cost free. Topics covered are: – Aggressive marketing without cash – The single most valuable business asset – Eight secrets for success in marketing – The weapons that make buying from you easy – Sure-fire tactics that produce instant results – All the strategic offense and defense tools you need to blast your competition, boost your profits, and earn a guerrilla marketer's fortune Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/133156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guerrilla Marketing Weapons: 100 Affordable Marketing Methods for Maximizing Profits from Your Small Business Author: Jay Conrad Levinson Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Too many small and mid-sized businesses offer gold-medal quality and service yet struggle to pay their bills and stay in business. What they need are guerrilla marketing weapons to put energy behind their dreams. This indispensable nuts-and-bolts guide outlines every weapon you need to make a significant bottom-line difference in your company. These weapons will add potency to your marketing attack and substantially increase profits. They work for all types of small and medium businesses, even nonprofit organizations. Among them are fourteen powerhouse weapons for start-up businesses and five substantial lifts to already running operations. All are inexpensive to implement and half of them are completely cost free. Topics covered are: – Aggressive marketing without cash – The single most valuable business asset – Eight secrets for success in marketing – The weapons that make buying from you easy – Sure-fire tactics that produce instant results – All the strategic offense and defense tools you need to blast your competition, boost your profits, and earn a guerrilla marketer's fortune https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/131459 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/131459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attention All Passengers: The Airlines' Dangerous Descent---and How to Reclaim Our Skies Author: William J. Mcgee Narrator: Greg Itzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 26, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Fast Food Nation for the airline industry, Attention All Passengers is a shocking and important exposé revealing the real state of the “friendly skies” in which we fly. Award-winning Consumer Reports travel journalist William McGee, a former editor of the Consumer Reports Travel Letter, spent nearly seven years in airline flight operations management, and what he learned was less than uplifting. From TSA power grabs and an endemic lack of oversight to legislative battles and lobbying boondoggles to antiquated flight patterns and outsourced maintenance workers, the airlines and the Government are in cahoots, conspiring to turn a profit any way they can, no matter who has to pay the price. A provocative and hard-hitting call to action, Attention All Passengers will explode all our previous misconceptions about the airline industry. William J. Mcgee Tue, 26 Jun 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/131459 thebookvoice.com 11:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/131459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attention All Passengers: The Airlines' Dangerous Descent---and How to Reclaim Our Skies Author: William J. Mcgee Narrator: Greg Itzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 26, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Fast Food Nation for the airline industry, Attention All Passengers is a shocking and important exposé revealing the real state of the “friendly skies” in which we fly. Award-winning Consumer Reports travel journalist William McGee, a former editor of the Consumer Reports Travel Letter, spent nearly seven years in airline flight operations management, and what he learned was less than uplifting. From TSA power grabs and an endemic lack of oversight to legislative battles and lobbying boondoggles to antiquated flight patterns and outsourced maintenance workers, the airlines and the Government are in cahoots, conspiring to turn a profit any way they can, no matter who has to pay the price. A provocative and hard-hitting call to action, Attention All Passengers will explode all our previous misconceptions about the airline industry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/131459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attention All Passengers: The Airlines' Dangerous Descent---and How to Reclaim Our Skies Author: William J. Mcgee Narrator: Greg Itzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 26, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Fast Food Nation for the airline industry, Attention All Passengers is a shocking and important exposé revealing the real state of the “friendly skies” in which we fly. Award-winning Consumer Reports travel journalist William McGee, a former editor of the Consumer Reports Travel Letter, spent nearly seven years in airline flight operations management, and what he learned was less than uplifting. From TSA power grabs and an endemic lack of oversight to legislative battles and lobbying boondoggles to antiquated flight patterns and outsourced maintenance workers, the airlines and the Government are in cahoots, conspiring to turn a profit any way they can, no matter who has to pay the price. A provocative and hard-hitting call to action, Attention All Passengers will explode all our previous misconceptions about the airline industry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129645 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building a Small Business that Warren Buffett Would Love Author: Adam Brownlee Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every great business—whether it's a popular pizza restaurant or a baby formula maker—is built on the same core fundamentals. Warren Buffett figured out this universal business truth at an early age, and used it to turn an initial investment of $105,000 into a massive $40 billion fortune. Building a Small Business that Warren Buffett Would Love takes this sound investment methodology and adapts it for small business owners looking to build, grow, or improve their own businesses. Taking a long, hard look at Buffett's investment choices, business and investing guru Adam Brownlee identifies the common principles that link the many companies that populate Berkshire Hathaway's impressive portfolio. Highlighting the essentials that make these businesses great—from their strong earnings track records to their ability to successfully raise prices to match inflation—the audiobook presents a road map for transforming your business using the same simple values that define these economic powerhouses. Humorous and accessible, Building a Small Business that Warren Buffett Would Love looks at some of the world's most successful businesses—Coke, Hershey's, McDonald's, and many others—to demonstrate the sound logic and plain-to-see success of Buffett's way of doing business. Packed with essential information for start-ups and existing small businesses looking to take things to the next level, the audiobook includes everything budding entrepreneurs need to know to build fundamentally sound small businesses that will not only survive but thrive in today's uncertain economic climate. Warren Buffett redefined successful investing when he figured out exactly what makes a successful business tick and then put his money into those businesses—and only those businesses. It worked for him, and it can work for you. With this audiobook, you've taken the first step towards creating the kind of small business that not just Buffett, but any intelligent investor, will love. Adam Brownlee Mon, 05 Mar 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129645 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building a Small Business that Warren Buffett Would Love Author: Adam Brownlee Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every great business—whether it's a popular pizza restaurant or a baby formula maker—is built on the same core fundamentals. Warren Buffett figured out this universal business truth at an early age, and used it to turn an initial investment of $105,000 into a massive $40 billion fortune. Building a Small Business that Warren Buffett Would Love takes this sound investment methodology and adapts it for small business owners looking to build, grow, or improve their own businesses. Taking a long, hard look at Buffett's investment choices, business and investing guru Adam Brownlee identifies the common principles that link the many companies that populate Berkshire Hathaway's impressive portfolio. Highlighting the essentials that make these businesses great—from their strong earnings track records to their ability to successfully raise prices to match inflation—the audiobook presents a road map for transforming your business using the same simple values that define these economic powerhouses. Humorous and accessible, Building a Small Business that Warren Buffett Would Love looks at some of the world's most successful businesses—Coke, Hershey's, McDonald's, and many others—to demonstrate the sound logic and plain-to-see success of Buffett's way of doing business. Packed with essential information for start-ups and existing small businesses looking to take things to the next level, the audiobook includes everything budding entrepreneurs need to know to build fundamentally sound small businesses that will not only survive but thrive in today's uncertain economic climate. Warren Buffett redefined successful investing when he figured out exactly what makes a successful business tick and then put his money into those businesses—and only those businesses. It worked for him, and it can work for you. With this audiobook, you've taken the first step towards creating the kind of small business that not just Buffett, but any intelligent investor, will love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building a Small Business that Warren Buffett Would Love Author: Adam Brownlee Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every great business—whether it's a popular pizza restaurant or a baby formula maker—is built on the same core fundamentals. Warren Buffett figured out this universal business truth at an early age, and used it to turn an initial investment of $105,000 into a massive $40 billion fortune. Building a Small Business that Warren Buffett Would Love takes this sound investment methodology and adapts it for small business owners looking to build, grow, or improve their own businesses. Taking a long, hard look at Buffett's investment choices, business and investing guru Adam Brownlee identifies the common principles that link the many companies that populate Berkshire Hathaway's impressive portfolio. Highlighting the essentials that make these businesses great—from their strong earnings track records to their ability to successfully raise prices to match inflation—the audiobook presents a road map for transforming your business using the same simple values that define these economic powerhouses. Humorous and accessible, Building a Small Business that Warren Buffett Would Love looks at some of the world's most successful businesses—Coke, Hershey's, McDonald's, and many others—to demonstrate the sound logic and plain-to-see success of Buffett's way of doing business. Packed with essential information for start-ups and existing small businesses looking to take things to the next level, the audiobook includes everything budding entrepreneurs need to know to build fundamentally sound small businesses that will not only survive but thrive in today's uncertain economic climate. Warren Buffett redefined successful investing when he figured out exactly what makes a successful business tick and then put his money into those businesses—and only those businesses. It worked for him, and it can work for you. With this audiobook, you've taken the first step towards creating the kind of small business that not just Buffett, but any intelligent investor, will love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129643 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Model You: A One-Page Method For Reinventing Your Career Author: Timothy Clark Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career The global bestseller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw 'personal business models,' which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose Articulate a vision for change Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision, and most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career. Timothy Clark Mon, 05 Mar 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129643 thebookvoice.com 4:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Model You: A One-Page Method For Reinventing Your Career Author: Timothy Clark Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career The global bestseller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw 'personal business models,' which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose Articulate a vision for change Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision, and most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Model You: A One-Page Method For Reinventing Your Career Author: Timothy Clark Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career The global bestseller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw 'personal business models,' which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose Articulate a vision for change Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision, and most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128356 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Laptop Millionaire: How Anyone Can Escape the 9 to 5 and Make Money Online Author: Mark Anastasi Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 58 Ratings of Narrator: 3.13 of Total 16 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Go from ZERO to $10,000 a month in 28 days and discover financial freedom online! Every day thousands of people are losing their jobs, their income, and their security—perhaps you are one of them. And for others, their job alone might not be enough. With the right strategies, however, you can achieve financial independence faster than you ever thought possible. The Laptop Millionaire provides 32 easy to follow step-by-step strategies proven to make real money online. You'll learn how you can replace your income in 90 days or less, and forget about having a job—instead, create your own economy! The Laptop Millionaire reveals the exact strategies author Mark Anastasi used to make millions and includes the success stories of other millionaire Internet entrepreneurs. Whether you need an extra hundred dollars a week or want to start an Internet empire, this audiobook gives you the tools and advice you need. His no-fluff, no-filler strategies provide a blueprint to online success allowing you to discover the laptop entrepreneur lifestyle for yourself. You'll discover: How anyone can make $700 to $3,000 a week thanks to Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube How to turn $400 into a $10,000-a-month business thanks to ebooks! How to make $6,000 to $20,000 in 90 minutes thanks to Joint Venture Webinars! How millions of people worldwide are making a full-time living from home, thanks to the Internet How your laptop can give you the freedom and ability to live anywhere you want in the world How 7 simple Millionaire Secrets can transform your life How financial independence starts at just 400 clicks per day If you apply the principles from The Laptop Millionaire, you will be well on your way to living the dream and mastering your financial destiny. Mark Anastasi Tue, 01 May 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128356 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Laptop Millionaire: How Anyone Can Escape the 9 to 5 and Make Money Online Author: Mark Anastasi Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 58 Ratings of Narrator: 3.13 of Total 16 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Go from ZERO to $10,000 a month in 28 days and discover financial freedom online! Every day thousands of people are losing their jobs, their income, and their security—perhaps you are one of them. And for others, their job alone might not be enough. With the right strategies, however, you can achieve financial independence faster than you ever thought possible. The Laptop Millionaire provides 32 easy to follow step-by-step strategies proven to make real money online. You'll learn how you can replace your income in 90 days or less, and forget about having a job—instead, create your own economy! The Laptop Millionaire reveals the exact strategies author Mark Anastasi used to make millions and includes the success stories of other millionaire Internet entrepreneurs. Whether you need an extra hundred dollars a week or want to start an Internet empire, this audiobook gives you the tools and advice you need. His no-fluff, no-filler strategies provide a blueprint to online success allowing you to discover the laptop entrepreneur lifestyle for yourself. You'll discover: How anyone can make $700 to $3,000 a week thanks to Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube How to turn $400 into a $10,000-a-month business thanks to ebooks! How to make $6,000 to $20,000 in 90 minutes thanks to Joint Venture Webinars! How millions of people worldwide are making a full-time living from home, thanks to the Internet How your laptop can give you the freedom and ability to live anywhere you want in the world How 7 simple Millionaire Secrets can transform your life How financial independence starts at just 400 clicks per day If you apply the principles from The Laptop Millionaire, you will be well on your way to living the dream and mastering your financial destiny. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Laptop Millionaire: How Anyone Can Escape the 9 to 5 and Make Money Online Author: Mark Anastasi Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 58 Ratings of Narrator: 3.13 of Total 16 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Go from ZERO to $10,000 a month in 28 days and discover financial freedom online! Every day thousands of people are losing their jobs, their income, and their security—perhaps you are one of them. And for others, their job alone might not be enough. With the right strategies, however, you can achieve financial independence faster than you ever thought possible. The Laptop Millionaire provides 32 easy to follow step-by-step strategies proven to make real money online. You'll learn how you can replace your income in 90 days or less, and forget about having a job—instead, create your own economy! The Laptop Millionaire reveals the exact strategies author Mark Anastasi used to make millions and includes the success stories of other millionaire Internet entrepreneurs. Whether you need an extra hundred dollars a week or want to start an Internet empire, this audiobook gives you the tools and advice you need. His no-fluff, no-filler strategies provide a blueprint to online success allowing you to discover the laptop entrepreneur lifestyle for yourself. You'll discover: How anyone can make $700 to $3,000 a week thanks to Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube How to turn $400 into a $10,000-a-month business thanks to ebooks! How to make $6,000 to $20,000 in 90 minutes thanks to Joint Venture Webinars! How millions of people worldwide are making a full-time living from home, thanks to the Internet How your laptop can give you the freedom and ability to live anywhere you want in the world How 7 simple Millionaire Secrets can transform your life How financial independence starts at just 400 clicks per day If you apply the principles from The Laptop Millionaire, you will be well on your way to living the dream and mastering your financial destiny. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127688 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Napoleon Hill’s Golden Rules: The Lost Writings Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 22, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Napoleon Hill's Golden Rules: The Lost Writings consists of a series of magazine articles Napoleon Hill wrote between 1919 and 1923 for Success Magazine. Hill's obsession with achieving material success led him out of the poverty-stricken Appalachian Mountains and filled him with the desire to study successful people. These articles focus on Hill's philosophy of success, drawing on the thoughts and experiences of a multitude of rags-to-riches tycoons, showing listeners how these successful people achieved such status. Hill's popularity continues to this day, as many of his writings, such as the chapter 'Law of Attraction,' have recently become the basis of several bestselling books (including The Secret). Discover the principles that will ensure your success! Chapters include:- Lesson #1: Your Social and Physical Heredity- Lesson #2: Auto Suggestion- Lesson #3: Suggestion (Applied Salesmanship)- Lesson #4: The Law of Retaliation- Lesson #5: The Power of Your Mind- Lesson #6: How to Build Self--Confidence- Lesson #7: Environment and Habit- Lesson #8: How to Remember- Lesson #9: How Marc Antony Used Suggestion in Winning the Roman Mob- Lesson #10: Persuasion vs. Force- Lesson #11: The Law of Compensation- Lesson #12: The Golden Rule as a Pass Key to All Achievement Napoleon Hill Mon, 22 Dec 2008 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127688 thebookvoice.com 6:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Napoleon Hill’s Golden Rules: The Lost Writings Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 22, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Napoleon Hill's Golden Rules: The Lost Writings consists of a series of magazine articles Napoleon Hill wrote between 1919 and 1923 for Success Magazine. Hill's obsession with achieving material success led him out of the poverty-stricken Appalachian Mountains and filled him with the desire to study successful people. These articles focus on Hill's philosophy of success, drawing on the thoughts and experiences of a multitude of rags-to-riches tycoons, showing listeners how these successful people achieved such status. Hill's popularity continues to this day, as many of his writings, such as the chapter 'Law of Attraction,' have recently become the basis of several bestselling books (including The Secret). Discover the principles that will ensure your success! Chapters include:- Lesson #1: Your Social and Physical Heredity- Lesson #2: Auto Suggestion- Lesson #3: Suggestion (Applied Salesmanship)- Lesson #4: The Law of Retaliation- Lesson #5: The Power of Your Mind- Lesson #6: How to Build Self--Confidence- Lesson #7: Environment and Habit- Lesson #8: How to Remember- Lesson #9: How Marc Antony Used Suggestion in Winning the Roman Mob- Lesson #10: Persuasion vs. Force- Lesson #11: The Law of Compensation- Lesson #12: The Golden Rule as a Pass Key to All Achievement Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Napoleon Hill’s Golden Rules: The Lost Writings Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 22, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Napoleon Hill's Golden Rules: The Lost Writings consists of a series of magazine articles Napoleon Hill wrote between 1919 and 1923 for Success Magazine. Hill's obsession with achieving material success led him out of the poverty-stricken Appalachian Mountains and filled him with the desire to study successful people. These articles focus on Hill's philosophy of success, drawing on the thoughts and experiences of a multitude of rags-to-riches tycoons, showing listeners how these successful people achieved such status. Hill's popularity continues to this day, as many of his writings, such as the chapter 'Law of Attraction,' have recently become the basis of several bestselling books (including The Secret). Discover the principles that will ensure your success! Chapters include:- Lesson #1: Your Social and Physical Heredity- Lesson #2: Auto Suggestion- Lesson #3: Suggestion (Applied Salesmanship)- Lesson #4: The Law of Retaliation- Lesson #5: The Power of Your Mind- Lesson #6: How to Build Self--Confidence- Lesson #7: Environment and Habit- Lesson #8: How to Remember- Lesson #9: How Marc Antony Used Suggestion in Winning the Roman Mob- Lesson #10: Persuasion vs. Force- Lesson #11: The Law of Compensation- Lesson #12: The Golden Rule as a Pass Key to All Achievement https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127550 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The $100 Startup: Reinvent the Way You Make a Living, Do What You Love, and Create a New Future Author: Chris Guillebeau Narrator: Chris Guillebeau, Thomas Vincent Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 8, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 15 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lead a life of adventure, meaning and purpose—and earn a good living.   “Thoughtful, funny, and compulsively readable, this guide shows how ordinary people can build solid livings, with independence and purpose, on their own terms.”—Gretchen Rubin, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller The Happiness Project   Still in his early thirties, Chris Guillebeau completed a tour of every country on earth and yet he’s never held a “real job” or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back.    Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and focused on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment.   Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your “expertise”—even if you don’t consider it such—and what other people will pay for.  You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid.   Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: If you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish—sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins.   In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way. Chris Guillebeau Tue, 08 May 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127550 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The $100 Startup: Reinvent the Way You Make a Living, Do What You Love, and Create a New Future Author: Chris Guillebeau Narrator: Chris Guillebeau, Thomas Vincent Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 8, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 15 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lead a life of adventure, meaning and purpose—and earn a good living.   “Thoughtful, funny, and compulsively readable, this guide shows how ordinary people can build solid livings, with independence and purpose, on their own terms.”—Gretchen Rubin, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller The Happiness Project   Still in his early thirties, Chris Guillebeau completed a tour of every country on earth and yet he’s never held a “real job” or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back.    Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and focused on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment.   Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your “expertise”—even if you don’t consider it such—and what other people will pay for.  You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid.   Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: If you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish—sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins.   In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The $100 Startup: Reinvent the Way You Make a Living, Do What You Love, and Create a New Future Author: Chris Guillebeau Narrator: Chris Guillebeau, Thomas Vincent Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 8, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 15 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lead a life of adventure, meaning and purpose—and earn a good living.   “Thoughtful, funny, and compulsively readable, this guide shows how ordinary people can build solid livings, with independence and purpose, on their own terms.”—Gretchen Rubin, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller The Happiness Project   Still in his early thirties, Chris Guillebeau completed a tour of every country on earth and yet he’s never held a “real job” or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back.    Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and focused on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment.   Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your “expertise”—even if you don’t consider it such—and what other people will pay for.  You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid.   Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: If you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish—sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins.   In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127314 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Customers Everywhere: How Your Business Can Profit from the Insights of Positive Psychology Author: Bernd H. Schmitt Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 24, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: EXPERIENTIAL MARKETING GURU BERND SCHMITT SHOWS MARKETERS AND BRAND MANAGERS HOW TO HARNESS THE POWER OF CUSTOMER HAPPINESS Every business knows that the best customer is a happy customer. They return again and again, bring their friends and family, and deliver tons of free advertising via word of mouth and social media. But in order to grow that loyal base, you must be keenly aware of your customers’ needs and preferences. Drawing on the latest research in the exploding field of positive psychology, renowned Columbia Business School marketing professor Bernd Schmitt offers three unique approaches any business can use to turn a casual customer into a committed fan: • THE FEEL-GOOD METHOD: Use the experience of pleasure and positive emotion to hook new customers, and watch those feel-good moments transform an impulse buyer into a committed loyalist. • THE VALUES-AND-MEANING METHOD: Attract passionate customers by appealing to their core values, like being socially responsible, protecting the environment, or living a simple life. • THE ENGAGEMENT METHOD: Get customers to notice a unique or limited offer, immerse them in the experience, and have them share it with friends and family. Schmitt shows marketers, brand managers, and entrepreneurs how to design an authentic and successful campaign that will reach, grow, and sustain a devoted base of customers. Bernd H. Schmitt Tue, 24 Apr 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127314 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Customers Everywhere: How Your Business Can Profit from the Insights of Positive Psychology Author: Bernd H. Schmitt Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 24, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: EXPERIENTIAL MARKETING GURU BERND SCHMITT SHOWS MARKETERS AND BRAND MANAGERS HOW TO HARNESS THE POWER OF CUSTOMER HAPPINESS Every business knows that the best customer is a happy customer. They return again and again, bring their friends and family, and deliver tons of free advertising via word of mouth and social media. But in order to grow that loyal base, you must be keenly aware of your customers’ needs and preferences. Drawing on the latest research in the exploding field of positive psychology, renowned Columbia Business School marketing professor Bernd Schmitt offers three unique approaches any business can use to turn a casual customer into a committed fan: • THE FEEL-GOOD METHOD: Use the experience of pleasure and positive emotion to hook new customers, and watch those feel-good moments transform an impulse buyer into a committed loyalist. • THE VALUES-AND-MEANING METHOD: Attract passionate customers by appealing to their core values, like being socially responsible, protecting the environment, or living a simple life. • THE ENGAGEMENT METHOD: Get customers to notice a unique or limited offer, immerse them in the experience, and have them share it with friends and family. Schmitt shows marketers, brand managers, and entrepreneurs how to design an authentic and successful campaign that will reach, grow, and sustain a devoted base of customers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Customers Everywhere: How Your Business Can Profit from the Insights of Positive Psychology Author: Bernd H. Schmitt Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 24, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: EXPERIENTIAL MARKETING GURU BERND SCHMITT SHOWS MARKETERS AND BRAND MANAGERS HOW TO HARNESS THE POWER OF CUSTOMER HAPPINESS Every business knows that the best customer is a happy customer. They return again and again, bring their friends and family, and deliver tons of free advertising via word of mouth and social media. But in order to grow that loyal base, you must be keenly aware of your customers’ needs and preferences. Drawing on the latest research in the exploding field of positive psychology, renowned Columbia Business School marketing professor Bernd Schmitt offers three unique approaches any business can use to turn a casual customer into a committed fan: • THE FEEL-GOOD METHOD: Use the experience of pleasure and positive emotion to hook new customers, and watch those feel-good moments transform an impulse buyer into a committed loyalist. • THE VALUES-AND-MEANING METHOD: Attract passionate customers by appealing to their core values, like being socially responsible, protecting the environment, or living a simple life. • THE ENGAGEMENT METHOD: Get customers to notice a unique or limited offer, immerse them in the experience, and have them share it with friends and family. Schmitt shows marketers, brand managers, and entrepreneurs how to design an authentic and successful campaign that will reach, grow, and sustain a devoted base of customers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Economist Gets Lunch: New Rules for Everyday Foodies Author: Tyler Cowen Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 17, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One of the most influential economists of the decade-and the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Stagnation-boldly argues that just about everything you've heard about food is wrong. Food snobbery is killing entrepreneurship and innovation, says economist, preeminent social commentator, and maverick dining guide blogger Tyler Cowen. Americans are becoming angry that our agricultural practices have led to global warming-but while food snobs are right that local food tastes better, they're wrong that it is better for the environment, and they are wrong that cheap food is bad food. The food world needs to know that you don't have to spend more to eat healthy, green, exciting meals. At last, some good news from an economist! Tyler Cowen discusses everything from slow food to fast food, from agriculture to gourmet culture, from modernist cuisine to how to pick the best street vendor. He shows why airplane food is bad but airport food is good; why restaurants full of happy, attractive people serve mediocre meals; and why American food has improved as Americans drink more wine. And most important of all, he shows how to get good, cheap eats just about anywhere. Just as The Great Stagnation was Cowen's response to all the fashionable thinking about the economic crisis, An Economist Gets Lunch is his response to all the fashionable thinking about food. Provocative, incisive, and as enjoyable as a juicy, grass-fed burger, it will influence what you'll choose to eat today and how we're going to feed the world tomorrow. Tyler Cowen Tue, 17 Apr 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125646 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Economist Gets Lunch: New Rules for Everyday Foodies Author: Tyler Cowen Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 17, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One of the most influential economists of the decade-and the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Stagnation-boldly argues that just about everything you've heard about food is wrong. Food snobbery is killing entrepreneurship and innovation, says economist, preeminent social commentator, and maverick dining guide blogger Tyler Cowen. Americans are becoming angry that our agricultural practices have led to global warming-but while food snobs are right that local food tastes better, they're wrong that it is better for the environment, and they are wrong that cheap food is bad food. The food world needs to know that you don't have to spend more to eat healthy, green, exciting meals. At last, some good news from an economist! Tyler Cowen discusses everything from slow food to fast food, from agriculture to gourmet culture, from modernist cuisine to how to pick the best street vendor. He shows why airplane food is bad but airport food is good; why restaurants full of happy, attractive people serve mediocre meals; and why American food has improved as Americans drink more wine. And most important of all, he shows how to get good, cheap eats just about anywhere. Just as The Great Stagnation was Cowen's response to all the fashionable thinking about the economic crisis, An Economist Gets Lunch is his response to all the fashionable thinking about food. Provocative, incisive, and as enjoyable as a juicy, grass-fed burger, it will influence what you'll choose to eat today and how we're going to feed the world tomorrow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Economist Gets Lunch: New Rules for Everyday Foodies Author: Tyler Cowen Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 17, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One of the most influential economists of the decade-and the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Stagnation-boldly argues that just about everything you've heard about food is wrong. Food snobbery is killing entrepreneurship and innovation, says economist, preeminent social commentator, and maverick dining guide blogger Tyler Cowen. Americans are becoming angry that our agricultural practices have led to global warming-but while food snobs are right that local food tastes better, they're wrong that it is better for the environment, and they are wrong that cheap food is bad food. The food world needs to know that you don't have to spend more to eat healthy, green, exciting meals. At last, some good news from an economist! Tyler Cowen discusses everything from slow food to fast food, from agriculture to gourmet culture, from modernist cuisine to how to pick the best street vendor. He shows why airplane food is bad but airport food is good; why restaurants full of happy, attractive people serve mediocre meals; and why American food has improved as Americans drink more wine. And most important of all, he shows how to get good, cheap eats just about anywhere. Just as The Great Stagnation was Cowen's response to all the fashionable thinking about the economic crisis, An Economist Gets Lunch is his response to all the fashionable thinking about food. Provocative, incisive, and as enjoyable as a juicy, grass-fed burger, it will influence what you'll choose to eat today and how we're going to feed the world tomorrow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125303 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Street Smarts: An All-Purpose Tool Kit for Entrepreneurs Author: Bo Burlingham, Norm Brodsky Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: People starting out in business tend to seek step-by-step formulas or rules, but in reality there are no magic bullets. Rather, says veteran company-builder Norm Brodsky, there's a mentality that helps street- smart entrepreneurs solve problems and pursue opportunities as they arise. Brodsky shares his hard-earned wisdom every month in Inc. magazine, in the hugely popular 'Street Smarts' column he cowrites with Bo Burlingham. Now they've adapted their best advice into a comprehensive guide for anyone running a small business. Bo Burlingham, Norm Brodsky Mon, 05 Dec 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125303 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Street Smarts: An All-Purpose Tool Kit for Entrepreneurs Author: Bo Burlingham, Norm Brodsky Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: People starting out in business tend to seek step-by-step formulas or rules, but in reality there are no magic bullets. Rather, says veteran company-builder Norm Brodsky, there's a mentality that helps street- smart entrepreneurs solve problems and pursue opportunities as they arise. Brodsky shares his hard-earned wisdom every month in Inc. magazine, in the hugely popular 'Street Smarts' column he cowrites with Bo Burlingham. Now they've adapted their best advice into a comprehensive guide for anyone running a small business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Street Smarts: An All-Purpose Tool Kit for Entrepreneurs Author: Bo Burlingham, Norm Brodsky Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: People starting out in business tend to seek step-by-step formulas or rules, but in reality there are no magic bullets. Rather, says veteran company-builder Norm Brodsky, there's a mentality that helps street- smart entrepreneurs solve problems and pursue opportunities as they arise. Brodsky shares his hard-earned wisdom every month in Inc. magazine, in the hugely popular 'Street Smarts' column he cowrites with Bo Burlingham. Now they've adapted their best advice into a comprehensive guide for anyone running a small business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125302 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Michael Porter: The Essential Guide to Competition and Strategy Author: Joan Magretta Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt, Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Distillation of The Most Important Business Thinking of Our Time Michael Porter’s groundbreaking ideas on competition and strategy have unfolded over three decades and are spread across a dauntingly long list of publications. Every manager can name individual pieces of his work—competitive advantage, the value chain, five forces—but no one, not even Porter himself, has put the entire puzzle together to reveal it as an integrated whole. This lucid, concise audiobook does just that. Written with Porter’s full cooperation by Joan Magretta, his former editor at Harvard Business Review, this book provides an engaging summary of Porter’s ideas and an invaluable synthesis of this important body of work, making clear how each of Porter’s powerful concepts relates to the others and, most important, to the practical realities managers face. Modern thinking about competition and strategy begins with Porter’s frameworks. They are the most widely used in practice by managers around the world. But as Magretta points out, Porter is often misunderstood and his frameworks misapplied. Magretta’s own wide-ranging business experience allows her to identify the most common of these misconceptions—among them, the deeply held but dangerous belief that competition is about being the best. Understand Porter and you will see why competing to be the best sparks an inevitable race to the bottom. Understanding Michael Porter will enable all leaders throughout any organization t grasp Porter’s seminal ideas about competition and strategy and deploy them to achieve competitive success. Joan Magretta Mon, 12 Dec 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125302 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Michael Porter: The Essential Guide to Competition and Strategy Author: Joan Magretta Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt, Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Distillation of The Most Important Business Thinking of Our Time Michael Porter’s groundbreaking ideas on competition and strategy have unfolded over three decades and are spread across a dauntingly long list of publications. Every manager can name individual pieces of his work—competitive advantage, the value chain, five forces—but no one, not even Porter himself, has put the entire puzzle together to reveal it as an integrated whole. This lucid, concise audiobook does just that. Written with Porter’s full cooperation by Joan Magretta, his former editor at Harvard Business Review, this book provides an engaging summary of Porter’s ideas and an invaluable synthesis of this important body of work, making clear how each of Porter’s powerful concepts relates to the others and, most important, to the practical realities managers face. Modern thinking about competition and strategy begins with Porter’s frameworks. They are the most widely used in practice by managers around the world. But as Magretta points out, Porter is often misunderstood and his frameworks misapplied. Magretta’s own wide-ranging business experience allows her to identify the most common of these misconceptions—among them, the deeply held but dangerous belief that competition is about being the best. Understand Porter and you will see why competing to be the best sparks an inevitable race to the bottom. Understanding Michael Porter will enable all leaders throughout any organization t grasp Porter’s seminal ideas about competition and strategy and deploy them to achieve competitive success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Michael Porter: The Essential Guide to Competition and Strategy Author: Joan Magretta Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt, Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Distillation of The Most Important Business Thinking of Our Time Michael Porter’s groundbreaking ideas on competition and strategy have unfolded over three decades and are spread across a dauntingly long list of publications. Every manager can name individual pieces of his work—competitive advantage, the value chain, five forces—but no one, not even Porter himself, has put the entire puzzle together to reveal it as an integrated whole. This lucid, concise audiobook does just that. Written with Porter’s full cooperation by Joan Magretta, his former editor at Harvard Business Review, this book provides an engaging summary of Porter’s ideas and an invaluable synthesis of this important body of work, making clear how each of Porter’s powerful concepts relates to the others and, most important, to the practical realities managers face. Modern thinking about competition and strategy begins with Porter’s frameworks. They are the most widely used in practice by managers around the world. But as Magretta points out, Porter is often misunderstood and his frameworks misapplied. Magretta’s own wide-ranging business experience allows her to identify the most common of these misconceptions—among them, the deeply held but dangerous belief that competition is about being the best. Understand Porter and you will see why competing to be the best sparks an inevitable race to the bottom. Understanding Michael Porter will enable all leaders throughout any organization t grasp Porter’s seminal ideas about competition and strategy and deploy them to achieve competitive success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125295 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Venture Deals: Be Smarter Than Your Lawyer and Venture Capitalist Author: Jason Mendelson, Brad Feld Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As each new generation of entrepreneurs emerges, there is a renewed interest in how venture capital deals come together. Yet there really is no definitive guide to venture capital deals. Nobody understands this better than authors Brad Feld and Jason Mendelson. For more than seventeen years, they've been involved in hundreds of venture capital financings, and now, with Venture Deals, they share their experiences in this field with you. Inspired by a series of blog posts—created by the authors after a particularly challenging deal—this reliable resource demystifies the venture capital financing process and helps you gain a practical perspective of this dynamic discipline. Whether you're an experienced or aspiring entrepreneur, venture capitalist, or lawyer who partakes in these particular types of deals, you can benefit from the insights found throughout this book. Engaging and informative, Venture Deals skillfully outlines the essential elements of the venture capital term sheet—from terms related to economics to terms related to control. Feld and Mendelson strive to give a balanced view of the particular terms along with the strategies to getting to a fair deal. In addition to examining the nuts and bolts of the term sheet, Venture Deals also introduces you to the various participants in the process, discusses how fundraising works, reveals how VC firms operate, and describes how to apply different negotiating tactics to your deals. You'll also gain valuable insights into several common legal issues most startups face and, as a bonus, discover what a typical letter of intent to acquire your company looks like. While it would be desirable to do venture capital deals with a simple agreement on price, a handshake, and a short legal agreement, this rarely happens. Venture Deals reveals how venture financings really work, and will save you a remarkable amount of time and money in your journey to create an amazing company. Jason Mendelson, Brad Feld Tue, 06 Sep 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125295 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Venture Deals: Be Smarter Than Your Lawyer and Venture Capitalist Author: Jason Mendelson, Brad Feld Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As each new generation of entrepreneurs emerges, there is a renewed interest in how venture capital deals come together. Yet there really is no definitive guide to venture capital deals. Nobody understands this better than authors Brad Feld and Jason Mendelson. For more than seventeen years, they've been involved in hundreds of venture capital financings, and now, with Venture Deals, they share their experiences in this field with you. Inspired by a series of blog posts—created by the authors after a particularly challenging deal—this reliable resource demystifies the venture capital financing process and helps you gain a practical perspective of this dynamic discipline. Whether you're an experienced or aspiring entrepreneur, venture capitalist, or lawyer who partakes in these particular types of deals, you can benefit from the insights found throughout this book. Engaging and informative, Venture Deals skillfully outlines the essential elements of the venture capital term sheet—from terms related to economics to terms related to control. Feld and Mendelson strive to give a balanced view of the particular terms along with the strategies to getting to a fair deal. In addition to examining the nuts and bolts of the term sheet, Venture Deals also introduces you to the various participants in the process, discusses how fundraising works, reveals how VC firms operate, and describes how to apply different negotiating tactics to your deals. You'll also gain valuable insights into several common legal issues most startups face and, as a bonus, discover what a typical letter of intent to acquire your company looks like. While it would be desirable to do venture capital deals with a simple agreement on price, a handshake, and a short legal agreement, this rarely happens. Venture Deals reveals how venture financings really work, and will save you a remarkable amount of time and money in your journey to create an amazing company. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Venture Deals: Be Smarter Than Your Lawyer and Venture Capitalist Author: Jason Mendelson, Brad Feld Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As each new generation of entrepreneurs emerges, there is a renewed interest in how venture capital deals come together. Yet there really is no definitive guide to venture capital deals. Nobody understands this better than authors Brad Feld and Jason Mendelson. For more than seventeen years, they've been involved in hundreds of venture capital financings, and now, with Venture Deals, they share their experiences in this field with you. Inspired by a series of blog posts—created by the authors after a particularly challenging deal—this reliable resource demystifies the venture capital financing process and helps you gain a practical perspective of this dynamic discipline. Whether you're an experienced or aspiring entrepreneur, venture capitalist, or lawyer who partakes in these particular types of deals, you can benefit from the insights found throughout this book. Engaging and informative, Venture Deals skillfully outlines the essential elements of the venture capital term sheet—from terms related to economics to terms related to control. Feld and Mendelson strive to give a balanced view of the particular terms along with the strategies to getting to a fair deal. In addition to examining the nuts and bolts of the term sheet, Venture Deals also introduces you to the various participants in the process, discusses how fundraising works, reveals how VC firms operate, and describes how to apply different negotiating tactics to your deals. You'll also gain valuable insights into several common legal issues most startups face and, as a bonus, discover what a typical letter of intent to acquire your company looks like. While it would be desirable to do venture capital deals with a simple agreement on price, a handshake, and a short legal agreement, this rarely happens. Venture Deals reveals how venture financings really work, and will save you a remarkable amount of time and money in your journey to create an amazing company. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125082 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wake Me Up When the Data is Over: How Organizations Use Storytelling to Drive Results Author: Lori Silverman Narrator: Kate Reading Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you wish you could more fully engage your employees? Or reduce turnover by 25% or more? Do you need to quickly align staff around your organization's long-term strategy? Or achieve double-digit growth? Then this groundbreaking audiobook is for you. Wake Me Up When the Data Is Over includes real-life examples from over 70 respected organizations, small and large, representing a multitude of industries, using stories to drive results. Leaders from organizations such as Microsoft, Land's End, Verizon, the U.S. Air Force, and World Vision demonstrate the strong positive influence stories can have. No abstract theories or platitudes are conveyed here. Hear how Kevin Roberts, CEO worldwide of Saatchi & Saatchi, achieved sustained sales growth after several mergers and downsizings caused the organization to fall on hard times. Learn how Erik Shaw, president and CEO of the FivePoint Federal Credit Union, overcame resistance to an organizational name change, resulting in membership growth exceeding the national average. With this practical guide, you'll learn how stories can be used to: Get employees to take action Accelerate knowledge acquisition and organizational change Solidify individual and team working relationships Provide exceptional customer service Increase the visibility of your organization Drawing on interviews with 171 public- and private-sector leaders, this audiobook goes beyond storytelling to reveal five keys to making stories work for you: how to find existing stories; dig into them to uncover hidden patterns and themes; select those stories that need to be reinforced; craft memorable stories; and embody stories to positively impact people's attitudes, thoughts, and behaviors. It also includes proven tools and techniques that will help you sharpen these skills. Lori Silverman Mon, 08 Aug 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125082 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wake Me Up When the Data is Over: How Organizations Use Storytelling to Drive Results Author: Lori Silverman Narrator: Kate Reading Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you wish you could more fully engage your employees? Or reduce turnover by 25% or more? Do you need to quickly align staff around your organization's long-term strategy? Or achieve double-digit growth? Then this groundbreaking audiobook is for you. Wake Me Up When the Data Is Over includes real-life examples from over 70 respected organizations, small and large, representing a multitude of industries, using stories to drive results. Leaders from organizations such as Microsoft, Land's End, Verizon, the U.S. Air Force, and World Vision demonstrate the strong positive influence stories can have. No abstract theories or platitudes are conveyed here. Hear how Kevin Roberts, CEO worldwide of Saatchi & Saatchi, achieved sustained sales growth after several mergers and downsizings caused the organization to fall on hard times. Learn how Erik Shaw, president and CEO of the FivePoint Federal Credit Union, overcame resistance to an organizational name change, resulting in membership growth exceeding the national average. With this practical guide, you'll learn how stories can be used to: Get employees to take action Accelerate knowledge acquisition and organizational change Solidify individual and team working relationships Provide exceptional customer service Increase the visibility of your organization Drawing on interviews with 171 public- and private-sector leaders, this audiobook goes beyond storytelling to reveal five keys to making stories work for you: how to find existing stories; dig into them to uncover hidden patterns and themes; select those stories that need to be reinforced; craft memorable stories; and embody stories to positively impact people's attitudes, thoughts, and behaviors. It also includes proven tools and techniques that will help you sharpen these skills. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wake Me Up When the Data is Over: How Organizations Use Storytelling to Drive Results Author: Lori Silverman Narrator: Kate Reading Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you wish you could more fully engage your employees? Or reduce turnover by 25% or more? Do you need to quickly align staff around your organization's long-term strategy? Or achieve double-digit growth? Then this groundbreaking audiobook is for you. Wake Me Up When the Data Is Over includes real-life examples from over 70 respected organizations, small and large, representing a multitude of industries, using stories to drive results. Leaders from organizations such as Microsoft, Land's End, Verizon, the U.S. Air Force, and World Vision demonstrate the strong positive influence stories can have. No abstract theories or platitudes are conveyed here. Hear how Kevin Roberts, CEO worldwide of Saatchi & Saatchi, achieved sustained sales growth after several mergers and downsizings caused the organization to fall on hard times. Learn how Erik Shaw, president and CEO of the FivePoint Federal Credit Union, overcame resistance to an organizational name change, resulting in membership growth exceeding the national average. With this practical guide, you'll learn how stories can be used to: Get employees to take action Accelerate knowledge acquisition and organizational change Solidify individual and team working relationships Provide exceptional customer service Increase the visibility of your organization Drawing on interviews with 171 public- and private-sector leaders, this audiobook goes beyond storytelling to reveal five keys to making stories work for you: how to find existing stories; dig into them to uncover hidden patterns and themes; select those stories that need to be reinforced; craft memorable stories; and embody stories to positively impact people's attitudes, thoughts, and behaviors. It also includes proven tools and techniques that will help you sharpen these skills. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125013 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Gadgets Betray Us: The Dark Side of Our Infatuation With New Technologies Author: Robert Vamosi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 29, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Technology is evolving faster than we are. As our BlackBerry devices, tablets, and digital capabilities become more and more complex we understand less and less about how they work. we no longer read the instruction manual before powering on, and we demand intuitive interfaces that get us up and running right away. But how many of us actually stop to think about potential threats to our privacy? Our passports broadcast our personal information and could allow terrorists to target us by nationality. Keyless entry systems in many high-tech car models make auto theft easier than ever. Commercial photocopiers are equipped with hard drives that can document everything we ever copied on it. And our digital photos, even after they’re cropped, can expose the entire original image (hope you weren’t doing anything naughty in that facebook profile picture). In When Gadgets Betray Us, Robert Vamosi, a technology reporter and analyst who has been covering the internet age for over a decade, investigates the dark side of digital capability and convenience. He uncovers a secret world of privacy loss that most of us never consider— that is, until something goes terribly wrong. From iPads to BlackBerry devices, online banking to keyless entry systems, we’re increasingly giving over the management of our crucial information to the latest and greatest electronic gadgets. Vamosi helps us comprehend the technology in our everyday lives and develop a common sense about how to protect ourselves. An essential guide for understanding what we’re really signing up for every time we log-in, When Gadgets Betray Us reveals the secret lives of our electronic devices so that we can all better manage the real risks. Robert Vamosi Tue, 29 Mar 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125013 thebookvoice.com 8:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Gadgets Betray Us: The Dark Side of Our Infatuation With New Technologies Author: Robert Vamosi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 29, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Technology is evolving faster than we are. As our BlackBerry devices, tablets, and digital capabilities become more and more complex we understand less and less about how they work. we no longer read the instruction manual before powering on, and we demand intuitive interfaces that get us up and running right away. But how many of us actually stop to think about potential threats to our privacy? Our passports broadcast our personal information and could allow terrorists to target us by nationality. Keyless entry systems in many high-tech car models make auto theft easier than ever. Commercial photocopiers are equipped with hard drives that can document everything we ever copied on it. And our digital photos, even after they’re cropped, can expose the entire original image (hope you weren’t doing anything naughty in that facebook profile picture). In When Gadgets Betray Us, Robert Vamosi, a technology reporter and analyst who has been covering the internet age for over a decade, investigates the dark side of digital capability and convenience. He uncovers a secret world of privacy loss that most of us never consider— that is, until something goes terribly wrong. From iPads to BlackBerry devices, online banking to keyless entry systems, we’re increasingly giving over the management of our crucial information to the latest and greatest electronic gadgets. Vamosi helps us comprehend the technology in our everyday lives and develop a common sense about how to protect ourselves. An essential guide for understanding what we’re really signing up for every time we log-in, When Gadgets Betray Us reveals the secret lives of our electronic devices so that we can all better manage the real risks. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Gadgets Betray Us: The Dark Side of Our Infatuation With New Technologies Author: Robert Vamosi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 29, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Technology is evolving faster than we are. As our BlackBerry devices, tablets, and digital capabilities become more and more complex we understand less and less about how they work. we no longer read the instruction manual before powering on, and we demand intuitive interfaces that get us up and running right away. But how many of us actually stop to think about potential threats to our privacy? Our passports broadcast our personal information and could allow terrorists to target us by nationality. Keyless entry systems in many high-tech car models make auto theft easier than ever. Commercial photocopiers are equipped with hard drives that can document everything we ever copied on it. And our digital photos, even after they’re cropped, can expose the entire original image (hope you weren’t doing anything naughty in that facebook profile picture). In When Gadgets Betray Us, Robert Vamosi, a technology reporter and analyst who has been covering the internet age for over a decade, investigates the dark side of digital capability and convenience. He uncovers a secret world of privacy loss that most of us never consider— that is, until something goes terribly wrong. From iPads to BlackBerry devices, online banking to keyless entry systems, we’re increasingly giving over the management of our crucial information to the latest and greatest electronic gadgets. Vamosi helps us comprehend the technology in our everyday lives and develop a common sense about how to protect ourselves. An essential guide for understanding what we’re really signing up for every time we log-in, When Gadgets Betray Us reveals the secret lives of our electronic devices so that we can all better manage the real risks. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124954 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Six-Figure Second Income: How To Start and Grow A Successful Online Business Without Quitting Your Day Job Author: Jonathan Rozek, David Lindahl Narrator: Jonathan Rozek, David Lindahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 3.89 of Total 19 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Proven methods for building an online income stream Maybe you dream of making money with an online business, but haven’t tried so far because you’d have to quit your current job and enter the risky world of Internet startups. Or because you think you need lots of capital and way too much time. Or you think the field is maxed out and overcrowded. Or that you need to be age twenty-four—with an amazing invention to sell. Or just because the economy’s too bad right now. If these reasons sound familiar, Dave Lindahl and Jon Rozek beg to differ. Having done so themselves, they know you can create a very significant side income online, and their new go-to guide The Six-Figure Second Income shows you exactly how! Filled with common-sense advice and proven tips, this audio book supplies you with a complete toolbox to take the things you know or do best and sell them online for a profit—all in your spare time, working at your speed. You’ll get a no-nonsense approach to creating and selling simple, effective information products that will, with time and work, produce a sizable income stream. You’ll also discover: • Ten false barriers on your road to online business success • Six very real dangers to your success • Ready-made ideas for quick and profitable products • Helpful tips for creating saleable content quickly and easily • Seven building blocks of a good Web site • Common marketing mistakes and their fixes • How to use Google tools and other online resources to discover new trends and markets • Secrets to creating an upward profit spiral If for some reason you object to making money, don’t listen to this audio book. Otherwise, pick up The Six-Figure Second Income and start building a rewarding and growing stream of online profits today! Jonathan Rozek, David Lindahl Mon, 14 Mar 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124954 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Six-Figure Second Income: How To Start and Grow A Successful Online Business Without Quitting Your Day Job Author: Jonathan Rozek, David Lindahl Narrator: Jonathan Rozek, David Lindahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 3.89 of Total 19 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Proven methods for building an online income stream Maybe you dream of making money with an online business, but haven’t tried so far because you’d have to quit your current job and enter the risky world of Internet startups. Or because you think you need lots of capital and way too much time. Or you think the field is maxed out and overcrowded. Or that you need to be age twenty-four—with an amazing invention to sell. Or just because the economy’s too bad right now. If these reasons sound familiar, Dave Lindahl and Jon Rozek beg to differ. Having done so themselves, they know you can create a very significant side income online, and their new go-to guide The Six-Figure Second Income shows you exactly how! Filled with common-sense advice and proven tips, this audio book supplies you with a complete toolbox to take the things you know or do best and sell them online for a profit—all in your spare time, working at your speed. You’ll get a no-nonsense approach to creating and selling simple, effective information products that will, with time and work, produce a sizable income stream. You’ll also discover: • Ten false barriers on your road to online business success • Six very real dangers to your success • Ready-made ideas for quick and profitable products • Helpful tips for creating saleable content quickly and easily • Seven building blocks of a good Web site • Common marketing mistakes and their fixes • How to use Google tools and other online resources to discover new trends and markets • Secrets to creating an upward profit spiral If for some reason you object to making money, don’t listen to this audio book. Otherwise, pick up The Six-Figure Second Income and start building a rewarding and growing stream of online profits today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Six-Figure Second Income: How To Start and Grow A Successful Online Business Without Quitting Your Day Job Author: Jonathan Rozek, David Lindahl Narrator: Jonathan Rozek, David Lindahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 3.89 of Total 19 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Proven methods for building an online income stream Maybe you dream of making money with an online business, but haven’t tried so far because you’d have to quit your current job and enter the risky world of Internet startups. Or because you think you need lots of capital and way too much time. Or you think the field is maxed out and overcrowded. Or that you need to be age twenty-four—with an amazing invention to sell. Or just because the economy’s too bad right now. If these reasons sound familiar, Dave Lindahl and Jon Rozek beg to differ. Having done so themselves, they know you can create a very significant side income online, and their new go-to guide The Six-Figure Second Income shows you exactly how! Filled with common-sense advice and proven tips, this audio book supplies you with a complete toolbox to take the things you know or do best and sell them online for a profit—all in your spare time, working at your speed. You’ll get a no-nonsense approach to creating and selling simple, effective information products that will, with time and work, produce a sizable income stream. You’ll also discover: • Ten false barriers on your road to online business success • Six very real dangers to your success • Ready-made ideas for quick and profitable products • Helpful tips for creating saleable content quickly and easily • Seven building blocks of a good Web site • Common marketing mistakes and their fixes • How to use Google tools and other online resources to discover new trends and markets • Secrets to creating an upward profit spiral If for some reason you object to making money, don’t listen to this audio book. Otherwise, pick up The Six-Figure Second Income and start building a rewarding and growing stream of online profits today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124750 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Super Power: The Amazing Race Between China's Hare and India's Tortoise Author: Raghav Bahl Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 31, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Is India ready for superpower status or too far behind China to ever catch up? In his career as one of India's leading journalists and entrepreneurs, Raghav Bahl has often faced this question, and many others, from bewildered visitors: * Why are Indian regulations so weak and confusing? * Why is your foreign investment policy so restrictive? * How come your hotels are world class, but the roads leading to them are so potholed? * Why don't you lower your voice when you make fun of your politicians? * Why do you control the price of oil and cable TV? Clearly there's a huge difference in how India and its arch-rival China work on the ground. China is spectacularly effective in building infrastructure and is now reinvesting almost half its GDP. Meanwhile, India is still a 'promising' economy: more than half its GDP is consumed by its billion-plus people, yet India has some unique advantages: Half its population is under twenty-five, giving it a strong demographic edge; 350 million Indians understand English, making it the largest English-speaking country in the world; and it's the world's largest democracy. In the race to superpower status, who is more likely to win: China's hare or India's tortoise? Bahl argues that the winner might not be determined by who is investing more and growing faster today but by something more intangible: who has superior innovative skills and more entrepreneurial savvy. With insights into the two countries' histories, politics, economies and cultures, this well-written, fully documented, comprehensive account of the race to become the next global superpower is a must for anyone looking to understand China, India and the future of the world economy. Raghav Bahl Mon, 31 Jan 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124750 thebookvoice.com 11:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Super Power: The Amazing Race Between China's Hare and India's Tortoise Author: Raghav Bahl Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 31, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Is India ready for superpower status or too far behind China to ever catch up? In his career as one of India's leading journalists and entrepreneurs, Raghav Bahl has often faced this question, and many others, from bewildered visitors: * Why are Indian regulations so weak and confusing? * Why is your foreign investment policy so restrictive? * How come your hotels are world class, but the roads leading to them are so potholed? * Why don't you lower your voice when you make fun of your politicians? * Why do you control the price of oil and cable TV? Clearly there's a huge difference in how India and its arch-rival China work on the ground. China is spectacularly effective in building infrastructure and is now reinvesting almost half its GDP. Meanwhile, India is still a 'promising' economy: more than half its GDP is consumed by its billion-plus people, yet India has some unique advantages: Half its population is under twenty-five, giving it a strong demographic edge; 350 million Indians understand English, making it the largest English-speaking country in the world; and it's the world's largest democracy. In the race to superpower status, who is more likely to win: China's hare or India's tortoise? Bahl argues that the winner might not be determined by who is investing more and growing faster today but by something more intangible: who has superior innovative skills and more entrepreneurial savvy. With insights into the two countries' histories, politics, economies and cultures, this well-written, fully documented, comprehensive account of the race to become the next global superpower is a must for anyone looking to understand China, India and the future of the world economy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Super Power: The Amazing Race Between China's Hare and India's Tortoise Author: Raghav Bahl Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 31, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Is India ready for superpower status or too far behind China to ever catch up? In his career as one of India's leading journalists and entrepreneurs, Raghav Bahl has often faced this question, and many others, from bewildered visitors: * Why are Indian regulations so weak and confusing? * Why is your foreign investment policy so restrictive? * How come your hotels are world class, but the roads leading to them are so potholed? * Why don't you lower your voice when you make fun of your politicians? * Why do you control the price of oil and cable TV? Clearly there's a huge difference in how India and its arch-rival China work on the ground. China is spectacularly effective in building infrastructure and is now reinvesting almost half its GDP. Meanwhile, India is still a 'promising' economy: more than half its GDP is consumed by its billion-plus people, yet India has some unique advantages: Half its population is under twenty-five, giving it a strong demographic edge; 350 million Indians understand English, making it the largest English-speaking country in the world; and it's the world's largest democracy. In the race to superpower status, who is more likely to win: China's hare or India's tortoise? Bahl argues that the winner might not be determined by who is investing more and growing faster today but by something more intangible: who has superior innovative skills and more entrepreneurial savvy. With insights into the two countries' histories, politics, economies and cultures, this well-written, fully documented, comprehensive account of the race to become the next global superpower is a must for anyone looking to understand China, India and the future of the world economy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124693 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing Giants: 10 Strategies to Topple the Goliath in Your Industry Author: Stephen Denny Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone thought Eric Ryan and Adam Lowry were crazy to start Method, a new cleaning products company. The category had long been dominated by P&G, Unilever, and Colgate-Palmolive. Those giants had so much clout with the retail chains that their soaps had barely needed updating for decades. But by taking advantage of its underdog position, Method carved out a very profitable niche: environmentally sound products in stylish, innovative packaging. Despite having a far smaller marketing budget than their competitors, Method connected with a substantial minority of people who wanted to 'buy green' but who also wanted high-quality products. Marketing expert Stephen Denny argues that, like Method, any brand can directly challenge the giant of its category and not only survive, but thrive. While it's inconvenient to be the little guy, it can also be a blessing in disguise. Giant-killers can afford to shake things up and take bold steps. They can be faster and nimbler than giants who are too slow and hidebound to make the painful but necessary changes to stay competitive. By the time they notice that slingshot, they're already keeling over. During his two decades in the trenches, Denny has taken on quite a few giants. And he has interviewed more than seventy other giant-killers across industries- from software to cosmetics to aviation-for their most powerful techniques. Our need to work smarter, with fewer resources, isn't dependent on the state of the economy or on any sense of stability you think you have in your industry. Denny's ten powerful strategies will help you overcome stale business thinking and bureaucracy. They include: • Win in the last three feet. Leverage someone else's investment-just be there the moment the customer grabs their wallet. • Create 'thin ice' arguments. Shift the conversation to places where the competition can't-or won't-go. • Fight unfairly. Learn how the underdog can turn the tables. From the hypercompetitive world of social media to high-stakes business-to- business sales to the trenches of retail, Killing Giants is The Art of War for a new era. It proves that size does matter-the size of the fight in the dog. Stephen Denny Thu, 31 Mar 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124693 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing Giants: 10 Strategies to Topple the Goliath in Your Industry Author: Stephen Denny Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone thought Eric Ryan and Adam Lowry were crazy to start Method, a new cleaning products company. The category had long been dominated by P&G, Unilever, and Colgate-Palmolive. Those giants had so much clout with the retail chains that their soaps had barely needed updating for decades. But by taking advantage of its underdog position, Method carved out a very profitable niche: environmentally sound products in stylish, innovative packaging. Despite having a far smaller marketing budget than their competitors, Method connected with a substantial minority of people who wanted to 'buy green' but who also wanted high-quality products. Marketing expert Stephen Denny argues that, like Method, any brand can directly challenge the giant of its category and not only survive, but thrive. While it's inconvenient to be the little guy, it can also be a blessing in disguise. Giant-killers can afford to shake things up and take bold steps. They can be faster and nimbler than giants who are too slow and hidebound to make the painful but necessary changes to stay competitive. By the time they notice that slingshot, they're already keeling over. During his two decades in the trenches, Denny has taken on quite a few giants. And he has interviewed more than seventy other giant-killers across industries- from software to cosmetics to aviation-for their most powerful techniques. Our need to work smarter, with fewer resources, isn't dependent on the state of the economy or on any sense of stability you think you have in your industry. Denny's ten powerful strategies will help you overcome stale business thinking and bureaucracy. They include: • Win in the last three feet. Leverage someone else's investment-just be there the moment the customer grabs their wallet. • Create 'thin ice' arguments. Shift the conversation to places where the competition can't-or won't-go. • Fight unfairly. Learn how the underdog can turn the tables. From the hypercompetitive world of social media to high-stakes business-to- business sales to the trenches of retail, Killing Giants is The Art of War for a new era. It proves that size does matter-the size of the fight in the dog. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing Giants: 10 Strategies to Topple the Goliath in Your Industry Author: Stephen Denny Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone thought Eric Ryan and Adam Lowry were crazy to start Method, a new cleaning products company. The category had long been dominated by P&G, Unilever, and Colgate-Palmolive. Those giants had so much clout with the retail chains that their soaps had barely needed updating for decades. But by taking advantage of its underdog position, Method carved out a very profitable niche: environmentally sound products in stylish, innovative packaging. Despite having a far smaller marketing budget than their competitors, Method connected with a substantial minority of people who wanted to 'buy green' but who also wanted high-quality products. Marketing expert Stephen Denny argues that, like Method, any brand can directly challenge the giant of its category and not only survive, but thrive. While it's inconvenient to be the little guy, it can also be a blessing in disguise. Giant-killers can afford to shake things up and take bold steps. They can be faster and nimbler than giants who are too slow and hidebound to make the painful but necessary changes to stay competitive. By the time they notice that slingshot, they're already keeling over. During his two decades in the trenches, Denny has taken on quite a few giants. And he has interviewed more than seventy other giant-killers across industries- from software to cosmetics to aviation-for their most powerful techniques. Our need to work smarter, with fewer resources, isn't dependent on the state of the economy or on any sense of stability you think you have in your industry. Denny's ten powerful strategies will help you overcome stale business thinking and bureaucracy. They include: • Win in the last three feet. Leverage someone else's investment-just be there the moment the customer grabs their wallet. • Create 'thin ice' arguments. Shift the conversation to places where the competition can't-or won't-go. • Fight unfairly. Learn how the underdog can turn the tables. From the hypercompetitive world of social media to high-stakes business-to- business sales to the trenches of retail, Killing Giants is The Art of War for a new era. It proves that size does matter-the size of the fight in the dog. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ProBlogger: Secrets for Blogging Your Way to a Six-Figure Income Author: Chris Garrett, Darren Rowse Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Turn Your Passion for Blogging into Extra Revenue There are no magic wands, hidden tricks, or secret handshakes that can bring you immediate success in the blogging world, but with the help of this audio book, you can get there. Written by two leading authorities on creating and monetizing blogs, ProBlogger carefully lays out the steps you need to follow to create a revenue-generating blog. From choosing a topic and publishing your first post to promoting your site using social media and receiving your first check, you’ll find out what really works. Packed with practical, tried and tested advice, this guide shows you how to: • Choose the right blog tools and platforms • Find your niche so you can excel • Start writing in a way that attracts visitors • Follow winning strategies on how to earn income with your blog • Drive readers to your blog through Twitter, Facebook, and DiggT • Select the best advertising services • Uncover the secrets of successful blogs Chris Garrett, Darren Rowse Mon, 19 Jul 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124685 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ProBlogger: Secrets for Blogging Your Way to a Six-Figure Income Author: Chris Garrett, Darren Rowse Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Turn Your Passion for Blogging into Extra Revenue There are no magic wands, hidden tricks, or secret handshakes that can bring you immediate success in the blogging world, but with the help of this audio book, you can get there. Written by two leading authorities on creating and monetizing blogs, ProBlogger carefully lays out the steps you need to follow to create a revenue-generating blog. From choosing a topic and publishing your first post to promoting your site using social media and receiving your first check, you’ll find out what really works. Packed with practical, tried and tested advice, this guide shows you how to: • Choose the right blog tools and platforms • Find your niche so you can excel • Start writing in a way that attracts visitors • Follow winning strategies on how to earn income with your blog • Drive readers to your blog through Twitter, Facebook, and DiggT • Select the best advertising services • Uncover the secrets of successful blogs Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ProBlogger: Secrets for Blogging Your Way to a Six-Figure Income Author: Chris Garrett, Darren Rowse Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Turn Your Passion for Blogging into Extra Revenue There are no magic wands, hidden tricks, or secret handshakes that can bring you immediate success in the blogging world, but with the help of this audio book, you can get there. Written by two leading authorities on creating and monetizing blogs, ProBlogger carefully lays out the steps you need to follow to create a revenue-generating blog. From choosing a topic and publishing your first post to promoting your site using social media and receiving your first check, you’ll find out what really works. Packed with practical, tried and tested advice, this guide shows you how to: • Choose the right blog tools and platforms • Find your niche so you can excel • Start writing in a way that attracts visitors • Follow winning strategies on how to earn income with your blog • Drive readers to your blog through Twitter, Facebook, and DiggT • Select the best advertising services • Uncover the secrets of successful blogs https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124653 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top of the Rock: Inside the Rise and Fall of Must See TV Author: T. R. Pearson, Warren Littlefield Narrator: Bob Balaban Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 1, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Seinfeld, Friends, Frasier, ER, Cheers, Law & Order, Will & Grace…Here is the funny, splashy, irresistible insiders’ account of the greatest era in television history -- told by the actors, writers, directors, producers, and the network executives who made it happen…and watched it all fall apart. Warren Littlefield was the NBC President of Entertainment who oversaw the Peacock Network’s rise from also-ran to a division that generated a billion dollars in profits.  In this fast-paced and exceptionally entertaining oral history, Littlefield and NBC luminaries including Jerry Seinfeld, Jason Alexander, Kelsey Grammer, Matt LeBlanc, Lisa Kudrow, Julianna Marguiles, Anthony Edwards, Noah Wylie, Debra Messing, Jack Welch, Jimmy Burrows, Helen Hunt, and Dick Wolf vividly recapture the incredible era of Must See TV. From 1993 through 1998, NBC exploded every conventional notion of what a broadcast network could accomplish with the greatest prime-time line-up in television history. On Thursday nights, a cavalcade of groundbreaking comedies and dramas streamed into homes, attracting a staggering 75 million viewers and generating more revenue than all other six nights of programming combined. The road to success, however, was a rocky one. How do you turn a show like Seinfeld, one of the lowest testing pilots of all time, into a hit when the network overlords are constantly warring, or worse, drowning in a bottle of vodka?    Top of the Rock is an addictively readable account of the risky business decisions, creative passion, and leaps of faith that made Must See TV possible. Chock full of delicious behind-the-scenes anecdotes that run the gamut from hilarious casting and programming ploys to petty jealousies and drug interventions, you’re in for a juicy, unputdownable read. T. R. Pearson, Warren Littlefield Tue, 01 May 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124653 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top of the Rock: Inside the Rise and Fall of Must See TV Author: T. R. Pearson, Warren Littlefield Narrator: Bob Balaban Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 1, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Seinfeld, Friends, Frasier, ER, Cheers, Law & Order, Will & Grace…Here is the funny, splashy, irresistible insiders’ account of the greatest era in television history -- told by the actors, writers, directors, producers, and the network executives who made it happen…and watched it all fall apart. Warren Littlefield was the NBC President of Entertainment who oversaw the Peacock Network’s rise from also-ran to a division that generated a billion dollars in profits.  In this fast-paced and exceptionally entertaining oral history, Littlefield and NBC luminaries including Jerry Seinfeld, Jason Alexander, Kelsey Grammer, Matt LeBlanc, Lisa Kudrow, Julianna Marguiles, Anthony Edwards, Noah Wylie, Debra Messing, Jack Welch, Jimmy Burrows, Helen Hunt, and Dick Wolf vividly recapture the incredible era of Must See TV. From 1993 through 1998, NBC exploded every conventional notion of what a broadcast network could accomplish with the greatest prime-time line-up in television history. On Thursday nights, a cavalcade of groundbreaking comedies and dramas streamed into homes, attracting a staggering 75 million viewers and generating more revenue than all other six nights of programming combined. The road to success, however, was a rocky one. How do you turn a show like Seinfeld, one of the lowest testing pilots of all time, into a hit when the network overlords are constantly warring, or worse, drowning in a bottle of vodka?    Top of the Rock is an addictively readable account of the risky business decisions, creative passion, and leaps of faith that made Must See TV possible. Chock full of delicious behind-the-scenes anecdotes that run the gamut from hilarious casting and programming ploys to petty jealousies and drug interventions, you’re in for a juicy, unputdownable read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top of the Rock: Inside the Rise and Fall of Must See TV Author: T. R. Pearson, Warren Littlefield Narrator: Bob Balaban Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 1, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Seinfeld, Friends, Frasier, ER, Cheers, Law & Order, Will & Grace…Here is the funny, splashy, irresistible insiders’ account of the greatest era in television history -- told by the actors, writers, directors, producers, and the network executives who made it happen…and watched it all fall apart. Warren Littlefield was the NBC President of Entertainment who oversaw the Peacock Network’s rise from also-ran to a division that generated a billion dollars in profits.  In this fast-paced and exceptionally entertaining oral history, Littlefield and NBC luminaries including Jerry Seinfeld, Jason Alexander, Kelsey Grammer, Matt LeBlanc, Lisa Kudrow, Julianna Marguiles, Anthony Edwards, Noah Wylie, Debra Messing, Jack Welch, Jimmy Burrows, Helen Hunt, and Dick Wolf vividly recapture the incredible era of Must See TV. From 1993 through 1998, NBC exploded every conventional notion of what a broadcast network could accomplish with the greatest prime-time line-up in television history. On Thursday nights, a cavalcade of groundbreaking comedies and dramas streamed into homes, attracting a staggering 75 million viewers and generating more revenue than all other six nights of programming combined. The road to success, however, was a rocky one. How do you turn a show like Seinfeld, one of the lowest testing pilots of all time, into a hit when the network overlords are constantly warring, or worse, drowning in a bottle of vodka?    Top of the Rock is an addictively readable account of the risky business decisions, creative passion, and leaps of faith that made Must See TV possible. Chock full of delicious behind-the-scenes anecdotes that run the gamut from hilarious casting and programming ploys to petty jealousies and drug interventions, you’re in for a juicy, unputdownable read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Worst-Case Scenario Business Survival Guide: How to Survive the Recession, Handle Layoffs,Raise Emergency Cash, Thwart an Employee Coup,and Avoid Other Potential Disasters Author: Mark Joyner, David Borgenicht Narrator: Harry Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: November 18, 2009 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How to Survive the Recession, Handle Layoffs, Raise Emergency Cash, Thwart an Employee Coup, and Avoid Other Potential Disasters! Don't Panic. Be Prepared. Have a Plan. Layoffs. Sales slumps. Dangerously low morale. Extreme cash tightness. Reorganizations. It's a scary world out there. Times are as tough as they've been in decades. More than ever before, companies are struggling to make ends meet, having to cut costs, lay off employees, delay new endeavors—and focus almost exclusively on SURVIVAL. And until now, there's never been a good, clear, step-by-step guide for businesses facing such sudden turns for the worse. This Audio Book May Save Your Business. Written by Worst-Case Scenario creator and entrepreneur David Borgenicht, bestselling new business superguru Mark Joyner, and many other business experts, you'll learn: • How to Stay in Business When You Can't Make Payroll • How to Fend Off an Employee Coup • How to Perform Emergency Surgery on Your Overhead And many more answers to the most dangerous situations your business will ever encounter. Most importantly, you'll get the basic training you need to make sure you're prepared—and that this NEVER HAPPENS AGAIN. Mark Joyner, David Borgenicht Wed, 18 Nov 2009 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124611 thebookvoice.com 3:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Worst-Case Scenario Business Survival Guide: How to Survive the Recession, Handle Layoffs,Raise Emergency Cash, Thwart an Employee Coup,and Avoid Other Potential Disasters Author: Mark Joyner, David Borgenicht Narrator: Harry Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: November 18, 2009 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How to Survive the Recession, Handle Layoffs, Raise Emergency Cash, Thwart an Employee Coup, and Avoid Other Potential Disasters! Don't Panic. Be Prepared. Have a Plan. Layoffs. Sales slumps. Dangerously low morale. Extreme cash tightness. Reorganizations. It's a scary world out there. Times are as tough as they've been in decades. More than ever before, companies are struggling to make ends meet, having to cut costs, lay off employees, delay new endeavors—and focus almost exclusively on SURVIVAL. And until now, there's never been a good, clear, step-by-step guide for businesses facing such sudden turns for the worse. This Audio Book May Save Your Business. Written by Worst-Case Scenario creator and entrepreneur David Borgenicht, bestselling new business superguru Mark Joyner, and many other business experts, you'll learn: • How to Stay in Business When You Can't Make Payroll • How to Fend Off an Employee Coup • How to Perform Emergency Surgery on Your Overhead And many more answers to the most dangerous situations your business will ever encounter. Most importantly, you'll get the basic training you need to make sure you're prepared—and that this NEVER HAPPENS AGAIN. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Worst-Case Scenario Business Survival Guide: How to Survive the Recession, Handle Layoffs,Raise Emergency Cash, Thwart an Employee Coup,and Avoid Other Potential Disasters Author: Mark Joyner, David Borgenicht Narrator: Harry Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: November 18, 2009 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How to Survive the Recession, Handle Layoffs, Raise Emergency Cash, Thwart an Employee Coup, and Avoid Other Potential Disasters! Don't Panic. Be Prepared. Have a Plan. Layoffs. Sales slumps. Dangerously low morale. Extreme cash tightness. Reorganizations. It's a scary world out there. Times are as tough as they've been in decades. More than ever before, companies are struggling to make ends meet, having to cut costs, lay off employees, delay new endeavors—and focus almost exclusively on SURVIVAL. And until now, there's never been a good, clear, step-by-step guide for businesses facing such sudden turns for the worse. This Audio Book May Save Your Business. Written by Worst-Case Scenario creator and entrepreneur David Borgenicht, bestselling new business superguru Mark Joyner, and many other business experts, you'll learn: • How to Stay in Business When You Can't Make Payroll • How to Fend Off an Employee Coup • How to Perform Emergency Surgery on Your Overhead And many more answers to the most dangerous situations your business will ever encounter. Most importantly, you'll get the basic training you need to make sure you're prepared—and that this NEVER HAPPENS AGAIN. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124521 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Small Business Bible, 2E: Everything You Need to Know to Succeed in Your Small Business Author: Steven D. Strauss Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 17, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For a comprehensive, easy-to-read, A-to-Z library of everything a small business owner would need to know about starting and succeeding in business, consult The Small Business Bible: Everything You Need to Know to Succeed in Your Small Business, 2nd Edition. Discover candid advice, effective techniques, insider information, and success secrets that will boost you confidence. This updated editions is even more accessible, with easy-to-follow information from starting, running, and growing a business to new chapters on green business practices, technology tips, and marketing tools. Steven D. Strauss Wed, 17 Jun 2009 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124521 thebookvoice.com 15:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Small Business Bible, 2E: Everything You Need to Know to Succeed in Your Small Business Author: Steven D. Strauss Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 17, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For a comprehensive, easy-to-read, A-to-Z library of everything a small business owner would need to know about starting and succeeding in business, consult The Small Business Bible: Everything You Need to Know to Succeed in Your Small Business, 2nd Edition. Discover candid advice, effective techniques, insider information, and success secrets that will boost you confidence. This updated editions is even more accessible, with easy-to-follow information from starting, running, and growing a business to new chapters on green business practices, technology tips, and marketing tools. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Small Business Bible, 2E: Everything You Need to Know to Succeed in Your Small Business Author: Steven D. Strauss Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 17, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For a comprehensive, easy-to-read, A-to-Z library of everything a small business owner would need to know about starting and succeeding in business, consult The Small Business Bible: Everything You Need to Know to Succeed in Your Small Business, 2nd Edition. Discover candid advice, effective techniques, insider information, and success secrets that will boost you confidence. This updated editions is even more accessible, with easy-to-follow information from starting, running, and growing a business to new chapters on green business practices, technology tips, and marketing tools. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124452 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Internet Cash Machine: The Insider's Guide to Making Big Money, Fast! Author: Jillian Coleman Wheeler, Joe Vitale Narrator: Jillian Coleman Wheeler, Joe Vitale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 17, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Cash in on online opportunities today! How would you like to start making lots of money on the Internet? Let expert Joe Vitale, 'The Buddha of the Internet', and online guru Jillian Coleman Wheeler enlighten you and lead you towards the path of prosperity in Your Internet Cash Machine. They will show you how you can rake in astronomical profits using a little business know-how and the power of the Internet. This revealing book walks you through the entire process of building a successful Internet business that fits your life. Whether you've got an idea about what you want to sell or you're thinking about introducing your offline business to cyberspace, you'll find out how you can use your interests and talents to build a Web site that will increase your earnings big time. Your Internet Cash Machine gives you a step-by-step guide to everything you need to know about doing business on the Internet, including: Selecting the best business model based on your experience and interests Getting the word out about your site Drawing customers in with Vitale's patented Hypnotic Writing strategy Building your business support network Going beyond your customers' expectations This is an opportunity you can't afford to miss! Written by two of the most prominent and wildly successful consultants around, this is your ultimate guide to creating your own Internet cash machine today! Jillian Coleman Wheeler, Joe Vitale Thu, 17 Apr 2008 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124452 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Internet Cash Machine: The Insider's Guide to Making Big Money, Fast! Author: Jillian Coleman Wheeler, Joe Vitale Narrator: Jillian Coleman Wheeler, Joe Vitale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 17, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Cash in on online opportunities today! How would you like to start making lots of money on the Internet? Let expert Joe Vitale, 'The Buddha of the Internet', and online guru Jillian Coleman Wheeler enlighten you and lead you towards the path of prosperity in Your Internet Cash Machine. They will show you how you can rake in astronomical profits using a little business know-how and the power of the Internet. This revealing book walks you through the entire process of building a successful Internet business that fits your life. Whether you've got an idea about what you want to sell or you're thinking about introducing your offline business to cyberspace, you'll find out how you can use your interests and talents to build a Web site that will increase your earnings big time. Your Internet Cash Machine gives you a step-by-step guide to everything you need to know about doing business on the Internet, including: Selecting the best business model based on your experience and interests Getting the word out about your site Drawing customers in with Vitale's patented Hypnotic Writing strategy Building your business support network Going beyond your customers' expectations This is an opportunity you can't afford to miss! Written by two of the most prominent and wildly successful consultants around, this is your ultimate guide to creating your own Internet cash machine today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Internet Cash Machine: The Insider's Guide to Making Big Money, Fast! Author: Jillian Coleman Wheeler, Joe Vitale Narrator: Jillian Coleman Wheeler, Joe Vitale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 17, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Cash in on online opportunities today! How would you like to start making lots of money on the Internet? Let expert Joe Vitale, 'The Buddha of the Internet', and online guru Jillian Coleman Wheeler enlighten you and lead you towards the path of prosperity in Your Internet Cash Machine. They will show you how you can rake in astronomical profits using a little business know-how and the power of the Internet. This revealing book walks you through the entire process of building a successful Internet business that fits your life. Whether you've got an idea about what you want to sell or you're thinking about introducing your offline business to cyberspace, you'll find out how you can use your interests and talents to build a Web site that will increase your earnings big time. Your Internet Cash Machine gives you a step-by-step guide to everything you need to know about doing business on the Internet, including: Selecting the best business model based on your experience and interests Getting the word out about your site Drawing customers in with Vitale's patented Hypnotic Writing strategy Building your business support network Going beyond your customers' expectations This is an opportunity you can't afford to miss! Written by two of the most prominent and wildly successful consultants around, this is your ultimate guide to creating your own Internet cash machine today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123055 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Growth: Adapting to Our New Economic Reality Author: Richard Heinberg Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 30, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Economists insist that recovery is at hand, yet unemployment remains high, real estate values continue to sink, and governments stagger under record deficits. The End of Growth proposes a startling diagnosis: humanity has reached a fundamental turning point in its economic history. The expansionary trajectory of industrial civilization is colliding with non-negotiable natural limits. Richard Heinberg's latest landmark work goes to the heart of the ongoing financial crisis, explaining how and why it occurred, and what we must do to avert the worst potential outcomes. Written in an engaging, highly readable style, it shows why growth is being blocked by three factors: - Resource depletion - Environmental impacts - Crushing levels of debt These converging limits will force us to re-evaluate cherished economic theories and to reinvent money and commerce. The End of Growth describes what policy makers, communities, and families can do to build a new economy that operates within Earth's budget of energy and resources. We can thrive during the transition if we set goals that promote human and environmental well-being, rather than continuing to pursue the now-unattainable prize of ever-expanding GDP. Richard Heinberg Fri, 30 Dec 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123055 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Growth: Adapting to Our New Economic Reality Author: Richard Heinberg Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 30, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Economists insist that recovery is at hand, yet unemployment remains high, real estate values continue to sink, and governments stagger under record deficits. The End of Growth proposes a startling diagnosis: humanity has reached a fundamental turning point in its economic history. The expansionary trajectory of industrial civilization is colliding with non-negotiable natural limits. Richard Heinberg's latest landmark work goes to the heart of the ongoing financial crisis, explaining how and why it occurred, and what we must do to avert the worst potential outcomes. Written in an engaging, highly readable style, it shows why growth is being blocked by three factors: - Resource depletion - Environmental impacts - Crushing levels of debt These converging limits will force us to re-evaluate cherished economic theories and to reinvent money and commerce. The End of Growth describes what policy makers, communities, and families can do to build a new economy that operates within Earth's budget of energy and resources. We can thrive during the transition if we set goals that promote human and environmental well-being, rather than continuing to pursue the now-unattainable prize of ever-expanding GDP. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Growth: Adapting to Our New Economic Reality Author: Richard Heinberg Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 30, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Economists insist that recovery is at hand, yet unemployment remains high, real estate values continue to sink, and governments stagger under record deficits. The End of Growth proposes a startling diagnosis: humanity has reached a fundamental turning point in its economic history. The expansionary trajectory of industrial civilization is colliding with non-negotiable natural limits. Richard Heinberg's latest landmark work goes to the heart of the ongoing financial crisis, explaining how and why it occurred, and what we must do to avert the worst potential outcomes. Written in an engaging, highly readable style, it shows why growth is being blocked by three factors: - Resource depletion - Environmental impacts - Crushing levels of debt These converging limits will force us to re-evaluate cherished economic theories and to reinvent money and commerce. The End of Growth describes what policy makers, communities, and families can do to build a new economy that operates within Earth's budget of energy and resources. We can thrive during the transition if we set goals that promote human and environmental well-being, rather than continuing to pursue the now-unattainable prize of ever-expanding GDP. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flawless Consulting: A Guide to Getting Your Expertise Used, Third Edition Author: Peter Block Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 1.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When the landmark best-seller Flawless Consulting was first published more than three decades ago, it was quickly adopted as the 'consultant's bible.' With his legendary warmth and passion, Peter Block explained how to deal effectively with clients, peers, and others. The book continues to speak to people in a support function inside organizations as well as to external consultants. This thoroughly revised and updated third edition of Peter Block's groundbreaking book explores the latest thinking on consultation. It includes new insights about how we can organize our consulting around discovering the strengths, positive examples, and gifts of the client organization or community. The book remains a practical and specific guide for anyone who needs to develop a capacity for deeper relatedness and partnership—which means it is for all who wish to make a real difference in the world. This new edition covers the consulting challenges that have arisen from the way we routinely communicate electronically and live in the virtual world. Block suggests ways to overcome the distancing and isolating effects inherent in electronic connects. The book also includes practical guidance on how to ask better questions, gives suggestions for dealing with difficult clients, and contains expanded guidelines on more engaging forms of implementation. Flawless Consulting includes two new examples, taken from health care and educational reform efforts, to show how consulting skills can be useful (and often transformative) in a broader context. These illustrative examples point the way for achieving changes for leadership in business, government, religion, human services, and more. Like the first two editions, Flawless Consulting affirms the notion that authentic behavior and personal relationships are the key to technical and business success. By demonstrating their ability to be truly authentic at each step in the process, consultants can aim toward creating workplaces that are more collaborative and ultimately more successful. Peter Block Tue, 17 Jan 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122955 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flawless Consulting: A Guide to Getting Your Expertise Used, Third Edition Author: Peter Block Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 1.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When the landmark best-seller Flawless Consulting was first published more than three decades ago, it was quickly adopted as the 'consultant's bible.' With his legendary warmth and passion, Peter Block explained how to deal effectively with clients, peers, and others. The book continues to speak to people in a support function inside organizations as well as to external consultants. This thoroughly revised and updated third edition of Peter Block's groundbreaking book explores the latest thinking on consultation. It includes new insights about how we can organize our consulting around discovering the strengths, positive examples, and gifts of the client organization or community. The book remains a practical and specific guide for anyone who needs to develop a capacity for deeper relatedness and partnership—which means it is for all who wish to make a real difference in the world. This new edition covers the consulting challenges that have arisen from the way we routinely communicate electronically and live in the virtual world. Block suggests ways to overcome the distancing and isolating effects inherent in electronic connects. The book also includes practical guidance on how to ask better questions, gives suggestions for dealing with difficult clients, and contains expanded guidelines on more engaging forms of implementation. Flawless Consulting includes two new examples, taken from health care and educational reform efforts, to show how consulting skills can be useful (and often transformative) in a broader context. These illustrative examples point the way for achieving changes for leadership in business, government, religion, human services, and more. Like the first two editions, Flawless Consulting affirms the notion that authentic behavior and personal relationships are the key to technical and business success. By demonstrating their ability to be truly authentic at each step in the process, consultants can aim toward creating workplaces that are more collaborative and ultimately more successful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flawless Consulting: A Guide to Getting Your Expertise Used, Third Edition Author: Peter Block Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 1.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When the landmark best-seller Flawless Consulting was first published more than three decades ago, it was quickly adopted as the 'consultant's bible.' With his legendary warmth and passion, Peter Block explained how to deal effectively with clients, peers, and others. The book continues to speak to people in a support function inside organizations as well as to external consultants. This thoroughly revised and updated third edition of Peter Block's groundbreaking book explores the latest thinking on consultation. It includes new insights about how we can organize our consulting around discovering the strengths, positive examples, and gifts of the client organization or community. The book remains a practical and specific guide for anyone who needs to develop a capacity for deeper relatedness and partnership—which means it is for all who wish to make a real difference in the world. This new edition covers the consulting challenges that have arisen from the way we routinely communicate electronically and live in the virtual world. Block suggests ways to overcome the distancing and isolating effects inherent in electronic connects. The book also includes practical guidance on how to ask better questions, gives suggestions for dealing with difficult clients, and contains expanded guidelines on more engaging forms of implementation. Flawless Consulting includes two new examples, taken from health care and educational reform efforts, to show how consulting skills can be useful (and often transformative) in a broader context. These illustrative examples point the way for achieving changes for leadership in business, government, religion, human services, and more. Like the first two editions, Flawless Consulting affirms the notion that authentic behavior and personal relationships are the key to technical and business success. By demonstrating their ability to be truly authentic at each step in the process, consultants can aim toward creating workplaces that are more collaborative and ultimately more successful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Your Own Rules: A Renegade Guide to Unconventional Success Author: Josh Young, Wayne Rogers Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 23, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Former star of the classic TV series M*A*S*H, Wayne Rogers has, over the past four decades, become an enormously successful entrepreneur and businessman—and in Make Your Own Rules he shows you how to retain your own identity and reap tremendous rewards in your career and business while doing so. Using fascinating examples from his wide array of experiences—all of which involved leaping into situations where he lacked the traditional background in a particular field— Rogers presents a clarion call to the creative-minded person who isn’t quite sure how to apply that creativity to the world of business. How do you make your way in the business world without becoming a robot? What are the secrets to distinguishing yourself and finding out-of-the-box solutions? Make Your Own Rules encourages you to see things from a fresh perspective, color outside the lines, and avoid becoming a slave to convention. Whether you’re trying to move up the ranks, make a career transition, or develop your own business, the advice in this audiobook will help you realize your full potential. Josh Young, Wayne Rogers Mon, 23 Jan 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122947 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Your Own Rules: A Renegade Guide to Unconventional Success Author: Josh Young, Wayne Rogers Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 23, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Former star of the classic TV series M*A*S*H, Wayne Rogers has, over the past four decades, become an enormously successful entrepreneur and businessman—and in Make Your Own Rules he shows you how to retain your own identity and reap tremendous rewards in your career and business while doing so. Using fascinating examples from his wide array of experiences—all of which involved leaping into situations where he lacked the traditional background in a particular field— Rogers presents a clarion call to the creative-minded person who isn’t quite sure how to apply that creativity to the world of business. How do you make your way in the business world without becoming a robot? What are the secrets to distinguishing yourself and finding out-of-the-box solutions? Make Your Own Rules encourages you to see things from a fresh perspective, color outside the lines, and avoid becoming a slave to convention. Whether you’re trying to move up the ranks, make a career transition, or develop your own business, the advice in this audiobook will help you realize your full potential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Your Own Rules: A Renegade Guide to Unconventional Success Author: Josh Young, Wayne Rogers Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 23, 2012 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Former star of the classic TV series M*A*S*H, Wayne Rogers has, over the past four decades, become an enormously successful entrepreneur and businessman—and in Make Your Own Rules he shows you how to retain your own identity and reap tremendous rewards in your career and business while doing so. Using fascinating examples from his wide array of experiences—all of which involved leaping into situations where he lacked the traditional background in a particular field— Rogers presents a clarion call to the creative-minded person who isn’t quite sure how to apply that creativity to the world of business. How do you make your way in the business world without becoming a robot? What are the secrets to distinguishing yourself and finding out-of-the-box solutions? Make Your Own Rules encourages you to see things from a fresh perspective, color outside the lines, and avoid becoming a slave to convention. Whether you’re trying to move up the ranks, make a career transition, or develop your own business, the advice in this audiobook will help you realize your full potential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122882 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do More Faster: TechStars Lessons to Accelerate Your Startup Author: Brad Feld, David Cohen Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It is a cold, hard fact of business life that most startups fail. Even many of those entrepreneurs who ultimately succeed have stories of personal challenges, unsuccessful companies, and difficulties along the way. The founders of TechStars, a mentorship-driven startup accelerator, have worked with entrepreneurs and companies over the past twenty-five years, and have seen a number of the same issues come up again and again. In Do More Faster, the founders of TechStars identify the key issues that first-time entrepreneurs encounter, and offer proven advice from successful entrepreneurs who have worked with the TechStars program. The authors organize the most critical issues into seven themes: Idea and Vision, People, Execution, Product, Fundraising, Legal and Structure, and Work and Life Balance. Many of the examples are personal experiences from the entrepreneurs themselves, integrated into a cohesive narrative—while at the same time able to stand on their own. Throughout the book, they debunk numerous myths about startups and reveal some surprising truths. They explain, for instance, that the core of a startup is not always a world-changing and earth-shattering idea—in fact, it is often the case that successful startups started out doing something else. They also underscore the efficiency of execution: great entrepreneurs know how to synthesize data, make a decision about the path they are going down, and execute. And they offer some alternatives to traditional ways of raising money, while stressing that you shouldn't start with the assumption that you need to raise money. Mastering the seven themes may not ensure success, but understanding the issues, reading the stories, and getting advice pertaining to these issues will increase your chances dramatically. And if nothing else, you'll realize that you aren't alone in facing these challenges. Brad Feld, David Cohen Mon, 05 Dec 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122882 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do More Faster: TechStars Lessons to Accelerate Your Startup Author: Brad Feld, David Cohen Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It is a cold, hard fact of business life that most startups fail. Even many of those entrepreneurs who ultimately succeed have stories of personal challenges, unsuccessful companies, and difficulties along the way. The founders of TechStars, a mentorship-driven startup accelerator, have worked with entrepreneurs and companies over the past twenty-five years, and have seen a number of the same issues come up again and again. In Do More Faster, the founders of TechStars identify the key issues that first-time entrepreneurs encounter, and offer proven advice from successful entrepreneurs who have worked with the TechStars program. The authors organize the most critical issues into seven themes: Idea and Vision, People, Execution, Product, Fundraising, Legal and Structure, and Work and Life Balance. Many of the examples are personal experiences from the entrepreneurs themselves, integrated into a cohesive narrative—while at the same time able to stand on their own. Throughout the book, they debunk numerous myths about startups and reveal some surprising truths. They explain, for instance, that the core of a startup is not always a world-changing and earth-shattering idea—in fact, it is often the case that successful startups started out doing something else. They also underscore the efficiency of execution: great entrepreneurs know how to synthesize data, make a decision about the path they are going down, and execute. And they offer some alternatives to traditional ways of raising money, while stressing that you shouldn't start with the assumption that you need to raise money. Mastering the seven themes may not ensure success, but understanding the issues, reading the stories, and getting advice pertaining to these issues will increase your chances dramatically. And if nothing else, you'll realize that you aren't alone in facing these challenges. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do More Faster: TechStars Lessons to Accelerate Your Startup Author: Brad Feld, David Cohen Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 5, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It is a cold, hard fact of business life that most startups fail. Even many of those entrepreneurs who ultimately succeed have stories of personal challenges, unsuccessful companies, and difficulties along the way. The founders of TechStars, a mentorship-driven startup accelerator, have worked with entrepreneurs and companies over the past twenty-five years, and have seen a number of the same issues come up again and again. In Do More Faster, the founders of TechStars identify the key issues that first-time entrepreneurs encounter, and offer proven advice from successful entrepreneurs who have worked with the TechStars program. The authors organize the most critical issues into seven themes: Idea and Vision, People, Execution, Product, Fundraising, Legal and Structure, and Work and Life Balance. Many of the examples are personal experiences from the entrepreneurs themselves, integrated into a cohesive narrative—while at the same time able to stand on their own. Throughout the book, they debunk numerous myths about startups and reveal some surprising truths. They explain, for instance, that the core of a startup is not always a world-changing and earth-shattering idea—in fact, it is often the case that successful startups started out doing something else. They also underscore the efficiency of execution: great entrepreneurs know how to synthesize data, make a decision about the path they are going down, and execute. And they offer some alternatives to traditional ways of raising money, while stressing that you shouldn't start with the assumption that you need to raise money. Mastering the seven themes may not ensure success, but understanding the issues, reading the stories, and getting advice pertaining to these issues will increase your chances dramatically. And if nothing else, you'll realize that you aren't alone in facing these challenges. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122865 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attention! This Book Will Make You Money: How to Use Attention-Getting Online Marketing to Increase Your Revenue Author: Jim F. Kukral Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What’s the one common factor among entrepreneurs who create and grow successful online businesses today? Attention. They know what kind they need. They know how to get it. They know how to maintain it. And they know how to make it pay over the long term. Want your business to get the high quality customer engagement it needs to thrive? Attention! This Book Will Make You Money is the only guide you need. Whether you’re starting a business, expanding or revamping an existing one, or just hunting for the latest marketing techniques, Attention! This Book Will Make You Money provides you with a complete online toolbox for bringing in the customer traffic you want—the kind that boosts your brand while driving revenue and profits. In easy, bite-size sections, Attention! This Book Will Make You Money gives you winning techniques and strategies including: • Creating a compelling hook • Maintaining a good brand name online • Going from idea to success in 8 hours • 26 ways to generate killer ideas • 3 truths for coming up with great ideas • Making money from online videos • Making money with social media • Getting and keeping subscribers • The universal truths of selling on the Web Filled with case studies, references, and proven examples of what works online, Attention! This Book Will Make You Money is your one-stop road map for success in today’s social Web marketplace. Jim F. Kukral Mon, 11 Oct 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122865 thebookvoice.com 7:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attention! This Book Will Make You Money: How to Use Attention-Getting Online Marketing to Increase Your Revenue Author: Jim F. Kukral Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What’s the one common factor among entrepreneurs who create and grow successful online businesses today? Attention. They know what kind they need. They know how to get it. They know how to maintain it. And they know how to make it pay over the long term. Want your business to get the high quality customer engagement it needs to thrive? Attention! This Book Will Make You Money is the only guide you need. Whether you’re starting a business, expanding or revamping an existing one, or just hunting for the latest marketing techniques, Attention! This Book Will Make You Money provides you with a complete online toolbox for bringing in the customer traffic you want—the kind that boosts your brand while driving revenue and profits. In easy, bite-size sections, Attention! This Book Will Make You Money gives you winning techniques and strategies including: • Creating a compelling hook • Maintaining a good brand name online • Going from idea to success in 8 hours • 26 ways to generate killer ideas • 3 truths for coming up with great ideas • Making money from online videos • Making money with social media • Getting and keeping subscribers • The universal truths of selling on the Web Filled with case studies, references, and proven examples of what works online, Attention! This Book Will Make You Money is your one-stop road map for success in today’s social Web marketplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attention! This Book Will Make You Money: How to Use Attention-Getting Online Marketing to Increase Your Revenue Author: Jim F. Kukral Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What’s the one common factor among entrepreneurs who create and grow successful online businesses today? Attention. They know what kind they need. They know how to get it. They know how to maintain it. And they know how to make it pay over the long term. Want your business to get the high quality customer engagement it needs to thrive? Attention! This Book Will Make You Money is the only guide you need. Whether you’re starting a business, expanding or revamping an existing one, or just hunting for the latest marketing techniques, Attention! This Book Will Make You Money provides you with a complete online toolbox for bringing in the customer traffic you want—the kind that boosts your brand while driving revenue and profits. In easy, bite-size sections, Attention! This Book Will Make You Money gives you winning techniques and strategies including: • Creating a compelling hook • Maintaining a good brand name online • Going from idea to success in 8 hours • 26 ways to generate killer ideas • 3 truths for coming up with great ideas • Making money from online videos • Making money with social media • Getting and keeping subscribers • The universal truths of selling on the Web Filled with case studies, references, and proven examples of what works online, Attention! This Book Will Make You Money is your one-stop road map for success in today’s social Web marketplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120949 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Obvious: Killer Questions That Spark Game-Changing Innovation Author: Phil McKinney Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 7, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Killer Questions Your Company Should Be Asking Generating and executing great ideas is the key to staying ahead in a rapidly changing world. It seems so basic. Why is it so hard to actually get right? According to innovation expert Phil McKinney, the real problem is that we're teaching people to ask the wrong questions about their businesses--or none at all. There has to be a better way. In Beyond the Obvious, McKinney will help you use his proven FIRE (Focus, Ideation, Rank, Execution) Method to dig deeper and get back to asking the right questions--the ones all companies must ask to survive. Full of real-world examples, this book will change the way you operate, innovate, and create, and it all begins with battle-tested questions Phil has gathered on note cards throughout his career. Shared for the first time here, these 'Killer Questions' include: - What are the rules and assumptions my industry operates under? What if the opposite were true? - What will be the buying criteria used by my customer in 5 years? - What are my unshakable beliefs about what my customers want? - Who uses my product in ways I never anticipated? These questions will reframe the way you see your products, your customers, and the way the two interact. Whether you're a company of thousands or a lean startup, Beyond the Obvious will give you the skills and easy-to-follow plan you need to make both the revolutionary changes and nuanced tweaks required for success. Praise for Beyond the Obvious 'Human beings are creatures of habit, so getting ourselves and our teams to think beyond the obvious is a challenge we face all the time. Phil McKinney is an innovation expert, and his killer questions and hit-the-spot anecdotes provide a great way to get out in front of opportunities we otherwise won't see.' -- Geoffrey Moore, author of Crossing the Chasm and Escape Velocity 'I've always believed that asking the right questions is the essence of design. Phil McKinney proves that point with this wonderful set of killer questions that will jumpstart-or greatly enhance- your innovation efforts.' -- B. Joseph Pine II, co-author, The Experience Economy & Infinite Possibility. 'Product Innovation is a prerequisite to building great brands. Phil's questions are a prerequisite to building innovative products.' -- Satjiv S. Chahil, former global marketing chief, Apple' Phil McKinney Tue, 07 Feb 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120949 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Obvious: Killer Questions That Spark Game-Changing Innovation Author: Phil McKinney Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 7, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Killer Questions Your Company Should Be Asking Generating and executing great ideas is the key to staying ahead in a rapidly changing world. It seems so basic. Why is it so hard to actually get right? According to innovation expert Phil McKinney, the real problem is that we're teaching people to ask the wrong questions about their businesses--or none at all. There has to be a better way. In Beyond the Obvious, McKinney will help you use his proven FIRE (Focus, Ideation, Rank, Execution) Method to dig deeper and get back to asking the right questions--the ones all companies must ask to survive. Full of real-world examples, this book will change the way you operate, innovate, and create, and it all begins with battle-tested questions Phil has gathered on note cards throughout his career. Shared for the first time here, these 'Killer Questions' include: - What are the rules and assumptions my industry operates under? What if the opposite were true? - What will be the buying criteria used by my customer in 5 years? - What are my unshakable beliefs about what my customers want? - Who uses my product in ways I never anticipated? These questions will reframe the way you see your products, your customers, and the way the two interact. Whether you're a company of thousands or a lean startup, Beyond the Obvious will give you the skills and easy-to-follow plan you need to make both the revolutionary changes and nuanced tweaks required for success. Praise for Beyond the Obvious 'Human beings are creatures of habit, so getting ourselves and our teams to think beyond the obvious is a challenge we face all the time. Phil McKinney is an innovation expert, and his killer questions and hit-the-spot anecdotes provide a great way to get out in front of opportunities we otherwise won't see.' -- Geoffrey Moore, author of Crossing the Chasm and Escape Velocity 'I've always believed that asking the right questions is the essence of design. Phil McKinney proves that point with this wonderful set of killer questions that will jumpstart-or greatly enhance- your innovation efforts.' -- B. Joseph Pine II, co-author, The Experience Economy & Infinite Possibility. 'Product Innovation is a prerequisite to building great brands. Phil's questions are a prerequisite to building innovative products.' -- Satjiv S. Chahil, former global marketing chief, Apple' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Obvious: Killer Questions That Spark Game-Changing Innovation Author: Phil McKinney Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 7, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Killer Questions Your Company Should Be Asking Generating and executing great ideas is the key to staying ahead in a rapidly changing world. It seems so basic. Why is it so hard to actually get right? According to innovation expert Phil McKinney, the real problem is that we're teaching people to ask the wrong questions about their businesses--or none at all. There has to be a better way. In Beyond the Obvious, McKinney will help you use his proven FIRE (Focus, Ideation, Rank, Execution) Method to dig deeper and get back to asking the right questions--the ones all companies must ask to survive. Full of real-world examples, this book will change the way you operate, innovate, and create, and it all begins with battle-tested questions Phil has gathered on note cards throughout his career. Shared for the first time here, these 'Killer Questions' include: - What are the rules and assumptions my industry operates under? What if the opposite were true? - What will be the buying criteria used by my customer in 5 years? - What are my unshakable beliefs about what my customers want? - Who uses my product in ways I never anticipated? These questions will reframe the way you see your products, your customers, and the way the two interact. Whether you're a company of thousands or a lean startup, Beyond the Obvious will give you the skills and easy-to-follow plan you need to make both the revolutionary changes and nuanced tweaks required for success. Praise for Beyond the Obvious 'Human beings are creatures of habit, so getting ourselves and our teams to think beyond the obvious is a challenge we face all the time. Phil McKinney is an innovation expert, and his killer questions and hit-the-spot anecdotes provide a great way to get out in front of opportunities we otherwise won't see.' -- Geoffrey Moore, author of Crossing the Chasm and Escape Velocity 'I've always believed that asking the right questions is the essence of design. Phil McKinney proves that point with this wonderful set of killer questions that will jumpstart-or greatly enhance- your innovation efforts.' -- B. Joseph Pine II, co-author, The Experience Economy & Infinite Possibility. 'Product Innovation is a prerequisite to building great brands. Phil's questions are a prerequisite to building innovative products.' -- Satjiv S. Chahil, former global marketing chief, Apple' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Greedy Bastards: Corporate Communists, Banksters, and the Other Vampires Who Suck America Dry Author: Dylan Ratigan Narrator: Dylan Ratigan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: DYLAN RATIGAN’S mission is to uncover never-before-seen solutions to the most pressing issues of our time: government corruption, corporate communism, an ailing health care system, an age-old dependency on foreign oil, and a broken educational system. In this groundbreaking book, Ratigan makes a case that America has the opportunity to prosper, but only by setting clear goals. Ratigan believes that this country, now more than ever, needs passionate debate and smart policy, a brazen willingness to scrap what doesn’t work, and the entrepreneurial spirit to try what does. Ratigan has compiled brash and fresh solutions for building a new and better America, and with this book he has started the debate America deserves. Dylan Ratigan Tue, 10 Jan 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120551 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Greedy Bastards: Corporate Communists, Banksters, and the Other Vampires Who Suck America Dry Author: Dylan Ratigan Narrator: Dylan Ratigan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: DYLAN RATIGAN’S mission is to uncover never-before-seen solutions to the most pressing issues of our time: government corruption, corporate communism, an ailing health care system, an age-old dependency on foreign oil, and a broken educational system. In this groundbreaking book, Ratigan makes a case that America has the opportunity to prosper, but only by setting clear goals. Ratigan believes that this country, now more than ever, needs passionate debate and smart policy, a brazen willingness to scrap what doesn’t work, and the entrepreneurial spirit to try what does. Ratigan has compiled brash and fresh solutions for building a new and better America, and with this book he has started the debate America deserves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Greedy Bastards: Corporate Communists, Banksters, and the Other Vampires Who Suck America Dry Author: Dylan Ratigan Narrator: Dylan Ratigan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: DYLAN RATIGAN’S mission is to uncover never-before-seen solutions to the most pressing issues of our time: government corruption, corporate communism, an ailing health care system, an age-old dependency on foreign oil, and a broken educational system. In this groundbreaking book, Ratigan makes a case that America has the opportunity to prosper, but only by setting clear goals. Ratigan believes that this country, now more than ever, needs passionate debate and smart policy, a brazen willingness to scrap what doesn’t work, and the entrepreneurial spirit to try what does. Ratigan has compiled brash and fresh solutions for building a new and better America, and with this book he has started the debate America deserves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119919 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Lies: How Management Consultants Steal Your Watch and Then Tell You the Time Author: Martin Kihn Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Liar's Poker comes a devastatingly accurate and darkly hilarious behind-the-scenes look at the wonderful world of management consulting. Martin Kihn Mon, 09 Jan 2012 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119919 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Lies: How Management Consultants Steal Your Watch and Then Tell You the Time Author: Martin Kihn Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Liar's Poker comes a devastatingly accurate and darkly hilarious behind-the-scenes look at the wonderful world of management consulting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Lies: How Management Consultants Steal Your Watch and Then Tell You the Time Author: Martin Kihn Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Liar's Poker comes a devastatingly accurate and darkly hilarious behind-the-scenes look at the wonderful world of management consulting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118176 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118176]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wicked Success Is Inside Every Woman Author: Vickie L. Milazzo Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 21, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you're like most women, you're still climbing out of a hole created by the worst economic recession since the Great Depression. If that's not enough angst to deal with, your boss wants it yesterday, your kids want it today, and your spouse wants it tonight.We also face an onslaught of time-sucking distractions: the Internet, email following you everywhere, Facebook, Twitter, texting, and virtual relationships—all competing with our ability to accomplish Big Things in our lives. No wonder we don't have time for fun and sex! No wonder undertaking new goals seems like just another impossible dream on an ever-growing list of banished aspirations. Vickie Milazzo, a New York Times bestselling author and an Inc. Top 10 Entrepreneur, knows all too well that choices for women are abundant today. But who needs more work, more stress, or more responsibilities without the wicked strategies to handle them all? For twenty-nine years, Vickie has mentored thousands of women to achieve wicked success—everything from obtaining overdue promotions to creating million-dollar businesses. This book makes that same personal mentoring yours. And you don't have to give up your life, your time, or your relationships to be wickedly successful. Vickie won't disrespect you with pat answers or new-age mumbo-jumbo. She won't promise you a four-hour work week, a corner office, ten pounds off in ten days, or that Mars will ever begin to understand Venus. Connect with Vickie and you'll begin thinking and acting in a more exaggerated, uncommonly wicked way to reach out and finally grasp the success you desire. Vickie L. Milazzo Mon, 21 Nov 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118176 thebookvoice.com 11:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118176]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wicked Success Is Inside Every Woman Author: Vickie L. Milazzo Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 21, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you're like most women, you're still climbing out of a hole created by the worst economic recession since the Great Depression. If that's not enough angst to deal with, your boss wants it yesterday, your kids want it today, and your spouse wants it tonight.We also face an onslaught of time-sucking distractions: the Internet, email following you everywhere, Facebook, Twitter, texting, and virtual relationships—all competing with our ability to accomplish Big Things in our lives. No wonder we don't have time for fun and sex! No wonder undertaking new goals seems like just another impossible dream on an ever-growing list of banished aspirations. Vickie Milazzo, a New York Times bestselling author and an Inc. Top 10 Entrepreneur, knows all too well that choices for women are abundant today. But who needs more work, more stress, or more responsibilities without the wicked strategies to handle them all? For twenty-nine years, Vickie has mentored thousands of women to achieve wicked success—everything from obtaining overdue promotions to creating million-dollar businesses. This book makes that same personal mentoring yours. And you don't have to give up your life, your time, or your relationships to be wickedly successful. Vickie won't disrespect you with pat answers or new-age mumbo-jumbo. She won't promise you a four-hour work week, a corner office, ten pounds off in ten days, or that Mars will ever begin to understand Venus. Connect with Vickie and you'll begin thinking and acting in a more exaggerated, uncommonly wicked way to reach out and finally grasp the success you desire. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118176]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wicked Success Is Inside Every Woman Author: Vickie L. Milazzo Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 21, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you're like most women, you're still climbing out of a hole created by the worst economic recession since the Great Depression. If that's not enough angst to deal with, your boss wants it yesterday, your kids want it today, and your spouse wants it tonight.We also face an onslaught of time-sucking distractions: the Internet, email following you everywhere, Facebook, Twitter, texting, and virtual relationships—all competing with our ability to accomplish Big Things in our lives. No wonder we don't have time for fun and sex! No wonder undertaking new goals seems like just another impossible dream on an ever-growing list of banished aspirations. Vickie Milazzo, a New York Times bestselling author and an Inc. Top 10 Entrepreneur, knows all too well that choices for women are abundant today. But who needs more work, more stress, or more responsibilities without the wicked strategies to handle them all? For twenty-nine years, Vickie has mentored thousands of women to achieve wicked success—everything from obtaining overdue promotions to creating million-dollar businesses. This book makes that same personal mentoring yours. And you don't have to give up your life, your time, or your relationships to be wickedly successful. Vickie won't disrespect you with pat answers or new-age mumbo-jumbo. She won't promise you a four-hour work week, a corner office, ten pounds off in ten days, or that Mars will ever begin to understand Venus. Connect with Vickie and you'll begin thinking and acting in a more exaggerated, uncommonly wicked way to reach out and finally grasp the success you desire. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117194 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Businessmen Need Philosophy and Other Essays Author: John Ridpath, Richard M. Salsman, Edwin A. Locke, Harry Binswanger, Jaana Woiceshyn, Leonard Peikoff, Ayn Rand Narrator: Susan O’malley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 3, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Ideas are the greatest and most crucially practical power on earth,' wrote Ayn Rand.In the title essay of this collection, Leonard Peikoff applies this principle to the world of business. He shows that certain philosophic ideas, such as reason, egoism, and individualism, are needed to defend and protect the freedom of businessmen, while the opposite ideas, such as mysticism, altruism, and collectivism (which dominate our universities), destroy that freedom. Other essays in this volume will help businessmen understand the crucial role of philosophy in free trade, free markets, health care, and business ethics. Why Businessmen Need Philosophy is important reading for any businessman who wants to defend his freedom—and anyone else who wants to understand and defend business. John Ridpath, Richard M. Salsman, Edwin A. Locke, Harry Binswanger, Jaana Woiceshyn, Leonard Peikoff, Ayn Rand Wed, 03 Dec 2008 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117194 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Businessmen Need Philosophy and Other Essays Author: John Ridpath, Richard M. Salsman, Edwin A. Locke, Harry Binswanger, Jaana Woiceshyn, Leonard Peikoff, Ayn Rand Narrator: Susan O’malley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 3, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Ideas are the greatest and most crucially practical power on earth,' wrote Ayn Rand.In the title essay of this collection, Leonard Peikoff applies this principle to the world of business. He shows that certain philosophic ideas, such as reason, egoism, and individualism, are needed to defend and protect the freedom of businessmen, while the opposite ideas, such as mysticism, altruism, and collectivism (which dominate our universities), destroy that freedom. Other essays in this volume will help businessmen understand the crucial role of philosophy in free trade, free markets, health care, and business ethics. Why Businessmen Need Philosophy is important reading for any businessman who wants to defend his freedom—and anyone else who wants to understand and defend business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Businessmen Need Philosophy and Other Essays Author: John Ridpath, Richard M. Salsman, Edwin A. Locke, Harry Binswanger, Jaana Woiceshyn, Leonard Peikoff, Ayn Rand Narrator: Susan O’malley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 3, 2008 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Ideas are the greatest and most crucially practical power on earth,' wrote Ayn Rand.In the title essay of this collection, Leonard Peikoff applies this principle to the world of business. He shows that certain philosophic ideas, such as reason, egoism, and individualism, are needed to defend and protect the freedom of businessmen, while the opposite ideas, such as mysticism, altruism, and collectivism (which dominate our universities), destroy that freedom. Other essays in this volume will help businessmen understand the crucial role of philosophy in free trade, free markets, health care, and business ethics. Why Businessmen Need Philosophy is important reading for any businessman who wants to defend his freedom—and anyone else who wants to understand and defend business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115674 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brazen Careerist: The New Rules for Success Author: Penelope Trunk Narrator: Shelly Frasier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 15, 2007 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Post-baby boomer Generations X and Y make up about a third of the entire working populations, yet all of the business advice books on the market seem to be written by (and for) those in the middle of their careers. In terms of business advice, what is out there for the all-important age 18-34 demographic? Brazen Careerist, a debut book by Penelope Trunk, seeks to answer all the questions that Generations X and Y many have. Trunk gives anything-but-standard business advice that will help new generations of workers fly past their in-the-dark coworkers in the effort to get to the top. Her clear, in-your-face style lends itself perfectly to such advice as using office politics to your advantage or admitting to yourself that you need to change fields because you are not good at what you do. Containing 45 tips and one rant, Brazen Careerist asserts that you must have a take-charge attitude and Machiavellian ethics in order to rise to the top of the business world. Penelope Trunk Tue, 15 May 2007 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115674 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brazen Careerist: The New Rules for Success Author: Penelope Trunk Narrator: Shelly Frasier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 15, 2007 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Post-baby boomer Generations X and Y make up about a third of the entire working populations, yet all of the business advice books on the market seem to be written by (and for) those in the middle of their careers. In terms of business advice, what is out there for the all-important age 18-34 demographic? Brazen Careerist, a debut book by Penelope Trunk, seeks to answer all the questions that Generations X and Y many have. Trunk gives anything-but-standard business advice that will help new generations of workers fly past their in-the-dark coworkers in the effort to get to the top. Her clear, in-your-face style lends itself perfectly to such advice as using office politics to your advantage or admitting to yourself that you need to change fields because you are not good at what you do. Containing 45 tips and one rant, Brazen Careerist asserts that you must have a take-charge attitude and Machiavellian ethics in order to rise to the top of the business world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brazen Careerist: The New Rules for Success Author: Penelope Trunk Narrator: Shelly Frasier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 15, 2007 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Post-baby boomer Generations X and Y make up about a third of the entire working populations, yet all of the business advice books on the market seem to be written by (and for) those in the middle of their careers. In terms of business advice, what is out there for the all-important age 18-34 demographic? Brazen Careerist, a debut book by Penelope Trunk, seeks to answer all the questions that Generations X and Y many have. Trunk gives anything-but-standard business advice that will help new generations of workers fly past their in-the-dark coworkers in the effort to get to the top. Her clear, in-your-face style lends itself perfectly to such advice as using office politics to your advantage or admitting to yourself that you need to change fields because you are not good at what you do. Containing 45 tips and one rant, Brazen Careerist asserts that you must have a take-charge attitude and Machiavellian ethics in order to rise to the top of the business world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102397 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great by Choice: Uncertainty, Chaos, and Luck--Why Some Thrive Despite Them All Series: #5 of Good to Great Author: Morten T. Hansen, Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ten years after the worldwide bestseller Good to Great, Jim Collins returns withanother groundbreaking work, this time to ask: why do some companies thrive inuncertainty, even chaos, and others do not? Based on nine years of research,buttressed by rigorous analysis and infused with engaging stories, Collins andhis colleague Morten Hansen enumerate the principles for building a truly greatenterprise in unpredictable, tumultuous and fast-moving times. This book isclassic Collins: contrarian, data-driven and uplifting. Morten T. Hansen, Jim Collins Tue, 11 Oct 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102397 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great by Choice: Uncertainty, Chaos, and Luck--Why Some Thrive Despite Them All Series: #5 of Good to Great Author: Morten T. Hansen, Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ten years after the worldwide bestseller Good to Great, Jim Collins returns withanother groundbreaking work, this time to ask: why do some companies thrive inuncertainty, even chaos, and others do not? Based on nine years of research,buttressed by rigorous analysis and infused with engaging stories, Collins andhis colleague Morten Hansen enumerate the principles for building a truly greatenterprise in unpredictable, tumultuous and fast-moving times. This book isclassic Collins: contrarian, data-driven and uplifting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great by Choice: Uncertainty, Chaos, and Luck--Why Some Thrive Despite Them All Series: #5 of Good to Great Author: Morten T. Hansen, Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ten years after the worldwide bestseller Good to Great, Jim Collins returns withanother groundbreaking work, this time to ask: why do some companies thrive inuncertainty, even chaos, and others do not? Based on nine years of research,buttressed by rigorous analysis and infused with engaging stories, Collins andhis colleague Morten Hansen enumerate the principles for building a truly greatenterprise in unpredictable, tumultuous and fast-moving times. This book isclassic Collins: contrarian, data-driven and uplifting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102281 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Midas Touch: Why Some Entrepreneurs Get Rich--and Why Most Don't Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Narrator: Skipp Sudduth, John Dossett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of their #1 blockbuster Why We Want You to Be Rich, the all-star team of bestselling authors Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki reunites to teach listeners what it takes to be successful and influential entrepreneurs in Midas Touch. What makes some business owners wildly successful? What separates the entrepreneurs who build businesses from ones who just seem to create more work for themselves? How, exactly do the world’s most prominent business builders seem to hit home run after home run? The answer: They have the Midas Touch. Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki believe the world needs more entrepreneurs. For the first time, two of the world’s most successful and influential entrepreneurs will share their own Midas Touch secrets. Secrets that will both inspire you to find and fulfill your passion as well as provide you with the hands-on guidance you need to be successful. Through their real life stories of success, failure, perseverance and purpose, you’ll discover how they do it and whether or not you have what it takes to drive your own entrepreneurial success. Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Tue, 04 Oct 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102281 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Midas Touch: Why Some Entrepreneurs Get Rich--and Why Most Don't Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Narrator: Skipp Sudduth, John Dossett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of their #1 blockbuster Why We Want You to Be Rich, the all-star team of bestselling authors Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki reunites to teach listeners what it takes to be successful and influential entrepreneurs in Midas Touch. What makes some business owners wildly successful? What separates the entrepreneurs who build businesses from ones who just seem to create more work for themselves? How, exactly do the world’s most prominent business builders seem to hit home run after home run? The answer: They have the Midas Touch. Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki believe the world needs more entrepreneurs. For the first time, two of the world’s most successful and influential entrepreneurs will share their own Midas Touch secrets. Secrets that will both inspire you to find and fulfill your passion as well as provide you with the hands-on guidance you need to be successful. Through their real life stories of success, failure, perseverance and purpose, you’ll discover how they do it and whether or not you have what it takes to drive your own entrepreneurial success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Midas Touch: Why Some Entrepreneurs Get Rich--and Why Most Don't Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Narrator: Skipp Sudduth, John Dossett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of their #1 blockbuster Why We Want You to Be Rich, the all-star team of bestselling authors Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki reunites to teach listeners what it takes to be successful and influential entrepreneurs in Midas Touch. What makes some business owners wildly successful? What separates the entrepreneurs who build businesses from ones who just seem to create more work for themselves? How, exactly do the world’s most prominent business builders seem to hit home run after home run? The answer: They have the Midas Touch. Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki believe the world needs more entrepreneurs. For the first time, two of the world’s most successful and influential entrepreneurs will share their own Midas Touch secrets. Secrets that will both inspire you to find and fulfill your passion as well as provide you with the hands-on guidance you need to be successful. Through their real life stories of success, failure, perseverance and purpose, you’ll discover how they do it and whether or not you have what it takes to drive your own entrepreneurial success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102229 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102229]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Alert: How China's Growing Prosperity Threatens the American Way of Life Author: Stephen Leeb, Ph.D. Narrator: Brian Bascle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'I would caution readers to dismiss Stephen Leeb's warnings only at their peril.' -- Thomas Kaplan, chairman, Tigris Financial Group The American Dream is close to being replaced by a living nightmare: - Key commodities that are essential to our daily lives and that are widely believed to be abundant are running critically short. Even worse, the Chinese are doing what they can to monopolize the world's dwindling resources. - The U.S. is now largely dependent on our greatest economic rival for rare earth elements as well as a host of other minerals-all of which are absolutely essential to the development of alternative energies and are critically important for our defense industry, computers, cell phones, and other electronic devices. - While America has been fighting wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, China has focused its substantial muscle on securing vital commodities from these and other lands to upgrade its infrastructure and industrial strength to meet the resource challenge head-on. - China has wrapped itself in the green flag of combating climate change while systematically discouraging other nations from adopting similar policies in a bid to gain time to achieve its plans. Red Alert is a provocative and frightening look at the growing political, economic, and social power of China and the threat that nation poses to the Western world. It lays out how the Chinese are strategizing to overtake the United States as the world's premier economic power-and details how our failure to respond quickly will result in a permanently lower standard of living for Americans. Peppered with startling statistics, charts, and evidence of how China continues to expand its economic reach, Red Alert is both controversial and powerful in its scope. Stephen Leeb, Ph.D. Wed, 19 Oct 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102229 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102229]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Alert: How China's Growing Prosperity Threatens the American Way of Life Author: Stephen Leeb, Ph.D. Narrator: Brian Bascle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'I would caution readers to dismiss Stephen Leeb's warnings only at their peril.' -- Thomas Kaplan, chairman, Tigris Financial Group The American Dream is close to being replaced by a living nightmare: - Key commodities that are essential to our daily lives and that are widely believed to be abundant are running critically short. Even worse, the Chinese are doing what they can to monopolize the world's dwindling resources. - The U.S. is now largely dependent on our greatest economic rival for rare earth elements as well as a host of other minerals-all of which are absolutely essential to the development of alternative energies and are critically important for our defense industry, computers, cell phones, and other electronic devices. - While America has been fighting wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, China has focused its substantial muscle on securing vital commodities from these and other lands to upgrade its infrastructure and industrial strength to meet the resource challenge head-on. - China has wrapped itself in the green flag of combating climate change while systematically discouraging other nations from adopting similar policies in a bid to gain time to achieve its plans. Red Alert is a provocative and frightening look at the growing political, economic, and social power of China and the threat that nation poses to the Western world. It lays out how the Chinese are strategizing to overtake the United States as the world's premier economic power-and details how our failure to respond quickly will result in a permanently lower standard of living for Americans. Peppered with startling statistics, charts, and evidence of how China continues to expand its economic reach, Red Alert is both controversial and powerful in its scope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102229]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Alert: How China's Growing Prosperity Threatens the American Way of Life Author: Stephen Leeb, Ph.D. Narrator: Brian Bascle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'I would caution readers to dismiss Stephen Leeb's warnings only at their peril.' -- Thomas Kaplan, chairman, Tigris Financial Group The American Dream is close to being replaced by a living nightmare: - Key commodities that are essential to our daily lives and that are widely believed to be abundant are running critically short. Even worse, the Chinese are doing what they can to monopolize the world's dwindling resources. - The U.S. is now largely dependent on our greatest economic rival for rare earth elements as well as a host of other minerals-all of which are absolutely essential to the development of alternative energies and are critically important for our defense industry, computers, cell phones, and other electronic devices. - While America has been fighting wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, China has focused its substantial muscle on securing vital commodities from these and other lands to upgrade its infrastructure and industrial strength to meet the resource challenge head-on. - China has wrapped itself in the green flag of combating climate change while systematically discouraging other nations from adopting similar policies in a bid to gain time to achieve its plans. Red Alert is a provocative and frightening look at the growing political, economic, and social power of China and the threat that nation poses to the Western world. It lays out how the Chinese are strategizing to overtake the United States as the world's premier economic power-and details how our failure to respond quickly will result in a permanently lower standard of living for Americans. Peppered with startling statistics, charts, and evidence of how China continues to expand its economic reach, Red Alert is both controversial and powerful in its scope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DarkMarket: Cyberthieves, Cybercops and You Author: Misha Glenny Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This extraordinarily powerful book demonstrates how utterly we lack the shared supranational tools needed to fight cybercrime. Essential reading.' --Roberto Saviano, author of Gommorah The benefits of living in a digital, globalized society are enormous; so too are the dangers. The world has become a law enforcer’s nightmare and every criminal’s dream. We bank online; shop online; date, learn, work and live online. But have the institutions that keep us safe on the streets learned to protect us in the burgeoning digital world? Have we become complacent about our personal security—sharing our thoughts, beliefs and the details of our daily lives with anyone who might care to relieve us of them?   In this fascinating and compelling book, Misha Glenny, author of the international best seller McMafia, explores the three fundamental threats facing us in the twenty-first century: cybercrime, cyberwarfare and cyberindustrial espionage. Governments and the private sector are losing billions of dollars each year fighting an ever-morphing, often invisible and often supersmart new breed of criminal: the hacker.   Glenny has traveled and trawled the world. By exploring the rise and fall of the criminal website DarkMarket he has uncovered the most vivid, alarming and illuminating stories. Whether JiLsi or Matrix, Iceman, Master Splynter or Lord Cyric; whether Detective Sergeant Chris Dawson in Scunthorpe, England, or Agent Keith Mularski in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Glenny has tracked down and interviewed all the players—the criminals, the geeks, the police, the security experts and the victims—and he places everyone and everything in a rich brew of politics, economics and history.   The result is simply unputdownable. DarkMarket is authoritative and completely engrossing. It’s a must-read for everyone who uses a computer: the essential crime book for our times. Misha Glenny Tue, 04 Oct 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101547 thebookvoice.com 9:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DarkMarket: Cyberthieves, Cybercops and You Author: Misha Glenny Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This extraordinarily powerful book demonstrates how utterly we lack the shared supranational tools needed to fight cybercrime. Essential reading.' --Roberto Saviano, author of Gommorah The benefits of living in a digital, globalized society are enormous; so too are the dangers. The world has become a law enforcer’s nightmare and every criminal’s dream. We bank online; shop online; date, learn, work and live online. But have the institutions that keep us safe on the streets learned to protect us in the burgeoning digital world? Have we become complacent about our personal security—sharing our thoughts, beliefs and the details of our daily lives with anyone who might care to relieve us of them?   In this fascinating and compelling book, Misha Glenny, author of the international best seller McMafia, explores the three fundamental threats facing us in the twenty-first century: cybercrime, cyberwarfare and cyberindustrial espionage. Governments and the private sector are losing billions of dollars each year fighting an ever-morphing, often invisible and often supersmart new breed of criminal: the hacker.   Glenny has traveled and trawled the world. By exploring the rise and fall of the criminal website DarkMarket he has uncovered the most vivid, alarming and illuminating stories. Whether JiLsi or Matrix, Iceman, Master Splynter or Lord Cyric; whether Detective Sergeant Chris Dawson in Scunthorpe, England, or Agent Keith Mularski in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Glenny has tracked down and interviewed all the players—the criminals, the geeks, the police, the security experts and the victims—and he places everyone and everything in a rich brew of politics, economics and history.   The result is simply unputdownable. DarkMarket is authoritative and completely engrossing. It’s a must-read for everyone who uses a computer: the essential crime book for our times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DarkMarket: Cyberthieves, Cybercops and You Author: Misha Glenny Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This extraordinarily powerful book demonstrates how utterly we lack the shared supranational tools needed to fight cybercrime. Essential reading.' --Roberto Saviano, author of Gommorah The benefits of living in a digital, globalized society are enormous; so too are the dangers. The world has become a law enforcer’s nightmare and every criminal’s dream. We bank online; shop online; date, learn, work and live online. But have the institutions that keep us safe on the streets learned to protect us in the burgeoning digital world? Have we become complacent about our personal security—sharing our thoughts, beliefs and the details of our daily lives with anyone who might care to relieve us of them?   In this fascinating and compelling book, Misha Glenny, author of the international best seller McMafia, explores the three fundamental threats facing us in the twenty-first century: cybercrime, cyberwarfare and cyberindustrial espionage. Governments and the private sector are losing billions of dollars each year fighting an ever-morphing, often invisible and often supersmart new breed of criminal: the hacker.   Glenny has traveled and trawled the world. By exploring the rise and fall of the criminal website DarkMarket he has uncovered the most vivid, alarming and illuminating stories. Whether JiLsi or Matrix, Iceman, Master Splynter or Lord Cyric; whether Detective Sergeant Chris Dawson in Scunthorpe, England, or Agent Keith Mularski in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Glenny has tracked down and interviewed all the players—the criminals, the geeks, the police, the security experts and the victims—and he places everyone and everything in a rich brew of politics, economics and history.   The result is simply unputdownable. DarkMarket is authoritative and completely engrossing. It’s a must-read for everyone who uses a computer: the essential crime book for our times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lean Startup: How Today's Entrepreneurs Use Continuous Innovation to Create Radically Successful Businesses Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Eric Ries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 343 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 44 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most startups fail. But many of those failures are preventable. The Lean Startup is a new approach being adopted across the globe, changing the way companies are built and new products are launched. Eric Ries defines a startup as an organization dedicated to creating something new under conditions of extreme uncertainty. This is just as true for one person in a garage or a group of seasoned professionals in a Fortune 500 boardroom. What they have in common is a mission to penetrate that fog of uncertainty to discover a successful path to a sustainable business. The Lean Startup approach fosters companies that are both more capital efficient and that leverage human creativity more effectively. Inspired by lessons from lean manufacturing, it relies on “validated learning,” rapid scientific experimentation, as well as a number of counter-intuitive practices that shorten product development cycles, measure actual progress without resorting to vanity metrics, and learn what customers really want. It enables a company to shift directions with agility, altering plans inch by inch, minute by minute. Rather than wasting time creating elaborate business plans, The Lean Startup offers entrepreneurs—in companies of all sizes—a way to test their vision continuously, to adapt and adjust before it’s too late. Ries provides a scientific approach to creating and managing successful startups in a age when companies need to innovate more than ever. Eric Ries Tue, 13 Sep 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101046 thebookvoice.com 8:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lean Startup: How Today's Entrepreneurs Use Continuous Innovation to Create Radically Successful Businesses Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Eric Ries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 343 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 44 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most startups fail. But many of those failures are preventable. The Lean Startup is a new approach being adopted across the globe, changing the way companies are built and new products are launched. Eric Ries defines a startup as an organization dedicated to creating something new under conditions of extreme uncertainty. This is just as true for one person in a garage or a group of seasoned professionals in a Fortune 500 boardroom. What they have in common is a mission to penetrate that fog of uncertainty to discover a successful path to a sustainable business. The Lean Startup approach fosters companies that are both more capital efficient and that leverage human creativity more effectively. Inspired by lessons from lean manufacturing, it relies on “validated learning,” rapid scientific experimentation, as well as a number of counter-intuitive practices that shorten product development cycles, measure actual progress without resorting to vanity metrics, and learn what customers really want. It enables a company to shift directions with agility, altering plans inch by inch, minute by minute. Rather than wasting time creating elaborate business plans, The Lean Startup offers entrepreneurs—in companies of all sizes—a way to test their vision continuously, to adapt and adjust before it’s too late. Ries provides a scientific approach to creating and managing successful startups in a age when companies need to innovate more than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lean Startup: How Today's Entrepreneurs Use Continuous Innovation to Create Radically Successful Businesses Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Eric Ries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 343 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 44 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most startups fail. But many of those failures are preventable. The Lean Startup is a new approach being adopted across the globe, changing the way companies are built and new products are launched. Eric Ries defines a startup as an organization dedicated to creating something new under conditions of extreme uncertainty. This is just as true for one person in a garage or a group of seasoned professionals in a Fortune 500 boardroom. What they have in common is a mission to penetrate that fog of uncertainty to discover a successful path to a sustainable business. The Lean Startup approach fosters companies that are both more capital efficient and that leverage human creativity more effectively. Inspired by lessons from lean manufacturing, it relies on “validated learning,” rapid scientific experimentation, as well as a number of counter-intuitive practices that shorten product development cycles, measure actual progress without resorting to vanity metrics, and learn what customers really want. It enables a company to shift directions with agility, altering plans inch by inch, minute by minute. Rather than wasting time creating elaborate business plans, The Lean Startup offers entrepreneurs—in companies of all sizes—a way to test their vision continuously, to adapt and adjust before it’s too late. Ries provides a scientific approach to creating and managing successful startups in a age when companies need to innovate more than ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101043 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Something That Matters Author: Blake Mycoskie Narrator: Blake Mycoskie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Love your work, work for what you love, and change the world—all at the same time.   What matters most to you? Should you focus on earning a living, pursuing your passions, or devoting yourself to the causes that inspire you? The surprising truth is that you don’t have to choose—and that you’ll find more success if you don’t. That’s the breakthrough message of TOMS’ One for One movement. You don’t have to be rich to give back and you don’t have to retire to spend every day doing what you love. You can find profit, passion, and meaning all at once—right now.     In Start Something That Matters, Blake Mycoskie tells the story of TOMS, one of the fastest-growing shoe companies in the world, and combines it with lessons learned from such other innovative organizations as method, charity: water, FEED Projects, and TerraCycle. Blake presents the six simple keys for creating or transforming your own life and business, from discovering your core story to being resourceful without resources; from overcoming fear and doubt to incorporating giving into every aspect of your life. No matter what kind of change you’re considering, Start Something That Matters gives you the stories, ideas, and practical tips that can help you get started.    Why this book is for you:   • You’re ready to make a difference in the world—through your own start-up business, a nonprofit organization, or a new project that you create within your current job. • You want to love your work, work for what you love, and have a positive impact on the world—all at the same time. • You’re inspired by charity: water, method, and FEED Projects and want to learn how these organizations got their start. • You’re curious about how someone who never made a pair of shoes, attended fashion school, or worked in retail created one of the fastest-growing footwear companies in the world by giving shoes away. • You’re looking for a new model of success to share with your children, students, co-workers, and members of your community.   You’re ready to start something that matters. Blake Mycoskie Tue, 06 Sep 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101043 thebookvoice.com 4:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Something That Matters Author: Blake Mycoskie Narrator: Blake Mycoskie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Love your work, work for what you love, and change the world—all at the same time.   What matters most to you? Should you focus on earning a living, pursuing your passions, or devoting yourself to the causes that inspire you? The surprising truth is that you don’t have to choose—and that you’ll find more success if you don’t. That’s the breakthrough message of TOMS’ One for One movement. You don’t have to be rich to give back and you don’t have to retire to spend every day doing what you love. You can find profit, passion, and meaning all at once—right now.     In Start Something That Matters, Blake Mycoskie tells the story of TOMS, one of the fastest-growing shoe companies in the world, and combines it with lessons learned from such other innovative organizations as method, charity: water, FEED Projects, and TerraCycle. Blake presents the six simple keys for creating or transforming your own life and business, from discovering your core story to being resourceful without resources; from overcoming fear and doubt to incorporating giving into every aspect of your life. No matter what kind of change you’re considering, Start Something That Matters gives you the stories, ideas, and practical tips that can help you get started.    Why this book is for you:   • You’re ready to make a difference in the world—through your own start-up business, a nonprofit organization, or a new project that you create within your current job. • You want to love your work, work for what you love, and have a positive impact on the world—all at the same time. • You’re inspired by charity: water, method, and FEED Projects and want to learn how these organizations got their start. • You’re curious about how someone who never made a pair of shoes, attended fashion school, or worked in retail created one of the fastest-growing footwear companies in the world by giving shoes away. • You’re looking for a new model of success to share with your children, students, co-workers, and members of your community.   You’re ready to start something that matters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Something That Matters Author: Blake Mycoskie Narrator: Blake Mycoskie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Love your work, work for what you love, and change the world—all at the same time.   What matters most to you? Should you focus on earning a living, pursuing your passions, or devoting yourself to the causes that inspire you? The surprising truth is that you don’t have to choose—and that you’ll find more success if you don’t. That’s the breakthrough message of TOMS’ One for One movement. You don’t have to be rich to give back and you don’t have to retire to spend every day doing what you love. You can find profit, passion, and meaning all at once—right now.     In Start Something That Matters, Blake Mycoskie tells the story of TOMS, one of the fastest-growing shoe companies in the world, and combines it with lessons learned from such other innovative organizations as method, charity: water, FEED Projects, and TerraCycle. Blake presents the six simple keys for creating or transforming your own life and business, from discovering your core story to being resourceful without resources; from overcoming fear and doubt to incorporating giving into every aspect of your life. No matter what kind of change you’re considering, Start Something That Matters gives you the stories, ideas, and practical tips that can help you get started.    Why this book is for you:   • You’re ready to make a difference in the world—through your own start-up business, a nonprofit organization, or a new project that you create within your current job. • You want to love your work, work for what you love, and have a positive impact on the world—all at the same time. • You’re inspired by charity: water, method, and FEED Projects and want to learn how these organizations got their start. • You’re curious about how someone who never made a pair of shoes, attended fashion school, or worked in retail created one of the fastest-growing footwear companies in the world by giving shoes away. • You’re looking for a new model of success to share with your children, students, co-workers, and members of your community.   You’re ready to start something that matters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Beyond Your Feelings: Controlling Emotions So They Don't Control You Author: Joyce Meyer Narrator: Sandra McCollom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The average person has 70,000 thoughts every day, and many of those thoughts trigger a corresponding emotion. No wonder so many of us often feel like we're controlled by our emotions. Our lives would be much improved if we controlled them. In LIVING BEYOND YOUR FEELINGS, Joyce Meyer examines the gamut of feelings that human beings experience. She discusses the way that the brain processes and stores memories and thoughts, and then - emotion by emotion - she explains how we can manage our reactions to those emotions. By doing that, she gives the reader a toolbox for managing the way we react to the onslaught of feelings that can wreak havoc on our lives. In this book, Meyer blends the wisdom of the Bible with the latest psychological research and discusses: the 4 personality types and their influence on one's outlook, the impact of stress on physical and emotional health, the power of memories, the influence of words on emotions, anger & resentment, sadness, loss & grief, fear, guilt & regret, the power of replacing reactions with pro-actions, and the benefits of happiness. Joyce Meyer Tue, 06 Sep 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100998 thebookvoice.com 7:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Beyond Your Feelings: Controlling Emotions So They Don't Control You Author: Joyce Meyer Narrator: Sandra McCollom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The average person has 70,000 thoughts every day, and many of those thoughts trigger a corresponding emotion. No wonder so many of us often feel like we're controlled by our emotions. Our lives would be much improved if we controlled them. In LIVING BEYOND YOUR FEELINGS, Joyce Meyer examines the gamut of feelings that human beings experience. She discusses the way that the brain processes and stores memories and thoughts, and then - emotion by emotion - she explains how we can manage our reactions to those emotions. By doing that, she gives the reader a toolbox for managing the way we react to the onslaught of feelings that can wreak havoc on our lives. In this book, Meyer blends the wisdom of the Bible with the latest psychological research and discusses: the 4 personality types and their influence on one's outlook, the impact of stress on physical and emotional health, the power of memories, the influence of words on emotions, anger & resentment, sadness, loss & grief, fear, guilt & regret, the power of replacing reactions with pro-actions, and the benefits of happiness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Beyond Your Feelings: Controlling Emotions So They Don't Control You Author: Joyce Meyer Narrator: Sandra McCollom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The average person has 70,000 thoughts every day, and many of those thoughts trigger a corresponding emotion. No wonder so many of us often feel like we're controlled by our emotions. Our lives would be much improved if we controlled them. In LIVING BEYOND YOUR FEELINGS, Joyce Meyer examines the gamut of feelings that human beings experience. She discusses the way that the brain processes and stores memories and thoughts, and then - emotion by emotion - she explains how we can manage our reactions to those emotions. By doing that, she gives the reader a toolbox for managing the way we react to the onslaught of feelings that can wreak havoc on our lives. In this book, Meyer blends the wisdom of the Bible with the latest psychological research and discusses: the 4 personality types and their influence on one's outlook, the impact of stress on physical and emotional health, the power of memories, the influence of words on emotions, anger & resentment, sadness, loss & grief, fear, guilt & regret, the power of replacing reactions with pro-actions, and the benefits of happiness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100523 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Escape Velocity: Free Your Company's Future from the Pull of the Past Author: Geoffrey A. Moore Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Readthis book to learn how to create a company as powerful as Apple.”—Guy Kawasaki,former chief evangelist of AppleInEscape Velocity Geoffrey A. Moore, author of the marketing masterwork Crossingthe Chasm, teaches twenty-first century enterprises how to overcome thepull of the past and reorient their organizations to meet a new era ofcompetition. The world’s leading high-tech business strategist, Moore connectsthe dots between bold strategies and effective execution, with an action planthat elucidates the link between senior executives and every other branch of acompany. For readers of Larry Bossidy’s Execution,Clay Christensen’s Innovator’s Solution, and Gary Vaynerchuck’sCrush It!, and for anyone aiming for the pinnacle of business success, EscapeVelocity is an irreplaceable roadmap to the top. Geoffrey A. Moore Tue, 06 Sep 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100523 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Escape Velocity: Free Your Company's Future from the Pull of the Past Author: Geoffrey A. Moore Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Readthis book to learn how to create a company as powerful as Apple.”—Guy Kawasaki,former chief evangelist of AppleInEscape Velocity Geoffrey A. Moore, author of the marketing masterwork Crossingthe Chasm, teaches twenty-first century enterprises how to overcome thepull of the past and reorient their organizations to meet a new era ofcompetition. The world’s leading high-tech business strategist, Moore connectsthe dots between bold strategies and effective execution, with an action planthat elucidates the link between senior executives and every other branch of acompany. For readers of Larry Bossidy’s Execution,Clay Christensen’s Innovator’s Solution, and Gary Vaynerchuck’sCrush It!, and for anyone aiming for the pinnacle of business success, EscapeVelocity is an irreplaceable roadmap to the top. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Escape Velocity: Free Your Company's Future from the Pull of the Past Author: Geoffrey A. Moore Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Readthis book to learn how to create a company as powerful as Apple.”—Guy Kawasaki,former chief evangelist of AppleInEscape Velocity Geoffrey A. Moore, author of the marketing masterwork Crossingthe Chasm, teaches twenty-first century enterprises how to overcome thepull of the past and reorient their organizations to meet a new era ofcompetition. The world’s leading high-tech business strategist, Moore connectsthe dots between bold strategies and effective execution, with an action planthat elucidates the link between senior executives and every other branch of acompany. For readers of Larry Bossidy’s Execution,Clay Christensen’s Innovator’s Solution, and Gary Vaynerchuck’sCrush It!, and for anyone aiming for the pinnacle of business success, EscapeVelocity is an irreplaceable roadmap to the top. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100243 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moneyball: The Art of Winning an Unfair Game Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 20, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 134 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 11 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Moneyball is a quest for something as elusive as the Holy Grail, something that money apparently can't buy: the secret of success in baseball. The logical places to look would be the giant offices of major league teams and the dugouts. But the real jackpot is a cache of numbers collected over the years by a strange brotherhood of amateur baseball enthusiasts: software engineers, statisticians, Wall Street analysts, lawyers, and physics professors. In a narrative full of fabulous characters and brilliant excursions into the unexpected, Lewis shows us how and why the new baseball knowledge works. He also sets up a sly and hilarious morality tale: Big Money, like Goliath, is always supposed to win . . . how can we not cheer for David? Michael Lewis Thu, 20 Mar 2003 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100243 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moneyball: The Art of Winning an Unfair Game Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 20, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 134 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 11 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Moneyball is a quest for something as elusive as the Holy Grail, something that money apparently can't buy: the secret of success in baseball. The logical places to look would be the giant offices of major league teams and the dugouts. But the real jackpot is a cache of numbers collected over the years by a strange brotherhood of amateur baseball enthusiasts: software engineers, statisticians, Wall Street analysts, lawyers, and physics professors. In a narrative full of fabulous characters and brilliant excursions into the unexpected, Lewis shows us how and why the new baseball knowledge works. He also sets up a sly and hilarious morality tale: Big Money, like Goliath, is always supposed to win . . . how can we not cheer for David? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moneyball: The Art of Winning an Unfair Game Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 20, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 134 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 11 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Moneyball is a quest for something as elusive as the Holy Grail, something that money apparently can't buy: the secret of success in baseball. The logical places to look would be the giant offices of major league teams and the dugouts. But the real jackpot is a cache of numbers collected over the years by a strange brotherhood of amateur baseball enthusiasts: software engineers, statisticians, Wall Street analysts, lawyers, and physics professors. In a narrative full of fabulous characters and brilliant excursions into the unexpected, Lewis shows us how and why the new baseball knowledge works. He also sets up a sly and hilarious morality tale: Big Money, like Goliath, is always supposed to win . . . how can we not cheer for David? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oil Kings: How the U.S., Iran, and Saudi Arabia Changed the Balance of Power in the Middle East Author: Andrew Scott Cooper Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 9, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: struggling with a recession . . . European nations at risk of defaulting on their loans . . . A possible global financial crisis. It happened before, in the 1970s. Oil Kings is the story of how oil came to dominate U.S. domestic and international affairs. As Richard Nixon fought off Watergate inquiries in 1973, the U.S. economy reacted to an oil shortage initiated by Arab nations in retaliation for American support of Israel in the Arab- Israeli war. The price of oil skyrocketed, causing serious inflation. One man the U.S. could rely on in the Middle East was the Shah of Iran, a loyal ally whose grand ambitions had made him a leading customer for American weapons. Iran sold the U.S. oil; the U.S. sold Iran missiles and fighter jets. But the Shah’s economy depended almost entirely on oil, and the U.S. economy could not tolerate annual double-digit increases in the price of this essential commodity. European economies were hit even harder by the soaring oil prices, and several NATO allies were at risk of default on their debt. In 1976, with the U.S. economy in peril, President Gerald Ford, locked in a tight election race, decided he had to find a country that would sell oil to the U.S. more cheaply and break the OPEC monopoly, which the Shah refused to do. On the advice of Treasury Secretary William Simon and against the advice of Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, Ford made a deal to sell advanced weaponry to the Saudis in exchange for a modest price hike on oil. Ford lost the election, but the deal had lasting consequences. The Shah’s economy was destabilized, and disaffected elements in Iran mobilized to overthrow him. The U.S. had embarked on a long relationship with the autocratic Saudi kingdom that continues to this day. Andrew Scott Cooper draws on newly declassified documents and interviews with some key figures of the time to show how Nixon, Ford, Kissinger, the CIA, and the State and Treasury departments—as well as the Shah and the Saudi royal family— maneuvered to control events in the Middle East. He details the secret U.S.-Saudi plan to circumvent OPEC that destabilized the Shah. He reveals how close the U.S. came to sending troops into the Persian Gulf to break the Arab oil embargo. The Oil Kings provides solid evidence that U.S. officials ignored warning signs of a potential hostage crisis in Iran. It discloses that U.S. officials offered to sell nuclear power and nuclear fuel to the Shah. And it shows how the Ford Administration barely averted a European debt crisis that could have triggered a financial catastrophe in the U.S. Brilliantly reported and filled with astonishing details about some of the key figures of the time, The Oil Kings is the history of an era that we thought we knew, an era whose momentous reverberations still influence events at home and abroad today. Andrew Scott Cooper Tue, 09 Aug 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99020 thebookvoice.com 19:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oil Kings: How the U.S., Iran, and Saudi Arabia Changed the Balance of Power in the Middle East Author: Andrew Scott Cooper Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 9, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: struggling with a recession . . . European nations at risk of defaulting on their loans . . . A possible global financial crisis. It happened before, in the 1970s. Oil Kings is the story of how oil came to dominate U.S. domestic and international affairs. As Richard Nixon fought off Watergate inquiries in 1973, the U.S. economy reacted to an oil shortage initiated by Arab nations in retaliation for American support of Israel in the Arab- Israeli war. The price of oil skyrocketed, causing serious inflation. One man the U.S. could rely on in the Middle East was the Shah of Iran, a loyal ally whose grand ambitions had made him a leading customer for American weapons. Iran sold the U.S. oil; the U.S. sold Iran missiles and fighter jets. But the Shah’s economy depended almost entirely on oil, and the U.S. economy could not tolerate annual double-digit increases in the price of this essential commodity. European economies were hit even harder by the soaring oil prices, and several NATO allies were at risk of default on their debt. In 1976, with the U.S. economy in peril, President Gerald Ford, locked in a tight election race, decided he had to find a country that would sell oil to the U.S. more cheaply and break the OPEC monopoly, which the Shah refused to do. On the advice of Treasury Secretary William Simon and against the advice of Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, Ford made a deal to sell advanced weaponry to the Saudis in exchange for a modest price hike on oil. Ford lost the election, but the deal had lasting consequences. The Shah’s economy was destabilized, and disaffected elements in Iran mobilized to overthrow him. The U.S. had embarked on a long relationship with the autocratic Saudi kingdom that continues to this day. Andrew Scott Cooper draws on newly declassified documents and interviews with some key figures of the time to show how Nixon, Ford, Kissinger, the CIA, and the State and Treasury departments—as well as the Shah and the Saudi royal family— maneuvered to control events in the Middle East. He details the secret U.S.-Saudi plan to circumvent OPEC that destabilized the Shah. He reveals how close the U.S. came to sending troops into the Persian Gulf to break the Arab oil embargo. The Oil Kings provides solid evidence that U.S. officials ignored warning signs of a potential hostage crisis in Iran. It discloses that U.S. officials offered to sell nuclear power and nuclear fuel to the Shah. And it shows how the Ford Administration barely averted a European debt crisis that could have triggered a financial catastrophe in the U.S. Brilliantly reported and filled with astonishing details about some of the key figures of the time, The Oil Kings is the history of an era that we thought we knew, an era whose momentous reverberations still influence events at home and abroad today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oil Kings: How the U.S., Iran, and Saudi Arabia Changed the Balance of Power in the Middle East Author: Andrew Scott Cooper Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 9, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: struggling with a recession . . . European nations at risk of defaulting on their loans . . . A possible global financial crisis. It happened before, in the 1970s. Oil Kings is the story of how oil came to dominate U.S. domestic and international affairs. As Richard Nixon fought off Watergate inquiries in 1973, the U.S. economy reacted to an oil shortage initiated by Arab nations in retaliation for American support of Israel in the Arab- Israeli war. The price of oil skyrocketed, causing serious inflation. One man the U.S. could rely on in the Middle East was the Shah of Iran, a loyal ally whose grand ambitions had made him a leading customer for American weapons. Iran sold the U.S. oil; the U.S. sold Iran missiles and fighter jets. But the Shah’s economy depended almost entirely on oil, and the U.S. economy could not tolerate annual double-digit increases in the price of this essential commodity. European economies were hit even harder by the soaring oil prices, and several NATO allies were at risk of default on their debt. In 1976, with the U.S. economy in peril, President Gerald Ford, locked in a tight election race, decided he had to find a country that would sell oil to the U.S. more cheaply and break the OPEC monopoly, which the Shah refused to do. On the advice of Treasury Secretary William Simon and against the advice of Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, Ford made a deal to sell advanced weaponry to the Saudis in exchange for a modest price hike on oil. Ford lost the election, but the deal had lasting consequences. The Shah’s economy was destabilized, and disaffected elements in Iran mobilized to overthrow him. The U.S. had embarked on a long relationship with the autocratic Saudi kingdom that continues to this day. Andrew Scott Cooper draws on newly declassified documents and interviews with some key figures of the time to show how Nixon, Ford, Kissinger, the CIA, and the State and Treasury departments—as well as the Shah and the Saudi royal family— maneuvered to control events in the Middle East. He details the secret U.S.-Saudi plan to circumvent OPEC that destabilized the Shah. He reveals how close the U.S. came to sending troops into the Persian Gulf to break the Arab oil embargo. The Oil Kings provides solid evidence that U.S. officials ignored warning signs of a potential hostage crisis in Iran. It discloses that U.S. officials offered to sell nuclear power and nuclear fuel to the Shah. And it shows how the Ford Administration barely averted a European debt crisis that could have triggered a financial catastrophe in the U.S. Brilliantly reported and filled with astonishing details about some of the key figures of the time, The Oil Kings is the history of an era that we thought we knew, an era whose momentous reverberations still influence events at home and abroad today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98438 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 2-Second Commute Author: Christine Durst, Michael Haaren Narrator: Susanna Burney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The 2-Second Commute is the perfect audiobook for anyone who wishes to work from home as a virtual assistant, providing everything from administrative support to high-end consulting via email, phone and fax. Predicted to be a $130 billion industry by 2008, virtual assistants don't commute, they set their own hours, and they get to spend time with their families. Based on the highly-successful Virtual Assistant training programs, authors Christine Durst and Michael Haaren developed for the US Armed Forces and the US Department of State. Now you can learn from Christine and Michael, too, and start your own successful VA business! Christine Durst, Michael Haaren Fri, 27 Nov 2015 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98438 thebookvoice.com 3:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 2-Second Commute Author: Christine Durst, Michael Haaren Narrator: Susanna Burney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The 2-Second Commute is the perfect audiobook for anyone who wishes to work from home as a virtual assistant, providing everything from administrative support to high-end consulting via email, phone and fax. Predicted to be a $130 billion industry by 2008, virtual assistants don't commute, they set their own hours, and they get to spend time with their families. Based on the highly-successful Virtual Assistant training programs, authors Christine Durst and Michael Haaren developed for the US Armed Forces and the US Department of State. Now you can learn from Christine and Michael, too, and start your own successful VA business! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 2-Second Commute Author: Christine Durst, Michael Haaren Narrator: Susanna Burney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The 2-Second Commute is the perfect audiobook for anyone who wishes to work from home as a virtual assistant, providing everything from administrative support to high-end consulting via email, phone and fax. Predicted to be a $130 billion industry by 2008, virtual assistants don't commute, they set their own hours, and they get to spend time with their families. Based on the highly-successful Virtual Assistant training programs, authors Christine Durst and Michael Haaren developed for the US Armed Forces and the US Department of State. Now you can learn from Christine and Michael, too, and start your own successful VA business! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97048 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sorcerers and Their Apprentices: How the Digital Magicians of the MIT Media Lab Are Creating the Innovative Technologies That Will Transform Our Lives Author: Frank Moss Narrator: Bruce Turk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 7, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you've ever read a book on an e-reader, unleashed your inner rock star playing Guitar Hero, built a robot with LEGO Mindstorms, or ridden in a vehicle with child-safe air bags, then you've experienced first hand just a few of the astounding innovations that have come out of the Media Lab over the past 25 years. But that’s old hat for today’s researchers, who are creating technologies that will have a much deeper impact on the quality of people’s lives over the next quarter century.    In this exhilarating tour of the Media Lab's inner sanctums, we'll meet the professors and their students - the Sorcerers and their Apprentices - and witness first hand the creative magic behind inventions such as:   * Nexi, a mobile humanoid robot with such sophisticated social skills she can serve as a helpful and understanding companion for the sick and elderly. * CityCar, a foldable, stackable, electric vehicle of the future that will redefine personal transportation in cities and revolutionize urban life. * Sixth Sense, a compact wearable device that transforms any surface – wall, tabletop or even your hand - into a touch screen computer. * PowerFoot, a lifelike robotic prosthesis that enables amputees to walk as naturally as if it were a real biological limb.   Through inspiring stories of people who are using Media Lab innovations to confront personal challenges - like a man with cerebral palsy who is unable to hum a tune or pick up an instrument yet is using an ingenious music composition system to unleash his “inner Mozart”, and a woman with a rare life-threatening condition who co-invented a revolutionary web service that enables patients to participate in the search for their own cures - we’ll see how the Media Lab is empowering us all with the tools to take control of our health, wealth, and happiness.    Along the way, Moss reveals the highly unorthodox approach to creativity and invention that makes all this possible, explaining how the Media Lab cultivates an open and boundary-less environment where researchers from a broad array of disciplines – from musicians to neuroscientists to visual artists to computer engineers - have the freedom to follow their passions and take bold risks unthinkable elsewhere.   The Sorcerers and Their Apprentices can serve as a blueprint for how to fix our broken innovation ecosystem and bring about the kind of radical change required to meet the challenges of the 21st century.  It is a must-read for anyone striving to be more innovative as an individual, as a businessperson, or as a member of society.  Also includes 16 pages of color photos highlighting some of the lab's most visually stunning inventions - and the people who make them possible. Frank Moss Tue, 07 Jun 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97048 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sorcerers and Their Apprentices: How the Digital Magicians of the MIT Media Lab Are Creating the Innovative Technologies That Will Transform Our Lives Author: Frank Moss Narrator: Bruce Turk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 7, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you've ever read a book on an e-reader, unleashed your inner rock star playing Guitar Hero, built a robot with LEGO Mindstorms, or ridden in a vehicle with child-safe air bags, then you've experienced first hand just a few of the astounding innovations that have come out of the Media Lab over the past 25 years. But that’s old hat for today’s researchers, who are creating technologies that will have a much deeper impact on the quality of people’s lives over the next quarter century.    In this exhilarating tour of the Media Lab's inner sanctums, we'll meet the professors and their students - the Sorcerers and their Apprentices - and witness first hand the creative magic behind inventions such as:   * Nexi, a mobile humanoid robot with such sophisticated social skills she can serve as a helpful and understanding companion for the sick and elderly. * CityCar, a foldable, stackable, electric vehicle of the future that will redefine personal transportation in cities and revolutionize urban life. * Sixth Sense, a compact wearable device that transforms any surface – wall, tabletop or even your hand - into a touch screen computer. * PowerFoot, a lifelike robotic prosthesis that enables amputees to walk as naturally as if it were a real biological limb.   Through inspiring stories of people who are using Media Lab innovations to confront personal challenges - like a man with cerebral palsy who is unable to hum a tune or pick up an instrument yet is using an ingenious music composition system to unleash his “inner Mozart”, and a woman with a rare life-threatening condition who co-invented a revolutionary web service that enables patients to participate in the search for their own cures - we’ll see how the Media Lab is empowering us all with the tools to take control of our health, wealth, and happiness.    Along the way, Moss reveals the highly unorthodox approach to creativity and invention that makes all this possible, explaining how the Media Lab cultivates an open and boundary-less environment where researchers from a broad array of disciplines – from musicians to neuroscientists to visual artists to computer engineers - have the freedom to follow their passions and take bold risks unthinkable elsewhere.   The Sorcerers and Their Apprentices can serve as a blueprint for how to fix our broken innovation ecosystem and bring about the kind of radical change required to meet the challenges of the 21st century.  It is a must-read for anyone striving to be more innovative as an individual, as a businessperson, or as a member of society.  Also includes 16 pages of color photos highlighting some of the lab's most visually stunning inventions - and the people who make them possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sorcerers and Their Apprentices: How the Digital Magicians of the MIT Media Lab Are Creating the Innovative Technologies That Will Transform Our Lives Author: Frank Moss Narrator: Bruce Turk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 7, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you've ever read a book on an e-reader, unleashed your inner rock star playing Guitar Hero, built a robot with LEGO Mindstorms, or ridden in a vehicle with child-safe air bags, then you've experienced first hand just a few of the astounding innovations that have come out of the Media Lab over the past 25 years. But that’s old hat for today’s researchers, who are creating technologies that will have a much deeper impact on the quality of people’s lives over the next quarter century.    In this exhilarating tour of the Media Lab's inner sanctums, we'll meet the professors and their students - the Sorcerers and their Apprentices - and witness first hand the creative magic behind inventions such as:   * Nexi, a mobile humanoid robot with such sophisticated social skills she can serve as a helpful and understanding companion for the sick and elderly. * CityCar, a foldable, stackable, electric vehicle of the future that will redefine personal transportation in cities and revolutionize urban life. * Sixth Sense, a compact wearable device that transforms any surface – wall, tabletop or even your hand - into a touch screen computer. * PowerFoot, a lifelike robotic prosthesis that enables amputees to walk as naturally as if it were a real biological limb.   Through inspiring stories of people who are using Media Lab innovations to confront personal challenges - like a man with cerebral palsy who is unable to hum a tune or pick up an instrument yet is using an ingenious music composition system to unleash his “inner Mozart”, and a woman with a rare life-threatening condition who co-invented a revolutionary web service that enables patients to participate in the search for their own cures - we’ll see how the Media Lab is empowering us all with the tools to take control of our health, wealth, and happiness.    Along the way, Moss reveals the highly unorthodox approach to creativity and invention that makes all this possible, explaining how the Media Lab cultivates an open and boundary-less environment where researchers from a broad array of disciplines – from musicians to neuroscientists to visual artists to computer engineers - have the freedom to follow their passions and take bold risks unthinkable elsewhere.   The Sorcerers and Their Apprentices can serve as a blueprint for how to fix our broken innovation ecosystem and bring about the kind of radical change required to meet the challenges of the 21st century.  It is a must-read for anyone striving to be more innovative as an individual, as a businessperson, or as a member of society.  Also includes 16 pages of color photos highlighting some of the lab's most visually stunning inventions - and the people who make them possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96625 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Millionaire Messenger: Make a Difference and a Fortune Sharing Your Advice Author: Brendon Burchard Narrator: Brendon Burchard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller from world-renowned advice expert teaches everyday people how to share their story and wisdom with the world and build a lucrative business doing so. In this game-changing book by Brendon Burchard, founder of Experts Academy, you’ll discover: Your life story and experience have greater importance and market value than you probably ever dreamed. You are here to make a difference in this world. The best way to do that is to package your knowledge and advice (on any topic, in any industry) to help others succeed. You can get paid for sharing your advice and how-to information, and in the process you can build a lucrative business and a profoundly meaningful life. In The Millionaire Messenger, legendary expert trainer Brendon Burchard pulls back the curtains on the advice industry and shows you a simple ten-step plan for making an impact and an income with what you know. The lessons you’ve learned in life and business are about to become your greatest asset—and your greatest legacy. Brendon Burchard Tue, 31 May 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96625 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Millionaire Messenger: Make a Difference and a Fortune Sharing Your Advice Author: Brendon Burchard Narrator: Brendon Burchard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller from world-renowned advice expert teaches everyday people how to share their story and wisdom with the world and build a lucrative business doing so. In this game-changing book by Brendon Burchard, founder of Experts Academy, you’ll discover: Your life story and experience have greater importance and market value than you probably ever dreamed. You are here to make a difference in this world. The best way to do that is to package your knowledge and advice (on any topic, in any industry) to help others succeed. You can get paid for sharing your advice and how-to information, and in the process you can build a lucrative business and a profoundly meaningful life. In The Millionaire Messenger, legendary expert trainer Brendon Burchard pulls back the curtains on the advice industry and shows you a simple ten-step plan for making an impact and an income with what you know. The lessons you’ve learned in life and business are about to become your greatest asset—and your greatest legacy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Millionaire Messenger: Make a Difference and a Fortune Sharing Your Advice Author: Brendon Burchard Narrator: Brendon Burchard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller from world-renowned advice expert teaches everyday people how to share their story and wisdom with the world and build a lucrative business doing so. In this game-changing book by Brendon Burchard, founder of Experts Academy, you’ll discover: Your life story and experience have greater importance and market value than you probably ever dreamed. You are here to make a difference in this world. The best way to do that is to package your knowledge and advice (on any topic, in any industry) to help others succeed. You can get paid for sharing your advice and how-to information, and in the process you can build a lucrative business and a profoundly meaningful life. In The Millionaire Messenger, legendary expert trainer Brendon Burchard pulls back the curtains on the advice industry and shows you a simple ten-step plan for making an impact and an income with what you know. The lessons you’ve learned in life and business are about to become your greatest asset—and your greatest legacy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93150 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Financial Statements Author: Thomas R. Ittelson Narrator: Chris Ensweiler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 25, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ittelson's master work will give you that firm grasp of "the numbers" necessary for business success. Financial Statements is a perfect introduction to financial accounting for non-financial managers, stock-market investors, undergraduate business and MBA students, lawyers, lenders, entrepreneurs, and more. Most introductory finance and accounting books fail either because they are written "by accountants for accountants" or the authors "dumb down" the concepts until they are virtually useless. Financial Statements deftly shows that all this accounting and financial reporting stuff is not rocket science and that you can understand it! Ittelson empowers non-financial managers by clearly and simply demonstrating how the balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement work together to offer a "snapshot" of any company's financial health. Every term is defined in simple, understandable language. Every concept is explained with a basic, straightforward transaction example. As a result, you'll be able to see exactly how each transaction affects the three key financial statements of the enterprise. Thomas R. Ittelson Wed, 25 Nov 2015 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93150 thebookvoice.com 3:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Financial Statements Author: Thomas R. Ittelson Narrator: Chris Ensweiler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 25, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ittelson's master work will give you that firm grasp of "the numbers" necessary for business success. Financial Statements is a perfect introduction to financial accounting for non-financial managers, stock-market investors, undergraduate business and MBA students, lawyers, lenders, entrepreneurs, and more. Most introductory finance and accounting books fail either because they are written "by accountants for accountants" or the authors "dumb down" the concepts until they are virtually useless. Financial Statements deftly shows that all this accounting and financial reporting stuff is not rocket science and that you can understand it! Ittelson empowers non-financial managers by clearly and simply demonstrating how the balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement work together to offer a "snapshot" of any company's financial health. Every term is defined in simple, understandable language. Every concept is explained with a basic, straightforward transaction example. As a result, you'll be able to see exactly how each transaction affects the three key financial statements of the enterprise. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Financial Statements Author: Thomas R. Ittelson Narrator: Chris Ensweiler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 25, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ittelson's master work will give you that firm grasp of "the numbers" necessary for business success. Financial Statements is a perfect introduction to financial accounting for non-financial managers, stock-market investors, undergraduate business and MBA students, lawyers, lenders, entrepreneurs, and more. Most introductory finance and accounting books fail either because they are written "by accountants for accountants" or the authors "dumb down" the concepts until they are virtually useless. Financial Statements deftly shows that all this accounting and financial reporting stuff is not rocket science and that you can understand it! Ittelson empowers non-financial managers by clearly and simply demonstrating how the balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement work together to offer a "snapshot" of any company's financial health. Every term is defined in simple, understandable language. Every concept is explained with a basic, straightforward transaction example. As a result, you'll be able to see exactly how each transaction affects the three key financial statements of the enterprise. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92220 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shark Tales: How I Turned $1,000 into a Billion Dollar Business Author: Barbara Corcoran, Bruce Littlefield Narrator: Barbara Corcoran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Shark Tales, Barbara shares her hilarious stories about growing up, getting into trouble, failing miserably, and then starting over again. In each chapter, she comes back to one of her mom's unconventional lessons, and how it applies in the real world of business. Whatever your calling, the homespun lessons that work for Barbara will help you use what you've got to create success in your life. Whether you're just starting out, fighting your way up the career ladder, or reentering the workforce, Shark Tales is an owner's manual to your most valuable asset. Barbara Corcoran, Bruce Littlefield Tue, 24 Nov 2015 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92220 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shark Tales: How I Turned $1,000 into a Billion Dollar Business Author: Barbara Corcoran, Bruce Littlefield Narrator: Barbara Corcoran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Shark Tales, Barbara shares her hilarious stories about growing up, getting into trouble, failing miserably, and then starting over again. In each chapter, she comes back to one of her mom's unconventional lessons, and how it applies in the real world of business. Whatever your calling, the homespun lessons that work for Barbara will help you use what you've got to create success in your life. Whether you're just starting out, fighting your way up the career ladder, or reentering the workforce, Shark Tales is an owner's manual to your most valuable asset. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shark Tales: How I Turned $1,000 into a Billion Dollar Business Author: Barbara Corcoran, Bruce Littlefield Narrator: Barbara Corcoran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Shark Tales, Barbara shares her hilarious stories about growing up, getting into trouble, failing miserably, and then starting over again. In each chapter, she comes back to one of her mom's unconventional lessons, and how it applies in the real world of business. Whatever your calling, the homespun lessons that work for Barbara will help you use what you've got to create success in your life. Whether you're just starting out, fighting your way up the career ladder, or reentering the workforce, Shark Tales is an owner's manual to your most valuable asset. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91915 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Animal: The Hidden Sources of Love, Character, and Achievement Author: David Brooks Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With unequaled insight and brio, David Brooks, the New York Times columnist and bestselling author of Bobos in Paradise, has long explored and explained the way we live. Now, with the intellectual curiosity and emotional wisdom that make his columns among the most read in the nation, Brooks turns to the building blocks of human flourishing in a multilayered, profoundly illuminating work grounded in everyday life. This is the story of how success happens. It is told through the lives of one composite American couple, Harold and Erica—how they grow, push forward, are pulled back, fail, and succeed. Distilling a vast array of information into these two vividly realized characters, Brooks illustrates a fundamental new understanding of human nature. A scientific revolution has occurred—we have learned more about the human brain in the last thirty years than we had in the previous three thousand. The unconscious mind, it turns out, is most of the mind—not a dark, vestigial place but a creative and enchanted one, where most of the brain’s work gets done. This is the realm of emotions, intuitions, biases, longings, genetic predispositions, personality traits, and social norms: the realm where character is formed and where our most important life decisions are made. The natural habitat of The Social Animal.   Drawing on a wealth of current research from numerous disciplines, Brooks takes Harold and Erica from infancy to school; from the “odyssey years” that have come to define young adulthood to the high walls of poverty; from the nature of attachment, love, and commitment, to the nature of effective leadership. He reveals the deeply social aspect of our very minds and exposes the bias in modern culture that overemphasizes rationalism, individualism, and IQ. Along the way, he demolishes conventional definitions of success while looking toward a culture based on trust and humility. The Social Animal is a moving and nuanced intellectual adventure, a story of achievement and a defense of progress. Impossible to put down, it is an essential book for our time, one that will have broad social impact and will change the way we see ourselves and the world. David Brooks Tue, 08 Mar 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91915 thebookvoice.com 16:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Animal: The Hidden Sources of Love, Character, and Achievement Author: David Brooks Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With unequaled insight and brio, David Brooks, the New York Times columnist and bestselling author of Bobos in Paradise, has long explored and explained the way we live. Now, with the intellectual curiosity and emotional wisdom that make his columns among the most read in the nation, Brooks turns to the building blocks of human flourishing in a multilayered, profoundly illuminating work grounded in everyday life. This is the story of how success happens. It is told through the lives of one composite American couple, Harold and Erica—how they grow, push forward, are pulled back, fail, and succeed. Distilling a vast array of information into these two vividly realized characters, Brooks illustrates a fundamental new understanding of human nature. A scientific revolution has occurred—we have learned more about the human brain in the last thirty years than we had in the previous three thousand. The unconscious mind, it turns out, is most of the mind—not a dark, vestigial place but a creative and enchanted one, where most of the brain’s work gets done. This is the realm of emotions, intuitions, biases, longings, genetic predispositions, personality traits, and social norms: the realm where character is formed and where our most important life decisions are made. The natural habitat of The Social Animal.   Drawing on a wealth of current research from numerous disciplines, Brooks takes Harold and Erica from infancy to school; from the “odyssey years” that have come to define young adulthood to the high walls of poverty; from the nature of attachment, love, and commitment, to the nature of effective leadership. He reveals the deeply social aspect of our very minds and exposes the bias in modern culture that overemphasizes rationalism, individualism, and IQ. Along the way, he demolishes conventional definitions of success while looking toward a culture based on trust and humility. The Social Animal is a moving and nuanced intellectual adventure, a story of achievement and a defense of progress. Impossible to put down, it is an essential book for our time, one that will have broad social impact and will change the way we see ourselves and the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Animal: The Hidden Sources of Love, Character, and Achievement Author: David Brooks Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With unequaled insight and brio, David Brooks, the New York Times columnist and bestselling author of Bobos in Paradise, has long explored and explained the way we live. Now, with the intellectual curiosity and emotional wisdom that make his columns among the most read in the nation, Brooks turns to the building blocks of human flourishing in a multilayered, profoundly illuminating work grounded in everyday life. This is the story of how success happens. It is told through the lives of one composite American couple, Harold and Erica—how they grow, push forward, are pulled back, fail, and succeed. Distilling a vast array of information into these two vividly realized characters, Brooks illustrates a fundamental new understanding of human nature. A scientific revolution has occurred—we have learned more about the human brain in the last thirty years than we had in the previous three thousand. The unconscious mind, it turns out, is most of the mind—not a dark, vestigial place but a creative and enchanted one, where most of the brain’s work gets done. This is the realm of emotions, intuitions, biases, longings, genetic predispositions, personality traits, and social norms: the realm where character is formed and where our most important life decisions are made. The natural habitat of The Social Animal.   Drawing on a wealth of current research from numerous disciplines, Brooks takes Harold and Erica from infancy to school; from the “odyssey years” that have come to define young adulthood to the high walls of poverty; from the nature of attachment, love, and commitment, to the nature of effective leadership. He reveals the deeply social aspect of our very minds and exposes the bias in modern culture that overemphasizes rationalism, individualism, and IQ. Along the way, he demolishes conventional definitions of success while looking toward a culture based on trust and humility. The Social Animal is a moving and nuanced intellectual adventure, a story of achievement and a defense of progress. Impossible to put down, it is an essential book for our time, one that will have broad social impact and will change the way we see ourselves and the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91863 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dressmaker of Khair Khana: Five Sisters, One Remarkable Family, and the Woman Who Risked Everything to Keep Them Safe Author: Gayle Tzemach Lemmon Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ''We're far more accustomed to—and comfortable with—seeing women portrayed as victims of war who deserve our sympathy rather than as resilient survivors who demand our respect…''  Former ABC journalist Gayle Tzemach Lemmon tells the riveting true story of Kamila Sidiqi and other women of Afghanistan in the wake of the Taliban’s fearful rise to power. In what Greg Mortenson, author of Three Cups of Tea, calls “one of the most inspiring books I have ever read,” Lemmon recounts with novelistic vividness the true story of a fearless young woman who not only reinvented herself as an entrepreneur to save her family but, in the face of ferocious opposition, brought hope to the lives of dozens of women in war-torn Kabul. Gayle Tzemach Lemmon Tue, 15 Mar 2011 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91863 thebookvoice.com 6:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dressmaker of Khair Khana: Five Sisters, One Remarkable Family, and the Woman Who Risked Everything to Keep Them Safe Author: Gayle Tzemach Lemmon Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ''We're far more accustomed to—and comfortable with—seeing women portrayed as victims of war who deserve our sympathy rather than as resilient survivors who demand our respect…''  Former ABC journalist Gayle Tzemach Lemmon tells the riveting true story of Kamila Sidiqi and other women of Afghanistan in the wake of the Taliban’s fearful rise to power. In what Greg Mortenson, author of Three Cups of Tea, calls “one of the most inspiring books I have ever read,” Lemmon recounts with novelistic vividness the true story of a fearless young woman who not only reinvented herself as an entrepreneur to save her family but, in the face of ferocious opposition, brought hope to the lives of dozens of women in war-torn Kabul. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dressmaker of Khair Khana: Five Sisters, One Remarkable Family, and the Woman Who Risked Everything to Keep Them Safe Author: Gayle Tzemach Lemmon Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ''We're far more accustomed to—and comfortable with—seeing women portrayed as victims of war who deserve our sympathy rather than as resilient survivors who demand our respect…''  Former ABC journalist Gayle Tzemach Lemmon tells the riveting true story of Kamila Sidiqi and other women of Afghanistan in the wake of the Taliban’s fearful rise to power. In what Greg Mortenson, author of Three Cups of Tea, calls “one of the most inspiring books I have ever read,” Lemmon recounts with novelistic vividness the true story of a fearless young woman who not only reinvented herself as an entrepreneur to save her family but, in the face of ferocious opposition, brought hope to the lives of dozens of women in war-torn Kabul. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wealth of Nations Series: Part of The Giants of Political Thought Series Author: Adam Smith Narrator: Michael Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 35 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 6, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: First published in 1776, this work is the classic statement of economic liberalism or the policy of laissez-faire and is widely considered on of the hundred greatest books of all time. Several fundamental principles or “axioms” were introduced in this work, including the division of labor, supply and demand, and free market capitalism as some of the most obvious. Smith’s political economy is primarily individualistic: self-interest is the incentive for economic action. However, he shows that universal pursuit of self-interest contributes to the public interest, a concept probably best encapsulated by John F. Kennedy when he remarked, “a rising tide raises all boats.” Adam Smith Mon, 06 Dec 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89203 thebookvoice.com 35:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wealth of Nations Series: Part of The Giants of Political Thought Series Author: Adam Smith Narrator: Michael Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 35 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 6, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: First published in 1776, this work is the classic statement of economic liberalism or the policy of laissez-faire and is widely considered on of the hundred greatest books of all time. Several fundamental principles or “axioms” were introduced in this work, including the division of labor, supply and demand, and free market capitalism as some of the most obvious. Smith’s political economy is primarily individualistic: self-interest is the incentive for economic action. However, he shows that universal pursuit of self-interest contributes to the public interest, a concept probably best encapsulated by John F. Kennedy when he remarked, “a rising tide raises all boats.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wealth of Nations Series: Part of The Giants of Political Thought Series Author: Adam Smith Narrator: Michael Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 35 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 6, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: First published in 1776, this work is the classic statement of economic liberalism or the policy of laissez-faire and is widely considered on of the hundred greatest books of all time. Several fundamental principles or “axioms” were introduced in this work, including the division of labor, supply and demand, and free market capitalism as some of the most obvious. Smith’s political economy is primarily individualistic: self-interest is the incentive for economic action. However, he shows that universal pursuit of self-interest contributes to the public interest, a concept probably best encapsulated by John F. Kennedy when he remarked, “a rising tide raises all boats.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89109 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Town That Food Saved: How One Community Found Vitality in Local Food Author: Ben Hewitt Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 10, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Over the past several years, Hardwick, Vermont, a typical hardscrabble farming community of three thousand residents, has jump-started its economy and redefined its self-image through a local, self-sustaining food system unlike anything else in America. Even as the recent financial downturn threatens to cripple small businesses and privately owned farms, a stunning number of food-based businesses have grown in the region—Vermont Soy, Jasper Hill Farm, Pete’s Greens, Patchwork Farm & Bakery, Applecheek Farm, Claire’s Restaurant and Bar, and Bonnieview Farm, to name only a few. The mostly young entrepreneurs have created a network of community support, meeting regularly to share advice, equipment, and business plans and to loan each other capital. Hardwick is fast becoming a model for other communities hoping to replicate its success. Hewitt, a journalist and Vermonter, delves deeply into the repercussions of this groundbreaking approach to growing food, both its astounding successes and potential limitations. The captivating story of a small town coming back to life, The Town That Food Saved is narrative nonfiction at its best, full of colorful characters and grounded in an idea that will revolutionize the way we eat. Ben Hewitt Wed, 10 Nov 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89109 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Town That Food Saved: How One Community Found Vitality in Local Food Author: Ben Hewitt Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 10, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Over the past several years, Hardwick, Vermont, a typical hardscrabble farming community of three thousand residents, has jump-started its economy and redefined its self-image through a local, self-sustaining food system unlike anything else in America. Even as the recent financial downturn threatens to cripple small businesses and privately owned farms, a stunning number of food-based businesses have grown in the region—Vermont Soy, Jasper Hill Farm, Pete’s Greens, Patchwork Farm & Bakery, Applecheek Farm, Claire’s Restaurant and Bar, and Bonnieview Farm, to name only a few. The mostly young entrepreneurs have created a network of community support, meeting regularly to share advice, equipment, and business plans and to loan each other capital. Hardwick is fast becoming a model for other communities hoping to replicate its success. Hewitt, a journalist and Vermonter, delves deeply into the repercussions of this groundbreaking approach to growing food, both its astounding successes and potential limitations. The captivating story of a small town coming back to life, The Town That Food Saved is narrative nonfiction at its best, full of colorful characters and grounded in an idea that will revolutionize the way we eat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Town That Food Saved: How One Community Found Vitality in Local Food Author: Ben Hewitt Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 10, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Over the past several years, Hardwick, Vermont, a typical hardscrabble farming community of three thousand residents, has jump-started its economy and redefined its self-image through a local, self-sustaining food system unlike anything else in America. Even as the recent financial downturn threatens to cripple small businesses and privately owned farms, a stunning number of food-based businesses have grown in the region—Vermont Soy, Jasper Hill Farm, Pete’s Greens, Patchwork Farm & Bakery, Applecheek Farm, Claire’s Restaurant and Bar, and Bonnieview Farm, to name only a few. The mostly young entrepreneurs have created a network of community support, meeting regularly to share advice, equipment, and business plans and to loan each other capital. Hardwick is fast becoming a model for other communities hoping to replicate its success. Hewitt, a journalist and Vermonter, delves deeply into the repercussions of this groundbreaking approach to growing food, both its astounding successes and potential limitations. The captivating story of a small town coming back to life, The Town That Food Saved is narrative nonfiction at its best, full of colorful characters and grounded in an idea that will revolutionize the way we eat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83659 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Deep Water: The Anatomy of a Disaster, the Fate of the Gulf, and How to End Our Oil Addiction Author: Peter Lehner Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Deepwater Horizon was supposed to be the cutting edge of energy exploration: drilling five thousand feet below the surface of the Gulf of Mexico, the $560 million rig would be indispensable in helping to solve the ongoing energy crisis. Then, on April 20, 2010, BP’s dismal safety record came home to roost. An explosion followed by a massive fireball resulted in eleven lives lost, the sinking of the rig, and the release of millions of barrels of crude oil into one of the world’s prime fishing grounds: tens of millions of barrels suffocate the Gulf’s waters, and the resultant slick covers 2,500 square miles. Wildlife throughout the region is devastated, and so is the human community dependent on harvesting the area’s resources. Now, OR Books has joined with the Natural Resources Defense Council to release In Deep Water, the first book to appear on this environmental catastrophe, the largest offshore spill in American history. Written by Peter Lehner, executive director of the NRDC, together with Bob Deans, this book provides a brief account of the disaster as well as the policy failures that caused it––and lays out a blueprint to avoid similar catastrophes in the future. Peter Lehner Fri, 15 Oct 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83659 thebookvoice.com 4:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Deep Water: The Anatomy of a Disaster, the Fate of the Gulf, and How to End Our Oil Addiction Author: Peter Lehner Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Deepwater Horizon was supposed to be the cutting edge of energy exploration: drilling five thousand feet below the surface of the Gulf of Mexico, the $560 million rig would be indispensable in helping to solve the ongoing energy crisis. Then, on April 20, 2010, BP’s dismal safety record came home to roost. An explosion followed by a massive fireball resulted in eleven lives lost, the sinking of the rig, and the release of millions of barrels of crude oil into one of the world’s prime fishing grounds: tens of millions of barrels suffocate the Gulf’s waters, and the resultant slick covers 2,500 square miles. Wildlife throughout the region is devastated, and so is the human community dependent on harvesting the area’s resources. Now, OR Books has joined with the Natural Resources Defense Council to release In Deep Water, the first book to appear on this environmental catastrophe, the largest offshore spill in American history. Written by Peter Lehner, executive director of the NRDC, together with Bob Deans, this book provides a brief account of the disaster as well as the policy failures that caused it––and lays out a blueprint to avoid similar catastrophes in the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Deep Water: The Anatomy of a Disaster, the Fate of the Gulf, and How to End Our Oil Addiction Author: Peter Lehner Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Deepwater Horizon was supposed to be the cutting edge of energy exploration: drilling five thousand feet below the surface of the Gulf of Mexico, the $560 million rig would be indispensable in helping to solve the ongoing energy crisis. Then, on April 20, 2010, BP’s dismal safety record came home to roost. An explosion followed by a massive fireball resulted in eleven lives lost, the sinking of the rig, and the release of millions of barrels of crude oil into one of the world’s prime fishing grounds: tens of millions of barrels suffocate the Gulf’s waters, and the resultant slick covers 2,500 square miles. Wildlife throughout the region is devastated, and so is the human community dependent on harvesting the area’s resources. Now, OR Books has joined with the Natural Resources Defense Council to release In Deep Water, the first book to appear on this environmental catastrophe, the largest offshore spill in American history. Written by Peter Lehner, executive director of the NRDC, together with Bob Deans, this book provides a brief account of the disaster as well as the policy failures that caused it––and lays out a blueprint to avoid similar catastrophes in the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83414 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Change!: Leadership Skills to Master Rapid Change Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Made for Success Narrator: Mark Sanborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 9, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Leading a team through periods of rapid change can be a leader's toughest problem. Discover the secrets that leaders like Steve Jobs had to learn: that change managed correctly can result in massive quarterly growth in revenues and earnings while maintaining high morale and fiercely loyal employees. Explore the barriers to change and where they come from, and gather the tools to overcome the natural human resistance to change. How you lead your team will shape the direction of your company in the global economy of the twenty-first century. Every good leader knows that you can learn from others—discover the top twelve reasons why organizational change fails asNew York Timesbestselling authors guide you through them. Clearly understand the seven phases of change that people experience and you will be equipped to lead your people to success. Contents include: Embracing Change! by Dr. Larry IversonThe Science of Change Management by Dr. Larry IversonLeadership Strategies for the Four Stages of Change by Laura StackThe Foundation for Successful Change by Zig ZiglarLeading Beyond Your Own Style by Jennifer SedlockHow to Understand the Generation Differences by Brad WorthleyThe Courage of Change by Dr. SheilaHow to Stay Positive and Focused in Uncertain Times by Sarita MaybinThe 12 Reasons Organizational Change Fails by Mark Sanborn Bonus PDF: Leading Change and Change Management Workbook Made for Success Thu, 09 Sep 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83414 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Change!: Leadership Skills to Master Rapid Change Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Made for Success Narrator: Mark Sanborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 9, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Leading a team through periods of rapid change can be a leader's toughest problem. Discover the secrets that leaders like Steve Jobs had to learn: that change managed correctly can result in massive quarterly growth in revenues and earnings while maintaining high morale and fiercely loyal employees. Explore the barriers to change and where they come from, and gather the tools to overcome the natural human resistance to change. How you lead your team will shape the direction of your company in the global economy of the twenty-first century. Every good leader knows that you can learn from others—discover the top twelve reasons why organizational change fails asNew York Timesbestselling authors guide you through them. Clearly understand the seven phases of change that people experience and you will be equipped to lead your people to success. Contents include: Embracing Change! by Dr. Larry IversonThe Science of Change Management by Dr. Larry IversonLeadership Strategies for the Four Stages of Change by Laura StackThe Foundation for Successful Change by Zig ZiglarLeading Beyond Your Own Style by Jennifer SedlockHow to Understand the Generation Differences by Brad WorthleyThe Courage of Change by Dr. SheilaHow to Stay Positive and Focused in Uncertain Times by Sarita MaybinThe 12 Reasons Organizational Change Fails by Mark Sanborn Bonus PDF: Leading Change and Change Management Workbook Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Change!: Leadership Skills to Master Rapid Change Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Made for Success Narrator: Mark Sanborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 9, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Leading a team through periods of rapid change can be a leader's toughest problem. Discover the secrets that leaders like Steve Jobs had to learn: that change managed correctly can result in massive quarterly growth in revenues and earnings while maintaining high morale and fiercely loyal employees. Explore the barriers to change and where they come from, and gather the tools to overcome the natural human resistance to change. How you lead your team will shape the direction of your company in the global economy of the twenty-first century. Every good leader knows that you can learn from others—discover the top twelve reasons why organizational change fails asNew York Timesbestselling authors guide you through them. Clearly understand the seven phases of change that people experience and you will be equipped to lead your people to success. Contents include: Embracing Change! by Dr. Larry IversonThe Science of Change Management by Dr. Larry IversonLeadership Strategies for the Four Stages of Change by Laura StackThe Foundation for Successful Change by Zig ZiglarLeading Beyond Your Own Style by Jennifer SedlockHow to Understand the Generation Differences by Brad WorthleyThe Courage of Change by Dr. SheilaHow to Stay Positive and Focused in Uncertain Times by Sarita MaybinThe 12 Reasons Organizational Change Fails by Mark Sanborn Bonus PDF: Leading Change and Change Management Workbook https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83060 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmarting Goliath: How to Achieve Equal Footing with Companies that are Bigger, Richer, Older, and Better Known Author: Debra Koontz Traverso Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 28, 2009 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Outsmarting Goliath confronts this paradox: Many of today’s consumers—potential customers—turn automatically to brand name products and services, forgetting that the well-advertised brontosauruses often deliver one-of-our-sizes-fits-all service and impersonal sales help. Yet a single phone call, a cleverly crafted letter, a stunning catalog, winning ad, or a well-prepared face-to-face presentation can change a customer’s perception. In those crucial situations, the small up-starter can use the tips in this book to capture more clients and give Goliath a headache. Highlights include: Choosing a name and location that bolster consumer confidence Projecting a big image without hiring more employees Capitalizing on the Internet as an equalizer Debra Koontz Traverso Mon, 28 Sep 2009 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83060 thebookvoice.com 7:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmarting Goliath: How to Achieve Equal Footing with Companies that are Bigger, Richer, Older, and Better Known Author: Debra Koontz Traverso Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 28, 2009 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Outsmarting Goliath confronts this paradox: Many of today’s consumers—potential customers—turn automatically to brand name products and services, forgetting that the well-advertised brontosauruses often deliver one-of-our-sizes-fits-all service and impersonal sales help. Yet a single phone call, a cleverly crafted letter, a stunning catalog, winning ad, or a well-prepared face-to-face presentation can change a customer’s perception. In those crucial situations, the small up-starter can use the tips in this book to capture more clients and give Goliath a headache. Highlights include: Choosing a name and location that bolster consumer confidence Projecting a big image without hiring more employees Capitalizing on the Internet as an equalizer Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmarting Goliath: How to Achieve Equal Footing with Companies that are Bigger, Richer, Older, and Better Known Author: Debra Koontz Traverso Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 28, 2009 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Outsmarting Goliath confronts this paradox: Many of today’s consumers—potential customers—turn automatically to brand name products and services, forgetting that the well-advertised brontosauruses often deliver one-of-our-sizes-fits-all service and impersonal sales help. Yet a single phone call, a cleverly crafted letter, a stunning catalog, winning ad, or a well-prepared face-to-face presentation can change a customer’s perception. In those crucial situations, the small up-starter can use the tips in this book to capture more clients and give Goliath a headache. Highlights include: Choosing a name and location that bolster consumer confidence Projecting a big image without hiring more employees Capitalizing on the Internet as an equalizer https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good to Great Series: #1 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 13, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 843 Ratings of Narrator: 4.45 of Total 75 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Built To Last, the defining management study of the nineties, showed how great companies triumph over time and how long-term sustained performance can be engineered into the DNA of an enterprise from the very beginning.  But what about companies that are not born with great DNA? How can good companies, mediocre companies, even bad companies achieve enduring greatness? Are there those that convert long-term mediocrity or worse into long-term superiority? If so, what are the distinguishing characteristics that cause a company to go from good to great? Over five years, Jim Collins and his research team have analyzed the histories of 28 companies, discovering why some companies make the leap and others don't. The findings include: - Level 5 Leadership: A surprising style, required for greatness. - The Hedgehog Concept: Finding your three circles, to transcend the curse of competence. - A Culture of Discipline: The alchemy of great results. - Technology Accelerators: How good-to-great companies think differently about technology. - The Flywheel and the Doom Loop: Why those who do frequent restructuring fail to make the leap. Jim Collins Tue, 13 Jul 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83046 thebookvoice.com 9:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good to Great Series: #1 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 13, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 843 Ratings of Narrator: 4.45 of Total 75 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Built To Last, the defining management study of the nineties, showed how great companies triumph over time and how long-term sustained performance can be engineered into the DNA of an enterprise from the very beginning.  But what about companies that are not born with great DNA? How can good companies, mediocre companies, even bad companies achieve enduring greatness? Are there those that convert long-term mediocrity or worse into long-term superiority? If so, what are the distinguishing characteristics that cause a company to go from good to great? Over five years, Jim Collins and his research team have analyzed the histories of 28 companies, discovering why some companies make the leap and others don't. The findings include: - Level 5 Leadership: A surprising style, required for greatness. - The Hedgehog Concept: Finding your three circles, to transcend the curse of competence. - A Culture of Discipline: The alchemy of great results. - Technology Accelerators: How good-to-great companies think differently about technology. - The Flywheel and the Doom Loop: Why those who do frequent restructuring fail to make the leap. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good to Great Series: #1 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 13, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 843 Ratings of Narrator: 4.45 of Total 75 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Built To Last, the defining management study of the nineties, showed how great companies triumph over time and how long-term sustained performance can be engineered into the DNA of an enterprise from the very beginning.  But what about companies that are not born with great DNA? How can good companies, mediocre companies, even bad companies achieve enduring greatness? Are there those that convert long-term mediocrity or worse into long-term superiority? If so, what are the distinguishing characteristics that cause a company to go from good to great? Over five years, Jim Collins and his research team have analyzed the histories of 28 companies, discovering why some companies make the leap and others don't. The findings include: - Level 5 Leadership: A surprising style, required for greatness. - The Hedgehog Concept: Finding your three circles, to transcend the curse of competence. - A Culture of Discipline: The alchemy of great results. - Technology Accelerators: How good-to-great companies think differently about technology. - The Flywheel and the Doom Loop: Why those who do frequent restructuring fail to make the leap. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delivering Happiness: A Path to Profits, Passion, and Purpose Author: Tony Hsieh Narrator: Tony Hsieh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 16 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Successfully grow your business and improve customer and employee happiness with this New York Times bestseller book written by the CEO of Zappos. As the CEO of one of Fortune Magazine's "Best Companies to Work For," Tony Hsieh knows that keeping people happy is the key to professional growth and harmony. It might sound crazy, but Hsieh believes that we can prioritize company culture, make money, and change the world. In Delivering Happiness, he shares the tools of the trade he's learned in business and life, from starting a worm farm to running a pizza business, to working at Zappos–a company so impressive that Amazon acquired it for over $1.2 billion. Fast-paced and down-to-earth, Delivering Happiness shows how a different kind of corporate culture is a powerful model for achieving success, and concentrating on the happiness of those around you can dramatically increase your own. Tony Hsieh Mon, 07 Jun 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82529 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delivering Happiness: A Path to Profits, Passion, and Purpose Author: Tony Hsieh Narrator: Tony Hsieh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 16 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Successfully grow your business and improve customer and employee happiness with this New York Times bestseller book written by the CEO of Zappos. As the CEO of one of Fortune Magazine's "Best Companies to Work For," Tony Hsieh knows that keeping people happy is the key to professional growth and harmony. It might sound crazy, but Hsieh believes that we can prioritize company culture, make money, and change the world. In Delivering Happiness, he shares the tools of the trade he's learned in business and life, from starting a worm farm to running a pizza business, to working at Zappos–a company so impressive that Amazon acquired it for over $1.2 billion. Fast-paced and down-to-earth, Delivering Happiness shows how a different kind of corporate culture is a powerful model for achieving success, and concentrating on the happiness of those around you can dramatically increase your own. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delivering Happiness: A Path to Profits, Passion, and Purpose Author: Tony Hsieh Narrator: Tony Hsieh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 16 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Successfully grow your business and improve customer and employee happiness with this New York Times bestseller book written by the CEO of Zappos. As the CEO of one of Fortune Magazine's "Best Companies to Work For," Tony Hsieh knows that keeping people happy is the key to professional growth and harmony. It might sound crazy, but Hsieh believes that we can prioritize company culture, make money, and change the world. In Delivering Happiness, he shares the tools of the trade he's learned in business and life, from starting a worm farm to running a pizza business, to working at Zappos–a company so impressive that Amazon acquired it for over $1.2 billion. Fast-paced and down-to-earth, Delivering Happiness shows how a different kind of corporate culture is a powerful model for achieving success, and concentrating on the happiness of those around you can dramatically increase your own. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/62082 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/62082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The E-Myth Attorney: Why Most Legal Practices Don’t Work and What to Do about It Series: Part of The E-Myth Series Author: Robert Armstrong, Sanford M. Fisch, Michael E. Gerber Narrator: Robert Armstorng, Sanford M. Fisch, Michael E. Gerber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Drawing on his decades of experience working with small-business owners, Michael Gerber adds to his mega-selling E-Myth series withThe E-Myth Attorney, a one-of-a-kind system for transforming an attorney's practice into a business positioned for long-term growth. Many attorneys in small and mid-size practices are experts on the law but may not have considered their practice as much from a business perspective. Michael Gerber'sThe E-Myth Attorneyfills this void, offering a complete start-up guide you can use to get your practice off the ground quickly and achieve your business goals. In his signature easy-to-understand, easy-to-implement style, Gerber provides comprehensive action steps for maximizing the performance of your practice as well as industry-specific advice from two recognized legal experts in the market segment.The E-Myth Attorneyis the last guide you'll ever need to develop your legal practice as a successful business. Robert Armstrong, Sanford M. Fisch, Michael E. Gerber Mon, 07 Jun 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/62082 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/62082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The E-Myth Attorney: Why Most Legal Practices Don’t Work and What to Do about It Series: Part of The E-Myth Series Author: Robert Armstrong, Sanford M. Fisch, Michael E. Gerber Narrator: Robert Armstorng, Sanford M. Fisch, Michael E. Gerber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Drawing on his decades of experience working with small-business owners, Michael Gerber adds to his mega-selling E-Myth series withThe E-Myth Attorney, a one-of-a-kind system for transforming an attorney's practice into a business positioned for long-term growth. Many attorneys in small and mid-size practices are experts on the law but may not have considered their practice as much from a business perspective. Michael Gerber'sThe E-Myth Attorneyfills this void, offering a complete start-up guide you can use to get your practice off the ground quickly and achieve your business goals. In his signature easy-to-understand, easy-to-implement style, Gerber provides comprehensive action steps for maximizing the performance of your practice as well as industry-specific advice from two recognized legal experts in the market segment.The E-Myth Attorneyis the last guide you'll ever need to develop your legal practice as a successful business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/62082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The E-Myth Attorney: Why Most Legal Practices Don’t Work and What to Do about It Series: Part of The E-Myth Series Author: Robert Armstrong, Sanford M. Fisch, Michael E. Gerber Narrator: Robert Armstorng, Sanford M. Fisch, Michael E. Gerber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Drawing on his decades of experience working with small-business owners, Michael Gerber adds to his mega-selling E-Myth series withThe E-Myth Attorney, a one-of-a-kind system for transforming an attorney's practice into a business positioned for long-term growth. Many attorneys in small and mid-size practices are experts on the law but may not have considered their practice as much from a business perspective. Michael Gerber'sThe E-Myth Attorneyfills this void, offering a complete start-up guide you can use to get your practice off the ground quickly and achieve your business goals. In his signature easy-to-understand, easy-to-implement style, Gerber provides comprehensive action steps for maximizing the performance of your practice as well as industry-specific advice from two recognized legal experts in the market segment.The E-Myth Attorneyis the last guide you'll ever need to develop your legal practice as a successful business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61888 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Social Business: The New Kind of Capitalism That Serves Humanity’s Most Pressing Needs Author: Muhammad Yunus Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Muhammad Yunus, the practical visionary who pioneered microcredit and won the 2006 Nobel Peace Prize for his world-changing efforts, here develops his revolutionary concept that promises to redeem the failed promise of free enterprise: social business. Designed to fill the gap between profit-making and human needs, social business applies entrepreneurial thinking to problems like poverty, hunger, pollution, and disease, creating self-supporting enterprises that create jobs and generate economic growth even as they make the world a better place. Partnering with some of the world’s greatest corporations, Yunus and his Grameen Bank have already launched several social businesses that are addressing challenges like malnutrition, lack of potable water, and endemic illness in Yunus’ homeland of Bangladesh, while other organizations around the world are developing their own experiments in social business. In this book, Yunus traces the development of the social business idea and explains its lessons for entrepreneurs, social activists, and policy makers, and offers practical guidance for those who want to create social businesses of their own. Muhammad Yunus Tue, 11 May 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61888 thebookvoice.com 8:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Social Business: The New Kind of Capitalism That Serves Humanity’s Most Pressing Needs Author: Muhammad Yunus Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Muhammad Yunus, the practical visionary who pioneered microcredit and won the 2006 Nobel Peace Prize for his world-changing efforts, here develops his revolutionary concept that promises to redeem the failed promise of free enterprise: social business. Designed to fill the gap between profit-making and human needs, social business applies entrepreneurial thinking to problems like poverty, hunger, pollution, and disease, creating self-supporting enterprises that create jobs and generate economic growth even as they make the world a better place. Partnering with some of the world’s greatest corporations, Yunus and his Grameen Bank have already launched several social businesses that are addressing challenges like malnutrition, lack of potable water, and endemic illness in Yunus’ homeland of Bangladesh, while other organizations around the world are developing their own experiments in social business. In this book, Yunus traces the development of the social business idea and explains its lessons for entrepreneurs, social activists, and policy makers, and offers practical guidance for those who want to create social businesses of their own. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Social Business: The New Kind of Capitalism That Serves Humanity’s Most Pressing Needs Author: Muhammad Yunus Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Muhammad Yunus, the practical visionary who pioneered microcredit and won the 2006 Nobel Peace Prize for his world-changing efforts, here develops his revolutionary concept that promises to redeem the failed promise of free enterprise: social business. Designed to fill the gap between profit-making and human needs, social business applies entrepreneurial thinking to problems like poverty, hunger, pollution, and disease, creating self-supporting enterprises that create jobs and generate economic growth even as they make the world a better place. Partnering with some of the world’s greatest corporations, Yunus and his Grameen Bank have already launched several social businesses that are addressing challenges like malnutrition, lack of potable water, and endemic illness in Yunus’ homeland of Bangladesh, while other organizations around the world are developing their own experiments in social business. In this book, Yunus traces the development of the social business idea and explains its lessons for entrepreneurs, social activists, and policy makers, and offers practical guidance for those who want to create social businesses of their own. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61589 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Different: Escaping the Competitive Herd Author: Youngme Moon Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 6, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why trying to be the best … competing like crazy … makes you mediocre Every few years a book—through a combination of the author’s unique voice, storytelling ability, wit, and insight—simply breaks the mold. Bill Bryson’s A Walk in the Woods is one example. Richard Feynman’s “Surely You’re Joking, Mr. Feynman!” is another.   Now comes Youngme Moon’s Different, a book for “people who don’t read business books.” Actually, it’s more like a personal conversation with a friend who has thought deeply about how the world works … and who gets you to see that world in a completely new light.   If there is one strain of conventional wisdom pervading every company in every industry, it’s the absolute importance of “competing like crazy.” Youngme Moon’s message is simply “Get off this treadmill that’s taking you nowhere. Going tit for tat and adding features, augmentations, and gimmicks to beat the competition has the perverse result of making you like everyone else.” Different provides a highly original perspective on what it means to offer something that is meaningfully different—different in a manner that is both fundamental and comprehensive.   Youngme Moon identifies the outliers, the mavericks, the iconoclasts—the players who have thoughtfully rejected orthodoxy in favor of an approach that is more adventurous. Some are even “hostile,” almost daring you to buy what they are selling. The MINI Cooper was launched with fearless abandon: “Worried that this car is too small? Look here. It’s even smaller than you think.”   These are players that strike a genuine chord with even the most jaded consumers. In fact, almost every success story of the past two decades has been an exception to the rule. Simply go to your computer and compare AOL and Yahoo! with Google. The former pile on feature upon feature to their home pages, while Google is like an austere boutique, dominating a category filled with “extras.”   Different shows how to succeed in a world where conformity reigns…but exceptions rule. Youngme Moon Tue, 06 Apr 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61589 thebookvoice.com 6:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Different: Escaping the Competitive Herd Author: Youngme Moon Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 6, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why trying to be the best … competing like crazy … makes you mediocre Every few years a book—through a combination of the author’s unique voice, storytelling ability, wit, and insight—simply breaks the mold. Bill Bryson’s A Walk in the Woods is one example. Richard Feynman’s “Surely You’re Joking, Mr. Feynman!” is another.   Now comes Youngme Moon’s Different, a book for “people who don’t read business books.” Actually, it’s more like a personal conversation with a friend who has thought deeply about how the world works … and who gets you to see that world in a completely new light.   If there is one strain of conventional wisdom pervading every company in every industry, it’s the absolute importance of “competing like crazy.” Youngme Moon’s message is simply “Get off this treadmill that’s taking you nowhere. Going tit for tat and adding features, augmentations, and gimmicks to beat the competition has the perverse result of making you like everyone else.” Different provides a highly original perspective on what it means to offer something that is meaningfully different—different in a manner that is both fundamental and comprehensive.   Youngme Moon identifies the outliers, the mavericks, the iconoclasts—the players who have thoughtfully rejected orthodoxy in favor of an approach that is more adventurous. Some are even “hostile,” almost daring you to buy what they are selling. The MINI Cooper was launched with fearless abandon: “Worried that this car is too small? Look here. It’s even smaller than you think.”   These are players that strike a genuine chord with even the most jaded consumers. In fact, almost every success story of the past two decades has been an exception to the rule. Simply go to your computer and compare AOL and Yahoo! with Google. The former pile on feature upon feature to their home pages, while Google is like an austere boutique, dominating a category filled with “extras.”   Different shows how to succeed in a world where conformity reigns…but exceptions rule. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Different: Escaping the Competitive Herd Author: Youngme Moon Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 6, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why trying to be the best … competing like crazy … makes you mediocre Every few years a book—through a combination of the author’s unique voice, storytelling ability, wit, and insight—simply breaks the mold. Bill Bryson’s A Walk in the Woods is one example. Richard Feynman’s “Surely You’re Joking, Mr. Feynman!” is another.   Now comes Youngme Moon’s Different, a book for “people who don’t read business books.” Actually, it’s more like a personal conversation with a friend who has thought deeply about how the world works … and who gets you to see that world in a completely new light.   If there is one strain of conventional wisdom pervading every company in every industry, it’s the absolute importance of “competing like crazy.” Youngme Moon’s message is simply “Get off this treadmill that’s taking you nowhere. Going tit for tat and adding features, augmentations, and gimmicks to beat the competition has the perverse result of making you like everyone else.” Different provides a highly original perspective on what it means to offer something that is meaningfully different—different in a manner that is both fundamental and comprehensive.   Youngme Moon identifies the outliers, the mavericks, the iconoclasts—the players who have thoughtfully rejected orthodoxy in favor of an approach that is more adventurous. Some are even “hostile,” almost daring you to buy what they are selling. The MINI Cooper was launched with fearless abandon: “Worried that this car is too small? Look here. It’s even smaller than you think.”   These are players that strike a genuine chord with even the most jaded consumers. In fact, almost every success story of the past two decades has been an exception to the rule. Simply go to your computer and compare AOL and Yahoo! with Google. The former pile on feature upon feature to their home pages, while Google is like an austere boutique, dominating a category filled with “extras.”   Different shows how to succeed in a world where conformity reigns…but exceptions rule. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61250 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Payback Time: Making Big Money Is the Best Revenge! Author: Phil Town Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Don’t get mad, get even…   Phil Town’s first book, the #1 New York Times bestseller Rule #1, was a guide to stock trading for people who believe they lack the knowledge to trade.  But because many people aren’t ready to go from mutual funds directly into trading without understanding investing—for the long term – he created Payback Time.   Too often, people see long-term investing as “mutual fund contributing” – otherwise known as “long-term hoping.”  But the sad truth is that mutual fund investors are, to a stunning degree, pinning their hopes on an institution that is hopeless.  It turns out that only 4% of fund managers consistently beat the S&P 500 index over the long term, which means that 96% of fund investors see a smaller return on their nest egg than a chimpanzee who simply buys stocks in the 500 biggest companies in America and watches what happens.   But it’s worse than that.  The net effect of hitching your wagon to mutual funds is that over a lifetime they’ll fritter away as much 60% of your nest egg in fees.  Once you understand how funds engineer this, you’ll rush  to invest on your own.   Payback Time’s risk-free approach is called “stockpiling” and it’s how billionaires get rich in bad markets.  It’s a set of rules for investing (not trading but investing) in the right businesses at the right time -- rules that will ensure you make the big money. Phil Town Tue, 02 Mar 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61250 thebookvoice.com 9:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Payback Time: Making Big Money Is the Best Revenge! Author: Phil Town Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Don’t get mad, get even…   Phil Town’s first book, the #1 New York Times bestseller Rule #1, was a guide to stock trading for people who believe they lack the knowledge to trade.  But because many people aren’t ready to go from mutual funds directly into trading without understanding investing—for the long term – he created Payback Time.   Too often, people see long-term investing as “mutual fund contributing” – otherwise known as “long-term hoping.”  But the sad truth is that mutual fund investors are, to a stunning degree, pinning their hopes on an institution that is hopeless.  It turns out that only 4% of fund managers consistently beat the S&P 500 index over the long term, which means that 96% of fund investors see a smaller return on their nest egg than a chimpanzee who simply buys stocks in the 500 biggest companies in America and watches what happens.   But it’s worse than that.  The net effect of hitching your wagon to mutual funds is that over a lifetime they’ll fritter away as much 60% of your nest egg in fees.  Once you understand how funds engineer this, you’ll rush  to invest on your own.   Payback Time’s risk-free approach is called “stockpiling” and it’s how billionaires get rich in bad markets.  It’s a set of rules for investing (not trading but investing) in the right businesses at the right time -- rules that will ensure you make the big money. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Payback Time: Making Big Money Is the Best Revenge! Author: Phil Town Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Don’t get mad, get even…   Phil Town’s first book, the #1 New York Times bestseller Rule #1, was a guide to stock trading for people who believe they lack the knowledge to trade.  But because many people aren’t ready to go from mutual funds directly into trading without understanding investing—for the long term – he created Payback Time.   Too often, people see long-term investing as “mutual fund contributing” – otherwise known as “long-term hoping.”  But the sad truth is that mutual fund investors are, to a stunning degree, pinning their hopes on an institution that is hopeless.  It turns out that only 4% of fund managers consistently beat the S&P 500 index over the long term, which means that 96% of fund investors see a smaller return on their nest egg than a chimpanzee who simply buys stocks in the 500 biggest companies in America and watches what happens.   But it’s worse than that.  The net effect of hitching your wagon to mutual funds is that over a lifetime they’ll fritter away as much 60% of your nest egg in fees.  Once you understand how funds engineer this, you’ll rush  to invest on your own.   Payback Time’s risk-free approach is called “stockpiling” and it’s how billionaires get rich in bad markets.  It’s a set of rules for investing (not trading but investing) in the right businesses at the right time -- rules that will ensure you make the big money. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60938 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Organized in the Google Era: How to Get Stuff out of Your Head, Find It When You Need It, and Get It Done Right Author: Douglas Merrill, James A. Martin Narrator: Douglas Merrill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether it's a faulty memory, a tendency to multitask, or difficulty managing our time, every one of us has limitations conspiring to keep us from being organized. But, as organizational guru and former Google CIO Douglas C. Merrill points out, it isn't our fault. Our brains simply aren't designed to deal with the pressures and competing demands on our attention in today's fast-paced, information-saturated, digital world. What's more, he says, many of the ways in which our society is structured are outdated, imposing additional chaos that makes us feel stressed, scattered, and disorganized. But it doesn't have to be this way. Luckily, we have a myriad of amazing new digital tools and technologies at our fingertips to help us manage the strains on our brains and on our lives; the trick is knowing when and how to use them. This is why Merrill, who helped spearhead Google's effort to 'organize the world's information,' offers a wealth of tips and strategies for how to use these new tools to become more organized, efficient, and successful than ever. But if you're looking for traditional, rigid, one-size-fits-all strategies for organization, this isn't the book for you. Instead, Merrill draws on his intimate knowledge of how the brain works to help us develop fresh, innovative, and flexible systems of organization tailored to our individual goals, constraints, and lifestyles.      From how to harness the amazing power of search, to how to get the most out of cloud computing, to techniques for filtering through the enormous avalanche of information that assaults us at every turn, to tips for minimizing distractions and better integrating work and life, Getting Organized in the Google Era is chock-full of practical, invaluable, and often counterintuitive advice for anyone who wants to be more organized and productive–and less stressed--in our 21st-century world. Douglas Merrill, James A. Martin Tue, 16 Mar 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60938 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Organized in the Google Era: How to Get Stuff out of Your Head, Find It When You Need It, and Get It Done Right Author: Douglas Merrill, James A. Martin Narrator: Douglas Merrill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether it's a faulty memory, a tendency to multitask, or difficulty managing our time, every one of us has limitations conspiring to keep us from being organized. But, as organizational guru and former Google CIO Douglas C. Merrill points out, it isn't our fault. Our brains simply aren't designed to deal with the pressures and competing demands on our attention in today's fast-paced, information-saturated, digital world. What's more, he says, many of the ways in which our society is structured are outdated, imposing additional chaos that makes us feel stressed, scattered, and disorganized. But it doesn't have to be this way. Luckily, we have a myriad of amazing new digital tools and technologies at our fingertips to help us manage the strains on our brains and on our lives; the trick is knowing when and how to use them. This is why Merrill, who helped spearhead Google's effort to 'organize the world's information,' offers a wealth of tips and strategies for how to use these new tools to become more organized, efficient, and successful than ever. But if you're looking for traditional, rigid, one-size-fits-all strategies for organization, this isn't the book for you. Instead, Merrill draws on his intimate knowledge of how the brain works to help us develop fresh, innovative, and flexible systems of organization tailored to our individual goals, constraints, and lifestyles.      From how to harness the amazing power of search, to how to get the most out of cloud computing, to techniques for filtering through the enormous avalanche of information that assaults us at every turn, to tips for minimizing distractions and better integrating work and life, Getting Organized in the Google Era is chock-full of practical, invaluable, and often counterintuitive advice for anyone who wants to be more organized and productive–and less stressed--in our 21st-century world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Organized in the Google Era: How to Get Stuff out of Your Head, Find It When You Need It, and Get It Done Right Author: Douglas Merrill, James A. Martin Narrator: Douglas Merrill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether it's a faulty memory, a tendency to multitask, or difficulty managing our time, every one of us has limitations conspiring to keep us from being organized. But, as organizational guru and former Google CIO Douglas C. Merrill points out, it isn't our fault. Our brains simply aren't designed to deal with the pressures and competing demands on our attention in today's fast-paced, information-saturated, digital world. What's more, he says, many of the ways in which our society is structured are outdated, imposing additional chaos that makes us feel stressed, scattered, and disorganized. But it doesn't have to be this way. Luckily, we have a myriad of amazing new digital tools and technologies at our fingertips to help us manage the strains on our brains and on our lives; the trick is knowing when and how to use them. This is why Merrill, who helped spearhead Google's effort to 'organize the world's information,' offers a wealth of tips and strategies for how to use these new tools to become more organized, efficient, and successful than ever. But if you're looking for traditional, rigid, one-size-fits-all strategies for organization, this isn't the book for you. Instead, Merrill draws on his intimate knowledge of how the brain works to help us develop fresh, innovative, and flexible systems of organization tailored to our individual goals, constraints, and lifestyles.      From how to harness the amazing power of search, to how to get the most out of cloud computing, to techniques for filtering through the enormous avalanche of information that assaults us at every turn, to tips for minimizing distractions and better integrating work and life, Getting Organized in the Google Era is chock-full of practical, invaluable, and often counterintuitive advice for anyone who wants to be more organized and productive–and less stressed--in our 21st-century world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60788 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Co-Leaders: The Power of Great Partnerships Author: Warren G. Bennis, David A. Heenan Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 18, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today’s celebrity CEO is either a figurehead or an egomaniac, too public a personality to get the real work done. That work is done instead by teams of leaders: exceptional deputies who forge great partnerships to maximize both organizational and personal success. Written for CEOs, managers, and anyone else interested in modern organizations, this is the first comprehensive study of co-leaders and their often quiet power. In a growing number of non-hierarchical organizations, talent, not title, is the source of power; boss and subordinate seem more like peers, with the spotlight on great partnerships. Co-leaders understand both the executive and subordinate experience, making them better adapted to the needs of the new millennium, where those who can command and follow will prove to be the greatest assets of any organization. Warren G. Bennis, David A. Heenan Mon, 18 Jan 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60788 thebookvoice.com 10:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Co-Leaders: The Power of Great Partnerships Author: Warren G. Bennis, David A. Heenan Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 18, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today’s celebrity CEO is either a figurehead or an egomaniac, too public a personality to get the real work done. That work is done instead by teams of leaders: exceptional deputies who forge great partnerships to maximize both organizational and personal success. Written for CEOs, managers, and anyone else interested in modern organizations, this is the first comprehensive study of co-leaders and their often quiet power. In a growing number of non-hierarchical organizations, talent, not title, is the source of power; boss and subordinate seem more like peers, with the spotlight on great partnerships. Co-leaders understand both the executive and subordinate experience, making them better adapted to the needs of the new millennium, where those who can command and follow will prove to be the greatest assets of any organization. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Co-Leaders: The Power of Great Partnerships Author: Warren G. Bennis, David A. Heenan Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 18, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today’s celebrity CEO is either a figurehead or an egomaniac, too public a personality to get the real work done. That work is done instead by teams of leaders: exceptional deputies who forge great partnerships to maximize both organizational and personal success. Written for CEOs, managers, and anyone else interested in modern organizations, this is the first comprehensive study of co-leaders and their often quiet power. In a growing number of non-hierarchical organizations, talent, not title, is the source of power; boss and subordinate seem more like peers, with the spotlight on great partnerships. Co-leaders understand both the executive and subordinate experience, making them better adapted to the needs of the new millennium, where those who can command and follow will prove to be the greatest assets of any organization. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60781 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improvisation, Inc.: Harnessing Spontaneity to Engage People and Groups Author: Robert Lowe Narrator: Edward Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 20, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Performers have been doing it for centuries. Now, for the first time, Robert Lowe, a pioneer in the field of improvisation, hands you the techniques you need to think on your feet and shows you how to apply them in your workplace or classroom. The business world may be changing at breakneck speed, but this ancient form of theater is as effective as ever. The same techniques that improvisational actors use to increase their confidence; the same methods of humor through which they establish a strong rapport with their audience; the effective ways they use body language and voice for greater clarity and impact—all can go to work for you in the world of business. Robert Lowe Wed, 20 Jan 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60781 thebookvoice.com 8:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improvisation, Inc.: Harnessing Spontaneity to Engage People and Groups Author: Robert Lowe Narrator: Edward Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 20, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Performers have been doing it for centuries. Now, for the first time, Robert Lowe, a pioneer in the field of improvisation, hands you the techniques you need to think on your feet and shows you how to apply them in your workplace or classroom. The business world may be changing at breakneck speed, but this ancient form of theater is as effective as ever. The same techniques that improvisational actors use to increase their confidence; the same methods of humor through which they establish a strong rapport with their audience; the effective ways they use body language and voice for greater clarity and impact—all can go to work for you in the world of business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improvisation, Inc.: Harnessing Spontaneity to Engage People and Groups Author: Robert Lowe Narrator: Edward Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 20, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Performers have been doing it for centuries. Now, for the first time, Robert Lowe, a pioneer in the field of improvisation, hands you the techniques you need to think on your feet and shows you how to apply them in your workplace or classroom. The business world may be changing at breakneck speed, but this ancient form of theater is as effective as ever. The same techniques that improvisational actors use to increase their confidence; the same methods of humor through which they establish a strong rapport with their audience; the effective ways they use body language and voice for greater clarity and impact—all can go to work for you in the world of business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60667 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Circle of Greed: The Spectacular Rise and Fall of the Lawyer Who Brought Corporate America to Its Knees Author: Patrick Dillon Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Circle of Greed is the epic story of the rise and fall of Bill Lerach, once the leading class action lawyer in America and now a convicted felon.  For more than two decades, Lerach threatened, shook down and sued top Fortune 500 companies, including Disney, Apple, Time Warner, and—most famously—Enron.  Now, the man who brought corporate moguls to their knees has fallen prey to the same corrupt impulses of his enemies, and is paying the price by serving time in federal prison.        If there was ever a modern Greek tragedy about a man and his times, about corporate arrogance and illusions and the scorched-earth tactics to not only counteract corporate America but to beat it at its own game, Bill Lerach's story is it. Patrick Dillon Tue, 02 Mar 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60667 thebookvoice.com 20:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Circle of Greed: The Spectacular Rise and Fall of the Lawyer Who Brought Corporate America to Its Knees Author: Patrick Dillon Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Circle of Greed is the epic story of the rise and fall of Bill Lerach, once the leading class action lawyer in America and now a convicted felon.  For more than two decades, Lerach threatened, shook down and sued top Fortune 500 companies, including Disney, Apple, Time Warner, and—most famously—Enron.  Now, the man who brought corporate moguls to their knees has fallen prey to the same corrupt impulses of his enemies, and is paying the price by serving time in federal prison.        If there was ever a modern Greek tragedy about a man and his times, about corporate arrogance and illusions and the scorched-earth tactics to not only counteract corporate America but to beat it at its own game, Bill Lerach's story is it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Circle of Greed: The Spectacular Rise and Fall of the Lawyer Who Brought Corporate America to Its Knees Author: Patrick Dillon Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Circle of Greed is the epic story of the rise and fall of Bill Lerach, once the leading class action lawyer in America and now a convicted felon.  For more than two decades, Lerach threatened, shook down and sued top Fortune 500 companies, including Disney, Apple, Time Warner, and—most famously—Enron.  Now, the man who brought corporate moguls to their knees has fallen prey to the same corrupt impulses of his enemies, and is paying the price by serving time in federal prison.        If there was ever a modern Greek tragedy about a man and his times, about corporate arrogance and illusions and the scorched-earth tactics to not only counteract corporate America but to beat it at its own game, Bill Lerach's story is it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60658 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rework Author: Jason Fried, David Heinemeier Hansson Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 9, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Rework shows you a better, faster, easier way to succeed in business.  Most business books give you the same old advice: Write a business plan, study the competition, seek investors, yadda yadda. If you're looking for a book like that, put this one back on the shelf. Read it and you'll know why plans are actually harmful, why you don't need outside investors, and why you're better off ignoring the competition. The truth is, you need less than you think. You don't need to be a workaholic. You don't need to staff up. You don't need to waste time on paperwork or meetings. You don't even need an office. Those are all just excuses.  What you really need to do is stop talking and start working. This book shows you the way. You'll learn how to be more productive, how to get exposure without breaking the bank, and tons more counterintuitive ideas that will inspire and provoke you. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who’s ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs they hate, victims of 'downsizing,' and artists who don’t want to starve anymore will all find valuable guidance in these pages. Jason Fried, David Heinemeier Hansson Tue, 09 Mar 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60658 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rework Author: Jason Fried, David Heinemeier Hansson Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 9, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Rework shows you a better, faster, easier way to succeed in business.  Most business books give you the same old advice: Write a business plan, study the competition, seek investors, yadda yadda. If you're looking for a book like that, put this one back on the shelf. Read it and you'll know why plans are actually harmful, why you don't need outside investors, and why you're better off ignoring the competition. The truth is, you need less than you think. You don't need to be a workaholic. You don't need to staff up. You don't need to waste time on paperwork or meetings. You don't even need an office. Those are all just excuses.  What you really need to do is stop talking and start working. This book shows you the way. You'll learn how to be more productive, how to get exposure without breaking the bank, and tons more counterintuitive ideas that will inspire and provoke you. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who’s ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs they hate, victims of 'downsizing,' and artists who don’t want to starve anymore will all find valuable guidance in these pages. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rework Author: Jason Fried, David Heinemeier Hansson Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 9, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Rework shows you a better, faster, easier way to succeed in business.  Most business books give you the same old advice: Write a business plan, study the competition, seek investors, yadda yadda. If you're looking for a book like that, put this one back on the shelf. Read it and you'll know why plans are actually harmful, why you don't need outside investors, and why you're better off ignoring the competition. The truth is, you need less than you think. You don't need to be a workaholic. You don't need to staff up. You don't need to waste time on paperwork or meetings. You don't even need an office. Those are all just excuses.  What you really need to do is stop talking and start working. This book shows you the way. You'll learn how to be more productive, how to get exposure without breaking the bank, and tons more counterintuitive ideas that will inspire and provoke you. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who’s ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs they hate, victims of 'downsizing,' and artists who don’t want to starve anymore will all find valuable guidance in these pages. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60651 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Naked: A Business Fable About Shedding the Three Fears That Sabotage Client Loyalty Author: Patrick Lencioni Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: After focusing on topics ranging from teamwork and leadership to employee engagement and meetings  New York Times best-selling author Patrick Lencioni has finally turned his attention toward his own craft—consulting and client service. Tapping into the simple but powerful model that his firm, The Table Group, has been built on, Lencioni presents what may be his most engaging, humorous audiobook yet.             Getting Naked tells the remarkable story of a management consultant who is trying desperately to merge two firms with very different approaches to serving clients. One relies on vulnerability and complete transparency; the other focuses on proving its competence and protecting its reputation for intellectual prowess. In the process of managing the merger, the consultant is forced to learn life-changing lessons that prove to be as relevant as they are painful.             As he does in his other audiobooks, Lencioni provides readers with concepts that are accessible and compelling. He explains the three fears that provoke service providers to unknowingly sabotage their ability to build trust and loyalty. And, as always, Lencioni provides a practical approach for overcoming those fears. Patrick Lencioni Tue, 23 Feb 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60651 thebookvoice.com 4:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Naked: A Business Fable About Shedding the Three Fears That Sabotage Client Loyalty Author: Patrick Lencioni Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: After focusing on topics ranging from teamwork and leadership to employee engagement and meetings  New York Times best-selling author Patrick Lencioni has finally turned his attention toward his own craft—consulting and client service. Tapping into the simple but powerful model that his firm, The Table Group, has been built on, Lencioni presents what may be his most engaging, humorous audiobook yet.             Getting Naked tells the remarkable story of a management consultant who is trying desperately to merge two firms with very different approaches to serving clients. One relies on vulnerability and complete transparency; the other focuses on proving its competence and protecting its reputation for intellectual prowess. In the process of managing the merger, the consultant is forced to learn life-changing lessons that prove to be as relevant as they are painful.             As he does in his other audiobooks, Lencioni provides readers with concepts that are accessible and compelling. He explains the three fears that provoke service providers to unknowingly sabotage their ability to build trust and loyalty. And, as always, Lencioni provides a practical approach for overcoming those fears. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Naked: A Business Fable About Shedding the Three Fears That Sabotage Client Loyalty Author: Patrick Lencioni Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: After focusing on topics ranging from teamwork and leadership to employee engagement and meetings  New York Times best-selling author Patrick Lencioni has finally turned his attention toward his own craft—consulting and client service. Tapping into the simple but powerful model that his firm, The Table Group, has been built on, Lencioni presents what may be his most engaging, humorous audiobook yet.             Getting Naked tells the remarkable story of a management consultant who is trying desperately to merge two firms with very different approaches to serving clients. One relies on vulnerability and complete transparency; the other focuses on proving its competence and protecting its reputation for intellectual prowess. In the process of managing the merger, the consultant is forced to learn life-changing lessons that prove to be as relevant as they are painful.             As he does in his other audiobooks, Lencioni provides readers with concepts that are accessible and compelling. He explains the three fears that provoke service providers to unknowingly sabotage their ability to build trust and loyalty. And, as always, Lencioni provides a practical approach for overcoming those fears. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60248 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Most Successful Small Business in the World: The First Ten Principles Author: Michael E. Gerber Narrator: Michael E. Gerber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 25, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Before you launch your start-up, begin with Gerber. All too often, entrepreneurs begin a small business to create a sense of security. They become sole proprietors or perhaps employ only one or two people. The business becomes a perpetual existence, like a mechanic, a doctor, a therapist, or a retailer who does the same thing over and over again to generate a stream of income. The small businessperson fails to grow, marking time by repeating the same service in a perpetual cycle throughout the life of the business. Gerber's ten principles will help you to break out of this vicious cycle before it starts in your new business. He'll help you to embrace the energy of exploration with a road map for taking your vision beyond the obvious. Only then can you build a company that provides continuous fulfillment and personal growth and can expand its income, services, and positive contributions to your employees and community. Gerber's ten principles will help you: –Identify your company's essential 'system'—its highly differentiated way of doing business that will be the cornerstone of your success –Build a business of great imagination; a self-reliant 'reach' that will create economic certainty in any climate –Create a center of growth and learning for your employees, that will in turn develop your business beyond any standard that formerly existed –Instill a higher purpose that can move yourself, your business, and your customers to greater levels of fulfillment and growth From identifying opportunities to viable business design to field-testing your ideas, Gerber offers a dynamic message for creating the most successful small business in the world—not only providing you with economic certainty, for which he believes all persons are capable, but empowering you to achieve your fullest potential. Michael E. Gerber Mon, 25 Jan 2010 01:35:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60248 thebookvoice.com 4:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Most Successful Small Business in the World: The First Ten Principles Author: Michael E. Gerber Narrator: Michael E. Gerber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 25, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Before you launch your start-up, begin with Gerber. All too often, entrepreneurs begin a small business to create a sense of security. They become sole proprietors or perhaps employ only one or two people. The business becomes a perpetual existence, like a mechanic, a doctor, a therapist, or a retailer who does the same thing over and over again to generate a stream of income. The small businessperson fails to grow, marking time by repeating the same service in a perpetual cycle throughout the life of the business. Gerber's ten principles will help you to break out of this vicious cycle before it starts in your new business. He'll help you to embrace the energy of exploration with a road map for taking your vision beyond the obvious. Only then can you build a company that provides continuous fulfillment and personal growth and can expand its income, services, and positive contributions to your employees and community. Gerber's ten principles will help you: –Identify your company's essential 'system'—its highly differentiated way of doing business that will be the cornerstone of your success –Build a business of great imagination; a self-reliant 'reach' that will create economic certainty in any climate –Create a center of growth and learning for your employees, that will in turn develop your business beyond any standard that formerly existed –Instill a higher purpose that can move yourself, your business, and your customers to greater levels of fulfillment and growth From identifying opportunities to viable business design to field-testing your ideas, Gerber offers a dynamic message for creating the most successful small business in the world—not only providing you with economic certainty, for which he believes all persons are capable, but empowering you to achieve your fullest potential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Most Successful Small Business in the World: The First Ten Principles Author: Michael E. Gerber Narrator: Michael E. Gerber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 25, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Before you launch your start-up, begin with Gerber. All too often, entrepreneurs begin a small business to create a sense of security. They become sole proprietors or perhaps employ only one or two people. The business becomes a perpetual existence, like a mechanic, a doctor, a therapist, or a retailer who does the same thing over and over again to generate a stream of income. The small businessperson fails to grow, marking time by repeating the same service in a perpetual cycle throughout the life of the business. Gerber's ten principles will help you to break out of this vicious cycle before it starts in your new business. He'll help you to embrace the energy of exploration with a road map for taking your vision beyond the obvious. Only then can you build a company that provides continuous fulfillment and personal growth and can expand its income, services, and positive contributions to your employees and community. Gerber's ten principles will help you: –Identify your company's essential 'system'—its highly differentiated way of doing business that will be the cornerstone of your success –Build a business of great imagination; a self-reliant 'reach' that will create economic certainty in any climate –Create a center of growth and learning for your employees, that will in turn develop your business beyond any standard that formerly existed –Instill a higher purpose that can move yourself, your business, and your customers to greater levels of fulfillment and growth From identifying opportunities to viable business design to field-testing your ideas, Gerber offers a dynamic message for creating the most successful small business in the world—not only providing you with economic certainty, for which he believes all persons are capable, but empowering you to achieve your fullest potential.